From: Pekka Riikonen Date: Sat, 2 Feb 2008 18:54:01 +0000 (+0100) Subject: Imported Robodoc. X-Git-Url: http://git.silcnet.org/gitweb/?p=robodoc.git;a=commitdiff_plain;h=813ffbb077c8f96dc1f8cc69d78c78fb807bdad9 Imported Robodoc. --- 813ffbb077c8f96dc1f8cc69d78c78fb807bdad9 diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..140e293 --- /dev/null +++ b/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# vi: ff=unix +Frans Slothouber +Jacco van Weert +Petteri Kettunen +Bernd Koesling +Anthon Pang +Thomas Aglassinger +Stefan Kost +David Druffner +Nathan Prewitt +Sasha Vasko +Dennis Stampfer +Je'rome Laheurte +Janusz Piwowarski +Andreas Signer +Kai Hofmann +Brian P. Hanley +Gian Paolo Ciceri +David White +John P. Rouillard +Jeremy Cowgar +Gergely Budai + diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94a9ed0 --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Copyright (C) + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +. diff --git a/CVS.adm/MstData.stp b/CVS.adm/MstData.stp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2572ee1 --- /dev/null +++ b/CVS.adm/MstData.stp @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + diff --git a/CVS.adm/UsgData.stp b/CVS.adm/UsgData.stp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1071ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/CVS.adm/UsgData.stp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + ff7N€p~†}}upfYiuNPKM]]> + + + DFnvfFI2P<]]> + + + + + + >^0: +MBP21U + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + >Nmt]]> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/CVS.adm/prjprm.stp b/CVS.adm/prjprm.stp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b0d3cb --- /dev/null +++ b/CVS.adm/prjprm.stp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08de285 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,710 @@ +# vi: spell ff=unix + +Jun 2007 - V4.99.34 + Gergely Budai + added option --header_breaks, which allows ROBODoc to insert line breaks + after every specified number of header names to improve readability. + + Frans Slothouber + o Merged path by Tom Keal that Fixes bug in parsing of the robodoc.rc file. + (The wrong number of items is recorded for the preformatted_items and + format_items block.) + +Apr 2007 - V4.99.32 + o Fixed bug 1706446, --sectionnameonly and --rtf format problem + o Fixed bug 1679101, "robodoc crashed on a faulty header". + o Added the option --no_subdirectories. + o output mode pipes at the end of an item don't result in broken + formatting anymore. + o Items that start with non-ascii characters are now recognized. + o makefile.plain works again + o the item names in the 'item order', 'ignore items', and other items blocks + in the robodoc.rc file are checked against the list of allowed item names. + o the options --sections and --toc do no longer lead + to an assert() with --ascii + o Added item sorting. The order in which items are to + appear in the documentation can be specified in the + robodoc.rc file. + +Feb 2007 - V4.99.30 + Frans Slothouber + o Removed form-feed from ASCII output + o Applied patch from Christian Vigh to make ROBODoc compile + under MSVC++ V7 + o Applied patch from Wim van Hoydonck to fix a bug + in the escaping of '_' in the names internal artifacts + for LaTeX output. + o Fixed makefile.plain + o ROBODoc compiles without warnings using + make -f makefile.plain + + Gergely Budai + o Using bitfields in stead of and-ing with a define. + o Function name separator can be configured to be something + different than ',' + o Added a configuration block that allows the used to + specify which items are pre-formatted by default. + +Sep 2006 + Frans Slothouber + o Corrected return value of main() + +Sep 2006 - V4.99.28 + Michèle Garoche + o Improved Mac support (for FINK) + +Aug 2006 - V4.99.28 + Gergely Budai + o Fixed many compiler warnings. + o More readable .css file + o makefile for mingw under cygwin + o Better syntax colouring support + + Frans Slothouber + o Moved most of the HTML formatting to the .css file + o Fixed a bug that caused the second list in a paragraph not + to be recognized. + o Added more documentation to the source. + o Removed code for SGML docbook + o Removed makefile and project file for MS VC++ + o Added functions to check for duplicate and + mutual exclusive options. + +Jun 2006 - V4.99.26 + o Merged patch from Gergely Budai. (Adds syntax colouring, better + Latex output, and better tab control). + o changed output of --test format to xml. (Easier to parse). + o Masterindex no longer contains links to source files when + --one_file_per_header is used. + +Jun 2006 - V4.99.24 + o Added option --one_file_per_header (experimental: this splits + the documentation into many files, one per header). + o Added header examples to documentation. + +Dec 2005 - V4.99.23 + o Made it compile again under MingW + o Fixed a bug in the reporting of a missing robodoc.rc file + +Dec 2005 - V4.99.21 + o Fixed crash on empty source items. + o Merged patch from cdumke for handling long lines + +Dec 2005 - V4.99.19 + o Merged a patch from Friedrich Haase that allows '--src .' + and adds the options --sectionnameonly + o Merged a patch from Andreas Weder for better LaTeX output + o Added configuration options to allow some items + to work in the same way as a SOURCE item. + o ROBODoc now allows module and function names + that include white space. + +Frans Slothouber +Apr 2005 - V4.99.17 + o Added patch by Thierry Pierron for troff output. + +Feb 2005 - V4.99.15 + o Documented more tests. + o Changed timestamp format. + o Added check on fork(). If fork() is not found only a stub for robohdrs + is compiled. + o Added patch by Thierry Pierron for aliasses. A single + header can now be used to documents several similar functions/ + classes/variables etc. + +Frans Slothouber +Feb 2005 - V4.99.10 + o Fixed a bug in the compilation under mingw + +Jan 2005 - V4.99.8 +Frans Slothouber + o ROBODoc will look in different locations for the robodoc.rc file. + ( $HOME/robodoc.rc, $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH/robodoc.rc, and + /usr/share/robodoc/robodoc.rc ) + o Added option --nogeneratedwith to enable users to remove the + generated with robodoc line for the generated documentation. + o Fixed the makefile for mingw (thanks to Brian Elmegaard) + o Fixed a bug that caused robodoc to find headers even if + there were none. [1055886] + o Fixed a bug that caused robodoc to crash if single line source + item was found. [1056681] + +Sep 2004 - V4.99.6 + o Fixed a bug that caused robodoc to crash when no files + are found. [1033913] + +Sep 2004 - V4.99.4 +Frans Slothouber + o Fixed a bug that caused robodoc to die with an assert + when an absolute path is used under windows. [1033644] + o Updated the man page. + o Fixed a bug that caused links to be created for 'Foo' in + Bar_Foo. + +Aug 2004 - V4.99.3 +Frans Slothouber +o If paths such as c:\doc\foo\bar are used as parameters + they are first translated to c:/doc/foo/bar before + they are further processed. +o Added patch send in by Ernst Bokkelkamp that adds + the header type to each headers documentation. +o Updated documentation. + +May 2004 - V4.99.1 + o Merged a patch by Bernhard Schoenhammer that adds a + accept files: + block to the robodoc.rc file. + o Solved bug [972456] Case problem with creating links. + o Fixed a bug [975543] that caused the Doc dir to be included when it was + a subdir of the sourcedir and the sourcedir was specified to + be '.' + +May 2004 - V4.99.0 + o Fixed XML DocBook output, it appears that 4.0.24 created + invalid XML files. + o Added smart formatting. Instead of using preformatted text, + that is copying the header text verbatim into the output document, + ROBODoc tries to determine the structure of the text from + the indentation and use of special characters. + + For instance + This is a list: + o list item 1, + o list item 2. + + Will be translated into the appropriate commands to create a similar + list in the output format. + +May 2004 - V4.0.25 + Frans Slothouber + o Added --headless and --footless option to create documents that can be + included into large documents. (Works for LaTeX and HTML). + +May 2004 - V4.0.24 + Frans Slothouber + o Added --nosort option + o With the define IGNORE_CASE_FILENAMES one can make robodoc case-insensitve + when it comes to filenames. + o Fixed bug [924530] False warning with empty lines + o Fixed bug [925920] broken robodoc.rc file; robodoc ignored end markers or + remark markers if there was no header marker block. + +March 2004 - V4.0.23 + Frans Slothouber + o When sorting module headers come before headers + of other types. + o Fixes a bug in the sorting of headers. + o Fixes a bug in linking + o Sourcefiles that do not contain headers are not shown. + +February 2004 - V4.0.21 + Frans Slothouber + o Added navigation bar for every header. It allows one to jump + to the parent header, the top of the document, and the index + when available. + o ROBODoc will continue parsing the other headers if it finds + a header it can not parse. + o Better formatted warnings. + o The sourcefile index is now always sorted + o Everything is sorted according to a non case sensitive string + compare. + +January 2004 - V4.0.19 + Frans Slothouber + o Fixed bug 874567 No crosslinks for names that start with '-' + o Fixed bug 875533 No bolding for names starting with :: + o Added configurable header markers, remark markers, + and end markers. ROBODoc is now usable with + _any_ language. + + Hermann Hueni + o Fixed broken configure on Solaris. + +January 2004 - V4.0.18 + Frans Slothouber + o Update of the user manual and documentation + o Note that: + If you were using an 'extensions:' block in your robodoc.rc file, + you have to replace this with an 'ignore files:' block with all + extensions prefixed with '*'. So, if you were using + + extensions: + .txt + .obj + + replace this with + + ignore files: + *.txt + *.obj + +December 2003 - V4.0.17 + Frans Slothouber + o Added directory tree shaped master index for the sourcefiles. + o Added filtering of files and directories based on wildcard + expressions. + Michael Felke + o Support for lotus script, clean-up of headers.c and headers.h + +December 2003 - V4.0.15 + Frans Slothouber + o Added support for DB/C + +December 2003 - V4.0.14 + John Rouillard + o Bug fix. no index file was generated for headertypes of which + there were only internal headers. + Frans Slothouber + o More tests + +December 2003 - V4.0.13 + Skipped + +December 2003 - V4.0.12 + David White + o Updated makefile for borland C + o Added marker for Aspen Custom Modeller (ACM) + Frans Slothouber + o Added more documentation + o a .css file is now also used in singledoc mode + o each header in the html documentation now has a permanent + "a name" based on the full name of a header. + o fixed the title of singledoc documents. + o files or directories specified with --src or --doc + are now automatically prefixed with a ./ + o It is now allowed to have a Doc directory that is a subdirectory + of the source directory. This Doc directory is skipped while robodoc + scans for sourcefiles. + o Added headermarker !**** for Fortran + o ROBODoc now warns if it finds something that looks like an item name but is + not in the list of item names. This catches spelling mistakes like NAEM, + IMPUTS, VALEU, etc + o Fixed bug 830868 no error message for misspelled options + o Fixed bug 767034 a slash at the end of a path confuses robodoc + o Fixed bug 772213 assert fires if header is not closed + o Added user configurable header types (section "header types" + in robodoc.rc file). + o Added lock mode (--lock). Per source file robodoc locks on the + first headermarker it finds and will recognize only that particular headermarker + for the remaining part of the file. + In addition it locks on the first remark marker in each header and + will recognize only that particular remark marker for the remaining + part of the header. + Petteri Kettunen + o First implementation of piping in generator.c + +September 2003 - V4.0.11 + Frans Slothouber + o Added a table for header types. This will allow custom + header types. + o The master index table for HTML output is split up in + several pages. One for each header type. + Petteri Kettunen + o added --version option + o fixed regex in bump.pl + +September 2003 - V4.0.10 + Skipped. + +Augustus 2003 - V4.0.9 + Frans Slothouber + o Removed some obsolete functions. + o Added project file for MSVC++ + o Merged patch from Brian P. Hanley: + + the option --rc to specify an alternate robodoc.rc file. + + the option --css to specify an alternate css file. + (The content of this file will be copied into the + robodoc.css file). + +Augustus 2003 - V4.0.8 + Skipped. + +July 2003 - V4.0.7 + Frans Slothouber + o Indented all source code with indent + o Added markers for VB + o Added a Perl example to the Examples directory (bug 779560) + o Fixed layout of the man pages. (bug 779553) + Petteri Kettunen + o signed/unsigned char changes and UTF-8 output in SGML and DBXML modes + o robohdrs/-t option, macro (#define) created as `d' type header + +July 2003 - V4.0.6 + David White + o Added a makefile for Borland C compiler + Frans Slothouber + o Fix for bug 761686, space in .rc file confuses robodoc + o Added a section on how to use robodoc under win32 to + the manual. + o Fix for bug 770251, Absolute filename causes an assertion to fail + Kai + o Added a makefile for djgpp GCC under win32. + +July 2003 - V4.0.5 + Frans Slothouber + o Fix for bug 761688, rtf output goes only 4 sections deep. + o Added the option --tabsize n + o Lines that do not start with a remark marker are skipped, + unless they are part of a source item. + o Re-enabled ascii output. + + Kai Hofmann + o Fix for many compiler warnings. + +June 2003 - V4.0.4 + Frans Slothouber + o Merged changes to the html generator from Kai. + +June 2003 - V4.0.3 + Frans Slothouber + o Fix for bug -- ./configure crashes. + o Fix for bug -- Wrong version number is shown when compiled without using + autoconfig. + + Jacco van Weert + o Added image: tag to html output. + +May 2003 - V4.0.2 + o Fix for bug -- robodoc chokes on empty lines in + the robodoc.rc file. + o Fix for bug -- Bad formatting of the 'unknown section' error. + o Fix for bug 721685 -- TOC appears twice in a RTF Doc + o Fix for bug 721690 -- TOC in mutidoc files are wrong. + o Added support for DCL. + +April 2003 - V4.0.1 + o Fix for bug 715778 -- on some machines the d_type of the + struct dirent is always DT_UNKNOWN. This caused ROBODoc + to skip all files. (Thanks to Je'rome Laheurte). + o Merged a patch by Andreas Signer that add a number of + new headr types. + o Merged a patch by Janusz Piwowarski that allows users + to specify (1) the extension of the output file and + (2) html character encoding. + +April 2003 - V4.0.0 + o Support for XML DocBook output. + o A new tool, robohdrs, is included -- it can insert empty headers + in the source code. + o Support for cascading style sheets (CSS) in HTML mode. + o Complete rework of the commandline interface. + o ROBODoc can now work with directories and subdirectories, + and does not need xref files anymore. + o All documentation can be created with a single command, you + no longer need a makefile to create your documentation. + o The manual is now in docbook format and much more extensive. + o Lots of refactoring, code should be easier to extend and understand + now. + o There is now some design documentation. + o Support for single file and multiple file documentation. + o Dropped support for Amiga Guide format. + o More unittests. + o Support for packaging under RedHat and OS-X + o C++ and C examples have been removed. + +July 2002 - V3.2.4 + o Indented headers + o 2 character header types + Modifications by Nathan Prewitt + o To allow further classification + of internal headers as internal functions, internal classes, + internal variables, etc. + o Added export into TROFF format with man macros - + suitable for Unix man pages. + o Fixed HTML generation to skip table of contents + if there were no TOC requested at command line. + o Fixed analyzer to correctly handle empty headers. + +March 2002 - Frans Slothouber (V3.2.4Beta2) + o More unittests + o Documentation update + o Added automatic detection of file:/ + o Merged back the changes by Sasha Vasko.after I had + accidently deleted them when merging the DocBook changes. + o Indented most of the sourcecode. + +March 2002 - Frans Slothouber (V3.2.4Beta1) + o Documentation updates. + o added a target docclean in the makefile in Source/ to clean + all temporary files. + o updated documentation + o added testframework + +August 2001 DCD Changes - V3.2.4 with docbook support: + o Added support for Docbook SGML - Robodoc can now produce + output in Docbook SGML using the DBSGML command line switch, + allowing standardized conversion to a host of formats + including HTML (single and multiple), RTF, ASCII, LATEX, + and PDF. Docbook also + allows you to use external style sheets in which you can + change the look of your document. See www.docbook.org for more + on DocBook + o Added -rh switch which causes Robodoc to scan for a single header + defined as *ROBODOC* (char *robo_header) instead of header_markers + and uses *ROBODOC_END* as the end marker. + This prevents problems with Robodoc becoming confused with + normal comments uing *. It is particularly helpful in scanning + PHP source. It will only work with languages that support + multiline c-style comments + o Added -nt switch. Only used in DBSGML mode when creating a master + index. This causes Robodoc to list the Master Index functions as + a section 3 level item rather than as part of a table. + o Added genrd, a Unix bash shell script which simplifies the use + of Robodoc when generating documents from multiple source files + and when creating crossreferences and a master index. + Whole directories and subdirectories of source code can be + scanned and documented with a one line statement rather than + having to construct a makefile or using multiple + robodoc statements. See genrd -h for more info. + +Sepetember 2000 - Frans Slothouber (V3.2.3) + o Added a descrip.mms file for compilation under VMS + o make install installs additional documentation. + o Fixed a bug that caused links of the type + "someword/anotherword," to be ignored, while + "someword/anotherword" was recognized. + +July 2000 - Frans Slothouber (V3.2.2) + o Documentation explains how to use ROBODoc when your sources are + in several subdirectories. + o Documentation explains master index file for LaTeX, how to view + the generated documentation, and the new options, NOSOURCE, SINGLEDOC + and TITLE. + o example makefile includes commands to view the + generated documentation. + o Updated the man page + o Added option SINGLEDOC + For LaTeX output this generates documentation without + the start and end headers. This way the generated file + can be included in a master file. + o Added master index file for LaTeX output. The documentation + gathered from several source files can now be included into + one big file. + o Added the option NOSOURCE. With this option the SOURCE item + is not included in the documentation. + o Added the TITLE option. This allows to set the title for + the master index file. + o Made the search for headermarkers case insensitve. + REM == Rem == rem + +December 1999 - v3.1f + o added RB_TimeStamp() to include time stamps in the documentation. + o Documentation is now generated in LaTeX2e format. + o added '|****' as begin marker, '|' as remark marker and '|***' as + end marker for GNU assembler support. + o ran ident on all source. Using the GNU standard now. + o Added new fold markers provided by Petteri + +December 1999 - Frans Slothouber (v3.1e) + o Moved the C example in Examples to Examples/C + o Added an C++ example in Examples/CPP + o Added empty headers for C++ in Headers/ + o More documentation. + o added markers for HTML. + o modified the RB_Find_Link() function to also words that include + "::". This is used for C++ methods. + o added a RB_Function_Name() function that correctly extracts the + function name (or the name of any other object that is documented) + from the header name. The old code used RB_FilePart which failed + on C++ method names. + o Fixed a core-dumping bug in RB_Set_Doc_Base() + +December 1999 - Frans Slothouber (v3.1d) + o Added list of possible item names to the robodoc man page. + o Added list of possible header types to the robodoc man page. + o Updated manual with information on the generation of the + master index file and new header types. + o added new header types for, classes, methods, variables, + functions, strutures and constants. (Idea of Stefan Kost) + o added a command to create a master index file that contains + sorted pointers to all classes, methods, variables, + functions, strutures and constants. + +December 1999 - Frans Slothouber (v3.1c) + o Added testheader.c for debug purposes. + o Split the source code into serveral files. + o Fixed numerous typos in the documentation. + o Using m4 to create the html documentation (for table of contents ect). + o Added cross links between the documentation and examples. + From patches that I received from Stefan Kost + o renamed BEAST METHODS -> METHODS + o renamed BEAST ATTRIBUTES -> ATTRIBUTES + o added new items useful for object oriented programming; some of + these items are already used in os3.1 autodocs + TAGS, COMMANDS, DERIVED FROM, DERIVED BY, USES, + CHILDREN, USED BY, PARENTS, USAGE, PURPOSE + o commented the item names + o changed item-type enums to end all with _ITEM + o changed RB_Find_Link to accept names ending with '...' + o changed copyright comment to be a style-guide conform version string. + o changed RB_VER[] to be a style-guide conform version string + o changed AMIGA into _AMIGA, because the first one does not exists, + when compiling with NOANSI on SAS C/C++ + +November 1999 - Frans Slothouber (v3.1b) + o Added a man page + o Cleaned-up html documentation. + o is generated at the beginning of + each document. A mention of the source code name in another + document creates a link to this name (provided you use xrefs). + o Moved most #defines and enums to robodoc.h + o Made ROBODoc more forgiving in reading the xrefs file. Empty + lines are allowed and also spaces at the end of a file name. + +August 1999 - Frans Slothouber: v3.1 + o Added GPL licence + o Added INSTALL, README, and TODO + o Converted the documentation to HTML + o Spell-checked all documentation + o More documentation and a more informative usage() function. + o robodoc -c prints licence + o removed a number of Source items from the documentation to reduce + the size of the robodoc.c.html file... no fun for people + to download a >100k file. + o removed the warning about not using a robodoc default file. + o indent -orig -i2 -nbc -ncdb -bad -bap + o Fixed the warnings. + o Fixed some occurrences of (evil cast)malloc (thou shalt not + cast malloc :) + o ROBODoc now returns EXIT_FAILURE or EXIT_SUCCESS, as defined + in + o Fixed a memory leak in RB_Analyse_Document() + +Modifications by Petteri Kettunen +August 1999 - v3.0m+ + o Support for folding in SOURCE items, HTML only. + o indent -kr + o Added options FOLD and C + +Modifications by Petteri Kettunen +Feb 1999 - v3.0m + o Changed background color to white + o Changed size of Table of Contents title. (H3 instead of H1) + o The reverse function also reversed the sorted header list, + fixed this. + +Modifications by FNC Slothouber. + Feb-1999 - v3.0l * Added function to reverse the header list. +14-Aug-1998 - v3.0k * Tcl/Tk '#' handling added; + + +Modifications by agi +15-Dec-1997 - v3.0j + o cleaned the HTML-output, so it now conforms to the DTD for HTML-3.2 + o TOC now is an ordered list (
    and
  1. ) + o added "" + o added quotes to values of some HTML-attributes + o more compatible implementation of the SGML-comment containing + copyright-info replaced all occurrences of 
    .. by 
    
+  o replaced 
     by 
    
+  o fixed two minor warnings reported by gcc -Wall
+
+Modifications by FNC Slothouber.
+10-July-1996   - v3.0i
+  o Bug Fix, Both the options INTERNAL and INTERNALONLY did not
+    work correctly.
+01-April-1996  - v3.0h
+  o Added ';' to > and < so lynx also recognizes them.
+  o Fancied up the HTML output.
+
+Modifications by apang
+ 08-Mar-1996   - v3.0f
+ o Cleaner build for Borland C++ 4.52
+ o Added more markers (C++, Pascal, Modula-2, COBOL)
+ o Added more item types/names
+ o Added #defines for the preamble (COMMENT_ROBODOC and
+   COMMENT_COPYRIGHT)
+ o BLANK_HEADER for detection of asterisk'd lines
+ o RB_Say() the GENERIC header warning instead of using printf()
+ o Indents SOURCE body in output
+ o ASCII respects the TOC flag; removed extraneous newline after
+   formfeed (so it's more like AutoDoc)
+ o HTML output fixed to handle '<', '>', and '&'
+ o LaTeX attributes and '%' handling added; fancied up the output a bit
+ o RTF support added
+ o Changed some fprintf()'s to fputc()'s for potentially lower overhead
+ o Fixed line eater bug
+ o More general fix to the TOC problem of including internal links
+  when it wasn't selected
+
+Modifications by FNC Slothouber.
+04-Feb-1996   - v3.0e
+ o fixed the problem with the TOC that included links to headers that
+   were not selected. (i.e internal)
+08-Oct-1995   - v3.0d
+ o Bug fixes
+16-Sep-1995   - v3.0c
+ o Bug fixes
+27-Aug-1995   - v3.0b
+ o Fixed a bug with the defaults file
+ o Improved search algorithm RoboDoc is now 5.8 times faster.
+18-Aug-1995   -  v3.0
+ o New scanner that searches for a set default markers
+   that define what is a comment or what is not and that
+   define what or what is not a header/end marker.
+ o Added Beast Support
+
+08-Aug-1995 - Koessi  -
+ o a lot of while instead of for
+ o a lot of switch() instead of ifelse
+ o version defined
+ o RB_Say, RB_Panic now useable like printf()
+ o new formats for nearly all output-strings
+ o char *whoami is global copy of argv[0]
+ o BOLD <- MAKE_LARGE && AMIGAGUIDE
+ o succesfully compiled&tested on HPUX (HP9000/800)
+ o optimized listfunctions
+ o encapsulated header- and link- allocating and freeing
+ o RB_Find_Function_Name() replaced with RB_FilePart()
+
+07-Aug-1995 - Koessi   -
+ o automated foldmarks "\***"
+ o ! GoldEd's foldmarks == RoboDoc marker !
+ o quoted source parsing enhanced
+
+01-Aug-1995 - Koessi  - v2.0?  
+ o more robust parsing, less enforcer-hits
+ o removed self-referencing links !
+ o remarked most changes with *koessi*
+ o added GoldEd-foldmarks
+ o compiled successfully with SAS-C 6.3
+
+24-May-1995 - Frans Slothouber - v2.0e  
+ o Fixed a bug that cause the CleanUp Routine to lock up.
+ o Improved the HTML output, should work faster now.
+
+15-May-1995 - Frans Slothouber - v2.0d  
+ o New Defaults file.
+ o Added Verbose option.
+
+12-May-1995 - Frans Slothouber - v2.0c  
+ o Bug fixes.
+
+10-May-1995 - Frans Slothouber -  v2.0a  
+ o Program completely rewritten
+ o added SOURCE item and LaTeX output.
+ o added TAB converter.
+
+20-Apr-95 - Jacco van Weert    -  v1.1a:  
+ o INTERNALONLY option added.
+ o Sort problem solved.
+
+2-Apr-95 - Jacco van Weert     -  v1.0b:  Bug fixes
+ o Procedure header search bug solved.
+ o Print 'created procedure' text
+
+Mar-95  - Jacco van Weert      -  v1.0a:  Final version
+
+2-Feb-95  - Jacco van Weert    -  v0.93:  
+ o Mungwall hit, solved.
+ o When item headers, are also available in body then parts are 
+   duplicated solved.
+
+26-Jan-95     -  v0.92:  2nd test beta-version
+
+19-January-95 - Jacco van Weert  (v0.8)
+  o First test beta-version
+
+December 1994 - Jacco van Weert -- creation date.
+
+
diff --git a/Contributions/robodoc.kaptn b/Contributions/robodoc.kaptn
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1d639b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Contributions/robodoc.kaptn
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env kaptain
+# $Id: robodoc.kaptn,v 1.3 2007/01/29 22:28:20 gumpu Exp $
+# NAME
+#   robodoc.kaptn - robodoc.rc gui composer
+# COPYRIGHT
+# Copyright (C) 2003 gian paolo ciceri 
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+# MA  02111-1307  USA
+# 
+#
+# HISTORY
+#   Sep, 9th 2003: v0.1.0 - initial, tentative release (borrowed from procmail.kaptn).
+#
+
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# main wizard
+#
+start :wizard "Robodoc Configuration Wizard" ->  intro setup finish;
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# into page
+#
+intro "robodoc.rc builder" -> intro1 intro2;
+intro1 -> text1 introa;
+text1 -> @text("This is a graphical front-end for creating robodoc.rc \
+configuration files made using Kaptain, the Universal graphical front-end.");
+intro2 "" -> @;
+introa "" -> workdir @fill;
+workdir "Choose Working Directory" -> "\nWORKDIR=" @directory="$PWD";
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# finish page, where I write the robodoc.rc file
+#
+finish "Finish" -> text3 other_settings;
+text3 -> @text("Now press the Preview button to see the settings you have made.\
+ Don't forget to press Write button in order to save the setting in the given file.");
+other_settings -> filename @fill @preview(allfile)="Preview" @action(writetofile)="Write";
+writetofile-> "echo '" allfile "' > " filename ;
+filename -> @outfile="$PWD/robodoc.rc";
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# setup page, here's the beef!
+#
+setup :horizontal "Settings" -> recipe;
+recipe :framed :horizontal -> recipe1 recipe2;
+recipe1 :framed "Main documentation options" -> outputtype sourcedir docdir cssfile ;
+recipe2 :framed "Items and misc. options" -> items ignoreitems ignoreext flags;
+#recipe :framed -> outputtype sourcedir docdir cssfile items ignoreitems ignoreext flags regexp;
+
+outputtype :horizontal "Output Types" -> !these_output | more_output ;
+  these_output :beside -> "--html\n" @string="--html";
+  more_output :beside -> "\n" more_output0;
+  
+sourcedir  "Sources Directory" -> "--src\n" @directory="$PWD"; 
+
+docdir  "Documents Directory" -> "--doc\n" @directory="$PWD"; 
+
+cssfile  "CSS stylesheet" -> "--css\n" @infile("*.css"); 
+
+items :horizontal  "Items" -> !these_items | more_items;
+  these_items :beside -> @string;
+  more_items :beside -> more_items0;
+  
+ignoreitems :horizontal  "Ignore Items" -> !these_iitems | more_iitems;
+  these_iitems :beside -> @string;
+  more_iitems :beside -> more_iitems0;
+
+ignoreext :horizontal  "Ignore file Extensions" -> these_iexts | !more_iexts;
+  these_iexts :beside -> @string="*.bkp\n ~";
+  more_iexts :beside -> more_iexts0;
+
+###########################################################
+#@list('NAME', 'SYNOPSIS', 'INPUTS', 'OUTPUTS', 'HISTORY') ;
+#ignoreitems "Ignore Items" -> "ignore items:\n" @combow('HISTORY', 'BUGS', 'AUTHORS', 'TODO', 'NEWS');
+#ignoreext "Ignore Extensions" -> "extensions:\n" @combow('*.bkp', '~');  
+###########################################################
+
+
+  
+flags :horizontal "Misc.Options" -> these_flags | !more_flags ;
+  these_flags :beside -> ":0 " @string;
+  more_flags :beside -> ":0 " more_flags0;
+#############################################################
+
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# robodoc.rc file setup, in the `allfile` variable
+#
+allfile -> "#This file was created by Kaptain\n\n" 
+   "#options" "\n"
+   options  "\n" 
+
+   "#output types" "\n"
+   out_options  "\n" 
+
+   "#source directory" "\n"   
+   sourcedir "\n"
+
+   "#document directory" "\n"   
+   docdir "\n"
+
+   "#stylesheet" "\n"   
+   cssfile "\n"
+
+   "#items" "\n"  
+   "items" "\n" 
+   items "\n"
+
+   "#ignore items" "\n"  
+   "ignore items:\n" 
+   ignoreitems "\n"
+
+   "#ignore files by extension" "\n"   
+   "extensions:" "\n"
+   ignoreext "\n"
+   
+   "#end\n" ;
+#############################################################
+
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# auxiliary dialog, to setup options
+#
+more_flags0 :dialog "Options..." -> flags_top flags_buttons;
+flags_buttons -> @close="OK";
+flags_top :horizontal :framed  -> options;# extras;
+# extras "Extras" -> @;
+ options "Options"
+  -> index multidoc singledoc singlefile 
+     tell folds internal internalonly 
+     nosource nodesc sections tabsize toc;
+     
+  index "Also create a master index file" -> "--index\n"! | @;
+  multidoc "Generate one document per source file, and copy the directory hierarchys" ->
+  "--multidoc\n"! | @;
+  singledoc  "Define the documentation directory or documentation file." -> "--singledoc\n" |!@;
+  singlefile "Generate a single document from a single file."  -> "--singlefile\n" |!@;
+  tell "ROBODoc tells you what steps it is taking." -> "--tell\n" |!@;
+  folds "Use fold marks to split a big document into smaller ones." -> "--folds\n" |!@;
+  internal "Also include headers marked internal." -> "--internal\n" |!@;
+  internalonly "Only include headers marked internal." -> "--internalonly\n" |!@;
+  nosource "Do not include the SOURCE items."  -> "--nosource\n" |!@;
+  nodesc "Do not scan any subdirectories." -> "--nodesc\n" |!@;
+  sections "Create sections based on the module hierarchy." -> "--sections\n" |!@;
+  tabsize "Lets you specify the tabsize." -> "--tabsize\n" |!@;
+  toc "Add a table of contents." -> "--toc\n" |!@;
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# auxiliary dialog, to setup output types (html, latex, rtf, docbook)
+#
+more_output0 :dialog "Output Types..." -> output_top output_buttons;
+output_buttons -> @close="OK";
+output_top :horizontal :framed  -> out_options;# extras;
+# extras "Extras" -> @;
+ out_options "Output Types"
+  -> html ascii rtf latex docbook;
+  html "HTML" -> "--html\n"! | @;
+  ascii "ASCII" -> "--ascii\n"! | @;
+  latex "LaTeX" -> "--latex\n" | !@;
+  rtf "Rich Text format" -> "--rtf\n" | !@;
+  docbook "DocBook" -> "--dbxml\n" | !@;
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# auxiliary dialog, to setup items
+#
+more_items0 :dialog "Include Items..." -> item_top item_buttons ;
+item_buttons -> @close="OK";
+item_top :horizontal :framed  -> item_options;# extras;
+# extras "Extras" -> @;
+item_options :horizontal "Items"
+  -> itemleft itemright;
+
+ itemleft -> NAME SYNOPSIS INPUTS   
+  USAGE SOURCE COPYRIGHT FUNCTION AUTHOR RESULT EXAMPLE NOTES DIAGNOSTICS;
+ 
+ itemright ->  WARNINGS ERRORS BUGS SEEALSO METHODS ATTRIBUTES TAGS COMMAND DERIVEDFROM 
+  DERIVEDBY USES USEDBY INPUTS OUTPUTS HISTORY;
+  
+  NAME "NAME, Item name + short description" -> "    NAME\n"! | @;
+  SYNOPSIS "SYNOPSIS, how to use it" -> "    SYNOPSIS\n" | !@;  
+  USAGE "USAGE, how to use it" -> "    USAGE\n" | !@;
+  SOURCE "SOURCE, source code inclusion" -> "    SOURCE\n" | !@;
+  COPYRIGHT "COPYRIGHT, who own the copyright" -> "    COPYRIGHT\n" | !@;
+  FUNCTION "FUNCTION, what does it" -> "    FUNCTION\n" | !@;
+  AUTHOR  "AUTHOR, who wrote it" -> "    AUTHOR\n" | !@;
+  RESULT "RESULT, what do we get returned" -> "    RESULT\n" | !@;
+  EXAMPLE "EXAMPLE, a clear example of the items use" -> "    EXAMPLE\n" | !@;
+  NOTES "NOTES, any annotations" -> "    NOTES\n" | !@;
+  DIAGNOSTICS "DIAGNOSTICS, diagnostical output" -> "    DIAGNOSTICS\n" | !@;
+  WARNINGS "WARNINGS, warning messages" -> "    WARNINGS\n" | !@;
+  ERRORS "ERRORS, error messages" -> "    ERRORS\n" | !@;
+  BUGS "BUGS, known bugs" -> "    BUGS\n" | !@;
+  SEEALSO "SEE ALSO, references" -> "    SEE ALSO\n" | !@;
+  METHODS "METHODS, oop attributes" -> "    METHODS\n" | !@;
+  ATTRIBUTES "ATTRIBUTES, oop attributes" -> "    ATTRIBUTES\n" | !@;
+  TAGS "TAGS, tagitem description" -> "    TAGS\n" | !@;
+  COMMAND "COMMAND, command description" -> "    COMMAND\n" | !@; 
+  DERIVEDFROM "DERIVED FROM, oop super class" -> "    DERIVED FROM\n" | !@; 
+  DERIVEDBY "DERIVED BY, oop sub class" -> "    DERIVED BY\n" | !@; 
+  USES "USES, what modules are used by this one" -> "    USES\n" | !@;
+  USEDBY "USED BY,which modules do use this" -> "    USED BY\n" | !@;
+  INPUTS "INPUTS, what can we feed into it" -> "    INPUTS\n" | !@;
+  OUTPUTS "OUTPUTS, what output will be made" -> "    OUTPUTS\n" | !@;
+  HISTORY "HISTORY, who done what changes when" -> "    HISTORY\n" | !@;  
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# auxiliary dialog, to setup ignore items
+#
+more_iitems0 :dialog "Ignore Items..." -> iitem_top iitem_buttons;
+iitem_buttons -> @close="OK";
+iitem_top :horizontal :framed  -> iitem_options;# extras;
+# extras "Extras" -> @;
+ iitem_options :horizontal "Ignore Items"
+  -> iitemleft iitemright;
+  
+ iitemleft -> iNAME iSYNOPSIS iINPUTS   
+  iUSAGE iSOURCE iCOPYRIGHT iFUNCTION iAUTHOR iRESULT iEXAMPLE iNOTES iDIAGNOSTICS;
+ 
+ iitemright ->  iWARNINGS iERRORS iBUGS iSEEALSO iMETHODS iATTRIBUTES iTAGS iCOMMAND iDERIVEDFROM 
+  iDERIVEDBY iUSES iUSEDBY iOUTPUTS iHISTORY iBUGS;
+  
+  iNAME "NAME, Item name + short description" -> "    NAME\n" | !@;
+  iSYNOPSIS "SYNOPSIS, how to use it" -> "    SYNOPSIS\n" | !@;  
+  iUSAGE "USAGE, how to use it" -> "    USAGE\n" | !@;
+  iSOURCE "SOURCE, source code inclusion" -> "    SOURCE\n" | !@;
+  iCOPYRIGHT "COPYRIGHT, who own the copyright" -> "    COPYRIGHT\n" | !@;
+  iFUNCTION "FUNCTION, what does it" -> "    FUNCTION\n" | !@;
+  iAUTHOR  "AUTHOR, who wrote it" -> "    AUTHOR\n" | !@;
+  iRESULT "RESULT, what do we get returned" -> "    RESULT\n" | !@;
+  iEXAMPLE "EXAMPLE, a clear example of the items use" -> "    EXAMPLE\n" | !@;
+  iNOTES "NOTES, any annotations" -> "    NOTES\n" | !@;
+  iDIAGNOSTICS "DIAGNOSTICS, diagnostical output" -> "    DIAGNOSTICS\n" | !@;
+  iWARNINGS "WARNINGS, warning messages" -> "    WARNINGS\n" | !@;
+  iERRORS "ERRORS, error messages" -> "    ERRORS\n" | !@;
+  iBUGS "BUGS, known bugs" -> "    BUGS\n" | !@;
+  iSEEALSO "SEE ALSO, references" -> "    SEE ALSO\n" | !@;
+  iMETHODS "METHODS, oop attributes" -> "    METHODS\n" | !@;
+  iATTRIBUTES "ATTRIBUTES, oop attributes" -> "    ATTRIBUTES\n" | !@;
+  iTAGS "TAGS, tagitem description" -> "    TAGS\n" | !@;
+  iCOMMAND "COMMAND, command description" -> "    COMMAND\n" | !@; 
+  iDERIVEDFROM "DERIVED FROM, oop super class" -> "    DERIVED FROM\n" | !@; 
+  iDERIVEDBY "DERIVED BY, oop sub class" -> "    DERIVED BY\n" | !@; 
+  iUSES "USES, what modules are used by this one" -> "    USES\n" | !@;
+  iUSEDBY "USED BY,which modules do use this" -> "    USED BY\n" | !@;
+  iINPUTS "INPUTS, what can we feed into it" -> "    INPUTS\n" | !@;
+  iOUTPUTS "OUTPUTS, what output will be made" -> "    OUTPUTS\n" | !@;
+  iHISTORY "HISTORY, who done what changes when" -> "    HISTORY\n" | !@;    
+#############################################################
+
+#############################################################
+#
+# auxiliary dialog, to setup excluded file by extension
+#
+more_iexts0 :dialog "Exclude Extensions..." -> iextm_top iextm_buttons;
+iextm_buttons -> @close="OK";
+iextm_top :horizontal :framed  -> iextm_options;# extras;
+# extras "Extras" -> @;
+ iextm_options "Exclude files by extension"
+  -> BAK TILDE;
+  BAK "*.bak" -> "    *.bak\n" | @;
+  TILDE "~" -> "    ~\n" | @;
+#############################################################
+
diff --git a/Contributions/robodoc2pod.pl b/Contributions/robodoc2pod.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b88f4e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Contributions/robodoc2pod.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+###################################################
+# robodoc 2 pod converter
+###################################################
+#****h* robodoc2pod
+# NAME
+# Robodoc 2 Pod
+#
+# FUNCTION
+# Generate POD documentation from ROBODoc to allow
+# use of perldoc with your Robodoc'ed code.
+#
+# HISTORY
+# * V 0.2.1 of 06/03/14		corrected the regexps
+# * V 0.2.0 of 06/03/13		rewritten with intermediate representation
+# * V 0.1.0 of 06/03/10		first version
+#
+# BUGS
+# nothing known right now.
+#
+# TODO
+# * refactor cleanly
+# * manage locales
+# * manage nested lists
+# * indent EXAMPLE with 
+# 
+# LICENSE
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms as Perl itself. 
+# AUTHOR
+# Emmanuel Florac ( wazoox @ free . fr )
+# COPYRIGHT
+# (c) 2006 Intellique (www.intellique.com)
+#***
+# always use strict et warnings.
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+use Data::Dumper;
+
+#########################
+# functions
+#########################
+
+sub usage {
+    return "usage  : $0  [ >>  ]";
+}
+
+#########################
+# main
+#########################
+
+# must provide a file name to work with
+my $file = shift or die usage();
+open my $fh, $file or die "can't open file : $file";
+
+# robodoc start and end tags (marks robodoc blocks)
+my $rbd_starttag = qr(^\*\*\*\*[\w\*]\*);
+my $rbdheadtype  = qr(^\*\*\*\*([\w\*])\*);
+my $rbd_endtag   = qr(^\*\*\*);
+
+# robodoc general tags
+my @rbdtags = (
+    'NAME',          'COPYRIGHT',      'SYNOPSIS',    'USAGE',
+    'FUNCTION',      'DESCRIPTION',    'PURPOSE',     'AUTHOR',
+    'CREATION DATE', 'MODIFICATION',   'HISTORY',     'INPUTS',
+    'ARGUMENTS',     'OPTIONS',        'PARAMETERS',  'SWITCHES',
+    'OUTPUT',        'SIDE EFFECTS',   'RESULT',      'RETURN VALUE',
+    'EXAMPLE',       'NOTES',          'DIAGNOSTICS', 'WARNINGS',
+    'ERRORS',        'BUGS',           'TODO',        'IDEAS',
+    'PORTABILITY',   'SEE ALSO',       'METHODS',     'NEW METHODS',
+    'ATTRIBUTES',    'NEW ATTRIBUTES', 'TAGS',        'COMMANDS',
+    'DERIVED FROM',  'DERIVED BY',     'USES',        'CHILDREN',
+    'USED BY',       'PARENTS',        'SOURCE',	   'LICENSE',
+);
+
+my %rbdheaders = (
+    c   => 'Class',
+    d   => 'Constant',
+    f   => 'Fonction',
+    h   => 'Module',
+    m   => 'Méthod',
+    s   => 'Structure',
+    t   => 'Type',
+    u   => 'Unit Test',
+    v   => 'Variable',
+    '*' => '',
+);
+
+# to check for headers tags
+my $tagmatch = join '|', @rbdtags;
+$tagmatch = qr(^($tagmatch));
+
+# to store the robodoc
+my @robodoc;
+
+# flag and titles
+my $inrobodoc  = 0;
+my $rbdtagname = '';
+
+# read the file
+while (<$fh>) {
+
+    # remove leading # if any
+    s/^\s*# *//;
+    chomp;
+
+    $inrobodoc = 0 if m/$rbd_endtag/;
+
+    if ($inrobodoc) {
+        push @{ $robodoc[$#robodoc]{$rbdtagname} }, $_;
+    }
+
+    if (m/$rbd_starttag/) {
+        $inrobodoc = 1;
+        my ($headertype) = (m/$rbdheadtype/);
+        ($rbdtagname) = (m/$rbd_starttag(.*)/);
+        chomp $rbdtagname;
+        if ($rbdtagname) {
+            $rbdtagname = $rbdheaders{$headertype} . $rbdtagname;
+            push @robodoc, { $rbdtagname => [] };
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+close $fh;
+
+# now convert robodoc to pod
+my @pod;
+my $items   = 0;
+my $podhead = 1;
+
+foreach (@robodoc) {
+    my ( $k, $v ) = each %$_;
+    my $currhead = $podhead;
+    push @pod, '', "=head$currhead $k", '';
+    $currhead++;
+
+    foreach my $line (@$v) {
+		# insert head if this is a managed tag
+        if ( $line =~ m/$tagmatch/ ) {
+            push @pod, ( '', "=head$currhead $line", '' );
+		# insert bulleted lists
+        } elsif ( my ($elem) = ( $line =~ m/^\*\s+(.*)/ ) ) {
+            if ( $items == 0 ) {
+                $items++;
+                push @pod, "=over";
+            }
+            push @pod, ( '', '=item *', '', $elem );
+		# end bulleted list
+        } elsif ( $items > 0 ) {
+            $items = 0;
+            push @pod, ('', '=back', '');
+            push @pod, $line;
+		# raw insert
+        } else {
+            push @pod, $line;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+print join( "\n", @pod ) . "\n";
+
diff --git a/DEVELOPERS b/DEVELOPERS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc698fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DEVELOPERS
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+$Id: DEVELOPERS,v 1.10 2006/06/17 11:35:10 gumpu Exp $
+
+If you get this from CVS, this is how to create a workable archive. 
+Run:
+  aclocal
+  automake -a
+  autoconf
+
+
+To create a new release edit 
+  bump.pl
+and then run it. Then run
+  ./do.sh
+
+
+To clean _everything_
+
+  make -f makefile.am myclean
+
+
+To create the (g)zipfiles:
+  ./configure
+  make dist
+  make dist-zip
+
+
+To check for memory leaks use:
+   CFLAGS="-g -Wall -DDMALLOC -DMALLOC_FUNC_CHECK" LDFLAGS="-ldmalloc" ./configure
+in combination with the dmalloc library ( http://dmalloc.com/ )
+
+
+To cross-compile Windows binary on GNU/Linux, do:
+
+  (cd Source && make -f makefile.plain xcompile)
+
+This requires mingw32 cross-compiler. On Debian GNU/Linux (and on its
+derivatives) this can be installed simply by typing:
+
+  apt-get update && apt-get install mingw32
+
+
+There are three modules for ROBODoc
+robo        -- The source code and documentation
+robotest    -- A test suite   ( OBSOLETE )
+robowwww    -- The web pages for ROBODoc.  ( OBSOLETE )
+
diff --git a/Design/design.txt b/Design/design.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b019b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Design/design.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+
+Some random notes about the design of robodoc.
+This will later be turned into a proper docbook
+document.
+
+
+
+Collections / Containers.
+
+For most of the containers a singly linked list is used.
+The link to the next element is called "next" and is the
+first field in any structure that is stored in a linked list.
+
+For instance
+
+struct S {
+    struct S* next;
+    long   another_field;
+    char*  aName;
+};
+
+An anchor points to the first element in the list.
+
+If this convention is used for all linked lists than it is
+easy to remember how to iterate through the container.
+
+    struct X* x_container;
+
+    struct X* x_iterator;
+    for ( x_iterator = x_container;
+          x_iterator != 0;
+          x_iterator = x_iterator->next ) {
+
+    }
+
+Inserting an element:
+
+    x_new_element->next = x_container;
+    x_container = x_new_element;
+
+
+========================================================
+
+General Flow
+
+Sourcecode  ---> [ROBODoc] ---> Document.
+
+The sourcecode consists of one or more sourcefiles.
+The resulting document consists of one or more parts.
+
+For every sourcefile that is one part.
+There can be additional parts. For instance
+for indexfiles or to pull all parts into a single document.
+
+
+> Can someone explain the differences internally of a single doc
+> and multi doc? At first glance, it would seem that Lua scripts
+> should only implement single doc because they are to be free to
+> do as they please, but I may be mistaken.
+>
+> Please advise.
+
+The difference between singledoc and multidoc mode.
+
+The whole robodoc process consists of step 3
+(1) The scanning of the source directory tree -- this collect the names of
+    all the files and directories in the source directory tree.
+    All this information is stored in a RB_Directory structure inside
+    a RB_Document structure.
+(2) The analysing of all the sourcefiles -- this reads the content of
+    all the files found in step 1 and collects all the headers found in
+    these files.
+    These are store in list of RB_Part structures stored inside a
+    RB_Document structure.  For each sourcefile there is a RB_Part
+    structure.   All the headers found in a single source file are
+    stored as a list of RB_header structures in a RB_Part structure.
+(3) the generation of the documentation -- write the headers a
+    single documentation file or mulitiple documentation files.
+
+
+The difference between single doc and multidoc can be found in step 3.
+The difference can be seen in most clearly in the functions:
+RB_Generate_SingleDoc() and  RB_Generate_MultiDoc()
+
+If you look at the start of both functions they both call:
+
+    RB_Document_Collect_Headers( document );
+    RB_Document_Link_Headers( document );
+    RB_Fill_Header_Filename( document );
+    RB_Name_Headers( document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    RB_CollectLinks( document, document->headers, document->no_headers );
+
+However before this RB_Generate_MultiDoc() calls
+
+    RB_Document_Determine_DocFilePaths( document );
+    RB_Document_Create_DocFilePaths( document );
+    RB_Document_Determine_DocFileNames( document );
+
+This creates the documentation directory tree, which is a mirror image
+of the source directory tree, and determines for each RB_Part
+(sourcefile) the filename for the documentation file.
+The information is later used in RB_Fill_Header_Filename().
+
+RB_Fill_Header_Filename() stores the name of the file a header is
+to be written to.  In single doc mode RB_Fill_Header_Filename() this
+filename is always the same (the filename specified with the
+--doc option).  In multidoc mode the filename can be different and is
+based on the name computed in RB_Document_Determine_DocFileNames().
+
+In singledoc mode a single file is now opened.  For each part,
+the headers in this part are written to this file.  (So all
+headers end up in the same file).
+
+In multidoc mode a new file is opened for each part, and the headers
+in the part are written to this file.  (So headers end up in
+different files).
+
+In addition in multidoc mode a series of index files can be generated.
+
+
+
+=====================================================================
+
+General Flow
+
+Sourcecode  ---> [ROBODoc] ---> Document.
+
+The whole ROBODoc process consists of three steps: scanning,
+analysing, generating.
+
+Scanning 
+
+ROBODoc scans the source directory tree. This collects the names of
+all the source files.
+
+Analysing
+
+ROBODOc analyses all the sourcefiles. This reads the content of all
+source files and collects all the headers.
+
+Generating
+
+In this step the headers are written to one or more documentation files.
+In addition 
+
+The data collected during scanning and analysing is stored in a
+number of structures.
+
+RB_Directory, it stores the names of the sourcefiles and directories
+in the source direcory tree.  Files names are stored in a RB_Filename
+structure, directory names in a RB_Path structure.  Each RB_Filename
+contains a pointer (path) a RB_Path that tells in which directory a
+file is located.  Each RB_Path has a pointer (parent) to another
+RB_Path that tells of which directory is a directory located (of which
+directory it is a subdirectory).  The only exception is the root
+directory.
+
+Besides the name of the sourcefile, the RB_Filename also stores the
+name of the documentation file.
+
+For each sourcefile there is an RB_Part structure.  It contains a
+pointer (filename) to the RB_Filename and a list (headers) of
+RB_Header structure containing the headers found in the sourcefile.
+
+Every RB_Header structure contains a pointer (owner) to the RB_Part
+structure to which it belongs.  Headers can form a hierarchy that is
+used to create sections and subsections in the documentation.  To
+store this hierarchy every RB_header structure contains a pointer
+(parent) to its parent header.  For instance, given the following two
+headers, SubModule is the parent of SubSubModule.
+
+/****h* TopModule/SubModule
+ *
+ ****/
+
+/****h* SubModule/SubSubModule
+ *
+ ****/
+
+In the documentation this creates the sections
+
+1.TopModule
+1.1 SubModule
+1.1.1 SubSubModule
+
+
+The RB_Directory and the linked list of RB_Part structures are
+stored in a RB_Document structure.
+
+During the generation of the documentation ROBODoc tries to create
+cross links between the mention of a header's name (on object) and the
+documentation generated from that header (the documentation for the
+object).
+
+To aid this proces there is an array of RB_link structures.  This
+array is sorted for quick searching.
+
+
diff --git a/Design/uml.fig b/Design/uml.fig
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53f8dbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Design/uml.fig
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#FIG 3.2
+Landscape
+Center
+Inches
+Letter  
+100.00
+Single
+-2
+1200 2
+6 5400 8100 6900 9600
+6 5400 8100 6900 9600
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 5400 8100 6900 8100 6900 9600 5400 9600 5400 8100
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 945 6150 8400 RB_Header\001
+-6
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 5400 8550 6900 8550
+-6
+6 5400 8100 6900 9600
+6 5400 8100 6900 9600
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 5400 8100 6900 8100 6900 9600 5400 9600 5400 8100
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 945 6150 8400 RB_Header\001
+-6
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 5400 8550 6900 8550
+-6
+6 10200 900 11700 2400
+6 10200 900 11700 2400
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 10200 900 11700 900 11700 2400 10200 2400 10200 900
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 1260 10950 1200 RB_Directory\001
+-6
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 10200 1350 11700 1350
+-6
+6 3600 10500 5100 12000
+6 3600 10500 5100 12000
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 3600 10500 5100 10500 5100 12000 3600 12000 3600 10500
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 735 4350 10800 RB_Link\001
+-6
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 3600 10950 5100 10950
+-6
+6 300 10500 1800 12000
+6 300 10500 1800 12000
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 300 10500 1800 10500 1800 12000 300 12000 300 10500
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 735 1050 10800 Globals\001
+-6
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 300 10950 1800 10950
+-6
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 1800 4500 3300 4500 3300 6000 1800 6000 1800 4500
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 5400 4500 6900 4500 6900 6000 5400 6000 5400 4500
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3300 4800 5400 4800
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 1
+	 5100 4800
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6900 4800 9000 4800
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 9000 4650 10500 4650
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 5400 4950 6900 4950
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 1800 4950 3300 4950
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
+	 11700 4650 13200 4650
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6150 6000 6150 8100
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6150 6000 6150 8100
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 2550 6000 2550 8700 5400 8700
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 11700 1800 12600 1800 12600 4200
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
+	0 0 1.00 90.00 150.00
+	 2550 4500 2550 1500 10200 1500
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 1 0 3
+	0 0 1.00 90.00 150.00
+	 10200 1800 9600 1800 9600 4200
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 11700 4200 13200 4200 13200 5700 11700 5700 11700 4200
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 10500 4500 11700 4500
+2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
+	 9000 4200 10500 4200 10500 5700 9000 5700 9000 4200
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 4
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6900 9300 8250 9300 8250 8400 6900 8400
+2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 1800 11250 3600 11250
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 165 1155 2550 4800 RB_Document\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 165 735 6150 4800 RB_Part\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 165 525 4950 4650 parts\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 165 1155 4500 6450 RB_Document\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 1155 8250 4650 source_file\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 735 5700 7500 headers\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 4800 5100 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 5700 7800 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 1155 4650 8550 all_headers\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 4650 9000 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 525 9300 3300 files\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 525 12300 3300 paths\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 9300 3600 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 12300 3600 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 8550 5100 0..*\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 735 12450 4500 RB_Path\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 420 11400 4350 path\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 90 420 12450 4950 name\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 90 420 9750 4950 name\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 180 735 9750 4500 RB_File\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 735 9750 5250 docname\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 735 12450 5250 docname\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 165 630 7650 8250 parent\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 12 0.0000 4 135 525 3300 11100 links\001
+4 1 0 50 0 12 11 0.0000 4 105 360 3300 11550 0..*\001
diff --git a/Docs/bugs.xml b/Docs/bugs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..814e322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/bugs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+
    
+Suggestions and Bugs
+    If you find any bugs, catch them, put them in a jar, and
+    send them to: Frans Slothouber at rfsber {at} xs4all.nl.   Suggestions are also welcome at
+    this address.  Flames can be directed to the sun.
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/configuration.xml b/Docs/configuration.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efb60fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/configuration.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+
+
+
    
+Customizing ROBODoc
+
+ ROBODoc can be configured with a configuration file called
+    robodoc.rc.  With it you can define item
+    names, frequently used options, and translations for English
+    terms. One should note that if a configuration file is specified,
+    its definitions over-ride ROBODoc internal (i.e. built-in) settings.
+    This is a feature; some arbitrary language may include syntax
+    which conflicts with ROBODoc's internal markers. By taking advantage
+    of a configuration file, these sort of issues and conflicts
+    can be circumvented.  An example is shown below.
+
+
+
+# Example robodoc.rc
+#
+items:
+    NAME
+    FUNCTION
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+    SIDE EFFECTS
+    HISTORY
+    BUGS
+    EXAMPLE
+ignore items:
+    HISTORY
+    BUGS
+item order:
+    FUNCTION
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+source items:
+    SYNOPSIS
+preformatted items:
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+format items:
+    FUNCTION
+    SIDE EFFECTS
+options:
+    --src ./source
+    --doc ./doc
+    --html
+    --multidoc
+    --index
+    --tabsize 8
+headertypes:
+    J  "Projects"          robo_projects    2
+    F  "Files"             robo_files       1
+    e  "Makefile Entries"  robo_mk_entries
+    x  "System Tests"      robo_syst_tests
+    q  Queries             robo_queries
+ignore files:
+    README
+    CVS
+    *.bak
+    *~
+    "a test_*"
+accept files:
+    *.c
+    *.h
+    *.pl
+header markers:
+    /****
+    #****
+remark markers:
+    *
+    #
+end markers:
+    ****
+    #****
+header separate characters:
+    ,
+header ignore characters:
+    [
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+remark end markers:
+    */
+source line comments:
+    //
+keywords:
+    if
+    do
+    while
+    for
+
+
+The configuration file consists of a number of blocks.
+    Each block starts with a name followed by a
+    :.
+    In each block you define a number of values.  Each value must
+    start with at least one space.
+
+
+
    items block
+    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc should recognize.  Item names can consist of more than
+        one word but should be written in all uppercase characters.
+        Define one item name per line.  You do not need to put quotes
+        around them if they contain spaces.
+    
+
+    If you do not define an items block ROBODoc uses its
+        default list of item names.  If you define an items block
+        ROBODoc uses only those item names, any of the default items names
+        (except SOURCE) are no longer recognized.
+
    
+
+
    ignore items block
+    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc should ignore when generating documentation.
+        This can be useful if you want to create documentation
+        for a client, but for instance do not want to include
+        the history items and bugs items.
+
    
+
+
    item order block
+    In this block you can define the order in which items
+        are to appear in the generated documentation.
+        The items listed here will appear in the given order in the
+        generated documentation.  Any remaining items appear
+        after these items in the order they were found in the header.
+        This allows you to make the documentation look more uniform.
+        
+
    
+
+
    
+source items block
+    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc handles in the same way as the SOURCE item.
+    
+
    
+
+
    preformatted items block
+  
+    In this block you can define the names of items that should be always
+    preformatted. This is useful if you have the
+     option
+    specified and want specific items (like input and output lists) to be
+    automatically preformatted. See
+     for more
+    information.
+  
+
    
+
+
    format items block
+  
+    In this block you can define the names of items that should be formatted by
+    the  feature
+    (like function descriptions) even if the
+    
+    option has not been specified.
+  
+
    
+
+
    options block
+    In this block you can define frequently used options.
+        The options you specify here are added to any options you
+        specify on the command line.
+    
+      See .
+    
+
    
+
+
    
+headertypes block
+    In this block you can define your own header types.
+        These are added to the existing header types.  Each new
+        header type requires three parameters: the character used to
+        indicate a header of this type, the title for this type as
+        used in the master index and the name of the file in which the
+        index of this type is stored.  If you use a character of an
+        existing header type, this header type is overwritten.
+    
+    
+        Additionally the sorting priority can also be specified for each header
+        type. Headers with higher priority will appear earlier in the
+        generated output. (For example you can make module definitions appear
+        at the beginning of a page.) If this parameter is omitted, the header
+        will have the priority 0 (lowest) by default. All pre-defined header
+        types have zero priority, except
+        "",
+        which has the sorting priority 1.
+        See .
+    
+
    
+
+
    ignore files block
+    In this block you can define the names of files or
+        directories that ROBODoc should ignore while scanning
+        the directory tree for source files.  You can use the
+        wildcard symbols * and
+        ?.  If you use spaces in the expression
+        enclose the expression in quotes.
+    
+
+     For instance, the rc file above causes ROBODoc
+        to skip all README files, all files with
+        the name CVS (these are usually
+        directories).  It also skips all files with a name that ends
+        with .bak or ~ or
+        that start with a test_ 
+
+    Normally you specify the names of directories here
+        and do the filtering of file names with a accept files block.
+    
+
    
+
+
    accept files block
+    In this block you can define the names of files that
+        robodoc should accept. This test is carried out after the
+        'ignore files' filtering is performed.  Any files that do
+        not match the patterns in this block are ignored by ROBODoc.
+    
+
+    
+        If there is no accept files block all files are accepted.
+    
+
    
+
+
    header markers block
+    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as start of a header.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
+
    
+
+
    remark markers block
+    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as start of remark.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
+
    
+
+
    end markers block
+    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as end of a header.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
+
    
+
+
    
+header separate characters block
+  
+    In this block you can specify the separation character(s) for multiple
+    header names. The default character is "," (comma) if
+    this block is missing. See
+    
+    for more information.
+  
+
    
+
+
    
+header ignore characters block
+  
+    In this block you can specify character(s) where the evaluation of a header
+    should stop. The default character is "[" if this block
+    is missing. This is useful to supply additional information to the header
+    that ROBODoc should not care about.
+  
+  
+    For example one can include the version number of the function:
+
+  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney [2.0]
+
+  
+
    
+
+
    
+remark begin markers and remark end markers block
+    
+        Some languages allow remarks to span more than one line. They
+        start a remark with a begin marker and end it with another
+        marker.  For instance in C you can have:
+    
+
+   /* This is a
+      multi-line remark.
+    */
+
+    
+        Here the markers are /* and */.
+        If you tell ROBODoc what these markers are in a remark begin
+        markers block and remark end markers block. ROBODoc can skip
+        them in source items.
+
+        We illustrate this with an example. Say we have a language
+        that start a remark with |* and
+        *|.  We define SYNOPSIS
+        to be a source like item.  If we now run ROBODoc on the
+        without a remark begin markers and
+        end markers block on the following piece of source, 
+
+
+|****f* Bar/foo
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   foo computes the foo factor.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *|
+int foo( float correction )
+|*
+ * BUGS
+ *   None
+ * SOURCE
+ *|  .
+{
+    return correction * 42.0;
+}
+|*****|
+
+
+the extracted documentation will look like:
+
+
+ FUNCTION
+   foo computes the foo factor.
+ SYNOPSIS
+   *|
+   int foo( float correction )
+   |*
+ BUGS
+   None
+ SOURCE
+   *|  .
+   {
+      return correction * 42.0;
+   }
+
+
+because ROBODoc considers
+    |* and *|.to be part of the
+    source, and not part of the begin or end of a header.
+
+ If you add
+
+remark begin markers:
+       |*
+remark end markers:
+       *|
+
+the output will look like:
+
+ FUNCTION
+   foo computes the foo factor.
+ SYNOPSIS
+   int foo( float correction )
+ BUGS
+   None
+ SOURCE
+   {
+      return correction * 42.0;
+   }
+
+
+
+    These markers will also be used to highlight block comments if the
+    
+    option (or the
+    
+    option) is specified (Similar to
+    ).
+
+
+
    
+
+
    source line comments block
+    
+        Here you can specify markers which start whole line comments.
+        (Comments that span until the end of line like "//",
+        "REM", ";", etc...)
+        These lines will be highlighted in the generated HTML
+        output if the
+        
+        option (or the
+        
+        option) has been specified.
+    
+        You don't need this if you have the
+        
+        option specified.
+    
+    
+        The default highlighting color can be changed in the CSS
+        file (span.comment).
+    
+
    
+
+
    keywords block
+    
+        Here you can specify the keywords in your SOURCE items.
+        These keywords will be highlighted in the generated HTML
+        output if the
+        
+        option (or the
+        
+        option) has been specified. Keywords meant to be the language native ones
+        (for, if, etc...).
+    
+    
+        You don't need this if you have the
+        
+        option specified.
+    
+    
+        The default highlighting color can be changed in the CSS
+        file (span.keyword).
+    
+
    
+
+    
    Configuration file location
+
+    ROBODoc searches the your current directory for the
+    robodoc.rc file. If it can't find
+    it there it will search in $HOME/, then
+    $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH/, and finally in
+    /usr/share/robodoc/.
+
+    With the  option you can tell ROBODoc to
+    use a different file than robodoc.rc as
+    configuration file.  This is handy if you want to create
+    documentation in different formats.  For instance: 
+
+
+robodoc --rc  htmlsingle.rc
+robodoc --rc  rtfsingle.rc
+robodoc --rc  htmlmulti.rc
+
+
+    
    
+
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd b/Docs/docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7b016d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,1886 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/example_makefile b/Docs/example_makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d6459d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/example_makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#
+# OBSOLETE
+#
+
diff --git a/Docs/examples.xml b/Docs/examples.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15005f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/examples.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+
+
+
    
+Examples of How to Create Documentation
+
+
    
+HTML Example
+   For this you need a web browser, say FireFox or Mozilla.  You can try
+  this in the robodoc root directory.  It creates a document called
+  HDocs/masterindex.html plus a lot of smaller
+  documents from all the source files in the directory
+  Source.
+
+
+robodoc  ./Source  ./HDocs   
+
+
    
+
+
    
+RTF Example
+
+    For this you need an rtf reader, for instance
+    Word.  You can try this in the robodoc root
+    directory.
+
+
+robodoc  ./Source  api   
+
+
+    This will create a document called
+    api.rtf.
+
+    By default the document looks pretty plain.  There is no
+    chapter numbering or a table of contents, even if you asked for
+    it.  All the information for this is included but not visible.
+    This is because chapter numbering and a table of contents are
+    generated by Word based on formatting information that is part of
+    a Word document but not part of a RTF document.  
+
+    To make it visible you include the generated document into a
+    bigger document with the right formatting options.  This is best
+    done with a cut-and-paste operation.  Use the cut-past-paste
+    special menu, and paste it as RTF formatted text into your Word
+    document.
+
+
    
+
+
    
+LaTeX Example
+
+   For this you need latex and
+  makeindex. You can try this in the robodoc root
+  directory.  It creates a single document called
+  api.dvi from all the source files in the
+  directory Source.
+
+
+robodoc  ./Source  api   
+latex api.tex
+latex api.tex
+makeindex api.idx
+latex api.tex
+xdvi api.dvi
+
+
    
+
+
    
+XML DocBook Example
+
+
+    DocBook is a xml format to create technical documentation, see.
+    DocBook.org.
+    DocBook is quite nice. This manual for instance is written in DocBook and
+    automatically translated into html and pdf format.
+
+
+
+    You can use the DocBook output of ROBODoc to create several other formats,
+    for instance: html, pdf, html-help.
+    For this you need a tool that can process a DocBook file. There
+    are several of these tools.
+
+
+
    
+    DocBook with html output
+
+The easiest to use is xsltproc. It works under
+    Windows and Unix.  A typical workflow under Windows is:
+
+
+
+robodoc  ./Source  api   
+xsltproc api.xsl api.xml > api.html
+
+
+
+    Where api.xsl contains:
+
+
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+
+]]>
+
+
+For this you need xsltproc. For Windows these can be found at
+    
+        http://www.zlatkovic.com libxml.en.html,
+    and the stylesheets which can be found at
+    http://docbook.sourceforge.net/.
+    In the example above the style sheets are installed on e:/docbook/.
+
+
+
+    More information about xsl can be found at
+    http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/.
+
+
+
    
+
+
    
+    DocBook with html help output
+
+The same program can be used to
+    
+        create a html help
+     file. For this you need
+    
+        HTML Help Workshop
+    . The workflow now is:
+
+
+
+robodoc  ./Source  api   
+xsltproc api.xsl api.xml
+hhc htmlhelp.hhp
+
+
+
+    Where api.xsl contains:
+
+
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+
+]]>
+
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/extracting.xml b/Docs/extracting.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b66ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/extracting.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+
    
+Extracting Documentation with ROBODoc
+
+    Now that you have prepared your source code for use with
+    ROBODoc you are ready to extract the documentation.  There are
+    several choices to be made.
+
+
    
+Single document or many smaller documents
+
+    First of all, ROBODoc can be used in three modes.
+
+     
+
+    multidoc -- in this mode ROBODoc scans
+    all the source files in your source directory and creates a
+    separate document file for each of these in a document directory.
+    The document directory is created automatically. Its structure is
+    a mirror of the structure of your source directory. 
+
+    singledoc -- in this mode ROBODoc scans all the source
+    files in your source directory and creates a single documentation
+    file that contains all the documentation extracted from your
+    source files.  
+
+    singlefile -- in this mode ROBODoc scans a single source
+    file and creates a single documentation file.
+
+    
+
    
+
+
    
+multidoc
+
+    The multidoc mode is useful to create browsable documents.
+    For instance many small HTML files that can be viewed with a
+    web-browser.  This mode requires the following arguments:
+
+    
+    robodoc
+    --src source directory
+    --doc document directory
+    --multidoc
+    other options
+    
+
+
+    An additional option that is useful with this mode is
+    , this creates a series of index files,
+    one for each header type.
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+singledoc
+
+     The singledoc mode is useful to create bulk documentation
+    that can be incorporated in other documents, or that can be
+    delivered to a client as a single document.  For instance a file
+    created in RTF format can be included into a larger design
+    document written in Word format.  This mode requires the following
+    arguments:
+
+
+    robodoc
+        --src source directory
+        --doc document file without extension
+        --singledoc
+        other options
+    
+
+
+    An additional option that is useful with this mode is
+    , this causes the headers to follow a
+    section layout based on the module element hierarchy defined in the
+    header name.
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+singlefile
+
+    The singlefile mode is not very useful.  It is mainly used
+    for debugging purposes.  This mode requires the following
+    arguments:
+
+
+    robodoc
+    --src source file
+    --doc document file
+    --singlefile
+    other options
+
+
+
+
    
+
+
    
+Output formats
+
+    Your next choice is the output format. ROBODoc can create
+    documentation in several formats:
+
+     
+    HTML, option  
+    RTF, option  
+    LaTeX, option  
+    XML DocBook, option  
+    
+
+    What format to use depends on your wishes. If you want a
+    single printable document, use LaTeX or XML DocBook.  If you want
+    a document that can be included into a larger (Word) document use
+    RTF.  If you want something that is browsable use HTML, or use XML
+    DocBook and then convert it to HTML.
+
+
    
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/faq.dat b/Docs/faq.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73ff6d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/faq.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+
+
+General
+What problem does ROBODoc solve?
+    TODO
+
+General
+What is the target audience for ROBODoc?
+TODO
+
+General
+What are the possible uses for ROBODoc?
+TODO
+
+General
+On what platforms foes ROBODoc run?
+Win32, Unix, GNU/Linux, and Mac. But it probably works on
+other OS-es that have a C compiler too.
+
+General
+What programming languages are supported?
+TODO
+
+General
+What human languages are supported?
+TODO
+
+General
+Where can I download ROBODoc?
+TODO
+
+General
+Are there other similar tools that are better?
+TODO
+
+
+
+Theory
+What are headers
+TODO
+
+Theory
+What are headertypes
+TODO
+
+Theory
+What are items
+TODO
+
+Theory 
+Do item names need to be all captitals?
+No. They can be anything you like, but they
+can not be followed by other text. You can
+define your itemnames in the ROBODoc configuration
+file robodoc.rc
+
+
+
+Use
+Why should I use headertypes
+TODO
+
+
+
+Configuration
+How can I define my own items?
+TODO
+
+Configuration
+How can I define my own headertypes?
+TODO
+
diff --git a/Docs/faqfooter.html b/Docs/faqfooter.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b15a54b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/faqfooter.html
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+
    
+
+
    Copyright (c) 2004 Frans Slothouber
    
+
+
    This list of questions  and answers was generated by 
+makefaq.
+
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/faqheader.html b/Docs/faqheader.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f9ab82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/faqheader.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+ROBODoc Frequently-Asked Questions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    
+
+ROBODoc Frequently-Asked Questions
+
+
    
+
+
+
    For more information about this faq, please contact Frans Slothouber
+
+
    
diff --git a/Docs/header_specs.pl b/Docs/header_specs.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53e08a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/header_specs.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use IO::File;
+
+
+#------------------------------------------
+#
+my @header_specs = (
+    { language => [ 'C' ],
+      begin => '/****',
+      mid   => '*',
+      end_1 => '****',
+      end_2 => '/****',
+      rem_begin => '/*',
+      rem_end   => '*/' 
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'Modula-2' ],
+      begin => '(****',
+      mid   => '*',
+      end_1 => '****',
+      end_2 => '(****',
+      rem_begin => '(*',
+      rem_end   => '*)' 
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'Pascal' ],
+      begin => '{****',
+      mid   => '*',
+      end_1 => '****',
+      end_2 => '{****',
+      rem_begin => '{*',
+      rem_end   => '*}' 
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'C++' ],
+      begin => '//****',
+      mid   => '//',
+      end_2 => '//****',
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'Tcl', 'Perl' ],
+      begin => '#****',
+      mid   => '#',
+      end_2 => '#****',
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'LaTeX/TeX', 'Postscript' ],
+      begin => '%****',
+      mid   => '%',
+      end_2 => '%****',
+    },
+
+    { language => [ 'Occam' ],
+      begin => '__****',
+      mid   => '__',
+      end_2 => '__****',
+    },
+
+
+);
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+
+sub make_robodoc_rc_file {
+    my $spec = shift;
+    my $rc_file = "";
+
+    $rc_file .= "header markers:\n";
+    $rc_file .= "  $spec->{begin}\n";
+    $rc_file .= "remark markers:\n";
+    $rc_file .= "  $spec->{mid}\n";
+    $rc_file .= "end markers:\n";
+    if ( exists( $spec->{end_1} ) ) {
+        $rc_file .= "  $spec->{end_1}\n";
+    }
+    if ( exists( $spec->{end_2} ) ) {
+        $rc_file .= "  $spec->{end_2}\n";
+    }
+
+    if ( exists( $spec->{rem_end} ) ) {
+        $rc_file .= "remark begin markers:\n";
+        $rc_file .= "  $spec->{rem_begin}\n";
+        $rc_file .= "remark end markers:\n";
+        $rc_file .= "  $spec->{rem_end}\n";
+    }
+
+    return $rc_file;
+}
+
+
+#
+# given a header spec this returns an example header 
+# that does not contain any source items.
+#
+sub make_example_header_simple {
+    my $spec = shift;
+    my $header = "";
+
+    $header = $spec->{begin} . "f* ModuleName/Foo\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . " FUNCTION\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . "   Foo computes the foo factor\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . "   using a fudge factor.\n";
+    if ( exists( $spec->{end_1} ) ) {
+        $header .= $spec->{end_1} . "\n";
+        $header .= $spec->{rem_end} . "\n";
+    } else {
+        $header .= $spec->{end_2} . "\n";
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub make_example_header {
+    my $spec = shift;
+    my $header = "";
+
+    $header = $spec->{begin} . "f* ModuleName/Foo\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . " FUNCTION\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . "   Foo computes the foo factor\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . "   using a fudge factor.\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . " SYNOPSIS\n";
+    if ( exists( $spec->{rem_end} ) ) {
+        $header .= $spec->{rem_end} . "\n";
+    } else {
+
+    }
+    $header .= "int Foo( int fudge )\n";
+    if ( exists( $spec->{rem_begin} ) ) {
+        $header .= $spec->{rem_begin} . "\n";
+    } else {
+
+    }
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . " INPUTS\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . "   fudge -- the fudge factor\n";
+    $header .= $spec->{mid} . " SOURCE\n";
+    if ( exists( $spec->{rem_end} ) ) {
+        $header .= $spec->{rem_end} . "\n";
+    } else {
+
+    }
+
+    $header .= "\n more source code..\n\n";
+
+    if ( exists( $spec->{rem_end} ) ) {
+        $header .= $spec->{end_2};
+        $header .= $spec->{rem_end} . "\n";
+    } else {
+        $header .= $spec->{end_2} . "\n";
+    }
+
+    return $header;
+}
+
+
+
+
+sub make_examples_for_manual {
+    my $filename = "header_examples.xml";
+    my $file = IO::File->new(">$filename") or die "$filename : $!";
+    foreach my $spec ( @header_specs ) {
+        foreach my $language ( @{$spec->{language}} ) {
+            print $file "
    \n";
+            print $file "$language\n";
+            print $file "\n\n";
+
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "A simple header without any source items in $language.\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file make_example_header_simple( $spec );
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "\n\n";
+
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "A header with source items in $language.\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file make_example_header( $spec );
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "\n\n";
+
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "The robodoc.rc file required for $language if it were not supported by default.\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file make_robodoc_rc_file( $spec );
+            print $file "\n";
+            print $file "\n";
+
+            print $file "
    \n";
+        }
+    }
+
+    $file->close();
+}
+
+
+
+make_examples_for_manual;
+
diff --git a/Docs/installing.xml b/Docs/installing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58972ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/installing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+
+
+
    
+  Installing ROBODoc
+  The easiest way to install ROBODoc is to use one of the
+    packages.  There are package for RedHat, Debian, OSX, and a precompiled
+    executable for Windows.
+  You can also compile --- from the sources.  On a system
+    with autoconfig it is as simple as:
+  
+./configure
+make
+make install
+
+  This currently does not work with cygwin.
+  Under Windows you can use one of the makefile. There is a makefile for Borland C, MINGW,
+       and Cygwin.  For other compilers you might want to try  makefile.plain.
+
+  For instance for cygwin goto Source and run:
+  
+make -f makefile.mingw-cygwin
+
+  To install ROBODoc put the generated executable somewhere in your path.
+  You can test your executable, by going to the
+       Examples/PerlExample directory in the
+       archive, and running robodoc.
+       This should create a directory
+       called Doc.  In there you should now
+       find a file called masterindex.html.
+
+
    
diff --git a/Docs/main.css b/Docs/main.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a5c7a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/main.css
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+body 
+ { 
+  margin-top:1em;
+  margin-bottom:1em;
+  margin-left:2.5em;
+  margin-right:2.5em;
+  font-family:sans-serif;
+ }
+
+/*
+a:link
+ { 
+  color:#00FF00; 
+ }
+
+a:visited
+ {
+  color:#003333;  
+ }
+ 
+a:active
+ {
+  color:#FF00FF;
+ }
+*/
+
+p, form 
+ {
+  font-family:sans-serif;
+  font-size:12pt; 
+ }
+
+/*
+p
+ {
+  text-align:justify;
+ }
+*/
+
+b, strong, i, em, cite, var, tt, code, kbd, samp, img
+ {  
+  display:inline;
+ }
+
+ul
+ {
+  margin-top:1em;
+  margin-bottom:1em;
+  list-style-type:disc;
+  display:block;
+ }
+
+li
+ {
+  margin-bottom:0.2em;
+ }
+
+b, strong
+ { 
+  font-variant:small-caps;
+  font-weight:bold;
+ }
+
+i, cite, em, var, address, blockquote
+ {
+  font-style:italic;
+ }
+
+pre, tt, kbd, samp 
+ {
+  font-family:monospace;
+ }
+
+
+table
+ {
+  color:#000000;
+  background-color:#AAAAAA;
+ }
+
+tt
+ {
+  white-space:pre;
+ }
+
+code
+ {
+  font-family:monospace;
+  font-style:normal;
+  white-space:pre;
+ }
+
+pre
+ { 
+  white-space:pre;
+  margin-top:0.5em; 
+ }
+
+address
+ { 
+  font-family:monospace;
+  font-size:12pt; 
+  text-align:left;
+  margin-bottom:0.5em;
+ }
+
+
+
+h2, h3
+ { 
+  margin-top:0.5em; 
+ }
+
+h1, h2, h3 
+ {
+  font-weight:bold;
+ }
+
+h1
+ { 
+  font-family:sans-serif;
+  font-size:24pt; 
+  text-align:right;
+  margin-right:36px;
+  margin-top:0.5em; 
+  margin-bottom:0.5em;
+ }
+
+h2
+ { 
+  font-family:sans-serif;
+  font-size:18pt; 
+ }
+
+h3
+ { 
+  font-family:sans-serif;
+  font-size:14pt;  
+ }
diff --git a/Docs/makefile.am b/Docs/makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2515f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+
+man_MANS = robodoc.1 robohdrs.1
+
+if FINK
+man1_MANS = robodoc.1 robohdrs.1
+else
+man1_MANS = robodoc.1 robohdrs.1
+endif
+
+#if FINK
+#docdir = $(prefix)/share/doc/$(PACKAGE)
+#else
+#docdir = $(prefix)/doc/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+#endif
+
+if FINK
+doc_DATA = manual.html manual.css robodoc.rc
+else
+doc_DATA = manual.html manual.css robodoc.rc
+endif
+
+#
+# End of automake
+#
diff --git a/Docs/makefile.cygwin b/Docs/makefile.cygwin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9bbc92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/makefile.cygwin
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# Make the documentation under the CYGWIN environment...
+# $Id: makefile.cygwin,v 1.3 2006/08/06 20:46:21 thuffir Exp $
+
+CP = cp
+RM = rm -rf
+
+SOURCE =  manual.xml preparing.xml options.xml tips.xml installing.xml examples.xml extracting.xml bugs.xml configuration.xml header_examples.xml
+
+
+# Manual as a single HTML file
+manual.html : $(SOURCE) manual-cygwin.xsl
+	xsltproc manual-cygwin.xsl manual.xml > manual.html
+
+header_examples.xml : header_specs.pl 
+	perl header_specs.pl
+
+# Manual in Windows help format.
+htmlhelp.chm : $(SOURCE) manual_html_help-cygwin.xsl
+	xsltproc manual_html_help-cygwin.xsl manual.xml
+	-hhc htmlhelp.hhp
+	$(CP) htmlhelp.chm manual.chm
+
+# Clean up.
+clean :
+	$(RM) \
+	manual.html \
+	index.html \
+	ar*.html \
+	*.chm \
+	*.hhc \
+	*.hhp \
+	header_examples.xml \
+
+all : manual.html htmlhelp.chm
+
+# Lint the manual to detect errors against the DTD.
+test : manual.html
+	xmllint --noent --noout manual.xml
diff --git a/Docs/makefile.plain b/Docs/makefile.plain
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dbecde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/makefile.plain
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# $Id: makefile.plain,v 1.1 2007/06/23 16:29:59 gumpu Exp $
+
+SOURCE =  manual.xml preparing.xml options.xml tips.xml installing.xml examples.xml extracting.xml bugs.xml configuration.xml header_examples.xml
+
+# Manual as a single HTML file
+manual.html : $(SOURCE) manual.xsl
+	xsltproc manual.xsl manual.xml > manual.html
+
+header_examples.xml : header_specs.pl 
+	perl header_specs.pl
+
+
+clean :
+
+all : manual.html
+
+# Lint the manual to detect errors against the DTD.
+test :
+	xmllint --noent --noout manual.xml
diff --git a/Docs/makefile.win32 b/Docs/makefile.win32
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3de843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/makefile.win32
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# $Id: makefile.win32,v 1.5 2007/02/06 22:31:38 gumpu Exp $
+
+SOURCE =  manual.xml preparing.xml options.xml tips.xml installing.xml examples.xml extracting.xml bugs.xml configuration.xml header_examples.xml
+
+
+# Manual as a single HTML file
+manual.html : $(SOURCE) manual.xsl
+	xsltproc manual.xsl manual.xml > manual.html
+
+header_examples.xml : header_specs.pl 
+	perl header_specs.pl
+
+# Manual in Windows help format.
+htmlhelp.chm : $(SOURCE) manual_html_help.xsl
+	xsltproc manual_html_help.xsl manual.xml
+	-hhc htmlhelp.hhp
+	copy htmlhelp.chm manual.chm
+
+clean :
+	-del ar*.html
+	-del *.chm
+	-del *.hhc
+	-del *.hhp
+	-del header_examples.xml 
+
+all : manual.html htmlhelp.chm
+
+# Lint the manual to detect errors against the DTD.
+test :
+	xmllint --noent --noout manual.xml
diff --git a/Docs/manual-cygwin.xsl b/Docs/manual-cygwin.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0aba10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual-cygwin.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual.css b/Docs/manual.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a591c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual.css
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+body
+{
+    background-color: #ffffff;
+    color: #000000;
+    font-family: 'Lucida Grande', Verdana, 
+                     Geneva, Lucida, Arial, 
+                     Helvetica, sans-serif;
+    font-size: 10pt;
+    margin: 2% 5%;
+}
+h1.title
+{
+    color: #000000;
+    text-align: left;
+    font-size: 16pt;
+    margin-top: 10%;
+}
+
+h2.title
+{
+    color: #000000;
+    text-align: left;
+    font-size: 14pt;
+    margin-top: 3%;
+}
+h3.title
+{
+    color: #000000;
+    text-align: left;
+    font-size: 11pt;
+    margin-top: 3%;
+}
+
+h3.author
+{
+    color: #000000;
+    text-align: left;
+    font-size: 10pt;
+}
+td.even, td.uneven
+{
+    color: #000000;
+    font-size: 10pt;
+}
+td.even
+{
+    background-color: #eeeeee;
+}
+pre.programlisting, pre.literallayout
+{
+    background:#ffe;
+    font-family: monospace;
+    border:solid #aa9 2px;
+    margin:4px;
+    white-space: pre;
+}
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual.html b/Docs/manual.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8af0ffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1690 @@
+
+
+ROBODoc 4.99.34 User Manual
    ROBODoc 4.99.34 User Manual
    Frans Slothouber
    Petteri Kettunen
    Gergely Budai
    Copyright © 1994-2007 
+          Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen,
+          Jacco van Weert, Gergely Budai
+        
    Apr 2007
    Table of Contents
    1. Preface
    2. Installing ROBODoc
    3. Preparing your source code for ROBODoc
    3.1. Headers
    3.2. Header Types
    3.3. Items
    3.4. Sections
    3.5. Smart Text Formatting
    4. Extracting Documentation with ROBODoc
    4.1. Single document or many smaller documents
    4.2. multidoc
    4.3. singledoc
    4.4. singlefile
    4.5. Output formats
    5. Examples of How to Create Documentation
    5.1. HTML Example
    5.2. RTF Example
    5.3. LaTeX Example
    5.4. XML DocBook Example
    6. Options
    7. Customizing ROBODoc
    7.1. items block
    7.2. ignore items block
    7.3. item order block
    7.4. source items block
    7.5. preformatted items block
    7.6. format items block
    7.7. options block
    7.8. headertypes block
    7.9. ignore files block
    7.10. accept files block
    7.11. header markers block
    7.12. remark markers block
    7.13. end markers block
    7.14. header separate characters block
    7.15. header ignore characters block
    7.16. 
+remark begin markers and remark end markers block
    7.17. source line comments block
    7.18. keywords block
    7.19. Configuration file location
    8. Tips and Tricks
    8.1. The SOURCE Item
    8.2. Minimizing Duplicate Information
    8.3. Advanced formatting with raw HTML and LaTeX code
    8.4. Linking to external documents (href, file, mailto, images)
    8.5. Linking from an external document
    8.6. Using external tools
    8.7. ROBODoc-ing an existing project
    8.8. Using ROBODoc under Windows
    9. Languages Supported by Default
    9.1. C
    9.2. Modula-2
    9.3. Pascal
    9.4. C++
    9.5. Tcl
    9.6. Perl
    9.7. LaTeX/TeX
    9.8. Postscript
    9.9. Occam
    10. Suggestions and Bugs
    1. Preface
    ROBODoc is an API documentation tool for C, C++, Java, Assembler,
+        Basic, Fortran, LaTeX, Postscript, Tcl/Tk, LISP, Forth, Perl, Shell
+        Scripts, Makefiles, Occam, COBOL, DCL, Visual Basic, HTML, DB/C, XML,
+        and many other languages.  It can be made to work with any language that
+        supports comments.
    ROBODoc works by extracting specially formatted headers from your
+        source code and writes these to documentation files. These files can be
+        formatted in HTML, ASCII, XML DocBook, or RTF; and indirectly to
+        PDF and HTML Help.
    ROBODoc is similar to JavaDoc, though the idea is much
+        older than JavaDoc.  ROBODoc allows you to maintain a program and
+        its documentation in a single file.  This makes it easier to keep
+        your documentation up-to-date.
    ROBODoc can be used to document anything you like,
+        functions, methods, variables, definitions, test cases, makefile
+        entries, and anything else you can think of.
    It can create documentation consisting of many small files.
+        For instance in HTML format for easy browsing and publication on
+        the web.  It can also create a single file in LaTeX or RTF format
+        for inclusion into bigger design documents.  The RTF format is
+        suited to be included in Word documents.
    ROBODoc allows you to separate internal documentation from
+        external documentation.  In singledoc mode it can create a section
+        layout based on the hierarchy of your modules.
    ROBODoc is designed to work with a lot of different
+        programming languages.  It has no knowledge of the syntax of
+        programming languages.  It only has some knowledge about how
+        comments start and end in a lot of programming languages.  This
+        means that you sometimes have to do a little more work compared to
+        other tools that have detailed knowledge of the syntax of a
+        particular language.  They can use that knowledge to figure out
+        some of the information automatically.  This usually also means
+        that they work only with one or two languages.  
    2. Installing ROBODoc
    The easiest way to install ROBODoc is to use one of the
+    packages.  There are package for RedHat, Debian, OSX, and a precompiled
+    executable for Windows.
    You can also compile --- from the sources.  On a system
+    with autoconfig it is as simple as:
    +./configure
+make
+make install
+
    This currently does not work with cygwin.
    Under Windows you can use one of the makefile. There is a makefile for Borland C, MINGW,
+       and Cygwin.  For other compilers you might want to try  makefile.plain.
+
    For instance for cygwin goto Source and run:
    +make -f makefile.mingw-cygwin
+
    To install ROBODoc put the generated executable somewhere in your path.
    You can test your executable, by going to the
+       Examples/PerlExample directory in the
+       archive, and running robodoc.
+       This should create a directory
+       called Doc.  In there you should now
+       find a file called masterindex.html.
+
    3. Preparing your source code for ROBODoc
     ROBODoc allows you to mix the program documentation with
+    the source code.  It does require though that this documentation
+    has a particular layout so ROBODoc can recognize it.  There are
+    three key concepts: headers, items, and sections.  
    3.1. Headers
    Headers are the building blocks of the documentation. Lets
+    look at an example. The following header was taken from the
+    documentation of the predecessor of ROBODoc, AutoDoc.
    Example 1. A ROBODoc header in C.
    + /****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+  *  NAME
+  *    StealMoney -- Steal money from the Federal Reserve Bank. (V77)
+  *  SYNOPSIS
+  *    error = StealMoney( userName, amount, destAccount, falseTrail )
+  *  FUNCTION
+  *    Transfer money from the Federal Reserve Bank into the
+  *    specified interest-earning checking account.  No records of
+  *    the transaction will be retained.
+  *  INPUTS
+  *    userName    - name to make the transaction under.  Popular
+  *                  favorites include "Ronald Reagan" and
+  *                  "Mohamar Quadaffi".
+  *    amount      - Number of dollars to transfer (in thousands).
+  *    destAccount - A filled-in AccountSpec structure detailing the
+  *                  destination account (see financial/accounts.h).
+  *                  If NULL, a second Great Depression will be
+  *                  triggered.
+  *    falseTrail  - If the DA_FALSETRAIL bit is set in the
+  *                  destAccount, a falseTrail structure must be
+  *                  provided.
+  *  RESULT
+  *    error - zero for success, else an error code is returned
+  *           (see financial/errors.h).
+  *  EXAMPLE
+  *    Federal regulations prohibit a demonstration of this function.
+  *  NOTES
+  *    Do not run on Tuesdays!
+  *  BUGS
+  *    Before V88, this function would occasionally print the
+  *    address and home phone number of the caller on local police
+  *    976 terminals.  We are confident that this problem has been
+  *    resolved.
+  *  SEE ALSO
+  *    CreateAccountSpec(),security.device/SCMD_DESTROY_EVIDENCE,
+  *    financial/misc.h
+  ******
+  * You can use this space for remarks that should not be included
+  * in the documentation.
+  */
+

    A header consists of three different elements: a
+    begin marker, a number of items, and an end marker.  The begin marker
+    in the example is:
    +  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+
    It marks the beginning of a header.  It also tells ROBODoc
+
    • the name of the element that is being documented, StealMoney,
    • the module it is part of, financial.library,
    • the kind of element, f, which stands for function.
    
+    ROBODoc always expects that a / separates the module name and an element name.
+    So ModFoo/funcBar
+    is a valid name, but funcBar is not.
+    See Sections for more
+    information.
+
    
+    Names can also contain spaces but ROBODoc won't create links to names with
+    embedded spaces.
+
    
+    You can also have multiple names for a header. This is useful if you
+    document similar objects together in one header (for example assembly
+    subroutines with multiple jump-in points). Multiple names are separated by
+    commas and can span over more than one line.
+
    +  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney, Steal_Money
+
    
+    In the above example all references found to StealMoney
+    and Steal_Money in other headers will be automatically
+    linked to this header.
+    The separation character(s) can be specified by the
+    header separate characters block.
+    See Customizing ROBODoc for more
+    information.
+
    
+The end marker:
+
    +  ******
+
    
+    marks the end of a header.
+    
    Items begin with an item name and are followed by the
+    item's body.  An example: 
    +  *  FUNCTION
+  *    Transfer money from the Federal Reserve Bank into the
+  *    specified interest-earning checking account.  No records of
+  *    the transaction will be retained.
+
    
+    In this case the item's name is FUNCTION.
+    
    
+    Each line of an item starts with a remark marker.  In this case
+    *.
+    
    That what ROBODoc needs to recognize a header is therefore:
    Example 2. The markers needed by ROBODoc to recognize a header.
    + /****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+  *  NAME
+  *
+  *  SYNOPSIS
+  *
+  *  FUNCTION
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  INPUTS
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  RESULT
+  *
+  *
+  *  EXAMPLE
+  *
+  *  NOTES
+  *
+  *  BUGS
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  SEE ALSO
+  *
+  *
+  ******
+

    
+    The above example is in C.  ROBODoc supports many more
+    languages though.  See Languages Supported by Default.
+    
    3.2. Header Types
     ROBODoc defines a number of header types.  You don't need
+    to use them but they can be useful for sorting information.  The
+    header type tells ROBODoc what kind of object you are documenting.
+    This information allows ROBODoc to create more useful index
+    tables.
    The type is identified by one or two characters.  ROBODoc
+    expects to find them after the fourth * in the
+    begin marker.  So #****f is a valid marker,
+    but #**f** is not.
    If a single character is given, the type is defined as
+    listed in the following table
    Table 1. Default header types
    cHeader for a class 
    dHeader for a constant (from define)
    fHeader for a function
    hHeader for a module in a project
    mHeader for a method
    sHeader for a structure
    tHeader for a types
    uHeader for a unit test
    vHeader for a variable
    *Generic header for everything else

    If two characters are given, the first character should be
+    i and the second can be any of the other
+    characters from the table above.  This creates an internal header
+    of the type specified by the second character.  Internal headers
+    are special.  They can be used to hide certain headers. They are
+    only extracted if requested. You can use them to document internal
+    functions, classes, etc. that you do not want clients to see,
+    creating what might be a programmer's manual as opposed to a
+    user's manual.
    So /****if* Module/func1 defines an
+    internal function called func1.
+    
    Headers marked internal are by default not included in the
+    generated documentation.  If you want to include them use the
+    option --internal.   You can also generate the
+    documentation from only the internal headers with the option
+    --internalonly.
+    
    You can define your own header types using the ROBODoc
+    configuration file, robodoc.rc.
+    See headertypes block.
+    This way you can document anything you like, for instance makefile
+    entries, system tests, or exceptions.
+    
    3.3. Items
     By default ROBODoc recognizes the following items: 
    
+                NAME
+            
    Item name plus a short description.
+                
    
+                COPYRIGHT
+            
    Who own the copyright : "(c) <year>-<year> by
+                    <company/person>"
+                
    
+                SYNOPSIS
+            , 
+                USAGE
+            
    
+                    How to use it.
+                
    
+                FUNCTION
+            , 
+                DESCRIPTION
+            , 
+                PURPOSE
+            
    
+                    What does it do.
+                
    
+                AUTHOR
+            
    
+                    Who wrote it.
+                
    
+                CREATION DATE
+            
    When did the work start.
+                
    
+                MODIFICATION HISTORY
+            , 
+                HISTORY
+            
    Who has done which changes and when.
+                
    
+                INPUTS
+            , 
+                ARGUMENTS
+            , 
+                OPTIONS
+            , 
+                PARAMETERS
+            , 
+                SWITCHES
+            
    
+                    What can we feed into it.
+                
    
+                OUTPUT
+            , 
+                SIDE EFFECTS
+            
    What output is made.
+                
    
+                RESULT
+            , 
+                RETURN VALUE
+            
    
+                    What do we get returned.
+                
    
+                EXAMPLE
+            
    
+                    A clear example of the items use.
+                
    
+                NOTES
+            
    
+                    Any annotations
+                
    
+                DIAGNOSTICS
+            
     Diagnostic output.
+                
    
+                WARNINGS
+            , 
+                ERRORS
+            
    Warning and error-messages.
+                
    
+                BUGS
+            
    Known bugs.
+                
    
+                TODO
+            , 
+                IDEAS
+            
    What to implement next and ideas. 
    
+                PORTABILITY
+            
    Where does it come from, where will it work. 
    
+                SEE ALSO
+            
    References to other functions, man pages, other documentation. 
    
+                METHODS
+            , 
+                NEW METHODS
+            
    OOP methods.
    
+                ATTRIBUTES
+            , 
+                NEW ATTRIBUTES
+            
    OOP attributes.
    
+                TAGS
+            
    Tag-item description.
+            
    
+                DERIVED FROM
+            
    OOP super class. 
    
+                DERIVED BY
+            
    OOP sub class. 
    
+                USES
+            , 
+                CHILDREN
+            
    What modules are used by this one. 
    
+                USED BY
+            , 
+                PARENTS
+            
    Which modules do use this one. 
    
+                COMMANDS
+            
    Command description. 
    
+                SOURCE
+            
    Source code inclusion. 
    You can define your own items using the ROBODoc
+    configuration file, robodoc.rc.  See Customizing ROBODoc.  
    3.4. Sections
    The structure of source code for a project is usually
+    hierarchical.  A project might consists of several applications,
+    an application of several modules, a module of several functions
+    or even sub modules.  ROBODoc allows you to show this hierarchy in
+    your documentation.  For this you specify the hierarchy in the
+    header name.  For instance,  you have a project that is going to
+    create a new language called D.  The D Language project might
+    consists of three applications: a preprocessor, a compiler, and a
+    linker.  The compiler consists of two modules, a parser and a
+    generator.  The parser module consists of several
+    functions.
    The following three headers show how this hierarchy can be
+    defined in the header name.
    +#****h* D-Language/Compiler
+# FUNCTION
+#   The compiler takes a preprocessed source file and
+#   turns it into an object file.
+#***
+
    +#****h* D-Language/Linker
+# FUNCTION
+#   The linker module contains functions that scan a
+#   object file and build the executable.
+#***
+
    +#****h* Compiler/Parser
+# FUNCTION
+#   The parser module contains functions that scan a
+#   preprocessed source file and build the syntax tree.
+#***
+
    +#****f* Parser/ReadToken
+# FUNCTION
+#   ReadToken reads the next token from the input
+#   file.
+#***
+
    When you generate documentation with the option
+    --section, ROBODoc uses the hierarchical
+    information when generating the table of contents and document
+    section information. For instance in HTML sections are started
+    with <H1>,  <H2>,  <H3> depending on the level
+    in the hierarchy.  The table of contents will also contain levels.  The
+    table of contents for the above example will be: 
    +1. D-Language/Compiler
+1.1 Compiler/Parser
+1.1.1 Parser/ReadToken
+2. D-Language/Linker
+
    3.5. Smart Text Formatting
    By default ROBODoc creates preformatted text in the output
+documentation for all the text it finds in an item.  This means
+that the formatting of the output looks the same as the formatting of
+the text of an item.  Line-breaks and indentation stay the same.
+This is easy but does not always create the best looking
+output.
    ROBODoc can also try to deduce the formatting of your text based
+on the layout and indentation of your text and on special characters in the text.
+It works a bit similar to the input method of Wikis.  In the context of this
+manual this is called Smart Formatting.
+
    You switch this on with the option --nopre.
+ROBODoc now tries to find three kind of elements: paragraphs,
+lists, and preformatted text.
    Paragraphs are separated by empty lines.  So the following item
+has two paragraphs.
    Example 3. Two paragraphs.
    +  FUNCTION
+    This function does something.
+
+    And it then does something else
+    and a bit more.
+

     A List starts with a line that ends with a ':' which is then
+followed by one or more list items. List items should start with '*',
+'-', or 'o'.   So the following item contains a valid list: 
    Example 4. A list.
    +  FUNCTION
+     This function does:
+     * a lot of foo
+     * some snafuing
+     * and a bit of foobarring.
+

     A list item can span more than one line if the second and following
+lines are indented.  So this is also a valid list:
    Example 5. A list where one of the items spans more than one line.
    +  FUNCTION
+     This function does:
+     * a lot of foo and preprocessing of the
+       raw input with the aid
+       of the some magic
+     * some snafuing
+     * and a bit of foobarring.
+

    If list items directly follow the name of a robodoc item they
+also form a valid list.  So this is a valid list:
    Example 6. an implicit list
    +  INPUTS
+    * inputname -- the name of the input file
+    * outputname -- the name of the output file
+    * n -- the number of characters to be written
+

     Preformatted text is indicated by indenting it more that the
+surrounding text.  The first non-empty line in an item determines the
+base indenting.  Any lines with an indentation larger than this are
+preformatted.  An example:
    Example 7. Preformatted text
    +   FUNCTION
+     The following lines are preformatted
+        +--------+
+        | A box  |
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+     End of the preformatted text.
+

    The following is a complete example.
    Example 8. All three elements of smart formatting.
    +    This is some example text.
+    And some more.
+
+    This is even more, and we start a list:
+    * a list item
+    * a list item
+    * a list item
+
+    And we can also do preformatted stuff
+    by indenting
+        +--------+
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+    The box will stay.
+

    will be turn into
    Example 9. The corresponding HTML output.
    +    <p>This is some example text.
+    And some more.</p>
+
+    <p>This is even more, and we start a list:</p>
+    <ul>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>And we can also do preformatted stuff
+    by indenting</p>
+    <pre>
+        +--------+
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+    </pre>
+    <p> The box will stay.</p>
+

    4. Extracting Documentation with ROBODoc
    Now that you have prepared your source code for use with
+    ROBODoc you are ready to extract the documentation.  There are
+    several choices to be made.
    4.1. Single document or many smaller documents
    First of all, ROBODoc can be used in three modes.
    • multidoc -- in this mode ROBODoc scans
+    all the source files in your source directory and creates a
+    separate document file for each of these in a document directory.
+    The document directory is created automatically. Its structure is
+    a mirror of the structure of your source directory.
    • singledoc -- in this mode ROBODoc scans all the source
+    files in your source directory and creates a single documentation
+    file that contains all the documentation extracted from your
+    source files.  
    • singlefile -- in this mode ROBODoc scans a single source
+    file and creates a single documentation file.
    4.2. multidoc
    The multidoc mode is useful to create browsable documents.
+    For instance many small HTML files that can be viewed with a
+    web-browser.  This mode requires the following arguments:
    
+    robodoc
+    --src source directory
+    --doc document directory
+    --multidoc
+    other options
+    
+
    An additional option that is useful with this mode is
+    --index, this creates a series of index files,
+    one for each header type.
    4.3. singledoc
     The singledoc mode is useful to create bulk documentation
+    that can be incorporated in other documents, or that can be
+    delivered to a client as a single document.  For instance a file
+    created in RTF format can be included into a larger design
+    document written in Word format.  This mode requires the following
+    arguments:
    
+    robodoc
+        --src source directory
+        --doc document file without extension
+        --singledoc
+        other options
+    
+
    An additional option that is useful with this mode is
+    --sections, this causes the headers to follow a
+    section layout based on the module element hierarchy defined in the
+    header name.
    4.4. singlefile
    The singlefile mode is not very useful.  It is mainly used
+    for debugging purposes.  This mode requires the following
+    arguments:
    
+    robodoc
+    --src source file
+    --doc document file
+    --singlefile
+    other options
+
+
    4.5. Output formats
    Your next choice is the output format. ROBODoc can create
+    documentation in several formats:
    • HTML, option --html
    • RTF, option --rtf
    • LaTeX, option --latex
    • XML DocBook, option --dbxml
    What format to use depends on your wishes. If you want a
+    single printable document, use LaTeX or XML DocBook.  If you want
+    a document that can be included into a larger (Word) document use
+    RTF.  If you want something that is browsable use HTML, or use XML
+    DocBook and then convert it to HTML.
    5. Examples of How to Create Documentation
    5.1. HTML Example
     For this you need a web browser, say FireFox or Mozilla.  You can try
+  this in the robodoc root directory.  It creates a document called
+  HDocs/masterindex.html plus a lot of smaller
+  documents from all the source files in the directory
+  Source.
    +robodoc --src ./Source --doc ./HDocs --multidoc --index --html
+
    5.2. RTF Example
    For this you need an rtf reader, for instance
+    Word.  You can try this in the robodoc root
+    directory.
    +robodoc --src ./Source --doc api --singledoc --rtf --sections
+
    This will create a document called
+    api.rtf.
    By default the document looks pretty plain.  There is no
+    chapter numbering or a table of contents, even if you asked for
+    it.  All the information for this is included but not visible.
+    This is because chapter numbering and a table of contents are
+    generated by Word based on formatting information that is part of
+    a Word document but not part of a RTF document.  
    To make it visible you include the generated document into a
+    bigger document with the right formatting options.  This is best
+    done with a cut-and-paste operation.  Use the cut-past-paste
+    special menu, and paste it as RTF formatted text into your Word
+    document.
    5.3. LaTeX Example
     For this you need latex and
+  makeindex. You can try this in the robodoc root
+  directory.  It creates a single document called
+  api.dvi from all the source files in the
+  directory Source.
    +robodoc --src ./Source --doc api --singledoc --latex --sections
+latex api.tex
+latex api.tex
+makeindex api.idx
+latex api.tex
+xdvi api.dvi
+
    5.4. XML DocBook Example
    
+    DocBook is a xml format to create technical documentation, see.
+    DocBook.org.
+    DocBook is quite nice. This manual for instance is written in DocBook and
+    automatically translated into html and pdf format.
+
    
+    You can use the DocBook output of ROBODoc to create several other formats,
+    for instance: html, pdf, html-help.
+    For this you need a tool that can process a DocBook file. There
+    are several of these tools.
+
    5.4.1. DocBook with html output
    The easiest to use is xsltproc. It works under
+    Windows and Unix.  A typical workflow under Windows is:
+
    +robodoc --src ./Source --doc api --singledoc --dbxml --sections
+xsltproc api.xsl api.xml > api.html
+
    
+    Where api.xsl contains:
+
    +<?xml version='1.0'?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+    <xsl:import href="e:/docbook/html/docbook.xsl"/>
+    <xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="1"/>
+    <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+
    For this you need xsltproc. For Windows these can be found at
+    
+        http://www.zlatkovic.com libxml.en.html,
+    and the stylesheets which can be found at
+    http://docbook.sourceforge.net/.
+    In the example above the style sheets are installed on e:/docbook/.
+
    
+    More information about xsl can be found at
+    http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/.
+
    5.4.2. DocBook with html help output
    The same program can be used to
+    
+        create a html help
+     file. For this you need
+    
+        HTML Help Workshop
+    . The workflow now is:
+
    +robodoc --src ./Source --doc api --singledoc --dbxml --sections
+xsltproc api.xsl api.xml
+hhc htmlhelp.hhp
+
    
+    Where api.xsl contains:
+
    +<?xml version='1.0'?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+    <xsl:import href="e:/docbook/htmlhelp/htmlhelp.xsl"/>
+    <xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="1"/>
+    <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+
    6. Options
    The behavior of ROBODoc can be further fine-tune with a large number of
+        options.
    -c
    Show the copyright message.
    --cmode
    Use ANSI C grammar in SOURCE items and use this
+                    for syntax highlighting (HTML only).
    --css
     Use the content of the specified file to create the
+                    robodoc.css.  The content of the file is
+                    copied into robodoc.css.  
    --dbxml
    Generate documentation in XML DocBook format.
    --debug
    Works like --tell, bug gives a lot more information.
    --doc
    Define the path to the documentation directory or
+                    documentation file.  A path can start with
+                    ./ or /.  Do not use
+                    .. in the path.  The documentation
+                    directory can be a subdirectory of the source directory,
+                    or be parallel to the source directory,
+                    however they can not be equal. So
+                    --src ./sources
+                    together with
+                    --doc ./documents
+                    is fine,
+                    but
+                    --src ./Everything
+                    together with
+                    --doc ./Everything
+                    is not.
+                
    --doctype_name
    DocBook output requires a <!DOCTYPE> tag.
+                    With this option you can specify your own version of it.  You have
+                    to use it in combination with --doctype_location.
+                    An example:
+                
    +    robodoc --src test --doc test
+        --doctype_location "-//OASIS//DTD Simplified DocBook XML V1.1//EN"
+        --doctype_name docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd
+        --dbxml
+
    
+                    results in the following docbook file with the following head:
+                
    +<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD Simplified DocBook XML V1.1//EN"
+"docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd">
+
    --doctype_location
    See --doctype_name.
    --headless
    Do not create the head of a document. This allows you to
+                    create documents that can be included in other documents, or
+                    to which you can add your own style.
    For html output this means that no
+                    <html><head> ..... <body>
+                    is generated.
+                
    For LaTeX output this means none of the document
+                    initialization code is generated, such as
+                    \documentclass{article} or
+                    \begin{document} is generated.  If you use
+                    this option in combination with  --footless
+                    you can use \include or
+                    \input commands to include the ROBODoc
+                    generated documents in a larger document.
    For XML DocBook output this means no
+                    <!DOCTYPE>,
+                    <article>, and
+                    <articleinfo> is generated.
+                
    --first_section_level
    Make the first section start at the specified level
+                    instead of 1.  This is useful if you want to include the
+                    generated documentation in another document.
+                
    --footless
    Do not create the foot of a document. This allows you to
+                    create documents that can be included in other documents, or
+                    to which you can add your own style.
    For html output this means that no
+                    </body></html>
+                    is generated.
+                
    For LaTeX output this means no
+                    \end{document} is generated.
+                
    For XML DocBook output this means no
+                    </article> is generated.
+                
    --html
    Generate documentation in HTML format.
    --ignore_case_when_linking
    Ignore differences in case when creating cross links.
+                    This is handy for languages such as Fortran or Pascal, but
+                    in most cases it is better not to use it.
    --internal
    Also include headers marked internal.
    --internalonly
    Only include headers marked internal.
    --index
    Also create a master index file.
    --lock
     Per source file robodoc locks on the first header marker
+                    it finds and will recognize only that particular header marker
+                    for the remaining part of the file.  In addition it locks on
+                    the first remark marker in each header and will recognize only
+                    that particular remark marker for the remaining part of the
+                    header.  
    --multidoc
    Generate one document per source file, and copy the
+                    directory hierarchy.
    --nosource
    Do not include the SOURCE items.
    --no_subdirectories
    Do not create any subdirectories in the documentation directory
+                instead write all the documentation files in the root directory. The root directory is the one specified with --doc.
    --nodesc
    Do not scan any subdirectories, scan only the top level
+                    directory of the source tree.
    --nosort
    Do not sort the headers when generating the
+                    documentation. The headers will appear in the same order in
+                    the documentation as they appear in the source code.
    --nopre
    With this option ROBODoc does not generate preformatted
+                    text when creating the item documentation. (Using
+                    the <PRE> and
+                    </PRE> construction in HTML format
+                    for instance). Instead ROBODoc tries to deduce
+                    the formatting from the indentation and special
+                    characters. See Smart Text Formatting. This creates much better
+                    looking documentation.
+                
    --nogeneratedwith
    Do not add the "generated with robodoc" message at the
+                    top of each documentation file.
    --one_file_per_header
    Create a separate documentation file for each header.
+                
    --rc
    Use the specified file instead of robodoc.rc.
+                
    --rtf
    Generate documentation in RTF format.
    --sections
    Create sections based on the module hierarchy.
    --sectionnameonly
    ROBODoc generates the section headers with names only,
+                    no chapter numbers, no parent section names.
    --singledoc
     Define the documentation directory or documentation
+                    file.
    --singlefile
     Generate a single document from a single file 
    --src
     Define the path for the source directory or source
+                    file.  The path can start with ./ or
+                    /.  Do not use .. in the
+                    path.  
    --tabsize
    Lets you specify the tab size.
    --tabstops
    Specify tab stop locations in a comma separated list.
    
+                  Example: --tabstops 10,20,40,80
+                
    --toc
    Add a table of contents. This works in multidoc mode as
+                    well as singledoc mode.
    --latex
    Generate documentation in LaTeX format.
    --tell
    ROBODoc tells you what steps it is taking.
    --documenttitle
    Specify the Title of the whole documentation.
    --altlatex
    Alternate LaTeX file format
+                (bigger / clearer than normal).
+                
    --latexparts
    Make the first module level as PART
+                in LaTeX output
+                (Gives you one more subsection level).
    --syntaxcolors_enable
    Enable only specific syntax highlighting features in
+                SOURCE items (HTML only).
    Usage:
+                  --syntaxcolors_enable
+                  quotes,squotes,line_comments,block_comments,keywords,non_alpha
+                
    • quotes
+                    -- Enable highlighting of "string literals"
+                  
    • squotes
+                    -- Enable highlighting of 'string literals'
+                  
    • line_comments
+                    -- Enable highlighting of comments that span until the end of lines
+                    (See source line comments block)
+                  
    • block_comments
+                    -- Enable highlighting of block comments
+                    (See 
+remark begin markers and remark end markers block)
+                  
    • keywords
+                    -- Enable highlighting of keywords
+                    (See keywords block)
+                  
    • non_alpha
+                    -- Enable highlighting of non alphanumeric characters
+                    (like: #, $, %, etc...)
+                  
    You don't need this if you have the
+                  --cmode
+                  option specified.
+                
     See also the
+                  --syntaxcolors
+                  option.
+                
    --syntaxcolors
    Turn on all syntax highlighting features in SOURCE
+                items (HTML only).
    This option equals to:
+                  --syntaxcolors_enable
+                  quotes,squotes,line_comments,block_comments,keywords,non_alpha
+                
    You don't need this if you have the
+                  --cmode
+                  option specified.
+                
     See also the
+                  --syntaxcolors_enable
+                  option.
+                
    --dotname
    Specify the name (and path / options) of
+                DOT tool.
    See Using external tools.
    --masterindex
    Specify the title and filename of the master index page
+                
    Usage:
+                  --masterindex
+                  title,filename
+                  
+                
    Example:
+                  --masterindex "Index Page,index"
+                
    --sourceindex
    Specify the title and filename of the source files index
+                page
    Usage:
+                  --sourceindex
+                  title,filename
+                  
+                
    Example:
+                  --sourceindex "Source files,sources"
+                
    --header_breaks
    If a header has multiple names, ROBODoc can insert line breaks after every
+                specified number of header names to improve readability. If you do not specify this
+                option, ROBODoc will insert a line break after every two header names. Set it to
+                zero to disable the line breaks.
    
+                  Example: --header_breaks 3
+                
    7. Customizing ROBODoc
     ROBODoc can be configured with a configuration file called
+    robodoc.rc.  With it you can define item
+    names, frequently used options, and translations for English
+    terms. One should note that if a configuration file is specified,
+    its definitions over-ride ROBODoc internal (i.e. built-in) settings.
+    This is a feature; some arbitrary language may include syntax
+    which conflicts with ROBODoc's internal markers. By taking advantage
+    of a configuration file, these sort of issues and conflicts
+    can be circumvented.  An example is shown below.
+
    +# Example robodoc.rc
+#
+items:
+    NAME
+    FUNCTION
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+    SIDE EFFECTS
+    HISTORY
+    BUGS
+    EXAMPLE
+ignore items:
+    HISTORY
+    BUGS
+item order:
+    FUNCTION
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+source items:
+    SYNOPSIS
+preformatted items:
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+format items:
+    FUNCTION
+    SIDE EFFECTS
+options:
+    --src ./source
+    --doc ./doc
+    --html
+    --multidoc
+    --index
+    --tabsize 8
+headertypes:
+    J  "Projects"          robo_projects    2
+    F  "Files"             robo_files       1
+    e  "Makefile Entries"  robo_mk_entries
+    x  "System Tests"      robo_syst_tests
+    q  Queries             robo_queries
+ignore files:
+    README
+    CVS
+    *.bak
+    *~
+    "a test_*"
+accept files:
+    *.c
+    *.h
+    *.pl
+header markers:
+    /****
+    #****
+remark markers:
+    *
+    #
+end markers:
+    ****
+    #****
+header separate characters:
+    ,
+header ignore characters:
+    [
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+remark end markers:
+    */
+source line comments:
+    //
+keywords:
+    if
+    do
+    while
+    for
+
    The configuration file consists of a number of blocks.
+    Each block starts with a name followed by a
+    :.
+    In each block you define a number of values.  Each value must
+    start with at least one space.
+
    7.1. items block
    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc should recognize.  Item names can consist of more than
+        one word but should be written in all uppercase characters.
+        Define one item name per line.  You do not need to put quotes
+        around them if they contain spaces.
+    
    If you do not define an items block ROBODoc uses its
+        default list of item names.  If you define an items block
+        ROBODoc uses only those item names, any of the default items names
+        (except SOURCE) are no longer recognized.
    7.2. ignore items block
    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc should ignore when generating documentation.
+        This can be useful if you want to create documentation
+        for a client, but for instance do not want to include
+        the history items and bugs items.
    7.3. item order block
    In this block you can define the order in which items
+        are to appear in the generated documentation.
+        The items listed here will appear in the given order in the
+        generated documentation.  Any remaining items appear
+        after these items in the order they were found in the header.
+        This allows you to make the documentation look more uniform.
+        
    7.4. source items block
    In this block you can define the names of items that
+        ROBODoc handles in the same way as the SOURCE item.
+    
    7.5. preformatted items block
    
+    In this block you can define the names of items that should be always
+    preformatted. This is useful if you have the
+    --nopre option
+    specified and want specific items (like input and output lists) to be
+    automatically preformatted. See
+    Smart Text Formatting for more
+    information.
+  
    7.6. format items block
    
+    In this block you can define the names of items that should be formatted by
+    the Smart Text Formatting feature
+    (like function descriptions) even if the
+    --nopre
+    option has not been specified.
+  
    7.7. options block
    In this block you can define frequently used options.
+        The options you specify here are added to any options you
+        specify on the command line.
    
+      See Options.
+    
    7.8. headertypes block
    In this block you can define your own header types.
+        These are added to the existing header types.  Each new
+        header type requires three parameters: the character used to
+        indicate a header of this type, the title for this type as
+        used in the master index and the name of the file in which the
+        index of this type is stored.  If you use a character of an
+        existing header type, this header type is overwritten.
+    
    
+        Additionally the sorting priority can also be specified for each header
+        type. Headers with higher priority will appear earlier in the
+        generated output. (For example you can make module definitions appear
+        at the beginning of a page.) If this parameter is omitted, the header
+        will have the priority 0 (lowest) by default. All pre-defined header
+        types have zero priority, except
+        "Header for a module in a project",
+        which has the sorting priority 1.
+        See Header Types.
+    
    7.9. ignore files block
    In this block you can define the names of files or
+        directories that ROBODoc should ignore while scanning
+        the directory tree for source files.  You can use the
+        wildcard symbols * and
+        ?.  If you use spaces in the expression
+        enclose the expression in quotes.
+    
     For instance, the rc file above causes ROBODoc
+        to skip all README files, all files with
+        the name CVS (these are usually
+        directories).  It also skips all files with a name that ends
+        with .bak or ~ or
+        that start with a test_ 
    Normally you specify the names of directories here
+        and do the filtering of file names with a accept files block.
+    
    7.10. accept files block
    In this block you can define the names of files that
+        robodoc should accept. This test is carried out after the
+        'ignore files' filtering is performed.  Any files that do
+        not match the patterns in this block are ignored by ROBODoc.
+    
    
+        If there is no accept files block all files are accepted.
+    
    7.11. header markers block
    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as start of a header.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
    7.12. remark markers block
    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as start of remark.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
    7.13. end markers block
    
+        In this block you define what ROBODoc will recognize
+        as end of a header.  If you use this block ROBODoc only
+        recognizes these markers, any of the inbuilt markers will
+        be ignored.
+    
    7.14. header separate characters block
    
+    In this block you can specify the separation character(s) for multiple
+    header names. The default character is "," (comma) if
+    this block is missing. See
+    Preparing your source code for ROBODoc
+    for more information.
+  
    7.15. header ignore characters block
    
+    In this block you can specify character(s) where the evaluation of a header
+    should stop. The default character is "[" if this block
+    is missing. This is useful to supply additional information to the header
+    that ROBODoc should not care about.
+  
    
+    For example one can include the version number of the function:
+
    +  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney [2.0]
+
    
+  
    7.16. 
+remark begin markers and remark end markers block
    
+        Some languages allow remarks to span more than one line. They
+        start a remark with a begin marker and end it with another
+        marker.  For instance in C you can have:
+    
    +   /* This is a
+      multi-line remark.
+    */
+
    
+        Here the markers are /* and */.
+        If you tell ROBODoc what these markers are in a remark begin
+        markers block and remark end markers block. ROBODoc can skip
+        them in source items.
    We illustrate this with an example. Say we have a language
+        that start a remark with |* and
+        *|.  We define SYNOPSIS
+        to be a source like item.  If we now run ROBODoc on the
+        without a remark begin markers and
+        end markers block on the following piece of source, 
    +|****f* Bar/foo
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   foo computes the foo factor.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *|
+int foo( float correction )
+|*
+ * BUGS
+ *   None
+ * SOURCE
+ *|  .
+{
+    return correction * 42.0;
+}
+|*****|
+
    the extracted documentation will look like:
    + FUNCTION
+   foo computes the foo factor.
+ SYNOPSIS
+   *|
+   int foo( float correction )
+   |*
+ BUGS
+   None
+ SOURCE
+   *|  .
+   {
+      return correction * 42.0;
+   }
+
    because ROBODoc considers
+    |* and *|.to be part of the
+    source, and not part of the begin or end of a header.
     If you add
    +remark begin markers:
+       |*
+remark end markers:
+       *|
+
    the output will look like:
    + FUNCTION
+   foo computes the foo factor.
+ SYNOPSIS
+   int foo( float correction )
+ BUGS
+   None
+ SOURCE
+   {
+      return correction * 42.0;
+   }
+
    
+    These markers will also be used to highlight block comments if the
+    
+      --syntaxcolors_enable
+      block_comments
+    
+    option (or the
+    
+      --syntaxcolors
+    
+    option) is specified (Similar to
+    source line comments block).
+
    7.17. source line comments block
    
+        Here you can specify markers which start whole line comments.
+        (Comments that span until the end of line like "//",
+        "REM", ";", etc...)
+        These lines will be highlighted in the generated HTML
+        output if the
+        
+          --syntaxcolors_enable
+          line_comments
+        
+        option (or the
+        
+          --syntaxcolors
+        
+        option) has been specified.
    
+        You don't need this if you have the
+        
+          --cmode
+        
+        option specified.
+    
    
+        The default highlighting color can be changed in the CSS
+        file (span.comment).
+    
    7.18. keywords block
    
+        Here you can specify the keywords in your SOURCE items.
+        These keywords will be highlighted in the generated HTML
+        output if the
+        
+          --syntaxcolors_enable
+          keywords
+        
+        option (or the
+        
+          --syntaxcolors
+        
+        option) has been specified. Keywords meant to be the language native ones
+        (for, if, etc...).
+    
    
+        You don't need this if you have the
+        
+          --cmode
+        
+        option specified.
+    
    
+        The default highlighting color can be changed in the CSS
+        file (span.keyword).
+    
    7.19. Configuration file location
    ROBODoc searches the your current directory for the
+    robodoc.rc file. If it can't find
+    it there it will search in $HOME/, then
+    $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH/, and finally in
+    /usr/share/robodoc/.
    With the --rc option you can tell ROBODoc to
+    use a different file than robodoc.rc as
+    configuration file.  This is handy if you want to create
+    documentation in different formats.  For instance: 
    +robodoc --rc  htmlsingle.rc
+robodoc --rc  rtfsingle.rc
+robodoc --rc  htmlmulti.rc
+
    8. Tips and Tricks
    8.1. The SOURCE Item
     With a little extra work you can include part of your
+    source code into your documentation too.  The following example
+    shows how this is done:
    +/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Panic - Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   RB_Panic (cause, add_info)
+ *   RB_Panic (char *, char *)
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+  void RB_Panic (char *cause, char *add_info)
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
    You can add a SOURCE item as the last item of your header. Then
+    instead of closing your header with an end marker, you close it
+    normally.  The end marker is instead placed at the end of the
+    fragment of source code that you want to include.  
    SOURCE items are included by default.  If you want to create a
+    document without the SOURCE items use the option
+    --nosource.
    You can also make normal items work like the source item,
+    see source items block.
+
    8.2. Minimizing Duplicate Information
    It is always good to avoid having the same information in several different locations.
+    It is easy to create headers that have a lot information duplication.  Take for instance
+    the following header.
+
    +/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Panic - Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   RB_Panic (cause, add_info)
+ *   RB_Panic (char *, char *)
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+  void RB_Panic (char *cause, char *add_info)
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
    
+    The name RB_Panic occurs five times.  This is tedious to
+    type and difficult to maintain.
+    However with a the right robodoc.rc this can be changed
+    to:
+
    +/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * SUMMARY
+ *   Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+void RB_Panic (char* cause, char *add_info)
+
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
    RB_Panic occurs only twice now. In addition changes
+to the function definition only have to be done once.
    The robodoc.rc required for this is: 
    +# robodoc.rc file
+items:
+    SUMMARY
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+    SEE ALSO
+    BUGS
+source items:
+    SYNOPSIS
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+remark end markers:
+    */
+
    8.3. Advanced formatting with raw HTML and LaTeX code
     By default an item's body shows up in your documentation in
+    the same way as it is formatted in your source code.  All special
+    characters for the output mode are escaped.  For instance an <
+    is translated to a &lt; in HTML mode.  Sometimes however you
+    like to have some more control of what goes into the
+    documentation.  This is possible with the piping.  If a line of
+    your item's body starts with one of the special piping markers, the
+    text after this marker is copied verbatim into your documentation.
+    The following example shows how this is done, and how to add
+    equations to your documentation.
+    
    +/****m* pipe/pipetest
+ * NAME
+ *   pipetest
+ * DESCRIPTION
+ *   Simple header to show "piping" features in items.
+ * EXAMPLE
+ *   Only "pipes" which match selected output style are picked up.
+ *   |html <CENTER>This will be included in <B>HTML</B> output.</CENTER>
+ *   |latex \centerline{This will be included in \LaTeX output}
+ *   Space is mandatory following the pipe marker. The following is not a
+ *   valid pipe marker:
+ *   |html<B>Moi!</B>
+ *   You should see an equation on the following line:
+ *   |html y = x^2 (sorry, plain HTML is not very powerful)
+ *   |latex \centerline{$y = x^2$}
+ *   How does this look like?
+ *   Here comes a multi-line equation array:
+ *    |latex \begin{eqnarray}
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial u}{\partial \tau} & = & D_u {\nabla}^2 u +
+ *    |latex \frac{1}{\epsilon}
+ *    |latex \left ( \hat{u}-{\hat{u}}^2-f\, {v} \, \frac{\hat{u}-q}{\hat{u}+q}
+ *    |latex \right ) \; ,  \label{diffspot:1} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial v}{\partial \tau} & = & \hat{u}-v \; ,
+ *    |latex \label{diffspot:2} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial r}{\partial \tau} & = & D_r {\nabla}^2 r \; .
+ *    |latex \label{diffspAot:3}
+ *    |latex \end{eqnarray}
+ *    |html <I>TODO: write this in html</I>
+ *   End of the example.
+ ******
+ */
+
    8.4. Linking to external documents (href, file, mailto, images)
     In HTML mode ROBODoc recognizes the following links to
+    external documents.  
    • href:body -- This is replaced with
+      <a href="body">body</A>
+    
    • file:/body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="file:/body">file:/body</A>
+    
    • mailto:body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="mailto:body">body</A>
+    
    • http://body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="http://body">http://body</A>
+    
    • image:body -- This is replaced with
+    <image src="body">
+    
    8.5. Linking from an external document
    To link from an external document to one of the HTML
+    documents generated by ROBODoc you need a label.  ROBODoc creates
+    two labels for each header. The first one starts with
+    robo followed by a number.  You can not use
+    this one because the numbers will change each time you run
+    ROBODoc.  The second label is an escaped version of the whole
+    header name.  In this label all the non alphanumeric characters of
+    the name are replaced by their two digit hexadecimal code.
    An example, if your header name is
+    Analyser/RB_ToBeAdded the label is
+    Analyser2fRB5fToBeAdded.  Here
+    / was replaced by 2f and
+    _ was replaced by 5f.  As
+    long as you do not change the header name, this label stays the
+    same each time you run ROBODoc.
    8.6. Using external tools
    
+    You can also execute external tools from ROBODoc and even
+    pass data to them.
+    The output of these tools can be included in your documentation for instance.
+    
    
+    There are several types of external tools you can use:
+    
    1. Arbitrary tool with passing data through stdin
    2. Arbitrary tool without passing data through stdin
    3. The DOT tool
    
+    The following example shows how to use each of them.
+    
    +/****m* tools/tooltest
+ *
+ * NAME
+ *   Tooltest
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION
+ *   Example showing how to invoke external tools.
+ *
+ * EXAMPLE
+ * This one sorts elements into the file href:nexus-6.txt
+ * The input data is passed through stdin.
+ *
+ * |tool sort > nexus-6.txt
+ * Zhora
+ * Pris
+ * Leon Kowalski
+ * Roy Batty
+ * Rachel
+ * Rick Deckard?
+ * |tool end
+ *
+ * We can also execute tools without having any stdin data.
+ * In the following example the output is simply redirected into href:tears.txt
+ *
+ * |exec echo "All those moments will be lost in time like tears in rain." > tears.txt
+ *
+ * You can also include neat DOT graphs in your documentation.
+ * This one shows a hash table.
+ *
+ * |dot start
+ * digraph G {
+ *   nodesep=.05;
+ *   rankdir=LR;
+ *   node [shape=record,width=.1,height=.1];
+ *
+ *   node0 [label = "<f0> |<f1> |<f2> |<f3> |<f4> |<f5> |<f6> | ",height=2.0];
+ *   node [width = 1.5];
+ *   node1 [label = "{<n> n14 | 719 |<p> }"];
+ *   node2 [label = "{<n> a1  | 805 |<p> }"];
+ *   node3 [label = "{<n> i9  | 718 |<p> }"];
+ *   node4 [label = "{<n> e5  | 989 |<p> }"];
+ *   node5 [label = "{<n> t20 | 959 |<p> }"] ;
+ *   node6 [label = "{<n> o15 | 794 |<p> }"] ;
+ *   node7 [label = "{<n> s19 | 659 |<p> }"] ;
+ *
+ *   node0:f0 -> node1:n;
+ *   node0:f1 -> node2:n;
+ *   node0:f2 -> node3:n;
+ *   node0:f5 -> node4:n;
+ *   node0:f6 -> node5:n;
+ *   node2:p -> node6:n;
+ *   node4:p -> node7:n;
+ * }
+ * |dot end
+ *
+ ******
+ */
+
    
+    If you want to use the DOT tool you need the
+    Graphviz package.
+    More information and the binaries can be found at
+    
+        http://www.graphviz.org/
+    .
+    The created graphs are automatically included in the documentation
+    (HTML and LaTeX only).
+    If you generate PDF output from your LaTeX
+    file and you want to include DOT graphs in it, you will also
+    need the epstopdf utility.
+    ROBODoc lets DOT generate
+    PNG images for HTML output and
+    PS and PDF images for
+    LaTeX output.
+    
    8.7. ROBODoc-ing an existing project
    
+  The ROBODoc package includes also a standalone binary named
+  robohdrs.
+  This helper program can take clean source file and insert
+  ROBODoc headers to functions, global variables, and macros.
+  There are issues with this tool but it saves lots of cumbersome typing
+  when starting on documenting an existing code-base with ROBODoc.
+  Type
+
+man robohdrs
+
+  or
+
+robohdrs -h
+
+  for help.
+  Example:
+
+robohdrs -s -p testproj -i "MODIFICATION HISTORY" -i IDEAS testproj.c
+
+
    
+  Note that robohdrs is supported on UNIX-like platforms only.
+  It requires fork() and  Exuberant Ctags 5.3.1 or newer.
+  
    8.8. Using ROBODoc under Windows
    When you use ROBODoc under windows, don't forget that it is
+    a command line tool.  ROBODoc relies on the console window to
+    inform you about problems and errors.
    An easy mistake to make is to create a shortcut to
+    robodoc.exe and then click on the icon to
+    generate the documentation each time you made some changes to your
+    source code.  If you have a fast machine a console window pops up
+    quickly and after that your documentation is ready.
    This works very fine until you make a mistake in one of your
+    headers.  The console window still pops up, but before you have a chance
+    to read any of the error messages it is gone again.  Most likely
+    you won't even have noticed there were error messages.  You will
+    end up with empty documentation or old documentation.  
    It is Better to create a batch file with the following commands
+    and to store all the options in a robodoc.rc
+    file:
    +robodoc.exe
+pause
+
    Now the console window stays open and you have the
+    opportunity to read the error messages.
    While the window is open, right click on the title bar,
+    go to properties->layout and set the buffer size to something
+    like 2500. That way, the next time you run it, you can scroll back
+    and view all error messages.
+    
    9. Languages Supported by Default
    
+        ROBODoc support a whole range of languages by default.
+        These languages are listed in the following sections.
+        For each language two example headers are shown.
+        One example header without any source items and
+        one example header with source items.
+    
     Any of these markers can be mixed, and they are not limited
+    to the languages listed.  So if you have a language that is not
+    listed but that has remarks that start with a #
+    you can use the Tcl markers, and create headers such as:
+    
    +#****f* Foo/Bar
+# FUNCTION
+#   Bar snarfs the Foo input and mangles it.  Given the right settings
+#   it might also do a bit of snu snu.
+#***
+
    
+        In addition for each language the corresponding entries in
+        the robodoc.rc are shown.
+        You do not need these, as ROBODoc has these entries
+        built-in.  They are shown to make it easier
+        to determine what needs to be specified for languages
+        that ROBODoc does not yet support.
+    
    
+        You can also use these entries if you want to create
+        a robodoc.rc that supports only a limited
+        number of languages.
+        This because if you specify your own markers, ROBODoc
+        ignores any of the in-built markers.
+    
    9.1. C
    Example 10. A simple header without any source items in C.
    +/****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+****
+*/
+

    Example 11. A header with source items in C.
    +/****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+* SYNOPSIS
+*/
+int Foo( int fudge )
+/*
+* INPUTS
+*   fudge -- the fudge factor
+* SOURCE
+*/
+
+ more source code..
+
+/*****/
+

    Example 12. The robodoc.rc file required for C if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  /****
+remark markers:
+  *
+end markers:
+  ****
+  /****
+remark begin markers:
+  /*
+remark end markers:
+  */
+

    9.2. Modula-2
    Example 13. A simple header without any source items in Modula-2.
    +(****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+****
+*)
+

    Example 14. A header with source items in Modula-2.
    +(****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+* SYNOPSIS
+*)
+int Foo( int fudge )
+(*
+* INPUTS
+*   fudge -- the fudge factor
+* SOURCE
+*)
+
+ more source code..
+
+(*****)
+

    Example 15. The robodoc.rc file required for Modula-2 if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  (****
+remark markers:
+  *
+end markers:
+  ****
+  (****
+remark begin markers:
+  (*
+remark end markers:
+  *)
+

    9.3. Pascal
    Example 16. A simple header without any source items in Pascal.
    +{****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+****
+*}
+

    Example 17. A header with source items in Pascal.
    +{****f* ModuleName/Foo
+* FUNCTION
+*   Foo computes the foo factor
+*   using a fudge factor.
+* SYNOPSIS
+*}
+int Foo( int fudge )
+{*
+* INPUTS
+*   fudge -- the fudge factor
+* SOURCE
+*}
+
+ more source code..
+
+{*****}
+

    Example 18. The robodoc.rc file required for Pascal if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  {****
+remark markers:
+  *
+end markers:
+  ****
+  {****
+remark begin markers:
+  {*
+remark end markers:
+  *}
+

    9.4. C++
    Example 19. A simple header without any source items in C++.
    +//****f* ModuleName/Foo
+// FUNCTION
+//   Foo computes the foo factor
+//   using a fudge factor.
+//****
+

    Example 20. A header with source items in C++.
    +//****f* ModuleName/Foo
+// FUNCTION
+//   Foo computes the foo factor
+//   using a fudge factor.
+// SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+// INPUTS
+//   fudge -- the fudge factor
+// SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+//****
+

    Example 21. The robodoc.rc file required for C++ if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  //****
+remark markers:
+  //
+end markers:
+  //****
+

    9.5. Tcl
    Example 22. A simple header without any source items in Tcl.
    +#****f* ModuleName/Foo
+# FUNCTION
+#   Foo computes the foo factor
+#   using a fudge factor.
+#****
+

    Example 23. A header with source items in Tcl.
    +#****f* ModuleName/Foo
+# FUNCTION
+#   Foo computes the foo factor
+#   using a fudge factor.
+# SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+# INPUTS
+#   fudge -- the fudge factor
+# SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+#****
+

    Example 24. The robodoc.rc file required for Tcl if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  #****
+remark markers:
+  #
+end markers:
+  #****
+

    9.6. Perl
    Example 25. A simple header without any source items in Perl.
    +#****f* ModuleName/Foo
+# FUNCTION
+#   Foo computes the foo factor
+#   using a fudge factor.
+#****
+

    Example 26. A header with source items in Perl.
    +#****f* ModuleName/Foo
+# FUNCTION
+#   Foo computes the foo factor
+#   using a fudge factor.
+# SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+# INPUTS
+#   fudge -- the fudge factor
+# SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+#****
+

    Example 27. The robodoc.rc file required for Perl if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  #****
+remark markers:
+  #
+end markers:
+  #****
+

    9.7. LaTeX/TeX
    Example 28. A simple header without any source items in LaTeX/TeX.
    +%****f* ModuleName/Foo
+% FUNCTION
+%   Foo computes the foo factor
+%   using a fudge factor.
+%****
+

    Example 29. A header with source items in LaTeX/TeX.
    +%****f* ModuleName/Foo
+% FUNCTION
+%   Foo computes the foo factor
+%   using a fudge factor.
+% SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+% INPUTS
+%   fudge -- the fudge factor
+% SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+%****
+

    Example 30. The robodoc.rc file required for LaTeX/TeX if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  %****
+remark markers:
+  %
+end markers:
+  %****
+

    9.8. Postscript
    Example 31. A simple header without any source items in Postscript.
    +%****f* ModuleName/Foo
+% FUNCTION
+%   Foo computes the foo factor
+%   using a fudge factor.
+%****
+

    Example 32. A header with source items in Postscript.
    +%****f* ModuleName/Foo
+% FUNCTION
+%   Foo computes the foo factor
+%   using a fudge factor.
+% SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+% INPUTS
+%   fudge -- the fudge factor
+% SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+%****
+

    Example 33. The robodoc.rc file required for Postscript if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  %****
+remark markers:
+  %
+end markers:
+  %****
+

    9.9. Occam
    Example 34. A simple header without any source items in Occam.
    +__****f* ModuleName/Foo
+__ FUNCTION
+__   Foo computes the foo factor
+__   using a fudge factor.
+__****
+

    Example 35. A header with source items in Occam.
    +__****f* ModuleName/Foo
+__ FUNCTION
+__   Foo computes the foo factor
+__   using a fudge factor.
+__ SYNOPSIS
+int Foo( int fudge )
+__ INPUTS
+__   fudge -- the fudge factor
+__ SOURCE
+
+ more source code..
+
+__****
+

    Example 36. The robodoc.rc file required for Occam if it were not supported by default.
    +header markers:
+  __****
+remark markers:
+  __
+end markers:
+  __****
+

    10. Suggestions and Bugs
    If you find any bugs, catch them, put them in a jar, and
+    send them to: Frans Slothouber at rfsber {at} xs4all.nl.   Suggestions are also welcome at
+    this address.  Flames can be directed to the sun.
    
diff --git a/Docs/manual.xml b/Docs/manual.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6259c7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+] >
+
+
+
+
    
+
+
+    ROBODoc 4.99.36 User Manual
+    
+        
+            Frans
+            Slothouber
+        
+        
+            Petteri
+            Kettunen
+        
+        
+            Gergely
+            Budai
+        
+    
+    Users Guide $Revision: 1.63 $
+    Apr 2007
+    
+        1994-2007
+        
+          Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen,
+          Jacco van Weert, Gergely Budai
+        
+    
+
+
+&preface;
+
+&installing;
+
+&preparing;
+
+&extracting;
+
+&examples;
+
+&options;
+
+&configuration;
+
+&tips;
+
+
+
+
    
+    Languages Supported by Default
+    
+        ROBODoc support a whole range of languages by default.
+        These languages are listed in the following sections.
+        For each language two example headers are shown.
+        One example header without any source items and
+        one example header with source items.
+    
+
+     Any of these markers can be mixed, and they are not limited
+    to the languages listed.  So if you have a language that is not
+    listed but that has remarks that start with a #
+    you can use the Tcl markers, and create headers such as:
+    
+
+
+#****f* Foo/Bar
+# FUNCTION
+#   Bar snarfs the Foo input and mangles it.  Given the right settings
+#   it might also do a bit of snu snu.
+#***
+
+
+    
+        In addition for each language the corresponding entries in
+        the robodoc.rc are shown.
+        You do not need these, as ROBODoc has these entries
+        built-in.  They are shown to make it easier
+        to determine what needs to be specified for languages
+        that ROBODoc does not yet support.
+    
+
+    
+        You can also use these entries if you want to create
+        a robodoc.rc that supports only a limited
+        number of languages.
+        This because if you specify your own markers, ROBODoc
+        ignores any of the in-built markers.
+    
+    &header_examples;
+
    
+
+&bugs;
+
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual.xsl b/Docs/manual.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e4a004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual_html_help-cygwin.xsl b/Docs/manual_html_help-cygwin.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d64fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual_html_help-cygwin.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual_html_help.xsl b/Docs/manual_html_help.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a88fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual_html_help.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual_html_help_win32.xsl b/Docs/manual_html_help_win32.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c53693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual_html_help_win32.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/manual_win32.xsl b/Docs/manual_win32.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..203bb81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/manual_win32.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+
+    
+    
+    
+    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/options.xml b/Docs/options.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36130e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/options.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+
+
+
+
    
+    Options
+
+    The behavior of ROBODoc can be further fine-tune with a large number of
+        options.
+
+    
+        
+        -c
+                Show the copyright message.
+        
+
+        --cmode
+                Use ANSI C grammar in SOURCE items and use this
+                    for syntax highlighting (HTML only).
+        
+
+        --css
+                 Use the content of the specified file to create the
+                    robodoc.css.  The content of the file is
+                    copied into robodoc.css.  
+        
+
+        --dbxml
+                Generate documentation in XML DocBook format.
+        
+
+        --debug
+                Works like --tell, bug gives a lot more information.
+        
+
+        --doc
+                Define the path to the documentation directory or
+                    documentation file.  A path can start with
+                    ./ or /.  Do not use
+                    .. in the path.  The documentation
+                    directory can be a subdirectory of the source directory,
+                    or be parallel to the source directory,
+                    however they can not be equal. So
+                    --src ./sources
+                    together with
+                    --doc ./documents
+                    is fine,
+                    but
+                    --src ./Everything
+                    together with
+                    --doc ./Everything
+                    is not.
+                
+        
+
+        --doctype_name
+                DocBook output requires a <!DOCTYPE> tag.
+                    With this option you can specify your own version of it.  You have
+                    to use it in combination with --doctype_location.
+                    An example:
+                
+
+    robodoc --src test --doc test
+        --doctype_location "-//OASIS//DTD Simplified DocBook XML V1.1//EN"
+        --doctype_name docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd
+        --dbxml
+
+                
+                    results in the following docbook file with the following head:
+                
+
+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD Simplified DocBook XML V1.1//EN"
+"docbook-simple/sdocbook.dtd">
+
+
+        
+
+        --doctype_location
+            See --doctype_name.
+        
+
+        --headless
+                Do not create the head of a document. This allows you to
+                    create documents that can be included in other documents, or
+                    to which you can add your own style.
+
+                For html output this means that no
+                    <html><head> ..... <body>
+                    is generated.
+                
+
+                For LaTeX output this means none of the document
+                    initialization code is generated, such as
+                    \documentclass{article} or
+                    \begin{document} is generated.  If you use
+                    this option in combination with 
+                    you can use \include or
+                    \input commands to include the ROBODoc
+                    generated documents in a larger document.
+
+                For XML DocBook output this means no
+                    <!DOCTYPE>,
+                    <article>, and
+                    <articleinfo> is generated.
+                
+
+        
+
+        --first_section_level
+                Make the first section start at the specified level
+                    instead of 1.  This is useful if you want to include the
+                    generated documentation in another document.
+                
+        
+
+        --footless
+                Do not create the foot of a document. This allows you to
+                    create documents that can be included in other documents, or
+                    to which you can add your own style.
+
+                For html output this means that no
+                    </body></html>
+                    is generated.
+                
+
+                For LaTeX output this means no
+                    \end{document} is generated.
+                
+
+                For XML DocBook output this means no
+                    </article> is generated.
+                
+        
+
+        --html
+                Generate documentation in HTML format.
+        
+
+        --ignore_case_when_linking
+                Ignore differences in case when creating cross links.
+                    This is handy for languages such as Fortran or Pascal, but
+                    in most cases it is better not to use it.
+        
+
+        --internal
+                Also include headers marked internal.
+        
+
+        --internalonly
+                Only include headers marked internal.
+        
+
+        --index
+                Also create a master index file.
+        
+
+        --lock
+                 Per source file robodoc locks on the first header marker
+                    it finds and will recognize only that particular header marker
+                    for the remaining part of the file.  In addition it locks on
+                    the first remark marker in each header and will recognize only
+                    that particular remark marker for the remaining part of the
+                    header.  
+        
+
+        --multidoc
+                Generate one document per source file, and copy the
+                    directory hierarchy.
+        
+
+        --nosource
+                Do not include the SOURCE items.
+        
+
+
+        --no_subdirectories
+                Do not create any subdirectories in the documentation directory
+                instead write all the documentation files in the root directory. The root directory is the one specified with .
+        
+
+
+        --nodesc
+                Do not scan any subdirectories, scan only the top level
+                    directory of the source tree.
+        
+
+        --nosort
+                Do not sort the headers when generating the
+                    documentation. The headers will appear in the same order in
+                    the documentation as they appear in the source code.
+        
+
+        
+        --nopre
+                With this option ROBODoc does not generate preformatted
+                    text when creating the item documentation. (Using
+                    the <PRE> and
+                    </PRE> construction in HTML format
+                    for instance). Instead ROBODoc tries to deduce
+                    the formatting from the indentation and special
+                    characters. See . This creates much better
+                    looking documentation.
+                
+        
+
+        --nogeneratedwith
+                Do not add the "generated with robodoc" message at the
+                    top of each documentation file.
+        
+
+        --one_file_per_header
+                Create a separate documentation file for each header.
+                
+        
+
+        --rc
+                Use the specified file instead of robodoc.rc.
+                
+        
+
+        --rtf
+                Generate documentation in RTF format.
+        
+
+        --sections
+                Create sections based on the module hierarchy.
+        
+
+        --sectionnameonly
+                ROBODoc generates the section headers with names only,
+                    no chapter numbers, no parent section names.
+        
+
+
+        --singledoc
+                 Define the documentation directory or documentation
+                    file.
+        
+
+        --singlefile
+                 Generate a single document from a single file 
+        
+
+        --src
+                 Define the path for the source directory or source
+                    file.  The path can start with ./ or
+                    /.  Do not use .. in the
+                    path.  
+        
+
+        --tabsize
+                Lets you specify the tab size.
+        
+
+        --tabstops
+                Specify tab stop locations in a comma separated list.
+                
+                  Example: 
+                
+        
+
+        --toc
+                Add a table of contents. This works in multidoc mode as
+                    well as singledoc mode.
+        
+
+        --latex
+                Generate documentation in LaTeX format.
+        
+
+        --tell
+                ROBODoc tells you what steps it is taking.
+        
+
+        --documenttitle
+                Specify the Title of the whole documentation.
+        
+
+        --altlatex
+                Alternate LaTeX file format
+                (bigger / clearer than normal).
+                
+        
+
+        --latexparts
+                Make the first module level as PART
+                in LaTeX output
+                (Gives you one more subsection level).
+        
+
+        
+        --syntaxcolors_enable
+                Enable only specific syntax highlighting features in
+                SOURCE items (HTML only).
+                Usage:
+                  
+                
+                
+                  
+                    -- Enable highlighting of "string literals"
+                  
+                  
+                    -- Enable highlighting of 'string literals'
+                  
+                  
+                    
+                    -- Enable highlighting of comments that span until the end of lines
+                    (See )
+                  
+                  
+                  
+                    -- Enable highlighting of block comments
+                    (See )
+                  
+                  
+                    
+                    -- Enable highlighting of keywords
+                    (See )
+                  
+                  
+                    -- Enable highlighting of non alphanumeric characters
+                    (like: #, $, %, etc...)
+                  
+                
+                You don't need this if you have the
+                  
+                  option specified.
+                
+                 See also the
+                  
+                  option.
+                
+        
+
+        
+        --syntaxcolors
+                Turn on all syntax highlighting features in SOURCE
+                items (HTML only).
+                This option equals to:
+                  
+                
+                You don't need this if you have the
+                  
+                  option specified.
+                
+                 See also the
+                  
+                  option.
+                
+        
+
+        --dotname
+                Specify the name (and path / options) of
+                DOT tool.
+                See .
+        
+
+        --masterindex
+                Specify the title and filename of the master index page
+                
+                Usage:
+                  
+                
+                Example:
+                  
+                
+        
+
+        --sourceindex
+                Specify the title and filename of the source files index
+                page
+                Usage:
+                  
+                
+                Example:
+                  
+                
+        
+
+        --header_breaks
+                If a header has multiple names, ROBODoc can insert line breaks after every
+                specified number of header names to improve readability. If you do not specify this
+                option, ROBODoc will insert a line break after every two header names. Set it to
+                zero to disable the line breaks.
+                
+                  Example: 
+                
+        
+
+    
+
+
    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/preface.xml b/Docs/preface.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d447ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/preface.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+
+
    
+    Preface
+
+    ROBODoc is an API documentation tool for C, C++, Java, Assembler,
+        Basic, Fortran, LaTeX, Postscript, Tcl/Tk, LISP, Forth, Perl, Shell
+        Scripts, Makefiles, Occam, COBOL, DCL, Visual Basic, HTML, DB/C, XML,
+        and many other languages.  It can be made to work with any language that
+        supports comments.
+
+    ROBODoc works by extracting specially formatted headers from your
+        source code and writes these to documentation files. These files can be
+        formatted in HTML, ASCII, XML DocBook, or RTF; and indirectly to
+        PDF and HTML Help.
+
+    ROBODoc is similar to JavaDoc, though the idea is much
+        older than JavaDoc.  ROBODoc allows you to maintain a program and
+        its documentation in a single file.  This makes it easier to keep
+        your documentation up-to-date.
+
+    ROBODoc can be used to document anything you like,
+        functions, methods, variables, definitions, test cases, makefile
+        entries, and anything else you can think of.
+
+    It can create documentation consisting of many small files.
+        For instance in HTML format for easy browsing and publication on
+        the web.  It can also create a single file in LaTeX or RTF format
+        for inclusion into bigger design documents.  The RTF format is
+        suited to be included in Word documents.
+
+    ROBODoc allows you to separate internal documentation from
+        external documentation.  In singledoc mode it can create a section
+        layout based on the hierarchy of your modules.
+
+    ROBODoc is designed to work with a lot of different
+        programming languages.  It has no knowledge of the syntax of
+        programming languages.  It only has some knowledge about how
+        comments start and end in a lot of programming languages.  This
+        means that you sometimes have to do a little more work compared to
+        other tools that have detailed knowledge of the syntax of a
+        particular language.  They can use that knowledge to figure out
+        some of the information automatically.  This usually also means
+        that they work only with one or two languages.  
+
+
    
+
diff --git a/Docs/preparing.xml b/Docs/preparing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b47f03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/preparing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,784 @@
+
+
+
    
+Preparing your source code for ROBODoc
+
+     ROBODoc allows you to mix the program documentation with
+    the source code.  It does require though that this documentation
+    has a particular layout so ROBODoc can recognize it.  There are
+    three key concepts: headers, items, and sections.  
+
+
    
+Headers
+
+    Headers are the building blocks of the documentation. Lets
+    look at an example. The following header was taken from the
+    documentation of the predecessor of ROBODoc, AutoDoc.
+
+
+    A ROBODoc header in C.
+
+ /****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+  *  NAME
+  *    StealMoney -- Steal money from the Federal Reserve Bank. (V77)
+  *  SYNOPSIS
+  *    error = StealMoney( userName, amount, destAccount, falseTrail )
+  *  FUNCTION
+  *    Transfer money from the Federal Reserve Bank into the
+  *    specified interest-earning checking account.  No records of
+  *    the transaction will be retained.
+  *  INPUTS
+  *    userName    - name to make the transaction under.  Popular
+  *                  favorites include "Ronald Reagan" and
+  *                  "Mohamar Quadaffi".
+  *    amount      - Number of dollars to transfer (in thousands).
+  *    destAccount - A filled-in AccountSpec structure detailing the
+  *                  destination account (see financial/accounts.h).
+  *                  If NULL, a second Great Depression will be
+  *                  triggered.
+  *    falseTrail  - If the DA_FALSETRAIL bit is set in the
+  *                  destAccount, a falseTrail structure must be
+  *                  provided.
+  *  RESULT
+  *    error - zero for success, else an error code is returned
+  *           (see financial/errors.h).
+  *  EXAMPLE
+  *    Federal regulations prohibit a demonstration of this function.
+  *  NOTES
+  *    Do not run on Tuesdays!
+  *  BUGS
+  *    Before V88, this function would occasionally print the
+  *    address and home phone number of the caller on local police
+  *    976 terminals.  We are confident that this problem has been
+  *    resolved.
+  *  SEE ALSO
+  *    CreateAccountSpec(),security.device/SCMD_DESTROY_EVIDENCE,
+  *    financial/misc.h
+  ******
+  * You can use this space for remarks that should not be included
+  * in the documentation.
+  */
+
+
+    A header consists of three different elements: a
+    begin marker, a number of items, and an end marker.  The begin marker
+    in the example is:
+
+
+  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+
+
+It marks the beginning of a header.  It also tells ROBODoc
+
+
+    the name of the element that is being documented, StealMoney,
+    the module it is part of, financial.library,
+    the kind of element, f, which stands for function.
+
+
+
+    ROBODoc always expects that a / separates the module name and an element name.
+    So ModFoo/funcBar
+    is a valid name, but funcBar is not.
+    See  for more
+    information.
+
+
+
+    Names can also contain spaces but ROBODoc won't create links to names with
+    embedded spaces.
+
+
+
+    You can also have multiple names for a header. This is useful if you
+    document similar objects together in one header (for example assembly
+    subroutines with multiple jump-in points). Multiple names are separated by
+    commas and can span over more than one line.
+
+  ****f* financial.library/StealMoney, Steal_Money
+
+    In the above example all references found to StealMoney
+    and Steal_Money in other headers will be automatically
+    linked to this header.
+    The separation character(s) can be specified by the
+    .
+    See  for more
+    information.
+
+
+
+The end marker:
+
+
+
+  ******
+
+
+    
+    marks the end of a header.
+    
+
+    Items begin with an item name and are followed by the
+    item's body.  An example: 
+
+
+  *  FUNCTION
+  *    Transfer money from the Federal Reserve Bank into the
+  *    specified interest-earning checking account.  No records of
+  *    the transaction will be retained.
+
+
+    
+    In this case the item's name is FUNCTION.
+    
+
+    
+    Each line of an item starts with a remark marker.  In this case
+    *.
+    
+
+That what ROBODoc needs to recognize a header is therefore:
+
+
+    The markers needed by ROBODoc to recognize a header.
+
+ /****f* financial.library/StealMoney
+  *  NAME
+  *
+  *  SYNOPSIS
+  *
+  *  FUNCTION
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  INPUTS
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  RESULT
+  *
+  *
+  *  EXAMPLE
+  *
+  *  NOTES
+  *
+  *  BUGS
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *
+  *  SEE ALSO
+  *
+  *
+  ******
+
+
+
+    
+    The above example is in C.  ROBODoc supports many more
+    languages though.  See .
+    
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+Header Types
+
+     ROBODoc defines a number of header types.  You don't need
+    to use them but they can be useful for sorting information.  The
+    header type tells ROBODoc what kind of object you are documenting.
+    This information allows ROBODoc to create more useful index
+    tables.
+
+    The type is identified by one or two characters.  ROBODoc
+    expects to find them after the fourth * in the
+    begin marker.  So #****f is a valid marker,
+    but #**f** is not.
+
+    If a single character is given, the type is defined as
+    listed in the following table
+
+Default header types
+    
+        
+        
+        
+            cHeader for a class 
+            dHeader for a constant (from define) 
+            fHeader for a function
+            h
+            Header for a module in a project
+            mHeader for a method 
+            sHeader for a structure  
+            tHeader for a types 
+            uHeader for a unit test 
+            vHeader for a variable  
+            *Generic header for everything else 
+        
+    
+
    
+
+    If two characters are given, the first character should be
+    i and the second can be any of the other
+    characters from the table above.  This creates an internal header
+    of the type specified by the second character.  Internal headers
+    are special.  They can be used to hide certain headers. They are
+    only extracted if requested. You can use them to document internal
+    functions, classes, etc. that you do not want clients to see,
+    creating what might be a programmer's manual as opposed to a
+    user's manual.
+
+    So /****if* Module/func1 defines an
+    internal function called func1.
+    
+
+    Headers marked internal are by default not included in the
+    generated documentation.  If you want to include them use the
+    option .   You can also generate the
+    documentation from only the internal headers with the option
+    .
+    
+
+    You can define your own header types using the ROBODoc
+    configuration file, robodoc.rc.
+    See .
+    This way you can document anything you like, for instance makefile
+    entries, system tests, or exceptions.
+    
+
+
    
+
+
     Items
+
+     By default ROBODoc recognizes the following items: 
+
+    
+        
+            
+                NAME
+            
+            
+                Item name plus a short description.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                COPYRIGHT
+            
+            
+                Who own the copyright : "(c) <year>-<year> by
+                    <company/person>"
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                SYNOPSIS
+            
+            
+                USAGE
+            
+            
+                
+                    How to use it.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                FUNCTION
+            
+            
+                DESCRIPTION
+            
+            
+                PURPOSE
+            
+            
+                
+                    What does it do.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                AUTHOR
+            
+            
+                
+                    Who wrote it.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                CREATION DATE
+            
+            
+                When did the work start.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                MODIFICATION HISTORY
+            
+            
+                HISTORY
+            
+            
+                Who has done which changes and when.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                INPUTS
+            
+            
+                ARGUMENTS
+            
+            
+                OPTIONS
+            
+            
+                PARAMETERS
+            
+            
+                SWITCHES
+            
+            
+                
+                    What can we feed into it.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                OUTPUT
+            
+            
+                SIDE EFFECTS
+            
+            
+                What output is made.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                RESULT
+            
+            
+                RETURN VALUE
+            
+            
+                
+                    What do we get returned.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                EXAMPLE
+            
+            
+                
+                    A clear example of the items use.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                NOTES
+            
+            
+                
+                    Any annotations
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                DIAGNOSTICS
+            
+            
+                 Diagnostic output.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                WARNINGS
+            
+            
+                ERRORS
+            
+            
+                Warning and error-messages.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                BUGS
+            
+            
+                Known bugs.
+                
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                TODO
+            
+            
+                IDEAS
+            
+            What to implement next and ideas. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                PORTABILITY
+            
+            Where does it come from, where will it work. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                SEE ALSO
+            
+            References to other functions, man pages, other documentation. 
+        
+
+
+        
+            
+                METHODS
+            
+            
+                NEW METHODS
+            
+            OOP methods.
+
+        
+
+
+        
+            
+                ATTRIBUTES
+            
+            
+                NEW ATTRIBUTES
+            
+            OOP attributes.
+        
+
+
+        
+            
+                TAGS
+            
+            
+                Tag-item description.
+            
+        
+
+        
+            
+                DERIVED FROM
+            
+            OOP super class. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                DERIVED BY
+            
+            OOP sub class. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                USES
+            
+            
+                CHILDREN
+            
+            What modules are used by this one. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                USED BY
+            
+            
+                PARENTS
+            
+            Which modules do use this one. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                COMMANDS
+            
+            Command description. 
+        
+
+        
+            
+                SOURCE
+            
+            Source code inclusion. 
+        
+
+    
+
+    You can define your own items using the ROBODoc
+    configuration file, robodoc.rc.  See .  
+
+
    
+
+
    
+Sections
+
+    The structure of source code for a project is usually
+    hierarchical.  A project might consists of several applications,
+    an application of several modules, a module of several functions
+    or even sub modules.  ROBODoc allows you to show this hierarchy in
+    your documentation.  For this you specify the hierarchy in the
+    header name.  For instance,  you have a project that is going to
+    create a new language called D.  The D Language project might
+    consists of three applications: a preprocessor, a compiler, and a
+    linker.  The compiler consists of two modules, a parser and a
+    generator.  The parser module consists of several
+    functions.
+
+    The following three headers show how this hierarchy can be
+    defined in the header name.
+
+
+#****h* D-Language/Compiler
+# FUNCTION
+#   The compiler takes a preprocessed source file and
+#   turns it into an object file.
+#***
+
+
+
+#****h* D-Language/Linker
+# FUNCTION
+#   The linker module contains functions that scan a
+#   object file and build the executable.
+#***
+
+
+
+#****h* Compiler/Parser
+# FUNCTION
+#   The parser module contains functions that scan a
+#   preprocessed source file and build the syntax tree.
+#***
+
+
+
+#****f* Parser/ReadToken
+# FUNCTION
+#   ReadToken reads the next token from the input
+#   file.
+#***
+
+
+    When you generate documentation with the option
+    , ROBODoc uses the hierarchical
+    information when generating the table of contents and document
+    section information. For instance in HTML sections are started
+    with <H1>,  <H2>,  <H3> depending on the level
+    in the hierarchy.  The table of contents will also contain levels.  The
+    table of contents for the above example will be: 
+
+
+1. D-Language/Compiler
+1.1 Compiler/Parser
+1.1.1 Parser/ReadToken
+2. D-Language/Linker
+
+
+
    
+
+
     Smart Text Formatting
+
+By default ROBODoc creates preformatted text in the output
+documentation for all the text it finds in an item.  This means
+that the formatting of the output looks the same as the formatting of
+the text of an item.  Line-breaks and indentation stay the same.
+This is easy but does not always create the best looking
+output.
+
+ROBODoc can also try to deduce the formatting of your text based
+on the layout and indentation of your text and on special characters in the text.
+It works a bit similar to the input method of Wikis.  In the context of this
+manual this is called Smart Formatting.
+
+
+You switch this on with the option .
+ROBODoc now tries to find three kind of elements: paragraphs,
+lists, and preformatted text.
+
+Paragraphs are separated by empty lines.  So the following item
+has two paragraphs.
+
+
+    Two paragraphs.
+
+  FUNCTION
+    This function does something.
+
+    And it then does something else
+    and a bit more.
+
+
+
+ A List starts with a line that ends with a ':' which is then
+followed by one or more list items. List items should start with '*',
+'-', or 'o'.   So the following item contains a valid list: 
+
+
+    A list.
+
+  FUNCTION
+     This function does:
+     * a lot of foo
+     * some snafuing
+     * and a bit of foobarring.
+
+
+
+ A list item can span more than one line if the second and following
+lines are indented.  So this is also a valid list:
+
+
+    A list where one of the items spans more than one line.
+
+  FUNCTION
+     This function does:
+     * a lot of foo and preprocessing of the
+       raw input with the aid
+       of the some magic
+     * some snafuing
+     * and a bit of foobarring.
+
+
+
+
+If list items directly follow the name of a robodoc item they
+also form a valid list.  So this is a valid list:
+
+
+    an implicit list
+
+  INPUTS
+    * inputname -- the name of the input file
+    * outputname -- the name of the output file
+    * n -- the number of characters to be written
+
+
+
+ Preformatted text is indicated by indenting it more that the
+surrounding text.  The first non-empty line in an item determines the
+base indenting.  Any lines with an indentation larger than this are
+preformatted.  An example:
+
+
+    Preformatted text
+
+   FUNCTION
+     The following lines are preformatted
+        +--------+
+        | A box  |
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+     End of the preformatted text.
+
+
+
+The following is a complete example.
+
+
+    All three elements of smart formatting.
+
+    This is some example text.
+    And some more.
+
+    This is even more, and we start a list:
+    * a list item
+    * a list item
+    * a list item
+
+    And we can also do preformatted stuff
+    by indenting
+        +--------+
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+    The box will stay.
+
+
+
+will be turn into
+
+
+    The corresponding HTML output.
+
+    <p>This is some example text.
+    And some more.</p>
+
+    <p>This is even more, and we start a list:</p>
+    <ul>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    <li>a list item</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>And we can also do preformatted stuff
+    by indenting</p>
+    <pre>
+        +--------+
+        |        |
+        +--------+
+    </pre>
+    <p> The box will stay.</p>
+
+
+
+
    
+
+
    
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/robodoc.1 b/Docs/robodoc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ce7dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/robodoc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+.de EX          \"Begin example
+.ne 5
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+.nf
+.in +.5i
+..
+.de EE
+.fi
+.in -.5i
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+..
+.TH ROBODoc "1" "Jul 2006" "ROBODoc 4.99.36"
+
+.SH NAME
+ROBODoc \- Extract documentation from source code.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B robodoc
+.I --src
+
+.I --doc
+
+.B [options]
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+ROBODoc extracts specially formated documentation from the source code.
+It allows you to maintain a program and its documentation in a single
+file.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.IP -c
+Show the copyright message.
+
+.IP --cmode
+Use ANSI C grammar in SOURCE items and use this for some syntax 
+highlighting (HTML only).
+
+.IP --doc
+Define the documentation directory or documentation file.  
+A directory should start with a '/' or a './' and 
+should not include any '..'.
+
+.IP --src
+Define the source directory or source file.  A directory should start
+with a '/' or a './' and should not include any '..'.
+
+.IP --ascii
+Generate documentation in ASCII format.
+
+.IP --html
+Generate documentation in HTML format.
+
+.IP --css
+Use to content of the specified file to create the 
+.IR robodoc.css .
+The content of the file is copied into 
+.IR robodoc.css .
+
+.IP --dbxml
+Generate documentation in XML DocBook format.
+
+.IP --latex
+Generate documentation in LaTeX format.
+
+.IP --rtf
+Generate documentation in RTF format.
+
+.IP --index
+Create an additional master index file.
+
+.IP --multidoc
+Store all documentation in seperate files.
+
+.IP --singledoc
+Store all documentation in a single file.
+
+.IP --singlefile
+Generate a single document from a single file
+
+.IP --toc
+Add a table of contents. This works in multidoc mode as well as singledoc mode.
+
+.IP --internal
+Also include headers marked internal.
+
+.IP --internalonly
+Only include headers marked internal.
+
+.IP --ignore_case_when_linking
+Ignore the case of the symbols when trying to find crosslinks.
+In this mode FOO and Foo will be linked to foo.
+
+.IP --footless
+Do not create the food of a document.
+
+.IP --headless
+Do not create the head of a document.
+
+.IP --lock
+Per source file 
+.B ROBODoc
+locks on the first headermarker it finds and will recognize only that 
+particular headermarker for the remaining part of the file.  In addition 
+it locks on the first remark marker in each header and will recognize 
+only that particular remark marker for the remaining part of the header. 
+
+.IP --nosource
+Do not include the SOURCE items.
+
+.IP --nodesc
+Do not scan any subdirectories, scan only the top level directory 
+of the source tree.
+
+.IP --nopre
+Do not use 
     and 
     in the HTML output, instead based on
+the layout of the text create paragraphs, item lists, and 
+preformatted sections.
+
+.IP --rc
+Use the specified file instead of 
+.IR robodoc.rc .
+Note that definitions in a configuration file over-ride
+built-in settings.
+
+.IP --sections
+Create sections based on the module hierarchy.
+
+.IP --tabsize
+Lets you specify the tabsize.
+
+.IP --tell
+.B ROBODoc 
+tells you about every step it takes.
+
+.IP --version
+Print version information and exit.
+
+.SH EXAMPLES
+
+.EX
+robodoc --src ./ --doc myproject --singledoc --html
+.EE
+
+Creates a document called myproject.html from all source files
+in the current directory.
+
+.EX
+robodoc --src ./myproject/ 
+      --doc ./myprojectdoc --multidoc --html --index
+.EE
+
+Creates seperate documents for all the source files found in
+the directory ./myproject they are stored in the directory ./myprojectdoc.
+A master index file called ./myprojectdoc/masterindex.html is also
+created.  This provides links to all the individual files.
+
+.SH FILES
+.SS "Example headers"
+.PP
+.nf
+\fI/usr/local/share/doc/robodoc/Examples\fR
+.fi
+
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+
+Copyright \(co 1994-2003 Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen, and Jacco van Weert.
+
+.br
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+
+Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen, Bernd Koesling,
+Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner, Sasha Vasko,
+Nathan Prewitt and Dennis Stampfer.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+
+The documentation in HTML format that comes with ROBODoc. Latest
+version can be found from http://www.xs4all.nl/~rfsber/Robo/ or from
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/robodoc/.
+
+.BR robohdrs(1)
diff --git a/Docs/robodoc.1.in b/Docs/robodoc.1.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dab6510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/robodoc.1.in
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+.de EX          \"Begin example
+.ne 5
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+.nf
+.in +.5i
+..
+.de EE
+.fi
+.in -.5i
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+..
+.TH ROBODoc "1" "Jul 2006" "ROBODoc 4.99.28"
+
+.SH NAME
+ROBODoc \- Extract documentation from source code.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B robodoc
+.I --src
+
+.I --doc
+
+.B [options]
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+ROBODoc extracts specially formated documentation from the source code.
+It allows you to maintain a program and its documentation in a single
+file.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.IP -c
+Show the copyright message.
+
+.IP --cmode
+Use ANSI C grammar in SOURCE items and use this for some syntax 
+highlighting (HTML only).
+
+.IP --doc
+Define the documentation directory or documentation file.  
+A directory should start with a '/' or a './' and 
+should not include any '..'.
+
+.IP --src
+Define the source directory or source file.  A directory should start
+with a '/' or a './' and should not include any '..'.
+
+.IP --ascii
+Generate documentation in ASCII format.
+
+.IP --html
+Generate documentation in HTML format.
+
+.IP --css
+Use to content of the specified file to create the 
+.IR robodoc.css .
+The content of the file is copied into 
+.IR robodoc.css .
+
+.IP --dbxml
+Generate documentation in XML DocBook format.
+
+.IP --latex
+Generate documentation in LaTeX format.
+
+.IP --rtf
+Generate documentation in RTF format.
+
+.IP --index
+Create an additional master index file.
+
+.IP --multidoc
+Store all documentation in seperate files.
+
+.IP --singledoc
+Store all documentation in a single file.
+
+.IP --singlefile
+Generate a single document from a single file
+
+.IP --toc
+Add a table of contents. This works in multidoc mode as well as singledoc mode.
+
+.IP --internal
+Also include headers marked internal.
+
+.IP --internalonly
+Only include headers marked internal.
+
+.IP --ignore_case_when_linking
+Ignore the case of the symbols when trying to find crosslinks.
+In this mode FOO and Foo will be linked to foo.
+
+.IP --footless
+Do not create the food of a document.
+
+.IP --headless
+Do not create the head of a document.
+
+.IP --lock
+Per source file 
+.B ROBODoc
+locks on the first headermarker it finds and will recognize only that 
+particular headermarker for the remaining part of the file.  In addition 
+it locks on the first remark marker in each header and will recognize 
+only that particular remark marker for the remaining part of the header. 
+
+.IP --nosource
+Do not include the SOURCE items.
+
+.IP --nodesc
+Do not scan any subdirectories, scan only the top level directory 
+of the source tree.
+
+.IP --nopre
+Do not use 
     and 
     in the HTML output, instead based on
+the layout of the text create paragraphs, item lists, and 
+preformatted sections.
+
+.IP --rc
+Use the specified file instead of 
+.IR robodoc.rc .
+Note that definitions in a configuration file over-ride
+built-in settings.
+
+.IP --sections
+Create sections based on the module hierarchy.
+
+.IP --tabsize
+Lets you specify the tabsize.
+
+.IP --tell
+.B ROBODoc 
+tells you about every step it takes.
+
+.IP --version
+Print version information and exit.
+
+.SH EXAMPLES
+
+.EX
+robodoc --src ./ --doc myproject --singledoc --html
+.EE
+
+Creates a document called myproject.html from all source files
+in the current directory.
+
+.EX
+robodoc --src ./myproject/ 
+      --doc ./myprojectdoc --multidoc --html --index
+.EE
+
+Creates seperate documents for all the source files found in
+the directory ./myproject they are stored in the directory ./myprojectdoc.
+A master index file called ./myprojectdoc/masterindex.html is also
+created.  This provides links to all the individual files.
+
+.SH FILES
+.SS "Example headers"
+.PP
+.nf
+\fI@prefix@/share/doc/robodoc/Examples\fR
+.fi
+
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+
+Copyright \(co 1994-2003 Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen, and Jacco van Weert.
+
+.br
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+
+Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen, Bernd Koesling,
+Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner, Sasha Vasko,
+Nathan Prewitt and Dennis Stampfer.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+
+The documentation in HTML format that comes with ROBODoc. Latest
+version can be found from http://www.xs4all.nl/~rfsber/Robo/ or from
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/robodoc/.
+
+.BR robohdrs(1)
diff --git a/Docs/robodoc.rc b/Docs/robodoc.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a89f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/robodoc.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#
+# $Id: robodoc.rc,v 1.3 2006/08/21 19:15:58 gumpu Exp $
+#
+# Example robodoc.rc file.
+#
+options:
+    --doc MultiDocOPHHtml
+    --one_file_per_header
+    --src Source
+    --html
+    --multidoc
+    --documenttitle "ROBODoc API"
+    --index
+    --cmode
+    --tabsize 8
+    --nopre
+    --sections
+source items:
+    SYNOPSIS
+items:
+    SOURCE
+    NAME
+    COPYRIGHT
+    SYNOPSIS
+    USAGE
+    FUNCTION
+    DESCRIPTION
+    PURPOSE
+    AUTHOR
+    CREATION DATE
+    MODIFICATION HISTORY
+    HISTORY
+    INPUTS
+    INPUT
+    ARGUMENTS
+    OPTIONS
+    PARAMETERS
+    SWITCHES
+    OUTPUT
+    SIDE EFFECTS
+    RESULTS
+    RESULT
+    RETURN VALUE
+    EXAMPLE
+    NOTE
+    NOTES
+    DIAGNOSTICS
+    WARNINGS
+    ERRORS
+    BUGS
+    TODO
+    IDEAS
+    PORTABILITY
+    SEE ALSO
+    METHODS
+    NEW METHODS
+    ATTRIBUTES
+    NEW ATTRIBUTES
+    TAGS
+    COMMANDS
+    DERIVED FROM
+    DERIVED BY
+    USES
+    CHILDREN
+    USED BY
+    PARENTS
+ignore items:
+    HISTORY
+headertypes:
+    u  Unittests robo_unittest
+    x  "System tests"  robo_sys_tests
+    e  "Makefile entries"  robo_mk_entries
+ignore files:
+    t
+    makefile.am
+    README
+    CVS
+    Doc
+    Doc1
+    Doc2
+    Doc3
+    FileFilterSrc
+    FileFilterSrc_2
+    RoboHeaders
+    Scr1
+    Scr2
+    SortSource
+    *.dat
+    *.html
+    *.rc
+    late*
+    troff*
+    sgml*
+    *.css
+    *.refs
+    *.in
+    *.txt
+    *~
+    *.stderr
+    Scr1
+    Scr2
+    Doc1
+    Doc2
+    SortSource
+    RoboHeaders
+    FileFilterSrc
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+    #
+remark end markers:
+    */
+    #
+
diff --git a/Docs/robohdrs.1 b/Docs/robohdrs.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4394c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/robohdrs.1
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.de EX          \"Begin example
+.ne 5
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+.nf
+.in +.5i
+..
+.de EE
+.fi
+.in -.5i
+.if n .sp 1
+.if t .sp .5
+..
+.TH robohdrs "1" "August 2003" "robohdrs 0.02"
+.SH NAME
+robohdrs \- insert ROBODoc headers to source code.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B robohdrs
+.B [options]
+
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+robohdrs inserts ROBODoc headers to source code files.  This program
+processes one source file at the time. Existing ROBODoc headers, if
+any, are not checked for. Beware since this may result in double
+headers. Current working directory should be the same as where the
+source file is located.
+
+By default NAME and SYNOPSIS items are included in the template
+header.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.IP -h
+Show brief help on usage and exit.
+.IP -i
+Specify an extra header item to be included in template header. Repeat
+if multiple extra items are desired.
+.IP -l
+Specify source code language (default C/C++) Supported options are:
+fortran, fortran90, script, and tex.
+.IP -p
+Specify project name for source file header.
+.IP -s
+Include SOURCE item.
+.IP -t
+Specify version control tag to be included in the main header.
+.IP -x
+Specify path to ctags binary which is used.
+
+.SH EXAMPLES
+
+.EX
+robohdrs -s -p myproj -i "MODIFICATION HISTORY" -i IDEAS test.c
+.EE
+
+Specifies project name myproj and inserts extra items MODIFICATION
+HISTORY, IDEAS, and SOURCE to all template headers (excluding source
+file header).
+
+.EX
+robohdrs -s -p myproj -l script test.tcl
+.EE
+
+Insert headers to a Tcl/Tk script.
+
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+
+Copyright \(co 2003 Frans Slothouber and Petteri Kettunen and Jacco van Weert.
+.br
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+
+.BR robodoc(1)
+
+
+
diff --git a/Docs/tips.xml b/Docs/tips.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d23d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Docs/tips.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+
    
+Tips and Tricks
+
+
    
+The SOURCE Item
+
+     With a little extra work you can include part of your
+    source code into your documentation too.  The following example
+    shows how this is done:
+
+
+/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Panic - Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   RB_Panic (cause, add_info)
+ *   RB_Panic (char *, char *)
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+  void RB_Panic (char *cause, char *add_info)
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
+
+You can add a SOURCE item as the last item of your header. Then
+    instead of closing your header with an end marker, you close it
+    normally.  The end marker is instead placed at the end of the
+    fragment of source code that you want to include.  
+
+SOURCE items are included by default.  If you want to create a
+    document without the SOURCE items use the option
+    .
+
+You can also make normal items work like the source item,
+    see .
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+Minimizing Duplicate Information
+
+It is always good to avoid having the same information in several different locations.
+    It is easy to create headers that have a lot information duplication.  Take for instance
+    the following header.
+
+
+
+/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Panic - Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   RB_Panic (cause, add_info)
+ *   RB_Panic (char *, char *)
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+  void RB_Panic (char *cause, char *add_info)
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
+
+
+    The name RB_Panic occurs five times.  This is tedious to
+    type and difficult to maintain.
+    However with a the right robodoc.rc this can be changed
+    to:
+
+
+
+/****f* Robodoc/RB_Panic [2.0d]
+ * SUMMARY
+ *   Shout panic, free resources, and shut down.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+void RB_Panic (char* cause, char *add_info)
+
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Prints an error message.
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ *   Terminates program.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cause    - pointer to a string which describes the
+ *              cause of the error.
+ *   add_info - pointer to a string with additional information.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+  {
+    printf ("Robodoc: Error, %s\n",cause) ;
+    printf ("         %s\n", add_info) ;
+    printf ("Robodoc: Panic Fatal error, closing down..\n") ;
+    RB_Close_The_Shop () ; /* Free All Resources */
+    exit(100) ;
+  }
+
+/*******/
+
+
+RB_Panic occurs only twice now. In addition changes
+to the function definition only have to be done once.
+
+The robodoc.rc required for this is: 
+
+
+# robodoc.rc file
+items:
+    SUMMARY
+    SYNOPSIS
+    INPUTS
+    OUTPUTS
+    SEE ALSO
+    BUGS
+source items:
+    SYNOPSIS
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+remark end markers:
+    */
+
+
+
    
+
+
+
+
    
+Advanced formatting with raw HTML and LaTeX code
+
+     By default an item's body shows up in your documentation in
+    the same way as it is formatted in your source code.  All special
+    characters for the output mode are escaped.  For instance an <
+    is translated to a &lt; in HTML mode.  Sometimes however you
+    like to have some more control of what goes into the
+    documentation.  This is possible with the piping.  If a line of
+    your item's body starts with one of the special piping markers, the
+    text after this marker is copied verbatim into your documentation.
+    The following example shows how this is done, and how to add
+    equations to your documentation.
+    
+
+
+/****m* pipe/pipetest
+ * NAME
+ *   pipetest
+ * DESCRIPTION
+ *   Simple header to show "piping" features in items.
+ * EXAMPLE
+ *   Only "pipes" which match selected output style are picked up.
+ *   |html <CENTER>This will be included in <B>HTML</B> output.</CENTER>
+ *   |latex \centerline{This will be included in \LaTeX output}
+ *   Space is mandatory following the pipe marker. The following is not a
+ *   valid pipe marker:
+ *   |html<B>Moi!</B>
+ *   You should see an equation on the following line:
+ *   |html y = x^2 (sorry, plain HTML is not very powerful)
+ *   |latex \centerline{$y = x^2$}
+ *   How does this look like?
+ *   Here comes a multi-line equation array:
+ *    |latex \begin{eqnarray}
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial u}{\partial \tau} & = & D_u {\nabla}^2 u +
+ *    |latex \frac{1}{\epsilon}
+ *    |latex \left ( \hat{u}-{\hat{u}}^2-f\, {v} \, \frac{\hat{u}-q}{\hat{u}+q}
+ *    |latex \right ) \; ,  \label{diffspot:1} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial v}{\partial \tau} & = & \hat{u}-v \; ,
+ *    |latex \label{diffspot:2} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial r}{\partial \tau} & = & D_r {\nabla}^2 r \; .
+ *    |latex \label{diffspAot:3}
+ *    |latex \end{eqnarray}
+ *    |html <I>TODO: write this in html</I>
+ *   End of the example.
+ ******
+ */
+
+
    
+
+
    
+Linking to external documents (href, file, mailto, images)
+
+     In HTML mode ROBODoc recognizes the following links to
+    external documents.  
+
+    
+
+    href:body -- This is replaced with
+      <a href="body">body</A>
+    
+
+    file:/body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="file:/body">file:/body</A>
+    
+
+    mailto:body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="mailto:body">body</A>
+    
+
+    http://body -- This is replaced with
+    <a href="http://body">http://body</A>
+    
+
+    image:body -- This is replaced with
+    <image src="body">
+    
+
+    
+
    
+
+
+
    
+Linking from an external document
+
+    To link from an external document to one of the HTML
+    documents generated by ROBODoc you need a label.  ROBODoc creates
+    two labels for each header. The first one starts with
+    robo followed by a number.  You can not use
+    this one because the numbers will change each time you run
+    ROBODoc.  The second label is an escaped version of the whole
+    header name.  In this label all the non alphanumeric characters of
+    the name are replaced by their two digit hexadecimal code.
+
+    An example, if your header name is
+    Analyser/RB_ToBeAdded the label is
+    Analyser2fRB5fToBeAdded.  Here
+    / was replaced by 2f and
+    _ was replaced by 5f.  As
+    long as you do not change the header name, this label stays the
+    same each time you run ROBODoc.
+
+
    
+
+
    
+Using external tools
+    
+    You can also execute external tools from ROBODoc and even
+    pass data to them.
+    The output of these tools can be included in your documentation for instance.
+    
+    
+    There are several types of external tools you can use:
+    
+    
+    Arbitrary tool with passing data through stdin
+    Arbitrary tool without passing data through stdin
+    The DOT tool
+    
+    
+    The following example shows how to use each of them.
+    
+
+
+/****m* tools/tooltest
+ *
+ * NAME
+ *   Tooltest
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION
+ *   Example showing how to invoke external tools.
+ *
+ * EXAMPLE
+ * This one sorts elements into the file href:nexus-6.txt
+ * The input data is passed through stdin.
+ *
+ * |tool sort > nexus-6.txt
+ * Zhora
+ * Pris
+ * Leon Kowalski
+ * Roy Batty
+ * Rachel
+ * Rick Deckard?
+ * |tool end
+ *
+ * We can also execute tools without having any stdin data.
+ * In the following example the output is simply redirected into href:tears.txt
+ *
+ * |exec echo "All those moments will be lost in time like tears in rain." > tears.txt
+ *
+ * You can also include neat DOT graphs in your documentation.
+ * This one shows a hash table.
+ *
+ * |dot start
+ * digraph G {
+ *   nodesep=.05;
+ *   rankdir=LR;
+ *   node [shape=record,width=.1,height=.1];
+ *
+ *   node0 [label = "<f0> |<f1> |<f2> |<f3> |<f4> |<f5> |<f6> | ",height=2.0];
+ *   node [width = 1.5];
+ *   node1 [label = "{<n> n14 | 719 |<p> }"];
+ *   node2 [label = "{<n> a1  | 805 |<p> }"];
+ *   node3 [label = "{<n> i9  | 718 |<p> }"];
+ *   node4 [label = "{<n> e5  | 989 |<p> }"];
+ *   node5 [label = "{<n> t20 | 959 |<p> }"] ;
+ *   node6 [label = "{<n> o15 | 794 |<p> }"] ;
+ *   node7 [label = "{<n> s19 | 659 |<p> }"] ;
+ *
+ *   node0:f0 -> node1:n;
+ *   node0:f1 -> node2:n;
+ *   node0:f2 -> node3:n;
+ *   node0:f5 -> node4:n;
+ *   node0:f6 -> node5:n;
+ *   node2:p -> node6:n;
+ *   node4:p -> node7:n;
+ * }
+ * |dot end
+ *
+ ******
+ */
+
+
+    
+    If you want to use the DOT tool you need the
+    Graphviz package.
+    More information and the binaries can be found at
+    
+        http://www.graphviz.org/
+    .
+    The created graphs are automatically included in the documentation
+    (HTML and LaTeX only).
+    If you generate PDF output from your LaTeX
+    file and you want to include DOT graphs in it, you will also
+    need the epstopdf utility.
+    ROBODoc lets DOT generate
+    PNG images for HTML output and
+    PS and PDF images for
+    LaTeX output.
+    
+
    
+
+
    
+ROBODoc-ing an existing project
+
+  
+  The ROBODoc package includes also a standalone binary named
+  robohdrs.
+  This helper program can take clean source file and insert
+  ROBODoc headers to functions, global variables, and macros.
+  There are issues with this tool but it saves lots of cumbersome typing
+  when starting on documenting an existing code-base with ROBODoc.
+  Type
+
+man robohdrs
+
+  or
+
+robohdrs -h
+
+  for help.
+  Example:
+
+robohdrs -s -p testproj -i "MODIFICATION HISTORY" -i IDEAS testproj.c
+
+
+
+  
+  Note that robohdrs is supported on UNIX-like platforms only.
+  It requires fork() and  Exuberant Ctags 5.3.1 or newer.
+  
+
+
    
+
+
+
    
+Using ROBODoc under Windows
+    When you use ROBODoc under windows, don't forget that it is
+    a command line tool.  ROBODoc relies on the console window to
+    inform you about problems and errors.
+
+    An easy mistake to make is to create a shortcut to
+    robodoc.exe and then click on the icon to
+    generate the documentation each time you made some changes to your
+    source code.  If you have a fast machine a console window pops up
+    quickly and after that your documentation is ready.
+
+    This works very fine until you make a mistake in one of your
+    headers.  The console window still pops up, but before you have a chance
+    to read any of the error messages it is gone again.  Most likely
+    you won't even have noticed there were error messages.  You will
+    end up with empty documentation or old documentation.  
+
+    It is Better to create a batch file with the following commands
+    and to store all the options in a robodoc.rc
+    file:
+
+robodoc.exe
+pause
+
+    Now the console window stays open and you have the
+    opportunity to read the error messages.
+
+    While the window is open, right click on the title bar,
+    go to properties->layout and set the buffer size to something
+    like 2500. That way, the next time you run it, you can scroll back
+    and view all error messages.
+    
+
+
    
+
+
    
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_classes.html b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_classes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d894c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_classes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+
+
+
+Classes
+
+
+
+
+
+Generated from ./Source/ with ROBODoc v4.0.17 on Mon Dec 29 20:09:37 2003
+
    
+
    
+[Sourcefiles]
+[Index]
+[Classes]
+[Modules]
+[Methods]
+
    
+
    Classes
    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    
+Box
+RectangularBox
+SmartLoader
+SquareBox
    
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_methods.html b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_methods.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9053c84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_methods.html
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+
+
+
+Methods
+
+
+
+
+
+Generated from ./Source/ with ROBODoc v4.0.17 on Mon Dec 29 20:09:37 2003
+
    
+
    
+[Sourcefiles]
+[Index]
+[Classes]
+[Modules]
+[Methods]
+
    
+
    Methods
    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    
+RectangularBox::volume
+SmartLoader::pack
+SquareBox::side
+SquareBox::volume
    
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_modules.html b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_modules.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d523f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_modules.html
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+
+
+
+Modules
+
+
+
+
+
+Generated from ./Source/ with ROBODoc v4.0.17 on Mon Dec 29 20:09:37 2003
+
    
+
    
+[Sourcefiles]
+[Index]
+[Classes]
+[Modules]
+[Methods]
+
    
+
    Modules
    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    
+Cargo
+Loader
+TruckPacker
    
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_sourcefiles.html b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_sourcefiles.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c216b60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Doc/robo_sourcefiles.html
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+
+
+
+
+Sourcefiles
+
+
+
+
+
+Generated from ./Source/ with ROBODoc v4.0.17 on Mon Dec 29 20:09:37 2003
+
    
+
    
+[Sourcefiles]
+[Index]
+[Classes]
+[Modules]
+[Methods]
+
    
+
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box.pm b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3677aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****c* Cargo/Box
+# FUNCTION
+#   A box that can be packed into truck.
+#   Several other classes are derived from Box.
+#   Box
+#   |
+#   +---- SquareBox
+#   |
+#   +---- RectangularBox
+#******
+
+package Box;
+
+sub new {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my $self = { };
+    bless ($self, $class);
+    return $self;
+}
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/RectangularBox.pm b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/RectangularBox.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c04a6d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/RectangularBox.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****c* Box/RectangularBox
+# FUNCTION
+#   A box with the property that are sides are equal.
+# ATTRIBUTES
+#   DEPTH  -- the depth of the box.
+#   HEIGHT -- the height of the box.
+#   WIDTH  -- the width of the box.
+# DERIVED FROM
+#   Box
+#******
+
+package RectangularBox;
+
+use Box;
+use vars ('@ISA');
+@ISA = ("Box");
+
+sub new {
+    my $classname = shift;
+    my $self      = $classname->SUPER::new(@_);
+    $self->{DEPTH}  = 1;
+    $self->{HEIGHT} = 1;
+    $self->{WIDTH}  = 1;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+#****m* Box/RectangularBox::volume
+# FUNCTION
+#   Compute the volume of the rectangular box.
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   my $volume = $boxref->volume();
+# RETURN VALUE
+#   The volume of the box
+# SOURCE
+
+sub volume {
+    my $self = { };
+    return $self->{DEPTH} * $self->{HEIGHT} * $self->{WIDTH};
+}
+
+#*****
+
+1;
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/SquareBox.pm b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/SquareBox.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..902ecfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Box/SquareBox.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****c* Box/SquareBox
+# FUNCTION
+#   A box with the property that are sides are equal.
+# ATTRIBUTES
+#   SIDE_LENGTH -- the length of each side
+# DERIVED FROM
+#   Box
+# SOURCE
+
+package SquareBox;
+
+use Box;
+use vars ('@ISA');
+@ISA = ("Box");
+
+sub new {
+    my $classname = shift;
+    my $self      = $classname->SUPER::new(@_);
+    $self->{SIDE}  = 1;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+#*******
+
+
+#****m* Box/SquareBox::side
+# FUNCTION
+#   Set or get the side length of the square box.
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   $boxref->side(100.25);
+#   my $length = $boxref->side();
+# RETURN VALUE
+#   The volume of the box
+# SOURCE
+
+sub side {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if (@_) {
+        my $length = shift;
+        $self->{SIDE} = $length;
+    }
+    return  $self->{SIDE};
+}
+
+#*******
+
+#****m* Box/SquareBox::volume
+# FUNCTION
+#   Compute the volume of a square box.
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   my $volume = $boxref->volume();
+# RETURN VALUE
+#   The volume of the box
+# SOURCE
+
+sub volume {
+    my $self = { };
+    return $self{SIDE} * $self{SIDE} * $self{SIDE} ;
+}
+
+#*****
+1;
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Cargo.txt b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Cargo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b20e97f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Cargo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+
+#****h* TruckPacker/Cargo
+# FUNCTION 
+#
+#    The Cargo module consist of a number of classes that represent
+#    that cargo that can be loaded into a truck.
+#    The most important one is Box.
+#
+#****
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Loader.txt b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Loader.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20249d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/Loader.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#****h* TruckPacker/Loader
+# FUNCTION
+#    The Loader module consist of a number of classes that represent
+#    that various algorithms to pack Cargo into a truck..
+# 
+#    Currently only on algorithm (SmartLoader) has been implemented.
+#
+#****
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/SmartLoader.pm b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/SmartLoader.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1ca4ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/SmartLoader.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****c* Loader/SmartLoader
+# FUNCTION
+#   This class implements an O(1) packing
+#   algorithm.
+# ATTRIBUTES
+#   CARGO -- the cargo to be packed.
+#******
+
+Package SmartLoader;
+
+sub new {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my $self = { };
+    bless ($self, $class);
+    my $self->{CARGO} = ();
+    return $self;
+}
+
+#****m* Loader/SmartLoader::pack
+# FUNCTION
+#   A O(1) packing algorithm.
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   my $sequence = $packref->pack();
+# RETURN VALUE
+#   A squence that specifies how to pack the truck.
+#******
+
+sub pack {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/Source/TruckPacker.pl b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/TruckPacker.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac635a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/Source/TruckPacker.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****h* FactoryTools/TruckPacker
+# FUNCTION
+#   A program to effectively pack a truck with cargo.
+#   It consists of two modules:
+#     Cargo  -- classes to define the kind of cargo 
+#               that can be packed.
+#     Loader -- classes to define various packing
+#               algorithms.
+# 
+#****
+
+use Box;
+use SquareBox;
+use RectangularBox;
+use Loader;
+
+sub main {
+    print "Hello world\n";
+}
+
+main();
+
+
diff --git a/Examples/PerlExample/robodoc.rc b/Examples/PerlExample/robodoc.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a8532d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Examples/PerlExample/robodoc.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+options:
+    --src ./Source
+    --doc ./Doc
+    --html
+    --multidoc
+    --sections
+    --tell
+    --toc
+    --index
+ignore files:
+    CVS
diff --git a/Headers/assembler.sample b/Headers/assembler.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbf066b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/assembler.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+****h* main_module/module [1.0] *
+*
+* NAME
+*
+* COPYRIGHT
+*
+* FUNCTION
+*
+* AUTHOR
+*
+* CREATION DATE
+*
+* MODIFICATION HISTORY
+*
+* NOTES
+*
+*******
+
+
+****f* module/procname [1.0] *
+*
+* NAME
+*
+* SYNOPSIS
+*
+* FUNCTION
+*
+* INPUTS
+*
+* RESULT
+*
+* EXAMPLE
+*
+* NOTES
+*
+* BUGS
+*
+* SEE ALSO
+*
+**********
+
+
+****i* module/i_procname [1.0] *
+*
+* NAME
+*
+* SYNOPSIS
+*
+* FUNCTION
+*
+* INPUTS
+*
+* RESULT
+*
+* EXAMPLE
+*
+* NOTES
+*
+* BUGS
+*
+* SEE ALSO
+*
+**********
diff --git a/Headers/basic.sample b/Headers/basic.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22fca0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/basic.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+REM  ****h* main_module/module [1.0] *
+REM
+REM  NAME
+REM
+REM  COPYRIGHT
+REM
+REM  FUNCTION
+REM
+REM  AUTHOR
+REM
+REM  CREATION DATE
+REM
+REM  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+REM
+REM  NOTES
+REM
+REM  *****
+
+
+REM  ***** module/procname [1.0] *
+REM
+REM  NAME
+REM
+REM  SYNOPSIS
+REM
+REM  FUNCTION
+REM
+REM  INPUTS
+REM
+REM  RESULT
+REM
+REM  EXAMPLE
+REM
+REM  NOTES
+REM
+REM  BUGS
+REM
+REM  SEE ALSO
+REM
+REM  ********
+
+
+REM  ****i* module/i_procname [1.0] *
+REM
+REM  NAME
+REM
+REM  SYNOPSIS
+REM
+REM  FUNCTION
+REM
+REM  INPUTS
+REM
+REM  RESULT
+REM
+REM  EXAMPLE
+REM
+REM  NOTES
+REM
+REM  BUGS
+REM
+REM  SEE ALSO
+REM
+REM  ********
diff --git a/Headers/c.sample b/Headers/c.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..292710d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/c.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/****h* projectname/module_name [1.0]
+*  NAME
+*  COPYRIGHT
+*  FUNCTION
+*  AUTHOR
+*  CREATION DATE
+*  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+*  NOTES
+*******
+*/
+
+
+/****f* module_name/function_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*  FUNCTION
+*  INPUTS
+*  RESULT
+*  EXAMPLE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
+
+/****s* module_name/stucture_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  PURPOSE
+*  ATTRIBUTES
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
+
+/****v* module_name/variable_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  PURPOSE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
diff --git a/Headers/cpp.sample b/Headers/cpp.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a64a60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/cpp.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/****h* projectname/module_name [1.0]
+*  NAME
+*  COPYRIGHT
+*  FUNCTION
+*  AUTHOR
+*  CREATION DATE
+*  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+*  NOTES
+*******
+*/
+
+
+/****f* module_name/funtion_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*  FUNCTION
+*  INPUTS
+*  RESULT
+*  EXAMPLE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
+/****f* module_name/funtion_name2 [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*  FUNCTION
+*  INPUTS
+*  RESULT
+*  EXAMPLE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+
+example()
+
+/**********/
+
+
+/****c* module_name/class_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  PURPOSE
+*  METHODS
+*  DERIVED FROM
+*  DERIVED BY
+*  EXAMPLE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
+
+/****m* module_name/method_name [1.0] *
+*  NAME
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*  PURPOSE
+*  EXAMPLE
+*  NOTES
+*  BUGS
+*  SEE ALSO
+**********
+*/
+
diff --git a/Headers/forth.sample b/Headers/forth.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14c1c6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/forth.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+\ ****h* main_module/module [1.0] *
+\  NAME
+\  module
+\  COPYRIGHT
+\  moi copyright
+\  FUNCTION
+\  moi function
+\  AUTHOR
+\  moi author
+\  CREATION DATE
+\  moi date
+\  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+\  moi history
+\  NOTES
+\ ******* 
+
+\ ****f* module/procname [1.0] *
+\  NAME
+\  SYNOPSIS
+\  FUNCTION
+\  INPUTS
+\  RESULT
+\  EXAMPLE
+\  NOTES
+\  BUGS
+\  SEE ALSO
+\ ********
+
+\ ****f* module/procname2 [1.0] *
+\  NAME
+\  SYNOPSIS
+\  FUNCTION
+\  INPUTS
+\  RESULT
+\  EXAMPLE
+\  NOTES
+\  BUGS
+\  SEE ALSO
+\  SOURCE
+
+hello_forth()
+
+\ ********
diff --git a/Headers/fortran.sample b/Headers/fortran.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b646a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/fortran.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+C    ****h* main_module/module [1.0] *
+C
+C    NAME
+C
+C    COPYRIGHT
+C
+C    FUNCTION
+C
+C    AUTHOR
+C
+C    CREATION DATE
+C
+C    MODIFICATION HISTORY
+C
+C    NOTES
+C
+C    *****
+
+
+C    ***** module/procname [1.0] *
+C
+C    NAME
+C
+C    SYNOPSIS
+C
+C    FUNCTION
+C
+C    INPUTS
+C
+C    RESULT
+C
+C    EXAMPLE
+C
+C    NOTES
+C
+C    BUGS
+C
+C    SEE ALSO
+C
+C    ********
+
+
+C    ****i* module/i_procname [1.0] *
+C
+C    NAME
+C
+C    SYNOPSIS
+C
+C    FUNCTION
+C
+C    INPUTS
+C
+C    RESULT
+C
+C    EXAMPLE
+C
+C    NOTES
+C
+C    BUGS
+C
+C    SEE ALSO
+C
+C    ********
diff --git a/Headers/html.sample b/Headers/html.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d6d7ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/html.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
     Example Source 
    
+
+
diff --git a/Headers/makefile b/Headers/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d25b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+clean:
+	rm -f *~
diff --git a/Headers/tcl.sample b/Headers/tcl.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3551f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Headers/tcl.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#****h* main_module/module [1.0] *
+#  NAME
+#  COPYRIGHT
+#  FUNCTION
+#  AUTHOR
+#  CREATION DATE
+#  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+#  NOTES
+#******
+#
+
+#****f* module/procname [1.0] *
+#  NAME
+#  SYNOPSIS
+#  FUNCTION
+#  INPUTS
+#  RESULT
+#  EXAMPLE
+#  NOTES
+#  BUGS
+#  SEE ALSO
+#********
+#
+
+#****f* module/procname2 [1.0] *
+#  NAME
+#  SYNOPSIS
+#  FUNCTION
+#  INPUTS
+#  RESULT
+#  EXAMPLE
+#  NOTES
+#  BUGS
+#  SEE ALSO
+#  SOURCE
+
+example()
+
+#********
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..095b1eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
+`configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help' for
+details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory.  After you have installed the
+package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
+for another architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX', the package will
+use PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
+but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
+Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
+architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
+message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
+can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
+values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
diff --git a/INSTALL.Debian b/INSTALL.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddd8f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INSTALL.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+Debian users can install ROBODoc using apt-get as follows:
+
+	apt-get install robodoc
+
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c53bca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+See the changelog for a detailed list of add new
+features.
+
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a921bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+$d: README,v 1.5 2003/01/16 06:26:43 gumpu Exp $
+
+ROBODoc Version 4.99.36 Jul 2007.
+
+ROBODoc is program documentation tool. The idea is to include for
+every function or procedure a standard header containing all
+sorts of information about the procedure or function.  ROBODoc
+extracts these headers from the source file and puts them in a
+separate autodocs-file.  ROBODoc thus allows you to include the
+program documentation in the source code and avoid having to
+maintain two separate documents.  Or as Petteri puts it: "robodoc
+is very useful - especially for programmers who don't like
+writing documents with Word or some other strange tool."
+
+ROBODoc can format the headers in a number of different formats:
+HTML, RTF, LaTeX, or XML DocBook. In HTML mode it can
+generate cross links between headers. You can even include parts
+of your source code.
+
+ROBODoc works with many programming languages: For instance C,
+Pascal, Shell Scripts, Assembler, COBOL, Occam, Postscript,
+Forth, Tcl/Tk, C++, Java -- basically any program in which you
+can use remarks/comments.
+
+  o For information on how to build and install see INSTALL
+  o For information on how to use ROBODoc see Docs/manual.html. 
+  o Blank headers for various languages can be found in Headers/
+  o For an example on how ROBODoc can be used see
+    the ROBODoc source code in Source/
+  o For licence information see COPYING
+  o For a change log see  Source/robodoc.c
+ 
+Many people contributed to ROBODoc, to name a few:
+
+o Petteri Kettunen  
+  Bug fixes, FOLD, C features.
+o Bernd Koesling  
+  Bug fixes, functional improvements, code cleanup.
+o Anthon Pang  
+  RTF support, Bug fixes.
+o Thomas Aglassinger 
+  Fixes and cleanup of HTML-output
+o Stefan Kost 
+  Idea of the master index file and different header types.
+
+Questions, found a bug or a typo; send an email to [rfsber -a-t- xs4all.nl]
+
+(c) 1994-2005  Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen, and Jacco van Weert 
+
+
+
diff --git a/Source/.indent.pro b/Source/.indent.pro
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b93cb5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/.indent.pro
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+-nut
+-i 4
+-bli 0
+-bls
+-bad
+-npcs
+-bfda
+-di20
+-prs
+-npsl
+--verbose
+-T FILE
+-T actions_t
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/README b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b532f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/README
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+For testing
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test.pas b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a561404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Test/Test1
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   for testing
+#*****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test2.c b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ff1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Test/Test2
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   for testing
+#*****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test3.c b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1968aca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Test/Test3
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   for testing
+#*****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test4.c b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c251968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc/test4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Test/Test4
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   for testing
+#*****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/AcceptDir/accept.h b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/AcceptDir/accept.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6986b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/AcceptDir/accept.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Accept/TT3
+# NAME
+#   TT3
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.c b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcd65c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Accept/TT
+# NAME
+#   TT
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.pl b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd20a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/accept.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Accept/TT2
+# NAME
+#   TT2
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.ign b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.ign
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3375e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.ign
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#****f* Ignore/Ignore
+# Name
+#   Ignore
+#***
diff --git a/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.xxx b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.xxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3375e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/FileFilterSrc_2/ignore.xxx
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#****f* Ignore/Ignore
+# Name
+#   Ignore
+#***
diff --git a/Source/Test/ROBOTest.pm b/Source/Test/ROBOTest.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5092237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/ROBOTest.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+use strict;
+package ROBOTest;
+
+my $ok = 1;
+my $name = "unknown";
+
+sub start {
+    $name = shift;
+#    printf("%-50s", $name);
+}
+
+sub assertNotDir {
+    my $filename = shift;
+    assert( !( -d $filename ), "Directory $filename does not exists"); 
+}
+
+sub assertDir {
+    my $filename = shift;
+    assert( -d $filename, "Directory $filename exists"); 
+}
+
+sub assertNotFile {
+    my $filename = shift;
+    assert( !( -f $filename ), "File $filename does not exists"); 
+}
+
+sub assertFile {
+    my $filename = shift;
+    assert( -f $filename, "File $filename exists"); 
+}
+
+sub assert {
+    my $arg_ok = shift;
+    my $title = shift;
+    printf("%-32s", $name);
+    if ($title) {
+        printf("%-40s", $title);
+    } else {
+        printf("%-40s", "--");
+    }
+    if ($arg_ok) {
+        print "  OK\n";
+    } else {
+        print "  FAIL\n";
+    }
+}
+
+sub finish {
+#    if ($ok) {
+#        print "OK\n";
+#    } else {
+#        print "FAIL\n";
+#    }
+}
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.dat b/Source/Test/RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e536e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+
+int an_int_var = 100;
+
+
+int test_function( int x, int y )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 100; ++i )
+    {
+        printf("Hello\n");
+    }
+}
+
+int test_function2( int x, int y )
+{
+
+
+}
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/Scr1/Subdir/ccfile.dat b/Source/Test/Scr1/Subdir/ccfile.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a78b3a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/Scr1/Subdir/ccfile.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#****h* Bbb__level2__/Dbb__level3__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. Level 3.
+#******
+
+#****v* Dbb__level3/__var1__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test.
+#****
diff --git a/Source/Test/Scr1/aafile.dat b/Source/Test/Scr1/aafile.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82acfa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/Scr1/aafile.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+
+#****h* Aaa__level0__/Aaa__level1__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. This has name Aaa.. so it should
+#   be a the begin of the TOC
+#******
+
+#****h* Aaa__level1__/Bbb__level2__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. Level 2.
+#******
+
+#****h* Bbb__level2__/Abb__level3__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. Level 3.
+#******
+
+#****h* Bbb__level2__/Bbb__level3__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. Level 3.
+#******
+
+#****h* Bbb__level2__/Cbb__level3__
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test. Level 3.
+#******
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/Scr1/bbfile.dat b/Source/Test/Scr1/bbfile.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e0d208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/Scr1/bbfile.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+
+#****d* Test/_test_def1_test_
+# NAME 
+#   
+#****
+
+#****d* Test/_test_def2_test_
+# NAME 
+#   
+#****
+
+
+#****f* Test/_test_fun1_test_
+# NAME 
+#
+#****
+
+#****f* Test/_test_fun2_test_
+# NAME 
+#
+#****
+
+#****c* Test/_test_class1_test_
+# NAME 
+#
+#****
+
+#****c* Test/_test_class2_test_
+# NAME 
+#
+#****
+
+#****c* Test/_test_class3_test_
+# NAME 
+#
+#****
+
+
+#****v* Test/_test_var1_test_
+# NAME
+# 
+#*****
+
+#****h* Test/_test_mod1_test_
+# NAME
+#
+#*******
+
+#****s* Test/_test_struct1_test_
+# NAME
+#
+#******
+
+
+#****t* Test/_test_type1_test_
+# NAME
+#
+#******
+
+#****e* Test/_test_exception1_test_
+# NAME
+#
+#******
+
+
+#****p* Test/_test_procedure1_test_
+# NAME
+#
+#******
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/Scr2/master_index_test.dat b/Source/Test/Scr2/master_index_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..639275f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/Scr2/master_index_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/****if* Test/Internal1
+ * NAME
+ *   Internal1
+ *
+ *****
+ */
+
+/****f* Test/Public1
+ * NAME
+ *   Public1
+ *
+ *****
+ */
+
+/****iv* Test/Internal_Var1
+ * NAME
+ *   Internal1
+ *
+ *****
+ */
+
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/SortSource/sorted.c b/Source/Test/SortSource/sorted.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f97a4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/SortSource/sorted.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#****h* AA_Header/BB_header
+# NAME
+#   BB_Header  -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* BB_header/aaa_function
+# NAME
+#  aaa_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* BB_header/bbb_function
+# NAME
+#  bbb_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* BB_header/ccc_function
+# NAME
+#  ccc_function -- 
+#****
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/SortSource/unsorted.c b/Source/Test/SortSource/unsorted.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dec4781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/SortSource/unsorted.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#****h* XX_Header/ZZ_Header
+# NAME
+#   ZZ_Header  -- 
+#****
+
+#****h* XX_Header/AA_Header
+# NAME
+#   AA_Header  -- 
+#****
+
+#****h* ZZ_Header/DD_Header
+# NAME
+#   DD_Header  -- 
+#****
+
+#****h* AA_Header/CC_header
+# NAME
+#   CC_Header  -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* DD_header/aaa_function
+# NAME
+#  bbb_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* CC_header/ccc_function
+# NAME
+#  ccc_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* CC_header/aaa_function
+# NAME
+#  aaa_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* CC_header/fff_function
+# NAME
+#  fff_function -- 
+#****
+
+#****f* CC_header/eee_function
+# NAME
+#  eee_function -- 
+#****
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/alt_rc_file.rc b/Source/Test/alt_rc_file.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..402dbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/alt_rc_file.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+options:
+    --src
+    ./option_rc_test.dat
+    --doc
+    ./option_rc_test
+    --singlefile
diff --git a/Source/Test/cmode_test.dat b/Source/Test/cmode_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c065fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/cmode_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* C_MODE test file */
+/* $Id: cmode_test.dat,v 1.3 2002/04/06 06:25:29 petterik Exp $ */
+/****f* Test/cmode
+* NAME
+*   C_MODE test file
+* SOURCE
+*/
+
+void tes(void) 
+{
+	char quote = 0; /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	printf("'"); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	ch = '\''; /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	ch = '\\'; /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	char *str1 = "\\huuhaa"; /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	char *str2 = "'''";  /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	printf("/* huuhaa */" "\\" "huuhaa"); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	/* unbalanced double quotes in comments "foobar"" */ 
+	/* TEST_COMMENT */
+	/* unbalanced single quotes in comments '  */ 
+	/* TEST_COMMENT */
+	strncmp("/*", cur_char, 2); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	fprintf(dest_doc, "/*"); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	strncmp("*/", cur_char, 2); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+	fprintf(dest_doc, "*/"); /* TEST_COMMENT */
+}
+
+/**********/
diff --git a/Source/Test/cmode_test1.pl b/Source/Test/cmode_test1.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..69d6789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/cmode_test1.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/cmode_test1_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   Tests the option --cmode.  With this option
+#   comments in C sourcecode should be colored.
+#   We test this by looking for the  tag.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+ROBOTest::start("C-mode Test");
+
+my $ok = 1;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ /TEST_COMMENT/) {
+        my @match = ($line =~ m/FONT/ig);
+        my $cnt = scalar(@match);
+        if ($cnt != 2) {
+            $ok = 0;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert($ok);
+ROBOTest::finish();
+
+0;
+
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.pl b/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5c133d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: doc_dir_filter_test.pl,v 1.1 2004/06/20 09:24:36 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+#****x* SystemTest/doc_dir_filter_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   If a user specifies a doc dir that is a subdir of the source
+#   dir that robodoc has to skip it when scanning the sources.
+#   We test this by running robodoc twice with the options
+#     --src .
+#     --doc ./NotDoc
+#   (These are specified in doc_dir_filter_test.rc
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Doc Dir Filter Test");
+ROBOTest::assertNotDir("DocNot/DocNot");
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+#******
diff --git a/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.rc b/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f71ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/doc_dir_filter_test.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+options:
+    --src .
+    --doc ./DocNot
+    --multidoc
+    --html
+ignore files:
+    CVS
+accept files:
+    *.pl
+headertypes:
+    u  Unittests robo_unittest
+    x  "System tests"  robo_sys_tests
+    e  "Makefile entries"  robo_mk_entries
diff --git a/Source/Test/encoding_test.dat b/Source/Test/encoding_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc8f49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/encoding_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#****h* ROBODoc/Makefile.plain
+# NAME
+#   Makefile.plain -- Plain makefile that does not need autoconf 
+# AUTHOR
+#    Mäkelä
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test.dat b/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9948cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#****f* Test/test
+# NAME
+#    Test
+#
+#
+#
+#
+#
+
+
+
+
+#****f* Test/test2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# there is no end marker
diff --git a/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test_2.dat b/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test_2.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f0bc89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/error_missing_header_end_test_2.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#****f* Test/test
+# NAME
+#    Test
+#
+#
+#
+#
+#
+
+
+
+
+# there is no end marker
+# last line of the file...
diff --git a/Source/Test/filter_test_1.pl b/Source/Test/filter_test_1.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..316ed92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/filter_test_1.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: filter_test_1.pl,v 1.2 2004/08/20 21:29:00 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("File Filter Test 1");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/robo_functions.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/test2_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assertDir("Doc1/ToBeAccepted");
+ROBOTest::assertNotDir("Doc1/ToBeIgnored");
+ROBOTest::assertNotFile("Doc1/test1_pas.html");
+ROBOTest::assertNotFile("Doc1/README.html");
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/filter_test_1.rc b/Source/Test/filter_test_1.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11debc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/filter_test_1.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+ignore files:
+    ??ADME
+    *.pas
+    ToBeIgnored
diff --git a/Source/Test/filter_test_2.pl b/Source/Test/filter_test_2.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..37d7ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/filter_test_2.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: filter_test_2.pl,v 1.1 2004/08/20 21:52:47 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("File Filter Test 2");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc3/robo_functions.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc3/accept_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc3/accept_pl.html");
+ROBOTest::assertDir("Doc3/AcceptDir");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc3/AcceptDir/accept_h.html");
+ROBOTest::assertNotDir("Doc3/ToBeIgnored");
+ROBOTest::assertNotFile("Doc3/ignore_ign.html");
+ROBOTest::assertNotFile("Doc3/ignore_xxx.html");
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/filter_test_2.rc b/Source/Test/filter_test_2.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1057d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/filter_test_2.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+ignore files:
+    ToBeIgnored
+accept files:
+    *.c
+    *.pl
+    *.h
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_size_test.dat b/Source/Test/header_size_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ac7ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_size_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/****** Test/Test
+ * NAME
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_1
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_2
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_3
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_4
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_5
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_6
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_7
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_8
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_9
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_10
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_11
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_12
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_13
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_14
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_15
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_16
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_17
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_18
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_19
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_20
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_21
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_22
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_23
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_24
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_25
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_26
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_27
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_28
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_29
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_30
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_31
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_32
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_33
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_34
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_35
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_36
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_37
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_38
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_39
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_40
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_41
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_42
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_43
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_44
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_45
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_46
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_47
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_48
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_49
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_50
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_51
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_52
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_53
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_54
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_55
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_56
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_57
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_58
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_59
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_60
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_61
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_62
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_63
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_64
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_65
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_66
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_67
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_68
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_69
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_70
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_71
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_72
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_73
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_74
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_75
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_76
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_77
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_78
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_79
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_80
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_81
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_82
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_83
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_84
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_85
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_86
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_87
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_88
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_89
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_90
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_91
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_92
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_93
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_94
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_95
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_96
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_97
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_98
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_99
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_100
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_101
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_102
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_103
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_104
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_105
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_106
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_107
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_108
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_109
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_110
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_111
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_112
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_113
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_114
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_115
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_116
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_117
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_118
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_119
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_120
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_121
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_122
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_123
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_124
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_125
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_126
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_127
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_128
+ * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_129
+ ****/
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_size_test.pl b/Source/Test/header_size_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..526f43c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_size_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/header_size_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test whether robodoc can handle large headers.  Robodoc uses a
+#   dynamically expanding buffer for storing headers.  This dynamic
+#   expansion might go wrong.  The input file for this test is
+#   generated by the makefile entry header_size_test
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+ROBOTest::start("Header Size Test");
+
+#   They are 129 lines of the form
+#      xxxxxxxxx_
+#   in the header.
+#   Lets test if they all turn up in the documentation.
+#
+my $checksum = 0;
+foreach my $n (1 .. 129) {
+    $checksum += $n;
+}
+my $sum = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/xxxx_(\d+)/) {
+        $sum += $1;
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum == $checksum );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+0;
+
+#*****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test.dat b/Source/Test/header_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd4fc85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/****m* Muppets/Header_1
+ *
+ * NAME
+ *   testmark 1 testmark
+ * NAME
+CTest testmark 1000 testmark   This should not appear
+ *   test
+ * PURPOSE
+ *   test
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   Puppet::walk
+ ******
+ */
+
+
+/****c* Muppets/Header_2 [1.0]
+ *
+ *
+ * NAME
+ *   testmark 2 testmark
+ * NAME
+;*Test testmark 1001 testmark  This should not appear
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   Puppet::talk
+ *****
+ */
+
+
+#****f* T_1_/Header_3
+# NAME
+#   testmark 3 testmark
+# SOURCE
+
+tcl ()
+
+#***
+
+
+
+|****v* T_2_/Header_4
+| NAME
+|   testmark 4 testmark
+| SOURCE
+
+assembler ()
+
+|****
+
+
+//****d* T_3_/Header_5
+// NAME
+//   testmark 5 testmark
+// SOURCE
+
+c++ ()
+
+//****
+
+
+--****h* T_4_/Header_6
+-- NAME
+--   testmark 6 testmark
+-- SOURCE
+
+occam ()
+
+--***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+REM ****f* T_6_/Header_8
+REM NAME
+REM    testmark 8 testmark
+REM ***
+
+
+
+Rem ****f* T_7_/Header_9
+Rem NAME
+Rem    testmark 9 testmark
+Rem ***
+
+
+#****f* T_7_/Header_10
+# NAME
+#   testmark 10 testmark
+#***
+
+
+%****f* T_11_/Header_11
+% NAME
+%   testmark 11 testmark
+%***
+
+
+(****f* T_12_/Header_12
+* NAME
+*   testmark 12 testmark
+****)
+
+'****f* T_13_/Header_13
+'* NAME
+'* testmark 13 testmark
+'*****
+
+!!****f* T_14_/Header_14
+!! NAME
+!! MYSUB
+!! NOTES
+!! testmark 14 testmark
+!! SOURCE
+!!
+
+USE MYMODULE
+IMPLICIT NONE
+END IF
+
+!!******
+
+.****f* T_15_/Header_15
+.* NAME
+.*    testmark 15 testmark
+.* NOTES
+.*    no notes
+.****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test.pl b/Source/Test/header_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9eec9d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/header_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test if robodoc recognizes all the different headers in the
+#   various languages that robodoc supports.  The input file for this
+#   test is generated with the makefile entry header_test
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+ROBOTest::start("Header Test");
+
+# We scan the output file for the headers.
+# Each header has a name item with the text
+#    testmark  testmark
+# the name of each header has the form
+#   Header_
+# We compute the sum of all the numbers.
+
+# There are 15 headers numbered 1 .. 15
+my $checksum = 0;
+foreach my $n (1 .. 15) {
+    $checksum += $n;
+}
+
+my $sum = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    # The numbers between the marks.
+    if ($line =~ m//i) {
+        $sum += $1;
+    }
+}
+
+# Does each header number occur twice?
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum == (2 * $checksum) );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+0;
+
+#******
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test2.dat b/Source/Test/header_test2.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b921c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test2.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* (almost) Identical to header_test.dat except headers indented */
+	/****m* Muppets/Header_1
+	 * NAME
+	 *   testmark 1 testmark
+	 * PURPOSE
+	 *   test
+         *   blah-blah-blah
+         *   moi moi moi
+	 * SEE ALSO
+	 *   Puppet::walk
+	 ******
+	 */
+
+
+ /****c* Muppets/Header_2 [1.0]
+ * NAME
+ *   testmark 2 testmark
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   Puppet::talk
+ *****
+ */
+
+
+
+			#****f* T_1_/Header_3
+                        # NAME
+		        #   testmark 3 testmark
+ 		        # SOURCE
+
+ 			tcl ()
+
+   			#***
+
+
+
+					|****f* T_2_/Header_4
+					| NAME
+					|   testmark 4 testmark
+					| SOURCE
+
+					assembler ()
+
+					|****
+
+
+							//****f* T_3_/Header_5
+							// NAME
+							//   testmark 5 testmark
+							// SOURCE
+
+							c++ ()
+
+							//****
+
+
+--****f* T_4_/Header_6
+-- NAME
+--   testmark 6 testmark
+-- SOURCE
+
+occam ()
+
+--***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+						REM ****f* T_6_/Header_8
+						REM NAME
+						REM    testmark 8 testmark
+						REM ***
+
+
+
+   Rem ****f* T_7_/Header_9
+   Rem NAME
+   Rem    testmark 9 testmark
+   Rem ***
+
+
+ #****f* T_7_/Header_10
+ # NAME
+ #   testmark 10 testmark
+ #***
+
+
+		%****f* T_11_/Header_11
+		% NAME
+		%   testmark 11 testmark	
+		%***
+
+
+					(****f* T_12_/Header_12
+					* NAME
+					*   testmark 12 testmark
+					****)
+
+
+
+#****f* Crash/crash
+# NAME
+#   Used to crash on this
+# SOURCE
+foo
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test2.pl b/Source/Test/header_test2.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..039d4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test2.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Indented Header Test");
+
+# There are 12 headers numbered 1 .. 12
+my $checksum = 0;
+foreach my $n (1 .. 12) {
+    $checksum += $n;
+}
+
+# Now we scan the output file for the headers
+# The should occur after a and compute the sum
+# of the header numbers 
+my $sum = 0;
+# count the number of testmarkers and the number of
+# Headers in  blocks (table of content)
+# and between the word "testmark" in the NAME item
+# We extract the header number and compute the sum.
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m//i) {
+        $sum += $1;
+    }
+}
+# Dus each header number occur twice?
+ROBOTest::assert($sum == 2 * $checksum);
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test3.dat b/Source/Test/header_test3.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a5c577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test3.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#****f* Test/T1
+# NAME
+#    __1__
+# FUNCTION
+#    __2__
+#
+# SEE ALSO
+#
+#    __3__
+#
+#******
+
+
+
+#****f* Test/T2
+# NAME
+#    __4__
+#    __5__
+# FUNCTION
+#    __6__
+#    __7__
+#
+# SEE ALSO
+#
+#    __8__
+#    __9__
+#
+#******
+
+#****f* Test/T1b
+# NAME
+#
+#   __12__
+#
+# SEE ALSO
+#   __11__
+#*****
+
+#****f* Test/T3
+# NAME
+#
+#
+#    __13__
+#    __14__
+#    __15__
+#
+#
+# SEE ALSO
+#
+#
+#
+#
+#    __16__
+#    __17__
+#
+#    __18__
+# SEE ALSO
+#
+#    __19__
+#    __20__
+#    __10__
+#
+#******
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test3.pl b/Source/Test/header_test3.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..625ff9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test3.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("Header Item Body Test");
+
+# There are a number of headers. They contain items that
+# have lines numbered __1__ to __20__
+# They should all show up.
+#
+my $checksum = 0;
+foreach my $n (1 .. 20) {
+    $checksum += $n;
+}
+
+# Now we scan the output file for the headers
+# find the numbers and add them...
+my $sum = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/__(\d+)__/) {
+        $sum += $1;
+    }
+}
+
+# Does each number occur ?
+
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum == $checksum );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test4.dat b/Source/Test/header_test4.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d7b174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test4.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+
+#****f* A_Module_TEST/a_function_test
+# FUNCTION
+#   A Test
+#*****
+
+#****f* A_Module_TEST/a function test
+# FUNCTION
+#   A Test
+#*****
+
+#****f* A_Module_TEST/a function_test                           
+# FUNCTION
+#   A Test                           ^^^^ evil extra spaces ^^^^
+#*****
+
+#****f* A Module TEST/a_function_test
+# FUNCTION
+#   A Test
+#*****
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test4.pl b/Source/Test/header_test4.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d3b6267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test4.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/header_test4_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test if robodoc can handle module and object names with
+#   spaces in it.  For this we process a file with four
+#   headers looking something like
+#      A_Module_TEST/a function test
+#   Each header has the words A, Module, TEST, a, function, and
+#   test. They are either separated with spaces or with a '_'.
+#   ROBODoc should find them all.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+ROBOTest::start("Names with Spaces Test");
+
+my $count = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ( $line =~ m/HEADER_MODULE\s+(\S.*?)$/ ) {
+        my $module = $1;
+        if ( ( $module =~ m/A/ ) and
+             ( $module =~ m/Module/ ) and
+             ( $module =~ m/TEST/ ) ) {
+            $count++;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( $line =~ m/HEADER_FUNCTION_NAME\s+(\S.*?)$/ ) {
+        my $object = $1;
+        if ( ( $object =~ m/a/ ) and
+             ( $object =~ m/function/ ) and
+             ( $object =~ m/test/ ) ) {
+            $count++;
+        }
+        ROBOTest::assert( $object !~ m/\s+$/, "no spaces at end of name" );
+    }
+}
+
+# There are 4 valid headers, so the count should be 8
+ROBOTest::assert( $count == 8, "All 4 headers found" );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+0;
+
+#******
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test5.dat b/Source/Test/header_test5.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a235ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test5.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#****f* T5Test/test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test oo1
+# SOURCE
+testmark 1
+# testmark 2
+testmark 3
+#
+# NOTES
+#   testmark 4
+# NAME
+#   testmark 5
+#****
+
+#****f* T5Test/test2
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test
+# SOURCE
+#
+testmark 1
+# testmark 2
+testmark 3
+# NOTES
+#   testmark 4
+# NAME
+#   testmark 5
+#****
+
+#****f* T5Test/test3
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test
+    testmark 2100    should not be in the doc
+    testmark 2200    should not be in the doc
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   testmark 1
+#   testmark 2
+testmark 3
+# NOTES
+#   testmark 4
+# NAME
+#   testmark 5
+# SOURCE
+#
+  aaaa
+  bbbb
+  cccc
+  dddd
+  eeee
+#****
+
+testmark 33000   should not be in the doc
+
+
+
+/****f* T5Test/test4
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test
+    testmark 2100    should not be in the doc
+    testmark 2200    should not be in the doc
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+/*   testmark 1 */
+/*   testmark 2 */
+
+testmark 3
+
+/*
+ * NOTES
+ *   testmark 4
+ * NAME
+ *   testmark 5
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+  aaaa
+  bbbb
+  cccc
+  dddd
+  eeee
+/*****/
+
+testmark 33001   should not be in the doc
+
+
+/*****/
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/header_test5.pl b/Source/Test/header_test5.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d4c2ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/header_test5.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/header_test5_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc allows a user to define that some items should
+#   work similar to the source item. These tests check wether
+#   this works.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+ROBOTest::start("Source Item Test");
+
+# We scan the output file for the headers.
+# In each header there are items that contains
+#    testmark 1 testmark
+#    testmark 2 testmark
+#    testmark 3 testmark
+#    testmark 4 testmark
+#    testmark 5 testmark
+# in such locations that they end-up in the final
+# documentation.  We scan the final documentation
+# and collect and the numbers between the test
+# marks.
+
+my $checksum = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5;
+
+my $sum = 0;
+my $sum_empty_remark = 0;
+
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    # The numbers between the marks.
+    if ( $line =~ m/testmark\s(\d+)/ ) {
+        $sum += $1;
+    }
+    # There should be no empty '/*' or '*/' in the documentation
+    # robodoc is supposed to remove these from the begin and
+    # end of a 'source' item.
+
+    # No  /*
+    if ( $line =~ m/^\s*\/\*\s*$/ ) {
+        $sum_empty_remark++;
+    }
+    # No  */
+    if ( $line =~ m/^\s\*\/\s*$/ ) {
+        $sum_empty_remark++;
+    }
+}
+
+# There are 4 headers so:
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum == (4 * $checksum), "All source is included" );
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum_empty_remark == 0, "No empty remark begin or ends" );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+#
+
+0;
+
+#******
diff --git a/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.dat b/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fe3cf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+/****f* bad1&bad1/bad2>>bad2
+ * NAME
+ *    bad2>>bad2
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   bad3<>bad2
+ ******
+ */
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.pl b/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4e6abe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/html_specialchar_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("HTML Special Char Test");
+
+# In the headers there are three bad names
+# bad1&bad1
+# bad2>>bad2
+# and
+# bad3<) {
+    if ($line =~ m/bad\d([^b]+)bad/) {
+        my $string = $1;
+        if (($string eq ">>") or
+            ($string eq "<<") or
+            ($string eq "&")) {
+            ++$count;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert($count == 0);
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/ignore_test.dat b/Source/Test/ignore_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5899573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/ignore_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/****f* Test/Test
+ * NAME
+ *   test appear
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   should not be displayed
+ *   should not be displayed
+ *   should not be displayed
+ *   should not be displayed
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   should not be displayed
+ * RETURN VALUE
+ *   test appear
+ *****/
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/ignore_test.pl b/Source/Test/ignore_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1c732af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/ignore_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#
+# Test whether robodoc can handle the --lock mode
+# In the lock mode it will lock on to one kind of header marker
+# per file and one kind of remark marker per header.  All
+# other ones should be skipped.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("ignore items: Test");
+my $checksum_not_appear = 0;
+my $checksum_appear = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/not\sbe\sdisplayed/) {
+        ++$checksum_not_appear;
+    }
+    if ( $line =~ m/appear/ ) {
+        ++$checksum_appear;
+    }
+}
+ROBOTest::assert( $checksum_not_appear == 0 );
+ROBOTest::assert( $checksum_appear == 2 );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/ignore_test.rc b/Source/Test/ignore_test.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..451c802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/ignore_test.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ignore items:
+    FUNCTION
+    SEE ALSO
diff --git a/Source/Test/internalheader_test.dat b/Source/Test/internalheader_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb3e78d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/internalheader_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* Classes */
+
+/****ic* InternalHeaderTest/InternalClass_it_1
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalClass_ --
+ *****/
+
+/****ic* InternalHeaderTest/InternalClass_2_it_2
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalClass_2 --
+ *****/
+
+/****c* InternalHeaderTest/Class
+ * NAME
+ *   Class --
+ *****/
+
+/****c* InternalHeaderTest/Class_2
+ * NAME
+ *   Class_2 --
+ *****/
+
+/* Headers */
+
+/****h* InternalHeaderTest/Header
+ * NAME
+ *   Header --
+ *****/
+
+/****ih* InternalHeaderTest/InternalHeader_it_3
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalHeader --
+ *****/
+
+/* Methods */
+
+/****m* InternalHeaderTest/Method
+ * NAME
+ *   Method --
+ *****/
+
+/****im* InternalHeaderTest/InternalMethod_it_4
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalMethod --
+ *****/
+
+/* Functions */
+
+/****f* InternalHeaderTest/Function
+ * NAME
+ *   Function --
+ *****/
+
+/****if* InternalHeaderTest/InternalFunction_it_5
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalFunction --
+ *****/
+
+/* Constants */
+
+/****d* InternalHeaderTest/Constant
+ * NAME
+ *   Constant --
+ *****/
+
+/****id* InternalHeaderTest/InternalConstant_it_6
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalConstant --
+ *****/
+
+/* Variable */
+
+/****v* InternalHeaderTest/Variable
+ * NAME
+ *   Variable --
+ *****/
+
+/****iv* InternalHeaderTest/InternalVariable_it_7
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalVariable --
+ *****/
+
+/* Structures */
+
+/****s* InternalHeaderTest/Structure
+ * NAME
+ *   Structure --
+ *****/
+
+/****is* InternalHeaderTest/InternalStructure_it_8
+ * NAME
+ *   InternalStructure --
+ *****/
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/internalheader_test.pl b/Source/Test/internalheader_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a4734b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/internalheader_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#****x* SystemTest/internalheader_test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test to see if robodoc handles all the internal
+#   headers and the options to go with it correctly.
+#   For this we created a testfile with internal and 
+#   normal headers.  We generate the documentation for
+#   it and check if the internal headers show up.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("Internalheader Test");
+
+# There are 8 internal headers numbered 1 .. 8 in the .dat file
+my $checksum = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8;
+
+# We now extract them and compute the sum of all the numbers
+my %seen = ();
+
+while (my $line = <>) {
+# the internal header names end with it_1, it_2, etc, so
+# we extract these numbers.
+    if ($line =~ m/it_(\d+)) {
+    if ($line =~ m/it_(\d+)) {
+    if ($line =~ m/) {
+    if (($line =~ m/begin{verbatim/) ..
+        ($line =~ m/end{verbatim/)) {
+
+    } else {
+        if ($line =~ m/bad\d([^b]+)bad/) {
+            my $string = $1;
+            if (($string eq "\$") or
+            ($string eq "_") or
+            ($string eq "%")) {
+                ++$count;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert($count == 0);
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/link_test.dat b/Source/Test/link_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9372240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/link_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****f* LinkTest/link_1_
+ * NAME
+ *   link_1_
+ ******/
+
+
+/****f* _LinkTest_/_link_2_
+ * NAME
+ *   _link_2_
+ ******/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/link3
+ * NAME
+ *   link3
+ ******/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/-link4
+ * NAME
+ *   -link4
+ ******/
+
+/****f* LinkTest/Llink5
+ * NAME
+ *   Llink5
+ ******/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/thelinks1
+ * NAME
+ *   thelink
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   A link at the end of the line link_1_.
+ *   A link as function link_1_(test).
+ *   link_1_ as the begin of a sentence.
+ *   A comma sentence link_1_, this is.
+ *****/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/thelinks2
+ * NAME
+ *   thelink
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   A link at the end of the line _link_2_.
+ *   A link as function _link_2_(test).
+ *   _link_2_ as the begin of a sentence.
+ *   A comma sentence _link_2_, this is.
+ *****/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/thelinks3
+ * NAME
+ *   thelink
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   A link at the end of the line link3.
+ *   A link as function link3(test).
+ *   link3 as the begin of a sentence.
+ *   A comma sentence link3, this is.
+ *****/
+
+
+/****f* LinkTest/thelinks4
+ * NAME
+ *   thelink
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   A link at the end of the line -link4.
+ *   A link as function -link4(test).
+ *   -link4 as the begin of a sentence.
+ *   A comma sentence -link4, this is.
+ *****/
+
+/****f* LinkTest/thelinks5
+ * NAME
+ *   thelink
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   A link at the end of the line Llink5.
+ *   A link as function Llink5(test).
+ *   Llink5 as the begin of a sentence.
+ *   A comma sentence Llink5, this is.
+ *****/
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/link_test.pl b/Source/Test/link_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b4294a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/link_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/link_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test if ROBODoc correctly creates links between words
+#   and headers.
+#
+#   There are four links, link_1_, _link_2_, link3, and -link4
+#   they should each occur four times in a 
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+
+ROBOTest::start("Link Test");
+
+my %count = ();
+$count{"link_1_"} = 0;
+$count{"_link_2_"} = 0;
+$count{"link3"} = 0; 
+$count{"-link4"} = 0; 
+$count{"Llink5"} = 0; 
+
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m#]+>([^<]+)#i) {
+        my $link_name = $1;
+        ++$count{$link_name};
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert( 
+    ($count{"link_1_"} == 4) and
+    ($count{"_link_2_"} == 4) and
+    ($count{"link3"} == 4) and
+    ($count{"-link4"} == 4) and
+    ($count{"Llink5"} == 4),
+    "linking");
+
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/Test/lock_test.dat b/Source/Test/lock_test.dat
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2835cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/lock_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Program Test
+!!****f* main/test
+!! NAME
+!!  Testing 1 2 3
+!! Program Test
+	Test1 = ABC &
+	// det  ! This should not be displayed
+	Test2 = ABC &
+	* detail  ! This should not be displayed
+	Test3 = ABC + &
+	C * D  ! This should not be displayed
+	TEst4 = ABC * &
+	REM * B  ! This should not be displayed
+	Test5 = &
+	'Test'  ! This should not be displayed
+	End Program Test
+!!***
+
+
+/****f* main/test2
+ * NAME
+ *   This should not be displayed
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This should not be displayed
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+This should not be displayed
+This should not be displayed
+
+/******/
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/lock_test.pl b/Source/Test/lock_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bb2402b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/lock_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#
+# Test whether robodoc can handle the --lock mode
+# In the lock mode it will lock on to one kind of header marker
+# per file and one kind of remark marker per header.  All
+# other ones should be skipped.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("--lock Test");
+my $checksum = 0;
+
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/not\sbe\sdisplayed/) {
+        ++$checksum;
+    }
+}
+ROBOTest::assert( $checksum == 0 );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/makefile b/Source/Test/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6e16ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
+#****h* ROBODoc/SystemTest
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   The systemtest is a series of tests that test the
+#   behaviour of robodoc and robohdrs.
+#
+#   Most tests consists of:
+#   * One or more data files (.dat)
+#   * One or more result files (.html etc).  The result files are generated
+#     by running robodoc on the .dat files.  Or sometimes on whole 
+#     directories with source files.
+#   * A perl script that checks the results and prints either OK or FAIL
+#   For instance there is a test that checks if robodoc correctly
+#   recognizes all Item names. The data files for this is
+#   item_test.dat. It contains all item names with in between
+#      testmark dd
+#   where dd is a number from 1 to 43
+#   
+#   Robodoc is run on this data file and a file
+#   called item_test.html is generated.  A script called item_test.pl
+#   scans this .html file finds all the "testmark dd"s  and check if
+#   all number from 1 to 43 occur.  If so it prints OK if not it 
+#   print FAIL.
+#   
+#   To run the test do a
+#      make
+#   
+#   To cleanup all the generated files do a
+#      make clean
+#
+#*****
+# $Id: makefile,v 1.54 2007/01/29 22:23:53 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+
+# The programs to be tested.
+#
+ROBODOC  = ../robodoc
+ROBOHDRS = ../robohdrs
+
+# No unnecessary output.
+.SILENT :
+
+all: permissions clean test 
+
+# TODO    header_test4 
+# TODO    header_test5 
+
+test : item_test \
+    header_test \
+    header_test2 \
+    header_test3 \
+    url_test \
+    header_size_test  \
+    cmode_test \
+    link_test \
+    html_specialchar_test \
+    internalheader_test \
+    internalheader_test2 \
+    latex_specialchar_test \
+    remarkmarker_test \
+    multidoc_test1 \
+    encoding_test \
+    tabtest \
+    pipe_test \
+    lock_test \
+    user_specified_css_file_test \
+    master_index_test \
+    robohdrs_test \
+    filter_test_1 \
+    filter_test_2 \
+    sort_test \
+    nosource_test \
+    ignore_test \
+    nosort_test \
+    forth_test \
+    doc_dir_filter_test
+
+#  temporarily excluded:  parameter_test 
+
+#
+# TODO
+#    outputformat_test 
+# These test error handling, but they are not
+# finished yet.
+#    error_missing_header_end_test 
+#    error_missing_header_end_test_2 
+
+
+permissions:
+	chmod 755 *.pl
+
+clean: doc1_clean doc2_clean
+	-rm -f *.res *.html *.tex *.rtf *.xml *.toc *.log *.idx *.dvi *.aux *.pdf
+	-rm -f *.tst
+	-rm -rf outputformat_test.txt
+	-rm -rf *.stderr
+	-rm -rf RoboHeaders/*.c
+	-rm -rf robohdrs_test.hdrs
+	-rm -rf cmode_test1.css
+	-rm -rf header_size_test.css
+	-rm -rf header_test2.css
+	-rm -rf header_test3.css
+	-rm -rf header_test4.css
+	-rm -rf header_test.css
+	-rm -rf html_specialchar_test2.css
+	-rm -rf html_specialchar_test.css
+	-rm -rf internalheader_test2.css
+	-rm -rf internalheader_test.css
+	-rm -rf item_test.css
+	-rm -rf link_test.css
+	-rm -rf lock_test.css
+	-rm -rf outputformat_test.css
+	-rm -rf parameter_test.css
+	-rm -rf pipe_test.css
+	-rm -rf remarkmarker_test.css
+	-rm -rf tabtest.css
+	-rm -rf url_test.css
+	-rm -rf forth_test.css
+	-rm -rf error_test.css
+	-rm -rf ignore_test.css
+	-rm -rf nosource_test.css
+
+#
+#
+# Test the handling of HTML reserver characters.
+#
+html_specialchar_test : html_specialchar_test.html html_specialchar_test2.html
+	./$(@F).pl < html_specialchar_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < html_specialchar_test2.html
+
+html_specialchar_test.html : html_specialchar_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src html_specialchar_test.dat --doc html_specialchar_test --html --singlefile
+
+html_specialchar_test2.html : html_specialchar_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src html_specialchar_test.dat --doc html_specialchar_test2 --html --singlefile --sections --toc
+
+#****e* SystemTest/latex_specialchar_test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Create input for testing the handling of latex reserved characters 
+# SOURCE
+#
+latex_specialchar_test : latex_specialchar_test.tex latex_specialchar_test2.tex
+	./$(@F).pl < latex_specialchar_test.tex
+	./$(@F).pl < latex_specialchar_test2.tex
+
+latex_specialchar_test.tex : latex_specialchar_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src latex_specialchar_test.dat --doc latex_specialchar_test --latex --singlefile
+
+latex_specialchar_test2.tex : latex_specialchar_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src latex_specialchar_test.dat --doc latex_specialchar_test2 --latex --singlefile --sections --toc
+
+#******
+
+
+#****e* SystemTest/header_size_test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Create the input file for header_size_test_pl.
+# SOURCE
+#
+header_size_test : header_size_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < header_size_test.html
+
+header_size_test.html : header_size_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc header_size_test --html --singlefile
+
+#*****
+
+
+#****e* SystemTest/internalheader_test, internalheader_test2
+# FUNCTION
+#   Create the input for the internalheader_test.
+# SOURCE
+#
+internalheader_test : internalheader_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < internalheader_test.html
+
+internalheader_test.html : internalheader_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src internalheader_test.dat --doc internalheader_test --html --singlefile --index --toc --internal
+
+#
+internalheader_test2 : internalheader_test2.html
+	./$(@F).pl < internalheader_test2.html
+
+internalheader_test2.html : internalheader_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src internalheader_test.dat --doc internalheader_test2 --html --singlefile --index --toc
+
+#**********
+
+
+#
+#
+outputformat_test : outputformat_test.html \
+                    outputformat_test.txt \
+                    outputformat_test.rtf 
+#                    outputformat_test_dbsgml.res \
+#                    outputformat_test_troff.res 
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+
+outputformat_test.html   : outputformat_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc outputformat_test --singlefile --html
+
+outputformat_test.txt  : outputformat_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc outputformat_test --singlefile --ascii
+
+outputformat_test.rtf    : outputformat_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc outputformat_test --singlefile --rtf
+
+# outputformat_test.dbsgml : outputformat_test.dat
+# 	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc $@ DBSGML
+# 
+# outputformat_test_troff.res  : outputformat_test.dat
+# 	$(ROBODOC) --src $< --doc $@ TROFF
+
+
+#
+# Test if we recognize all predefined items.
+#
+item_test : item_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < item_test.html
+
+item_test.html : item_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src item_test.dat --doc item_test --html --singlefile
+
+#
+# Test the linking of keywords to headers.
+#
+link_test : link_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < link_test.html
+
+link_test.html : link_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src link_test.dat --doc link_test --html --singlefile
+
+#****e* SystemTest/header_test, header_test2, header_test3, header_test4, header_test5
+# FUNCTION
+#   Create the input file for header_test_pl.
+# SOURCE
+#
+header_test : header_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < header_test.html
+
+header_test.html : header_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src header_test.dat --doc header_test --html --toc --singlefile
+
+
+#
+# indented header test case
+#
+header_test2 : header_test2.html
+	./header_test2.pl < header_test2.html
+
+header_test2.html : header_test2.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src header_test2.dat --doc header_test2 --html --toc --singlefile
+
+#
+# indented header test case
+#
+header_test3 : header_test3.html
+	./header_test3.pl < header_test3.html
+
+header_test3.html : header_test3.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src header_test3.dat --doc header_test3 --html --toc --singlefile
+
+header_test4 : header_test4.tst
+	./$(@F).pl < header_test4.tst
+
+header_test4.tst : header_test4.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src header_test4.dat --doc header_test4 --test --toc --singlefile
+
+header_test5 : header_test5.tst
+	./$(@F).pl < header_test5.tst
+
+header_test5.tst : header_test5.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --rc header_test5.rc --src header_test5.dat --doc header_test5 --test --toc --singlefile
+
+#*************
+
+#
+# Test if we can recognize all the different remark markers for
+# all the languages we defined.
+#
+remarkmarker_test : remarkmarker_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < remarkmarker_test.html
+
+remarkmarker_test.html : remarkmarker_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src remarkmarker_test.dat --doc remarkmarker_test --html --singlefile
+
+#
+# Test the automatic recognition of urls
+#
+url_test : url_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < url_test.html
+
+url_test.html : url_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src url_test.dat --doc url_test --html --singlefile
+
+#
+# Test the syntax colouring of C code.
+#
+cmode_test : cmode_test1.html
+	./cmode_test1.pl < cmode_test1.html
+
+cmode_test1.html : cmode_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src cmode_test.dat --doc cmode_test1 --html --cmode --singlefile
+
+#
+# Test the --multidoc mode
+#
+#
+multidoc_test1 : multidoc_test1.html
+	./multidoc_test1.pl
+
+multidoc_test1.html : 
+	$(ROBODOC) --src ./Scr1 --doc ./Doc1 --html --multidoc --index --sections --toc
+	touch multidoc_test1.html
+
+
+#
+# This tests if specifying the tabsize with --tabsize works.
+#
+tabtest : tabtest.html
+	./$(@F).pl < tabtest.html
+
+tabtest.html : tabtest.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src tabtest.dat --doc tabtest --html --singlefile  --tabsize 4
+
+#
+# This test if we can specify a full path to the source file
+# when we use --singlefile.  (This borrows the code from tabtest)
+#
+parameter_test : parameter_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+parameter_test.html : parameter_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src /home/robodoc/robo/Source/Test/parameter_test.dat --doc /home/robodoc/robo/Source/Test/parameter_test --html --singlefile
+
+
+# The xml file uses UTF-8 encoding. Although xmlto seems not to _write_
+# UTF-8, it does _read_ that correctly in input and complains if that is 
+# not proper UTF-8 format.
+
+encoding_test: encoding_test.html
+	@ if [ -x "`which xmlto`" ] ; then \
+		xmlto html-nochunks encoding_test.xml ; \
+    else \
+        echo "xmlto missing, can not perform test"; \
+	fi ;
+#rm -f encoding_test.html encoding_test.xml encoding_test.pdf
+
+# Source file uses Latin-1 i.e. iso-8859-1 encoding
+encoding_test.html: encoding_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src encoding_test.dat --doc encoding_test --singlefile --dbxml
+
+
+#
+# Test if we can specify an alternative robodoc.rc file using
+# the --rc option.
+#
+
+option_rc_test: option_rc_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < option_rc_test.html
+
+option_rc_test.html: alt_rc_file.rc
+	$(ROBODOC) --rc alt_rc_file.rc --html
+
+
+#
+# Test the error generated for a header end messing from a header
+# that is not the last header in a file.
+#
+
+error_missing_header_end_test: error_missing_header_end_test.stderr
+	echo "TODO"
+
+error_missing_header_end_test.stderr : error_missing_header_end_test.dat
+	-$(ROBODOC) --src error_missing_header_end_test.dat --doc error_test --singlefile --html 2> error_missing_header_end_test.stderr
+
+#
+# Test the error generated for a header end missing from a header
+# that _is_ the last header in a file.
+#
+
+error_missing_header_end_test_2: error_missing_header_end_test_2.stderr
+	echo "TODO"
+
+error_missing_header_end_test_2.stderr : error_missing_header_end_test_2.dat
+	-$(ROBODOC) --src error_missing_header_end_test_2.dat --doc error_test --singlefile --html 2> error_missing_header_end_test_2.stderr
+
+
+#
+# The if a user can specify its own css file.
+#
+
+user_specified_css_file_test : user_specified_css_file_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < ./Doc1/robodoc.css
+
+user_specified_css_file_test.html : user_css.css
+	$(ROBODOC) --src ./Scr1 --doc ./Doc1 --html --multidoc --index --sections --toc --css user_css.css
+#	touch user_specified_css_file_test.html 
+
+
+lock_test : lock_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < lock_test.html
+
+lock_test.html: lock_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src lock_test.dat --doc lock_test --singlefile --lock --html
+
+#
+# Test the forth headers
+#
+
+forth_test: forth_test.html
+
+forth_test.html:
+	$(ROBODOC) --src ../../Headers/forth.sample --doc forth_test --singlefile --html --toc
+
+#
+#
+#
+
+pipe_test : 
+	$(ROBODOC) --src pipe_test.dat --doc pipe_test --singlefile --html
+	./pipe_test.pl 1 0 < pipe_test.html
+	./pipe_test.pl 2 1 < pipe_test.html
+	./pipe_test.pl 3 0 < pipe_test.html
+	$(ROBODOC) --src pipe_test.dat --doc pipe_test --singlefile --latex
+	@ if [ -x "`which latex`" ] ; then \
+		latex pipe_test.tex > /dev/null 2>&1 ; rm -f pipe_test/dvi ; \
+    else \
+        echo "latex missing, can not perform test"; \
+	fi ;	
+	./pipe_test.pl 2 0 < pipe_test.tex
+	./pipe_test.pl 1 1 < pipe_test.tex
+
+#
+# 
+#
+master_index_test : Doc2/masterindex.html
+	./$(@F).pl 
+
+Doc2/masterindex.html : Scr2/master_index_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src Scr2 --doc Doc2 --html --multidoc  --index --internal
+
+
+#
+#
+#
+#
+RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.c : RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.dat
+	cp RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.dat RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.c 
+
+robohdrs_test.hdrs : RoboHeaders/rbh_test1.c
+	cd RoboHeaders; ../$(ROBOHDRS) -p HDRS rbh_test1.c ; cd ..
+	touch robohdrs_test.hdrs 
+
+
+#
+#
+#
+#
+robohdrs_test.doc : robohdrs_test.hdrs 
+	-rm -rf Doc1/*.*
+	$(ROBODOC) --src RoboHeaders --doc Doc1 --html --multidoc --index
+
+robohdrs_test : robohdrs_test.doc
+	./$(@F).pl 
+
+
+doc_dir_filter_test.doc : doc_dir_filter_test.rc
+	$(ROBODOC) --rc doc_dir_filter_test.rc
+	$(ROBODOC) --rc doc_dir_filter_test.rc
+
+doc_dir_filter_test : doc_dir_filter_test.doc
+	./$(@F).pl
+	-rm -rf DocNot
+
+
+
+#
+#
+#
+filter_test_2.doc : 
+	-rm -rf Doc3/*
+	$(ROBODOC) --src FileFilterSrc_2 --doc Doc3 --html --multidoc --index --rc filter_test_2.rc
+
+filter_test_2 : filter_test_2.doc
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+#
+#
+#
+filter_test_1.doc : 
+	-rm -rf Doc1/*
+	$(ROBODOC) --src FileFilterSrc --doc Doc1 --html --multidoc --index --rc filter_test_1.rc
+
+filter_test_1 : filter_test_1.doc
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+
+#
+#
+#
+sort_test.doc :
+	-rm -rf Doc1/*.*
+	$(ROBODOC) --src SortSource --doc Doc1 --html --multidoc --index --toc
+
+sort_test : sort_test.doc
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+#
+#
+#
+nosort_test.doc :
+	-rm -rf Doc1/*.*
+	$(ROBODOC) --src SortSource --doc Doc1 --html --multidoc --index --toc --nosort
+
+nosort_test : nosort_test.doc
+	./$(@F).pl
+
+
+nosource_test : nosource_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < nosource_test.html
+
+nosource_test.html : nosource_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src nosource_test.dat --doc nosource_test --singlefile --nosource --html
+
+ignore_test : ignore_test.html
+	./$(@F).pl < ignore_test.html
+
+ignore_test.html : ignore_test.dat
+	$(ROBODOC) --src ignore_test.dat --doc ignore_test --singlefile --html --rc ignore_test.rc
+
+
+doc1_clean :
+	rm -rf Doc1/Subdir
+	rm -rf Doc1/ToBeAccepted
+	rm -rf Doc1/*.*
+
+doc2_clean :
+	rm -rf Doc2/*.*
diff --git a/Source/Test/master_index_test.pl b/Source/Test/master_index_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..74da647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/master_index_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: master_index_test.pl,v 1.1 2003/12/14 17:45:10 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Masterindex Test");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc2/robo_functions.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc2/robo_variables.html");
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/multidoc_test1.pl b/Source/Test/multidoc_test1.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0ee1daa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/multidoc_test1.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Multidoc Test");
+
+use IO::File;
+
+
+
+sub Fail {
+    my $ok = shift;
+    if ( $ok ) {
+        print "OK\n";
+    } else {
+        print "FAIL\n";
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub Test_Master_Index {
+    my $mi = IO::File->new("Doc1/masterindex.html");
+    my @lines = <$mi>;
+    $mi->close;
+    my %seen = ();
+    my $ok = 1;
+
+    # All header types are in the source files,
+    # so they should also be listed in the master index.
+    # Lets test this.
+    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+        if ($line =~ m/top">([^<]+)<\/a>]/i) {
+            $seen{$1}++;
+        }
+    }
+    foreach my $file ("Modules", "Sourcefiles",
+                      "Classes", "Structures", "Functions",
+                      "Variables", "Procedures",
+                      "Types", "Exceptions", "Definitions" ) {
+        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$file}) and $seen{$file} == 1 );
+    }
+    # Test if all source files are listed.
+#    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+#        if (($line =~ m/Source\sFiles/) ..
+#            ($line =~ m/\/table/i)) {
+#            if ($line =~ m/([a-z][a-z]file\.dat)/) {
+#                $seen{$1}++;
+#            }
+#        }
+#    }
+#    foreach my $file ( qw( ccfile.dat bbfile.dat aafile.dat) ) {
+#        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$file}) and $seen{$file} == 1 );
+#    }
+#    # Test table for /****d* 
+#    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+#        if (($line =~ m/Constants/) ..
+#            ($line =~ m/\/table/i)) {
+#            if ($line =~ m/_test_(\S+)_test_/) {
+#                $seen{$1}++;
+#            }
+#        }
+#    }
+#    foreach my $name ( qw( def1 def2 ) ) {
+#        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$name}) and $seen{$name} == 1 );
+#    }
+#    # Test table for /****f*
+#    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+#        if (($line =~ m/Functions/) ..
+#        ($line =~ m/\/table/i)) {
+#            if ($line =~ m/_test_(\S+)_test_/) {
+#                $seen{$1}++;
+#            }
+#        }
+#    }
+#    foreach my $name ( qw( fun1 fun2 ) ) {
+#        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$name}) and $seen{$name} == 1 );
+#    }
+#    # Test table for /****c*
+#    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+#        if (($line =~ m/Classes/) ..
+#        ($line =~ m/\/table/i)) {
+#            if ($line =~ m/_test_(\S+)_test_/) {
+#                $seen{$1}++;
+#            }
+#        }
+#    }
+#    foreach my $name ( qw( class1 class2 class3 ) ) {
+#        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$name}) and $seen{$name} == 1 );
+#    }
+    return $ok;
+}
+
+#
+# This tests the TOC of aafile.dat
+#
+#
+sub Test_aafile_dat {
+    my $mi = IO::File->new("Doc1/aafile_dat.html");
+    my @lines = <$mi>;
+    $mi->close;
+    my %seen = ();
+    my $ok = 1;
+    # Scan the table of content
+    foreach my $line (@lines) {
+        if (($line =~ m/TABLE\sOF\sCONTENTS/i) ..
+        ($line =~ m/\/UL/i)) {
+            if ($line =~ m/\/([ABCD][ab][ab]__level\d__)/) {
+                $seen{$1}++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    foreach my $name ( qw( Aaa__level1__ Bbb__level2__ Abb__level3__ Bbb__level3__ Cbb__level3__  Dbb__level3__ ) ) {
+        $ok = 0 unless ( defined($seen{$name}) and $seen{$name} == 1 );
+    }
+
+    return $ok;
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/masterindex.html");
+ROBOTest::assertDir("Doc1/Subdir");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/Subdir/ccfile_dat.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/aafile_dat.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/bbfile_dat.html");
+ROBOTest::assert( Test_Master_Index(), "Master index content" );
+ROBOTest::assert( Test_aafile_dat(), "aafile TOC" );
+
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/nosort_test.pl b/Source/Test/nosort_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..55a92ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/nosort_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: nosort_test.pl,v 1.2 2004/06/20 09:24:36 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTest;
+use IO::File;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/nosort_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc sorts the TOC and the headers so that they appear in
+#   a particular order in the documentation.
+#   Here we test if the order is the order we expect.
+#   This is done by generating the documentation and comparing
+#   the order with a table.  There are two source files, one
+#   that is already sorted, and one that is unsorted.
+#   The documentation for both should end up sorted.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+
+ROBOTest::start("Sort Test");
+
+# in the documentation for the sorted file when
+# it is sorted the TOC should look like this.
+my @toc_sorted_names = qw(
+    AA_Header/BB_header
+    BB_header/aaa_function
+    BB_header/bbb_function
+    BB_header/ccc_function
+);
+
+my @toc_unsorted_names = qw(
+    XX_Header/ZZ_Header
+    XX_Header/AA_Header
+    ZZ_Header/DD_Header
+    AA_Header/CC_header
+    CC_header/ccc_function
+    DD_header/aaa_function
+    CC_header/aaa_function
+    CC_header/fff_function
+    CC_header/eee_function
+);
+
+
+sub check_toc_order {
+    my $ok = 1;
+    my $filename = shift;  # filename of the file with the headers
+    my $order    = shift;  # order of the headers
+    my $number   = shift;  # number of headers
+    my $file = IO::File->new("<$filename") or die;
+    my $index = 0;
+    while( my $line = <$file> ) {
+        if ( $line =~ m/robo\d+">([^<]+)close();
+
+    return $ok;
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/sorted_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assert( 
+    check_toc_order( "Doc1/sorted_c.html", \@toc_sorted_names, 4 ),
+    "Is the TOC still sorted"
+);
+
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/unsorted_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assert( 
+    check_toc_order( "Doc1/unsorted_c.html", \@toc_unsorted_names, 4 ),
+    "Is the TOC now sorted"
+);
+
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/nosource_test.dat b/Source/Test/nosource_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0beaba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/nosource_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+should not appear;
+should not appear;
+should not appear;
+
+/****/
diff --git a/Source/Test/nosource_test.pl b/Source/Test/nosource_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a227300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/nosource_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#
+# Test whether robodoc can handle the --lock mode
+# In the lock mode it will lock on to one kind of header marker
+# per file and one kind of remark marker per header.  All
+# other ones should be skipped.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("--nosource Test");
+my $checksum = 0;
+
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/should\snot\sappear/) {
+        ++$checksum;
+    }
+}
+ROBOTest::assert( $checksum == 0 );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/option_rc_test.dat b/Source/Test/option_rc_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f62720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/option_rc_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#****f* Test/test
+# NAME
+#   Test
+#
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/Test/option_rc_test.pl b/Source/Test/option_rc_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b2db8e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/option_rc_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+# Test the --rc option
+# If the works there should be a file called
+# option_rc_test.html
+#
+# $Id: option_rc_test.pl,v 1.1 2003/08/13 20:42:07 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Test of --rc");
+ROBOTest::assertFile( "option_rc_test.html" );
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/outputformat_test.dat b/Source/Test/outputformat_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..226c0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/outputformat_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/****h* ATest/Test1
+ * NAME
+ *    Test2
+ * RESULT
+ *    Test3
+ ******
+ */
+
+
+/****h* ATest/Test10
+ * NAME
+ *    Test20
+ * RESULT
+ *    Test30
+ ******
+ */
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/outputformat_test.pl b/Source/Test/outputformat_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9353bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/outputformat_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#
+# Test whether robodoc can generate output in all the formats
+# it is supposed to support.
+#
+
+# TODO
+#
+use strict;
+
+print "Outputformat Test: ";
+
+print<This will be included in HTML output.
+ *   |latex \centerline{This will be included in \LaTeX output}
+ *   Space is mandatory following the pipe marker. The following is not a
+ *   valid pipe marker:
+ *   |htmlMoi!
+ *   You should see an equation on the following line:
+ *   |html y = x^2 (sorry, plain HTML is not very powerfull)
+ *   |latex \centerline{$y = x^2$}
+ *   How does this look like?
+ *   Here comes a multi-line equation array:
+ *    |latex \begin{eqnarray}
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial u}{\partial \tau} & = & D_u {\nabla}^2 u + 
+ *    |latex \frac{1}{\epsilon}
+ *    |latex \left ( \hat{u}-{\hat{u}}^2-f\, {v} \, \frac{\hat{u}-q}{\hat{u}+q}
+ *    |latex \right ) \; ,  \label{diffspot:1} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial v}{\partial \tau} & = & \hat{u}-v \; ,  
+ *    |latex \label{diffspot:2} \\
+ *    |latex \frac{\partial r}{\partial \tau} & = & D_r {\nabla}^2 r \; .
+ *    |latex \label{diffspAot:3}
+ *    |latex \end{eqnarray}
+ *    |html TODO: write this in html
+ *   Remove this line and you'll experience a bug...
+ ******
+ */
diff --git a/Source/Test/pipe_test.pl b/Source/Test/pipe_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5842d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/pipe_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# $Id: pipe_test.pl,v 1.1 2003/11/18 12:10:26 petterik Exp $
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+my $n = $ARGV[0] || 1;
+my $expected = $ARGV[1] || 0;
+
+sub test1 {
+	my $res = 1;
+	while (my $line = ) {
+		if ($line =~ m/
    This will be included in HTML<\/B> output.<\/CENTER>/) {
+			$res = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return $res;
+}
+
+sub test2 {
+	my $res = 1;
+	while (my $line = ) {
+		if ($line =~ m/\\centerline{This will be included in \\LaTeX output}/) {
+			$res = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return $res;
+}
+
+sub test3 {
+	my $res = 1;
+	while (my $line = ) {
+		if ($line =~ /\|html<\;B>\;Moi!<\;\/B>\;/) {
+			$res = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return $res;
+}
+
+my %tests = (
+			 1 => \&test1,
+			 2 => \&test2,
+			 3 => \&test3
+			 );
+
+ROBOTest::start("Pipe Test $n-$expected");
+
+my $status = $tests{$n}();
+
+ROBOTest::assert( $status == $expected );
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/readme.txt b/Source/Test/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415e926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+See documentation in the makefile.
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.dat b/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..867d17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/****f* Test/Test *
+ *  NAME 
+ *    remark markers test
+ *  LINE 1
+//  LINE 2
+*   LINE 3
+;*  LINE 4
+;   LINE 5
+C    LINE 6
+REM LINE 7
+%   LINE 8
+#   LINE 9
+      * LINE 10
+-- LINE 11
+|  LINE 12
+!! LINE 13
+   LINE 14    Should be skipped, because it does not start with a
+              remark marker
+#  SOURCE
+
+   LINE 15    Should not be skipped because it is part of a source item
+#  LINE 16    This too should be there
+/******/
+
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.pl b/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ff0ea3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/remarkmarker_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("RemarkMarker Test");
+
+#
+# The ,res should look like
+#   LINE 1
+#   LINE 2
+#   LINE 3
+#   etc
+#   We extract all the numbers and store them
+#   in a hash 
+#
+my %count = ();
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/\s*LINE\s+(\d+)\s/) {
+        $count{$1}++;
+    }
+}
+
+# there should be 15 different lines
+#
+my $number_of_lines = scalar(keys %count);
+
+ROBOTest::assert($number_of_lines == 15, "header types");
+ROBOTest::finish;
diff --git a/Source/Test/robodoc.rc b/Source/Test/robodoc.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2b7460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/robodoc.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#options:
+#     --tell
+#
+ignore files:
+    CVS
diff --git a/Source/Test/robohdrs_test.pl b/Source/Test/robohdrs_test.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f0ef6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/robohdrs_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: robohdrs_test.pl,v 1.2 2003/12/26 22:31:29 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("ROBOHDRS Test");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/robo_functions.html");
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/robo_variables.html");
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/sort_test.pl b/Source/Test/sort_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6f21c45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/sort_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: sort_test.pl,v 1.2 2004/06/20 09:24:36 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTest;
+use IO::File;
+
+#****x* SystemTest/sort_test_pl
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc sorts the TOC and the headers so that they appear in
+#   a particular order in the documentation.
+#   Here we test if the order is the order we expect.
+#   This is done by generating the documentation and comparing
+#   the order with a table.  There are two source files, one
+#   that is already sorted, and one that is unsorted.
+#   The documentation for both should end up sorted.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+
+ROBOTest::start("Sort Test");
+
+# in the documentation for the sorted file when
+# it is sorted the TOC should look like this.
+my @toc_sorted_names = qw(
+    AA_Header/BB_header
+    BB_header/aaa_function
+    BB_header/bbb_function
+    BB_header/ccc_function
+);
+
+my @toc_unsorted_names = qw(
+    AA_Header/CC_header
+    XX_Header/AA_Header
+    XX_Header/ZZ_Header
+    ZZ_Header/DD_Header
+    CC_header/aaa_function
+    CC_header/ccc_function
+    CC_header/eee_function
+    CC_header/fff_function
+    DD_header/aaa_function
+);
+
+
+sub check_toc_order {
+    my $ok = 1;
+    my $filename = shift;  # filename of the file with the headers
+    my $order    = shift;  # order of the headers
+    my $number   = shift;  # number of headers
+    my $file = IO::File->new("<$filename") or die;
+    my $index = 0;
+    while( my $line = <$file> ) {
+        if ( $line =~ m/robo\d">([^<]+)close();
+
+    return $ok;
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/sorted_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assert( 
+    check_toc_order( "Doc1/sorted_c.html", \@toc_sorted_names, 4 ),
+    "Is the TOC still sorted"
+);
+
+ROBOTest::assertFile("Doc1/unsorted_c.html");
+ROBOTest::assert( 
+    check_toc_order( "Doc1/unsorted_c.html", \@toc_unsorted_names, 4 ),
+    "Is the TOC now sorted"
+);
+
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/Test/tabtest.dat b/Source/Test/tabtest.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b3b9d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/tabtest.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/****h* URLTest/URLTest
+ * NAME
+ *   URLTest
+ * NOTES
+ *      dummy
+ *		XXX   1
+ *  	XXX   2
+ * 	  	XXX   3
+ * 	 	XXX   4
+ *     	XXX   5
+ *
+ *
+ *****
+ */
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/tabtest.pl b/Source/Test/tabtest.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..43b2828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/tabtest.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+#
+# $Id: tabtest.pl,v 1.3 2003/08/13 20:42:07 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("Tab Test");
+
+my $count = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ($line =~ m/^\s\s\s\s\s\sXXX/i) {
+       $count++;
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert( $count == 5, "Testing tabsize of 4" );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/url_test.dat b/Source/Test/url_test.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0078ddb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/url_test.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/****h* URLTest/URLTest
+ * NAME
+ *   URLTest
+ * NOTES
+ *   file:/my_file.testmark_1
+ *   href:ftp://my_href.testmark_2
+ *   http://my_http.testmark_3
+ *   http://my_http.testmark_4.
+ *   mailto:my_mail@testmark_5
+ *   image:http://www.jinwicked.com/images/art/stallman.jpg
+ *****
+ */
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/url_test.pl b/Source/Test/url_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7796eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/url_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+
+ROBOTest::start("URL Test");
+
+my $count = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if (($line =~ m//i)
+       ) {
+       $count++;
+    }
+}
+
+# there should be 6
+#
+ROBOTest::assert($count == 6);
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/Test/user_css.css b/Source/Test/user_css.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2c0709
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/user_css.css
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#  ROBO_UnitTest
+#
+body
+{
+    background-color: #ffffff;
+    color: #000000;
+    font-family: 'Lucida Grande', Verdana, 
+                     Geneva, Lucida, Arial, 
+                     Helvetica, sans-serif;
+    font-size: 10pt;
+    margin: 2% 5%;
+}
+h2
+{
+    background-color: #dddddd;
+    color: #000000;
+    text-align: right;
+    font-size: 11pt;
+}
+pre
+{
+    background-color: #ffffff;
+    color: #000000;
+    font-size: 10pt;
+}
+#
+#  ROBO_UnitTest
diff --git a/Source/Test/user_specified_css_file_test.pl b/Source/Test/user_specified_css_file_test.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3d84b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/Test/user_specified_css_file_test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#
+# This tests the option --css
+#
+#
+# $Id: user_specified_css_file_test.pl,v 1.2 2003/08/31 09:29:28 gumpu Exp $
+
+use strict;
+use ROBOTest;
+ROBOTest::start("Option --css Test");
+#
+#
+# The file user_css.css 
+# contains twice the word ROBO_UnitTest
+# It should therefore also appear twice
+# in the robodoc.css file.
+#
+my $sum = 0;
+while (my $line = <>) {
+    if ( $line =~ m/ROBO_UnitTest/ ) {
+        $sum++;
+    }
+}
+
+ROBOTest::assert( $sum == 2 );
+ROBOTest::finish;
+
diff --git a/Source/analyser.c b/Source/analyser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d82641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/analyser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2077 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Analyser
+ * NAME
+ *   Analyser -- Functions to scan source and collect headers
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module provides the functions to scan a sourcefile and
+ *   collect all the headers.
+ *
+ *****
+ * $Id: analyser.c,v 1.73 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "analyser.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+static int          ToBeAdded(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+static int          Find_Header_Name(
+    FILE *,
+    struct RB_header * );
+static struct RB_header *Grab_Header(
+    FILE *sourcehandle,
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document );
+static char        *Function_Name(
+    char *header_name );
+static char        *Module_Name(
+    char *header_name );
+static int          Find_End_Marker(
+    FILE *document,
+    struct RB_header *new_header );
+struct RB_HeaderType *AnalyseHeaderType(
+    char **cur_char,
+    int *is_internal );
+static struct RB_HeaderType *RB_Find_Marker(
+    FILE *document,
+    int *is_internal,
+    int reuse_previous_line );
+static int          Analyse_Items(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header );
+static int          Is_ListItem_Start(
+    char *arg_line,
+    int arg_indent );
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_Pipe_Marker
+ * NAME
+ *   Is_Pipe_Marker
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check for "pipe" markers e.g. "|html ". 
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Is_Pipe_Marker(
+    char *cur_char,
+    int *pipe_mode )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   Pointer to the data to be piped to document or in case no pointers
+ *   are found.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Check_Pipe
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *s = cur_char + 1;
+
+    *pipe_mode = -1;
+    if ( *cur_char == '|' && *s )
+    {
+        if ( strncmp( "html ", s, 5 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            *pipe_mode = HTML;
+            return ( s + 5 );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "latex ", s, 6 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            *pipe_mode = LATEX;
+            return ( s + 6 );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "rtf ", s, 4 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            *pipe_mode = RTF;
+            return ( s + 4 );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "dbxml ", s, 6 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            *pipe_mode = XMLDOCBOOK;
+            return ( s + 6 );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "ascii ", s, 6 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            *pipe_mode = ASCII;
+            return ( s + 6 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ( char * ) NULL;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_Tool
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Is_Tool(
+    char *cur_char,
+    enum ItemLineKind *itemkind,
+    int *tool_active )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Checks for tool start and end markers
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *s = cur_char + 1;
+
+    if ( *cur_char == '|' && *s )
+    {
+        // Check if tool starts or ends
+        if ( !strncmp( "tool ", s, 5 ) )
+        {
+            if ( *tool_active )
+            {
+                *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_TOOL_END;
+                *tool_active = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_TOOL_START;
+                *tool_active = 1;
+            }
+
+            return ( s + 5 );
+        }
+        // Check if DOT starts or ends
+        if ( !strncmp( "dot ", s, 4 ) )
+        {
+            if ( *tool_active )
+            {
+                *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_DOT_END;
+                *tool_active = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_DOT_START;
+                *tool_active = 1;
+            }
+
+            return ( s + 4 );
+        }
+        // Check for DOT file includes
+        else if ( !strncmp( "dotfile ", s, 8 ) && !*tool_active )
+        {
+            *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_DOT_FILE;
+            return ( s + 8 );
+        }
+        // Check for exec items
+        else if ( !strncmp( "exec ", s, 5 ) && !*tool_active )
+        {
+            *itemkind = ITEM_LINE_EXEC;
+            return ( s + 5 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Analyser/RB_Analyse_Document
+ *   foo
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Scan all the sourcefiles of all parts of a document for
+ *   headers.  Store these headers in each part (RB_Part).
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Analyse_Document(
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document -- document to be analysed.
+ * RESULT
+ *   Each part will contain the headers that were found in the
+ *   sourcefile of the part.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *a_part;
+    struct RB_Filename *a_filename;
+    FILE               *filehandle;
+
+    for ( a_part = arg_document->parts; a_part; a_part = a_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *new_header = NULL;
+
+        a_filename = a_part->filename;
+        RB_Say( "analysing %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, Get_Fullname( a_filename ) );
+        RB_SetCurrentFile( Get_Fullname( a_filename ) );
+
+        RB_Header_Lock_Reset(  );
+        filehandle = RB_Open_Source( a_part );
+        line_number = 0;
+
+        for ( new_header = Grab_Header( filehandle, arg_document );
+              new_header;
+              new_header = Grab_Header( filehandle, arg_document ) )
+        {
+            if ( ToBeAdded( arg_document, new_header ) )
+            {
+                /* The Add is required before the 
+                 * Analyse because Add sets the owner of the header
+                 * which is needed for error messages.
+                 */
+                RB_Part_Add_Header( a_part, new_header );
+                Analyse_Items( new_header );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                RB_Free_Header( new_header );
+            }
+        }
+        fclose( filehandle );
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+#if 0
+/****f* Analyser/Check_Header_Start
+ * FUNCION
+ *   Sometimes a user makes a spelling mistake in the name of the first item.
+ *   ROBODoc then ignores all the lines leading up to the second item,
+ *   (which is the first item ROBODoc recognized).  This function
+ *   checks for this condition and gives the user a warning.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Check_Header_Start(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header,
+    int first_item )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_header -- the header to be checked.
+ *   * first      -- the line on which the first item was found
+ * RESULT
+ *   A warning is given if the condition occured.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    if ( first_item )
+    {
+        int                 i = 0;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < first_item; ++i )
+        {
+            char               *c = arg_header->lines[i];
+
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            if ( RB_Has_Remark_Marker( c ) )
+            {
+                c = RB_Skip_Remark_Marker( c );
+                for ( ; *c; ++c )
+                {
+                    if ( !utf8_isspace( *c ) )
+                    {
+                        RB_Warning_Full( Get_Fullname
+                                         ( arg_header->owner->filename ),
+                                         arg_header->line_number,
+                                         "Header \"%s\" contains text before the fist item, "
+                                         "this might be caused by a misspelled item name.\n",
+                                         arg_header->name );
+                        return;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+#endif
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_Empty_Line
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check if line is empty. This assumes that 
+ *   Copy_Lines_To_Item has been run on the item.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Is_Empty_Line(
+    char *line )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * line -- the string to be analysed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    line = RB_Skip_Whitespace( line );
+    return ( *line == '\0' );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Get_Indent
+ * FUNCION
+ *   Determine the indentation of a line by counting
+ *   the number of spaces at the begining of the line.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Get_Indent(
+    char *line )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * line -- the line
+ * RESULT
+ *   The indentation.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; line[i] && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); ++i )
+    {
+        /* empty */
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_ListItem_Start
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test if a line starts with something that indicates a list item.
+ *   List items start with '*', '-', or 'o'.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int Is_ListItem_Start(
+    char *arg_line,
+    int arg_indent )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * line -- the line
+ * RESULT
+ *   * TRUE  -- it did start with one of those characters
+ *   * FALSE -- it did not.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *c = arg_line;
+    int                 cur_indent = Get_Indent( arg_line );
+
+    if ( cur_indent == arg_indent )
+    {
+        /* TODO  Think there is a function for this */
+        for ( ; *c && utf8_isspace( *c ); ++c )
+        {                       /* empty */
+        };
+
+        if ( *c && ( strlen( c ) >= 3 ) )
+        {
+            if ( strchr( "*-o", *c ) && utf8_isspace( *( c + 1 ) ) )
+            {
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* The line is indented so it must be
+         * the start of a pre block  */
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_List_Item_Continuation
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Is it like the second line in something like:
+ *     * this is a list item
+ *       that continues 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int Is_List_Item_Continuation(
+    char *arg_line,
+    int indent )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_line  -- the current line
+ *   * indent    -- the indent of the current item.
+ * RESULT
+ *   * TRUE  -- it is.
+ *   * FALSE -- it is not.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 this_indent = Get_Indent( arg_line );
+
+    return ( this_indent > indent );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+#if 0
+/****f* Analyser/Is_End_of_List
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check... (TODO) 
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_line --
+ *   * indent  --
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static int Is_End_of_List(
+    char *arg_line,
+    int indent )
+{
+    int                 this_indent = Get_Indent( arg_line );
+
+    return ( this_indent <= indent );
+}
+
+/******/
+#endif
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Is_Start_List
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check... (TODO) 
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_line --
+ *   * indent  --
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static int Is_Start_List(
+    char *arg_line,
+    int indent )
+{
+    int                 this_indent = Get_Indent( arg_line );
+    char               *c = strrchr( arg_line, ':' );
+
+    if ( ( this_indent == indent ) && c )
+    {
+        for ( ++c; *c; ++c )
+        {
+            if ( !utf8_isspace( *c ) )
+            {
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Remove_List_Char
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Remove... (TODO) 
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item    -- the item to be analysed.
+ *   * start_index -- 
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static void Remove_List_Char(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int start_index )
+{
+    char               *c = arg_item->lines[start_index]->line;
+
+    for ( ; *c && utf8_isspace( *c ); ++c )
+    {                           /* empty */
+    };
+    if ( *c && ( strlen( c ) >= 3 ) )
+    {
+        if ( strchr( "*-o", *c ) && utf8_isspace( *( c + 1 ) ) )
+        {
+            char               *temp = arg_item->lines[start_index]->line;
+
+            *c = ' ';
+            arg_item->lines[start_index]->line = RB_StrDup( temp + 2 );
+            free( temp );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_ListBody
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Analyse... (TODO) 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int Analyse_ListBody(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int start_index,
+    int arg_indent )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item    -- the item to be analysed.
+ *   * start_index --
+ *   * arg_index   --
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i = start_index;
+
+    for ( ; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+    {
+        char               *line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+
+        if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) ||
+             ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_END ) )
+        {
+            if ( Is_ListItem_Start( line, arg_indent ) )
+            {
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_LIST_ITEM;
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM;
+                Remove_List_Char( arg_item, i );
+            }
+            else if ( Is_List_Item_Continuation( line, arg_indent ) )
+            {
+                /* Nothing */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Must be the end of the list */
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_LIST_ITEM;
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_LIST;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_List
+ * FUNCTION 
+ *   Parse the item text to see if there are any lists.
+ *   A list is either case I:
+ *      ITEMNAME
+ *         o bla bla
+ *         o bla bla
+ *   or case II:
+ *      some text:     <-- begin of a list
+ *      o bla bla      <-- list item
+ *        bla bla bla  <-- continuation of list item.
+ *      o bla bla      <-- list item
+ *                     <-- end of a list 
+ *      bla bla        <-- this can also be the end of a list.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static void Analyse_List(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int indent )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item  -- the item to be parsed.
+ *   * indent    -- the indent of this item.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   * arg_item  -- the itemlines will contain formatting information 
+ *                  for all the lists that were found.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines >= 1 )
+    {
+        int                 i = 0;
+        char               *line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+
+        /* Case I */
+        if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) &&
+             Is_ListItem_Start( line, indent ) )
+        {
+            /* Case I, the is a list item right after the item name */
+            arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_LIST;
+            arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM;
+            Remove_List_Char( arg_item, i );
+            /* Now try to find the end of the list */
+            i = Analyse_ListBody( arg_item, 1, indent );
+        }
+
+        /* Now search for case II cases */
+        for ( ; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+        {
+            line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+            if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) &&
+                 Is_Start_List( line, indent ) )
+            {
+                ++i;
+                if ( i < arg_item->no_lines )
+                {
+                    line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+                    if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) &&
+                         Is_ListItem_Start( line, indent ) )
+                    {
+                        arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_LIST;
+                        arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM;
+                        Remove_List_Char( arg_item, i );
+                        ++i;
+                        i = Analyse_ListBody( arg_item, i, indent );
+
+
+                        /* One list might be immediately followed
+                         * by another. In this case we have to
+                         * analyse the last line again. */
+                        line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+                        if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN )
+                             && Is_Start_List( line, indent ) )
+                        {
+                            --i;
+                        }
+
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+// If (unused(this_function)) { delete(this_function) }
+#if 0
+/****f* Analyser/Dump_Item
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Print debug information.
+ */
+static void Dump_Item(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be pretty-printed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    /* preformatted blocks */
+    for ( i = 0; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+    {
+        char               *line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+        int                 format = arg_item->lines[i]->format;
+
+        printf( "%04d ", i );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_END_PARAGRAPH ) ? "p" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_PARAGRAPH ) ? "P" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_END_PRE ) ? "e" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_PRE ) ? "E" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_END_LIST ) ? "l" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST ) ? "L" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_END_LIST_ITEM ) ? "i" : " " );
+        printf( ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM ) ? "I" : " " );
+        printf( " (%s)\n", line );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+#endif
+
+/****f* Analyser/Preformat_All
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Process... (TODO) 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static void Preformat_All(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int source )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be pre-formatted.
+ *   * source   -- is it a source item ?
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 preformatted = FALSE;
+    char               *line = NULL;
+
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines > 0 )
+    {
+        i = 0;
+        /* Skip any pipe stuff */
+        for ( ;
+              ( i < arg_item->no_lines )
+              && ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE ); ++i )
+        {
+            /* Empty */
+        }
+
+        line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+        if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_RAW ) ||
+             ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) )
+        {
+            arg_item->lines[i]->format |=
+                RBILA_BEGIN_PRE | ( source ? RBILA_BEGIN_SOURCE : 0 );
+            preformatted = TRUE;
+
+            for ( ++i; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+            {
+                if ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE )
+                {
+                    /* Temporarily end the preformatting to allow
+                     * the piping to happen
+                     */
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |=
+                        RBILA_END_PRE | ( source ? RBILA_END_SOURCE : 0 );
+                    /* Find the end of the pipe stuff */
+                    for ( ; ( i < arg_item->no_lines ) &&
+                          ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE );
+                          ++i )
+                    {           /* Empty */
+                    };
+                    /* Every item ends with an ITEM_LINE_END, so: */
+                    assert( i < arg_item->no_lines );
+                    /* And re-enable preformatting */
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |=
+                        RBILA_BEGIN_PRE | ( source ? RBILA_BEGIN_SOURCE : 0 );
+                }
+
+                if ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_END )
+                {
+                    /* If the last line ends with a begin_pre remove
+                     * it, otherwise a begin and end pre will be
+                     * generated, in the wrong order, on the same line in the output.
+                     */
+                    if ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_PRE ) {
+                        arg_item->lines[i]->format &= ~( RBILA_BEGIN_PRE );
+                    } else {
+                        arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_PRE;
+                    }
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |= ( source ? RBILA_END_SOURCE : 0 );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/*
+ *     aaaaa
+ *       aa
+ *               
    
+ *       aa      
    
+ *     aaa
+ *     aaaa
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_Preformatted
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Analyse preformatted text ... (TODO) 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static void Analyse_Preformatted(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int indent )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be analysed.
+ *   * indent   -- 
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 in_list = FALSE;
+    int                 new_indent = -1;
+    int                 preformatted = FALSE;
+    char               *line = NULL;
+
+    /* preformatted blocks */
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines > 0 )
+    {
+        i = 0;
+        /* Skip any pipe stuff */
+        for ( ;
+              ( i < arg_item->no_lines )
+              && ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE ); ++i )
+        {
+            /* Empty */
+        }
+
+        line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+
+        if ( ( !in_list )
+             && ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST ) )
+        {
+            in_list = TRUE;
+        }
+        if ( ( in_list ) && ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_LIST ) )
+        {
+            in_list = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        for ( ++i; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE )
+            {
+                if ( preformatted )
+                {
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_PRE;
+                }
+                for ( ; ( i < arg_item->no_lines ) &&
+                      ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE ); ++i )
+                {               /* Empty */
+                };
+                /* Every item ends with an ITEM_LINE_END, so: */
+                assert( i < arg_item->no_lines );
+                if ( preformatted )
+                {
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_PRE;
+                }
+            }
+
+            line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+            new_indent = Get_Indent( line );
+
+            if ( ( !in_list )
+                 && ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST ) )
+            {
+                in_list = TRUE;
+            }
+            if ( ( in_list )
+                 && ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_LIST ) )
+            {
+                in_list = FALSE;
+            }
+
+            if ( !in_list )
+            {
+                if ( ( new_indent > indent ) && !preformatted )
+                {
+                    preformatted = TRUE;
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_PRE;
+                }
+                else if ( ( new_indent <= indent ) && preformatted )
+                {
+                    preformatted = FALSE;
+                    arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_PRE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* An empty line */
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* We are in a list, do nothing */
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_Paragraphs
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Analyse paragraphs... (TODO) 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static void Analyse_Paragraphs(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be analysed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 in_par = FALSE;
+    int                 in_list = FALSE;
+    int                 in_pre = FALSE;
+    int                 is_empty = FALSE;
+    int                 prev_is_empty = FALSE;
+
+    for ( i = 0;
+          ( i < arg_item->no_lines )
+          && ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE ); ++i )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    assert( i < arg_item->no_lines );
+
+    if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->format == 0 ) )
+    {
+        arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_PARAGRAPH;
+        in_par = TRUE;
+    }
+    for ( ; i < arg_item->no_lines; i++ )
+    {
+        char               *line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+
+        prev_is_empty = is_empty;
+        is_empty = Is_Empty_Line( line );
+        if ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST )
+        {
+            in_list = TRUE;
+        }
+        if ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_PRE )
+        {
+            in_pre = TRUE;
+        }
+        if ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_LIST )
+        {
+            in_list = FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_PRE )
+        {
+            in_pre = FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( in_par )
+        {
+            if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST ) ||
+                 ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_BEGIN_PRE ) ||
+                 is_empty )
+            {
+                in_par = FALSE;
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_END_PARAGRAPH;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_LIST ) ||
+                 ( arg_item->lines[i]->format & RBILA_END_PRE ) ||
+                 ( !is_empty && prev_is_empty && !in_list && !in_pre ) )
+            {
+                in_par = TRUE;
+                arg_item->lines[i]->format |= RBILA_BEGIN_PARAGRAPH;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( in_par )
+    {
+        arg_item->lines[arg_item->no_lines - 1]->format |=
+            RBILA_END_PARAGRAPH;
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_Indentation
+ * FUNCTION
+ *  Figure out how text is indented. 
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int Analyse_Indentation(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be analysed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 indent = -1;
+
+    assert( arg_item->no_lines > 0 );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < arg_item->no_lines; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( arg_item->lines[i]->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN )
+        {
+            char               *line = arg_item->lines[i]->line;
+
+            if ( Is_Empty_Line( line ) )
+            {
+                /* Empty */
+                indent = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                indent = Get_Indent( line );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    assert( indent >= 0 );
+    return indent;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Analyser/Analyse_Item_Format
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Try to determine the formatting of an item.
+ *   An empty line generates a new paragraph
+ *   Things that are indented more that the rest of the text
+ *   are preformatted.
+ *   Things that start with a '*' or '-' create list items
+ *   unless they are indented more that the rest of the text.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static void Analyse_Item_Format(
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * arg_item -- the item to be analysed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    // If item is not empty
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines )
+    {
+        // If it is a SOURCE item
+        if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) )
+        {
+            // Preformat it like a SOURCE item
+            Preformat_All( arg_item, TRUE );
+        }
+        // Check if we have to analyse this item
+        else if ( ( course_of_action.do_nopre
+                    || Is_Format_Item( arg_item->type ) )
+                  && !Is_Preformatted_Item( arg_item->type ) )
+        {
+            // analyse item
+            int                 indent = Analyse_Indentation( arg_item );
+
+            Analyse_List( arg_item, indent );
+            Analyse_Preformatted( arg_item, indent );
+            Analyse_Paragraphs( arg_item );
+        }
+        // If none of above, preformat item
+        else
+        {
+            // Preformat it
+            Preformat_All( arg_item, FALSE );
+        }
+    }
+    // Item is empty
+    else
+    {
+        // Do nothing
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+
+static int Trim_Empty_Item_Begin_Lines(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header,
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int current_index )
+{
+
+    char               *c;
+
+    if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) )
+    {
+        /* We skip the first line after the source item, if
+         * it an remark end marker -- such as '*)'
+         */
+        c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+        if ( RB_Is_Remark_End_Marker( c ) )
+        {
+            c = RB_Skip_Remark_End_Marker( c );
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            if ( *c != '\0' )
+            {
+                c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+                RB_Warning( "text following a remark end marker:\n%s\n", c );
+            }
+            ++current_index;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( current_index > arg_item->end_index )
+    {
+        /* item is empty */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            if ( RB_Has_Remark_Marker( c ) )
+            {
+                c = RB_Skip_Remark_Marker( c );
+            }
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            if ( *c == '\0' )
+            {
+                ++current_index;
+            }
+        }
+        while ( ( *c == '\0' ) && ( current_index < arg_item->end_index ) );
+    }
+
+    return current_index;
+}
+
+
+
+static int Trim_Empty_Item_End_Lines(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header,
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item,
+    int current_index )
+{
+    char               *c;
+
+    if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) )
+    {
+        c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+        if ( RB_Is_Remark_Begin_Marker( c ) )
+        {
+            c = RB_Skip_Remark_Begin_Marker( c );
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            if ( *c != '\0' )
+            {
+                c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+                RB_Warning( "text following a remark begin marker:\n%s\n",
+                            c );
+            }
+            --current_index;
+        }
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+        c = arg_header->lines[current_index];
+        c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+        if ( RB_Has_Remark_Marker( c ) )
+        {
+            c = RB_Skip_Remark_Marker( c );
+        }
+        c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+        if ( *c == '\0' )
+        {
+            --current_index;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( ( *c == '\0' ) && ( current_index > arg_item->begin_index ) );
+
+    return current_index;
+}
+
+
+
+static void Trim_Empty_Item_Lines(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header,
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+{
+    arg_item->no_lines = arg_item->end_index - arg_item->begin_index + 1;
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines <= 1 )
+    {
+        /* item is empty */
+        arg_item->no_lines = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int                 current_index;
+
+        /* trim all empty lines at the begin of an item */
+
+        /* we skip the first line because that contains the item name.
+         */
+        current_index = arg_item->begin_index + 1;
+        current_index =
+            Trim_Empty_Item_Begin_Lines( arg_header, arg_item,
+                                         current_index );
+
+        /* Is there anything left? */
+        if ( current_index <= arg_item->end_index )
+        {
+            arg_item->begin_index = current_index;
+
+            /* trim all the empty lines at the end of an item */
+            current_index = arg_item->end_index;
+            current_index =
+                Trim_Empty_Item_End_Lines( arg_header, arg_item,
+                                           current_index );
+            if ( current_index >= arg_item->begin_index )
+            {
+                arg_item->end_index = current_index;
+                arg_item->no_lines =
+                    arg_item->end_index - arg_item->begin_index + 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* item is empty */
+                arg_item->no_lines = 0;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* item is empty */
+            arg_item->no_lines = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO This routine is way too long */
+
+static void Copy_Lines_To_Item(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header,
+    struct RB_Item *arg_item )
+{
+#if 0
+    printf( "%d\n%d\n%s\n%s\n",
+            arg_item->begin_index,
+            arg_item->end_index,
+            arg_header->lines[arg_item->begin_index],
+            arg_header->lines[arg_item->end_index] );
+#endif
+
+    Trim_Empty_Item_Lines( arg_header, arg_item );
+
+    if ( arg_item->no_lines > 0 )
+    {
+        int                 i = 0;
+        int                 j = 0;
+        struct RB_Item_Line *itemline = NULL;
+        int                 tool_active = 0;    // Shows wether we are inside a tool body
+
+        /* Allocate enough memory for all the lines, plus one
+         * extra line
+         */
+        ++arg_item->no_lines;
+        arg_item->lines =
+            calloc( arg_item->no_lines, sizeof( struct RB_Item_Line * ) );
+        if ( !arg_item->lines )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s\n", "Copy_Lines_To_Item" );
+        }
+
+        /* And create an RB_Item_Line for each of them, and add
+         * those to the RB_Item
+         */
+        for ( i = 0; i < arg_item->no_lines - 1; ++i )
+        {
+            char               *c =
+                arg_header->lines[arg_item->begin_index + i];
+            /* TODO should be a Create_ItemLine() */
+            itemline = malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Item_Line ) );
+            if ( !itemline )
+            {
+                RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s (2)\n", "Copy_Lines_To_Item" );
+            }
+
+            c = ExpandTab( c );
+            c = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+            // Lines with remark marker
+            if ( RB_Has_Remark_Marker( c )
+                 && !Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) )
+            {
+                char               *c2, *c3;
+                int                 pipe_mode;
+                enum ItemLineKind   item_kind;
+
+                c = RB_Skip_Remark_Marker( c );
+                c2 = RB_Skip_Whitespace( c );
+                if ( *c2 )
+                {
+                    // Check wether a tool starts or ends
+                    if ( ( c3 = Is_Tool( c2, &item_kind, &tool_active ) ) )
+                    {
+                        itemline->kind = item_kind;
+                        c = c3;
+                    }
+                    // If we have an active tool, copy the body lines
+                    else if ( tool_active )
+                    {
+                        itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_TOOL_BODY;
+                        c++;    // Skip space after the remark marker
+                    }
+                    // Check for pipes
+                    else if ( ( c3 = Is_Pipe_Marker( c2, &pipe_mode ) ) )
+                    {
+                        itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_PIPE;
+                        itemline->pipe_mode = pipe_mode;
+                        c = c3;
+                    }
+                    // Plain Items ...
+                    else
+                    {
+                        itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_PLAIN;
+                    }
+                }
+                // Empty lines with remark markers and active tool
+                else if ( tool_active )
+                {
+                    itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_TOOL_BODY;
+                }
+                // Plain empty lines with remark markers...
+                else
+                {
+                    itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_PLAIN;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_RAW;
+                /* The is raw code, so we do not want to have the
+                 * whitespace stripped of
+                 */
+                c = arg_header->lines[arg_item->begin_index + i];
+                c = ExpandTab( c );
+            }
+
+            if ( ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) &&
+                   ( itemline->kind != ITEM_LINE_RAW ) ) ||
+                 Works_Like_SourceItem( arg_item->type ) )
+            {
+                itemline->line = RB_StrDup( c );
+                itemline->format = 0;
+                arg_item->lines[j] = itemline;
+                ++j;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* We dump the RAW item lines if we are not in a
+                 * source item.
+                 */
+                free( itemline );
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( j > 0 )
+        {
+            /* And one empty line to mark the end of an item and
+             * to be able to store some additional formatting actions
+             */
+            itemline = malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Item_Line ) );
+            if ( !itemline )
+            {
+                RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s (3)\n", "Copy_Lines_To_Item" );
+            }
+
+            itemline->kind = ITEM_LINE_END;
+            itemline->line = RB_StrDup( "" );
+            itemline->format = 0;
+            arg_item->lines[j] = itemline;
+
+            /* Store the real number of lines we copied */
+            assert( arg_item->no_lines >= ( j + 1 ) );
+            arg_item->no_lines = j + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            arg_item->no_lines = 0;
+            free( arg_item->lines );
+            arg_item->lines = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        arg_item->no_lines = 0;
+        arg_item->lines = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/RB_Analyse_Items
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Locate the items in the header and create RB_Item structures for
+ *   them.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int Analyse_Items(
+    struct RB_header *arg_header )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 line_nr;
+    enum ItemType       item_type = NO_ITEM;
+    struct RB_Item     *new_item;
+    struct RB_Item     *cur_item;
+
+    RB_Item_Lock_Reset(  );
+
+    /* find the first item */
+    for ( line_nr = 0; line_nr < arg_header->no_lines; ++line_nr )
+    {
+        item_type = RB_Is_ItemName( arg_header->lines[line_nr] );
+        if ( item_type != NO_ITEM )
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* and all the others */
+    while ( ( item_type != NO_ITEM ) && ( line_nr < arg_header->no_lines ) )
+    {
+        new_item = RB_Create_Item( item_type );
+        new_item->begin_index = line_nr;
+
+        /* Add the item to the end of the list of items. */
+        if ( arg_header->items )
+        {
+            for ( cur_item = arg_header->items; cur_item->next;
+                  cur_item = cur_item->next )
+            {
+                /* Empty */
+            }
+            cur_item->next = new_item;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            arg_header->items = new_item;
+        }
+        /* Find the next item */
+        for ( ++line_nr; line_nr < arg_header->no_lines; ++line_nr )
+        {
+            item_type = RB_Is_ItemName( arg_header->lines[line_nr] );
+            if ( item_type != NO_ITEM )
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* This points to the last line in the item */
+        new_item->end_index = line_nr - 1;
+
+        assert( new_item->end_index >= new_item->begin_index );
+
+        /* Now analyse and copy the lines */
+        Copy_Lines_To_Item( arg_header, new_item );
+        Analyse_Item_Format( new_item );
+        /* Handy for debugging wiki formatting 
+         *   Dump_Item( new_item );
+         */
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/ToBeAdded
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test whether or not a header needs to be added to the
+ *   list of headers. This implements the options 
+ *      --internal 
+ *   and
+ *      --internalonly
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static int ToBeAdded(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document  -- a document (to determine the options)
+ *   o header    -- a header
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- Add header
+ *   FALSE -- Don't add header
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 add = FALSE;
+
+    if ( header->is_internal )
+    {
+        if ( ( document->actions.do_include_internal ) ||
+             ( document->actions.do_internal_only ) )
+        {
+            add = TRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            add = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( document->actions.do_internal_only )
+        {
+            add = FALSE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            add = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    return add;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Grab_Header
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Grab a header from a source file, that is scan a source file
+ *   until the start of a header is found.  Then search for the end
+ *   of a header and store all the lines in between.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static struct RB_header *Grab_Header(
+    FILE *sourcehandle,
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o sourcehandle -- an opened source file.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o sourcehandle -- will point to the line following the end marker.
+ * RESULT
+ *   0 if no header was found, or a pointer to a new header otherwise.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_header   *new_header = NULL;
+    int                 is_internal = 0;
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type = NULL;
+    int                 good_header = FALSE;
+    int                 reuse = FALSE;
+
+    do
+    {
+        good_header = FALSE;
+        header_type = RB_Find_Marker( sourcehandle, &is_internal, reuse );
+        reuse = FALSE;
+        if ( header_type )
+        {
+            struct RB_header   *duplicate_header = NULL;
+            long                previous_line = 0;
+
+            new_header = RB_Alloc_Header(  );
+            new_header->htype = header_type;
+            new_header->is_internal = is_internal;
+
+            if ( Find_Header_Name( sourcehandle, new_header ) )
+            {
+                new_header->line_number = line_number;
+                RB_Say( "found header [line %5d]: \"%s\"\n", SAY_DEBUG,
+                        line_number, new_header->name );
+                duplicate_header =
+                    RB_Document_Check_For_Duplicate( arg_document,
+                                                     new_header );
+                if ( duplicate_header )
+                {
+                    /* Duplicate headers do not crash the program so
+                     * we accept them.  But we do warn the user.
+                     */
+                    RB_Warning
+                        ( "A header with the name \"%s\" already exists.\n  See %s(%d)\n",
+                          new_header->name,
+                          Get_Fullname( duplicate_header->owner->filename ),
+                          duplicate_header->line_number );
+                }
+
+                if ( ( new_header->function_name =
+                       Function_Name( new_header->name ) ) == NULL )
+                {
+                    RB_Warning( "Can't determine the \"function\" name.\n" );
+                    RB_Free_Header( new_header );
+                    new_header = NULL;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( ( new_header->module_name =
+                           Module_Name( new_header->name ) ) == NULL )
+                    {
+                        RB_Warning
+                            ( "Can't determine the \"module\" name.\n" );
+                        RB_Free_Header( new_header );
+                        new_header = NULL;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        previous_line = line_number;
+                        if ( Find_End_Marker( sourcehandle, new_header ) ==
+                             0 )
+                        {
+                            RB_Warning
+                                ( "found header on line %d with name \"%s\"\n"
+                                  "  but I can't find the end marker\n",
+                                  previous_line, new_header->name );
+                            /* Reuse the current line while finding the next
+                             * Marking using RB_Find_Marker()
+                             */
+                            reuse = TRUE;
+                            RB_Free_Header( new_header );
+                            new_header = NULL;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            RB_Say( "found end header [line %5d]:\n",
+                                    SAY_DEBUG, line_number );
+                            /* Good header found, we can stop */
+                            good_header = TRUE;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                RB_Warning( "found header marker but no name\n" );
+                RB_Free_Header( new_header );
+                new_header = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* end of the file */
+            good_header = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( !good_header );
+    return new_header;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Module_Name
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Get the module name from the header name.  The header name will be
+ *   something like
+ *
+ *     module/functionname.
+ *
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Module_Name(
+    char *header_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o header_name -- a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+ * RESULT
+ *   Pointer to the modulename.  You're responsible for freeing it.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   Function_Name()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *cur_char;
+    char                c;
+    char               *name = NULL;
+
+    assert( header_name );
+
+    for ( cur_char = header_name; *cur_char && *cur_char != '/'; ++cur_char );
+    if ( *cur_char )
+    {
+        c = *cur_char;
+        *cur_char = '\0';
+        name = RB_StrDup( header_name );
+        *cur_char = c;
+    }
+    return name;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Function_Name
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A header name is consists of two parts. The module name and
+ *   the function name. This returns a pointer to the function name.
+ *   The name "function name" is a bit obsolete. It is really the name
+ *   of any of objects that can be documented; classes, methods,
+ *   variables, functions, projects, etc.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Function_Name(
+    char *header_name )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *cur_char;
+    char               *name;
+
+    name = NULL;
+    if ( ( cur_char = header_name ) != NULL )
+    {
+        for ( ; *cur_char != '\0'; ++cur_char )
+        {
+            if ( '/' == *cur_char )
+            {
+                ++cur_char;
+                if ( *cur_char )
+                {
+                    name = cur_char;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( name )
+    {
+        return RB_StrDup( name );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return ( name );
+    }
+}
+
+/*** Function_Name ***/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/RB_Find_Marker
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Find_Marker -- Search for header marker in document.
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Read document file line by line, and search each line for 
+ *   any of the headers defined in the array  header_markers (OR
+ *   if using the -rh switch, robo_head)
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static struct RB_HeaderType *RB_Find_Marker(
+    FILE *document,
+    int *is_internal,
+    int reuse_previous_line )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   document - pointer to the file to be searched.
+ *   the gobal buffer line_buffer.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o document will point to the line after the line with 
+ *     the header marker.
+ *   o is_internal will be TRUE if the header is an internal
+ *     header.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o header type
+ * BUGS
+ *   Bad use of feof(), fgets().
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   Find_End_Marker
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 found;
+    char               *cur_char;
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type = 0;
+
+    cur_char = NULL;
+    found = FALSE;
+    while ( !feof( document ) && !found )
+    {
+        if ( reuse_previous_line )
+        {
+            /* reuse line in the line_buffer */
+            reuse_previous_line = FALSE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_FreeLineBuffer(  );
+            myLine = RB_ReadWholeLine( document, line_buffer, &readChars );
+        }
+        if ( !feof( document ) )
+        {
+            line_number++;
+            found = RB_Is_Begin_Marker( myLine, &cur_char );
+            if ( found )
+            {
+                header_type = AnalyseHeaderType( &cur_char, is_internal );
+                RB_Say( "found header marker of type %s\n", SAY_DEBUG,
+                        header_type->indexName );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return header_type;
+}
+
+/******** END RB_Find_Marker ******/
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/AnalyseHeaderType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Determine the type of the header.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_HeaderType *AnalyseHeaderType(
+    char **cur_char,
+    int *is_internal )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o cur_char -- pointer to the header type character
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o is_internal -- indicates if it is an internal header or not.*
+ *   o cur_char -- points to the header type character
+ * RESULT
+ *   o pointer to a RB_HeaderType
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_HeaderType *headertype = 0;
+
+    *is_internal = RB_IsInternalHeader( **cur_char );
+
+    if ( *is_internal )
+    {
+        /* Skip the character */
+        ++( *cur_char );
+    }
+    headertype = RB_FindHeaderType( **cur_char );
+    if ( !headertype )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Undefined headertype (%c)\n", **cur_char );
+    }
+
+    return headertype;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Analyser/Find_End_Marker
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Scan and store all lines from a source file until
+ *   an end marker is found.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Find_End_Marker(
+    FILE *document,
+    struct RB_header *new_header )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document -- a pointer to an opened source file.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o new_header -- the lines of source code will be added
+ *                   here.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o TRUE  -- an end marker was found.
+ *   o FALSE -- no end marker was found while scanning the
+ *              source file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+    unsigned int        no_lines = 0;
+    unsigned int        max_no_lines = 10;
+    char              **lines = NULL;
+    char              **new_lines = NULL;
+    char               *dummy;
+
+    lines = ( char ** ) calloc( max_no_lines, sizeof( char * ) );
+    if ( !lines )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "Find_End_Marker" );
+    }
+
+    while ( !feof( document ) )
+    {
+        RB_FreeLineBuffer(  );
+        myLine = RB_ReadWholeLine( document, line_buffer, &readChars );
+        ++line_number;          /* global linecounter, koessi */
+        if ( RB_Is_Begin_Marker( myLine, &dummy ) )
+        {
+            /* Bad... found a begin marker but was expecting to
+               find an end marker.  Panic... */
+            found = FALSE;
+            return found;
+        }
+        else if ( RB_Is_End_Marker( myLine ) )
+        {
+            RB_Say( "Found end marker \"%s\"", SAY_DEBUG, myLine );
+            found = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            unsigned int        n;
+            char               *line;
+
+            line = RB_StrDup( myLine );
+            n = strlen( line );
+            assert( n > 0 );
+            assert( line[n - 1] == '\n' );
+            /* Strip CR */
+            line[n - 1] = '\0';
+            lines[no_lines] = line;
+            ++no_lines;
+            if ( no_lines == max_no_lines )
+            {
+                max_no_lines *= 2;
+                new_lines = realloc( lines, max_no_lines * sizeof( char * ) );
+
+                if ( !new_lines )
+                {
+                    RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "Find_End_Marker" );
+                }
+
+                lines = new_lines;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    new_header->no_lines = no_lines;
+    new_header->lines = lines;
+
+    return found;
+}
+
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void Remove_Trailing_Asterics(
+    char *line )
+{
+    int                 i = strlen( line ) - 1;
+
+    for ( ; ( i > 0 ) && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); i-- )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    for ( ; ( i > 0 ) && ( line[i] == '*' ); i-- )
+    {
+        line[i] = ' ';
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****if* Utilities/RB_WordWithSpacesLen
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int RB_WordWithSpacesLen(
+    char *str )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   get the amount of bytes until next separator character or ignore character
+ *   or end of line
+ * INPUTS
+ *   char *str      -- the line
+ * RESULT
+ *   int -- length of the next word or 0
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Find_Header_Name()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 len;
+    char                c;
+
+    for ( len = 0; ( ( c = *str ) != '\0' ) && ( c != '\n' ); ++str, ++len )
+    {
+        // Look for header truncating characters
+        if ( Find_Parameter_Char( &( configuration.header_separate_chars ),
+                                  c ) != NULL
+             ||
+             Find_Parameter_Char( &( configuration.header_ignore_chars ),
+                                  c ) != NULL )
+        {
+            // and exit loop if any found
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    /* Don't count any of the trailing spaces. */
+    if ( len )
+    {
+        --str;
+        for ( ; utf8_isspace( *str ); --len, --str )
+        {
+            /* empty */
+        }
+    }
+    return ( len );
+}
+
+/*** RB_WordWithSpacesLen ***/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static int Find_Header_Name(
+    FILE *fh,
+    struct RB_header *hdr )
+{
+    char               *cur_char = myLine;
+    char              **names = NULL;
+    int                 num = 0;
+
+    Remove_Trailing_Asterics( cur_char );
+    skip_while( *cur_char != '*' );
+    skip_while( !utf8_isspace( *cur_char ) );
+    skip_while( utf8_isspace( *cur_char ) );
+    while ( *cur_char )
+    {
+        int                 length = RB_WordWithSpacesLen( cur_char );
+
+        if ( length == 0 )
+            break;
+        names = realloc( names, ( ++num ) * sizeof *names );
+
+        if ( !names )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "Find_Header_Name" );
+        }
+
+        names[num - 1] = RB_StrDupLen( cur_char, length );
+        /* printf("%c adding name = %s\n", num > 1 ? ' ' : '*', names[ num - 1 ] ); */
+        cur_char += length;
+        if ( Find_Parameter_Char( &( configuration.header_separate_chars ),
+                                  *cur_char ) )
+        {
+            for ( cur_char++; utf8_isspace( *cur_char ); cur_char++ );
+            /* End of line reach, but comma encountered, more headernames follow on next line */
+            if ( *cur_char == 0 )
+            {
+                /* Skip comment */
+                RB_FreeLineBuffer(  );
+                myLine = RB_ReadWholeLine( fh, line_buffer, &readChars );
+                line_number++;
+                for ( cur_char = myLine; *cur_char && !utf8_isalpha( *cur_char );
+                      cur_char++ );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    hdr->names = names;
+    hdr->no_names = num;
+    hdr->name = num ? names[0] : NULL;
+    return num;
+}
+
+/*****  Find_Header_Name  *****/
diff --git a/Source/analyser.h b/Source/analyser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e28faf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/analyser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_ANALYSER_H
+#define ROBODOC_ANALYSER_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "document.h"
+
+void                RB_Analyse_Document(
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_ANALYSER_H */
diff --git a/Source/ascii_generator.c b/Source/ascii_generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e35803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/ascii_generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/* vi: spell ff=unix 
+ */
+/****h* ROBODoc/ASCII_Generator
+ * NAME
+ *   ASCII_Generator -- Generator for ASCII output
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Plain ascii output, no formatting.
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   2003-06-17  Frans Slothouber V1.0
+ *******
+ * $Id: ascii_generator.c,v 1.21 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "ascii_generator.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "generator.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+/*x**h* ROBODoc/ASCII_Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generator for plain ASCII output
+ *******
+ */
+
+
+/*x**f* ASCII_Generator/RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char toc )
+{
+    USE( src_name );
+    USE( name );
+    USE( toc );
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_toc )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "TABLE OF CONTENTS\n" );
+        /* TODO  TOC */
+#if 0
+        for ( cur_header = first_header, header_nr = 1;
+              cur_header; cur_header = cur_header->next_header, header_nr++ )
+        {
+            if ( cur_header->name && cur_header->function_name )
+            {
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "%4.4d %s\n",
+                         header_nr, cur_header->name );
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        fputc( '\f', dest_doc );
+    }
+}
+
+/*x**f* ASCII_Generator/RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_End --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+/*x**f* ASCII_Generator/RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_Start --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", cur_header->name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n\n" );
+}
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    USE( cur_header );
+    fprintf( dest_doc,
+             "\n---------------------------------------------------------------------------\n" );
+    /* form-feeds are annoying    fputc( '\f', dest_doc ); */
+}
+
+/*x**f* ASCII_Generator/RB_ASCII_Generate_Empty_Item
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_ASCII_Generate_Empty_Item --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest )
+{
+    USE( dest );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *string )
+{
+    fprintf( dest, "%s", string );
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", name );
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+char               *RB_ASCII_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void )
+{
+    return ( ".txt" );
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%s\n", name );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c )
+{
+    fputc( c, dest_doc );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+
+static int          section_counters[ASCII_MAX_SECTION_DEPTH];
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    ++section_counters[depth];
+    for ( i = depth + 1; i < ASCII_MAX_SECTION_DEPTH; ++i )
+    {
+        section_counters[i] = 0;
+    }
+    if ( depth < ASCII_MAX_SECTION_DEPTH )
+    {
+        if ( !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+        {
+            for ( i = 1; i <= depth; ++i )
+            {
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "%d.", section_counters[i] );
+            }
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "  " );
+        }
+
+        // Print Header "first" name
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+
+        // Print further names
+        for ( i = 1; i < header->no_names; i++ )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, ( i % header_breaks ) ? ", " : ",\n" );
+            RB_ASCII_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->names[i] );
+        }
+
+        // Include module name if not sectionnameonly
+        if ( !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " [ " );
+            RB_ASCII_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->htype->indexName );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " ]" );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* too deep, don't do anything. */
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    USE( depth );
+    /* Empty */
+}
diff --git a/Source/ascii_generator.h b/Source/ascii_generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ecbf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/ascii_generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_ASCII_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_ASCII_GENERATOR_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+#include "headers.h"
+
+
+#define ASCII_MAX_SECTION_DEPTH 7
+
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char toc );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Index(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *source );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+char               *RB_ASCII_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c );
+void                RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+
+void RB_ASCII_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_ASCII_GENERATOR_H */
diff --git a/Source/config.h.in b/Source/config.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4ab7d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/config.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* Source/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the  header file. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* default location for robodoc.rc */
+#undef ROBO_PREFIX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to `int' if  does not define. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if  does not define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */
+#undef vfork
diff --git a/Source/css_to_c.pl b/Source/css_to_c.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..250ae48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/css_to_c.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#****h* Module/css_to_c.pl
+# USAGE: 
+#   ./css_to_c.pl 
+#
+# FUNCTION
+#   Turns a .css file into a piece of C code.
+#
+# AUTHOR  
+#   Frans Slothouber (FSL),   Gumpu Consulting
+# CREATED:  
+#   6-7-2006 12:45:01 W. Europe Standard Time
+#     REVISION:  ---
+#
+#******************************************************************************
+# $Id: css_to_c.pl,v 1.4 2006/07/27 19:12:18 gumpu Exp $
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use IO::File;
+
+
+# First preprocess the CSS code.
+my $robodoc_css_file_name = "robodoc_basic_style.css";
+my $robodoc_css_file = IO::File->new("<$robodoc_css_file_name") or die;
+my @css = <$robodoc_css_file>;
+$robodoc_css_file->close();
+
+# Remove \n
+# Replace all % by %%
+# Replace all " by \"
+# wrap inside a " .. \n"
+@css = map { chomp($_); s/%/%%/g;  s/"/\\"/g; "\"$_\\n\"\n" } @css;
+
+# Split the whole file into several parts each with
+# it's own  fprintf().
+# This to avoid compiler warning about string that
+# are too long.
+my @split_css_code = ();
+my $l = 0; # Length of the string
+push( @split_css_code, "            fprintf( css_file,\n" );
+foreach my $line ( @css )
+{
+    push( @split_css_code, $line );
+    $l += length( $line );
+    if ( $l > 2000 ) {
+        $l = 0;
+        push( @split_css_code, "                    );\n" );
+        push( @split_css_code, "            fprintf( css_file,\n" );
+    }
+}
+push( @split_css_code, "                    );\n" );
+
+
+# Insert CSS code into  html_generator.c
+
+# Read the original code.
+my $html_generator_file = IO::File->new(";
+$html_generator_file->close();
+
+# Create a backup.
+my $html_generator_file_bak = IO::File->new(">html_generator_bak.c") or die;
+print $html_generator_file_bak @code;
+$html_generator_file_bak->close();
+
+# Merge the C code with the CSS code.
+my @new_code = ();
+my $skip = 0;
+foreach my $line ( @code ) {
+    if ( $line =~ m/BEGIN\sBEGIN\s/ ) {
+        $skip = 1;
+        push( @new_code, $line );
+        push( @new_code, @split_css_code );
+
+    } elsif ( $line =~ m/END\sEND\s/ ) {
+        push( @new_code, $line );
+        $skip = 0;
+    } else {
+        if ( $skip ) {
+            #nothing
+        } else {
+            push( @new_code, $line );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+# Write the result.
+$html_generator_file = IO::File->new(">html_generator.c") or die;
+
+print $html_generator_file @new_code;
+
+$html_generator_file->close();
+
diff --git a/Source/directory.c b/Source/directory.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..000bbe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/directory.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1045 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Directory
+ * NAME
+ *   This module contains function to scan a directory tree and to
+ *   create a RB_Directory structure.  Most of the OS dependend parts
+ *   of ROBODoc can be found in this module..
+ *
+ *   This module currently works under:
+ *   o Cygwin   http://cygwin.com 
+ *   o Redhad 7.3 Linux
+ *   o VC++ under Windows NT 
+ *   o MINGW    http://www.mingw.org/ 
+ *   o OS/X
+ *
+ * AUTHOR 
+ *   Frans Slothouber
+ *****
+ * $Id: directory.c,v 1.41 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+
+#if defined (RB_MSVC) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+
+#  include 
+#  include 
+
+#else
+
+#  if defined _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE
+     /* Empty */
+#  else
+#    include 
+#  endif
+
+  /* no dirent in strict ansi !!! */
+#  include 
+
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#  include 
+#endif
+
+
+/****v* Directory/content_buffer
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Temporary buffer file file content and filenames.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+#define RB_CBUFFERSIZE 8191
+char                content_buffer[RB_CBUFFERSIZE + 1];
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/* Local functions */
+static int          RB_Is_PathCharacter(
+    int c );
+
+
+#if defined (RB_MSVC) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+/* empty */
+#else
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_FileType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Determine the type of the file.  This function is used for all
+ *   compilers except VC++.
+ *
+ *   If _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE is defined we can find the filetype
+ *   directly in the a_direntry.  If not we have to stat the file to
+ *   find out.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+T_RB_FileType RB_FileType(
+    char *arg_pathname,
+    struct dirent *a_direntry )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o arg_pathname -- the path leading up to this file
+ *   o a_direntry -- a directory entry read by readdir()
+ * RESULT
+ *   The type of the file.
+ ******
+ */
+{
+    T_RB_FileType       file_type = RB_FT_UNKNOWN;
+
+#if defined _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE
+    if ( a_direntry->d_type == DT_REG )
+    {
+        file_type = RB_FT_FILE;
+    }
+    else if ( a_direntry->d_type == DT_DIR )
+    {
+        file_type = RB_FT_DIRECTORY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        file_type = RB_FT_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( file_type == RB_FT_UNKNOWN )
+    {
+        char               *file_name = a_direntry->d_name;
+        struct stat         filestat;
+        int                 result;
+
+        /* Either we do not have d_type, or it gives
+         * no information, so we try it a different
+         * way. (BUG 715778)
+         */
+        content_buffer[0] = '\0';
+        strcat( content_buffer, arg_pathname );
+        if ( content_buffer[strlen( content_buffer ) - 1] != '/' )
+        {
+            strcat( content_buffer, "/" );
+        }
+        strcat( content_buffer, file_name );
+        result = stat( content_buffer, &filestat );
+        if ( result == 0 )
+        {
+            if ( S_ISREG( filestat.st_mode ) )
+            {
+                file_type = RB_FT_FILE;
+            }
+            else if ( S_ISDIR( filestat.st_mode ) )
+            {
+                file_type = RB_FT_DIRECTORY;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                file_type = RB_FT_UNKNOWN;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Some error occurred while statting the file */
+        }
+    }
+    return file_type;
+}
+#endif
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Path
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+void RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Path(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *  Insert a RB_Path into a RB_Directory.
+ *  The RB_Path is added at the beginning of the list.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    arg_rb_path->next = arg_rb_directory->first_path;
+    arg_rb_directory->first_path = arg_rb_path;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Directory_Insert_RB_File
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Filename(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Insert an RB_File structure into a RB_Directory structure.
+ *   The RB_File is added at the end of the list.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    if ( arg_rb_directory->last == 0 )
+    {
+        arg_rb_directory->first = arg_rb_filename;
+        arg_rb_filename->next = 0;
+        arg_rb_directory->last = arg_rb_filename;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        arg_rb_directory->last->next = arg_rb_filename;
+        arg_rb_filename->next = 0;
+        arg_rb_directory->last = arg_rb_filename;
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Free_RB_Directory
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Free all the memory use by the RB_Directory structure.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Free_RB_Directory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_directory )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o arg_directory -- the thing to be freed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *rb_filename;
+    struct RB_Filename *rb_filename2;
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path;
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path2;
+
+    /* TODO  Not complete... check for leaks. */
+    rb_filename = arg_directory->first;
+
+    while ( rb_filename )
+    {
+        rb_filename2 = rb_filename;
+        rb_filename = rb_filename->next;
+        RB_Free_RB_Filename( rb_filename2 );
+    }
+
+    rb_path = arg_directory->first_path;
+
+    while ( rb_path )
+    {
+        rb_path2 = rb_path;
+        rb_path = rb_path->next;
+        RB_Free_RB_Path( rb_path2 );
+    }
+
+    free( arg_directory );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Get_RB_Directory
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_RB_Directory -- get a RB_Directory structure
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Returns a RB_Directory structure to the give directory,
+ *   specified by the path.
+ *   This structure can then be uses to walk through all the
+ *   files in the directory and it's subdirectories.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_Directory *RB_Get_RB_Directory(
+    char *arg_rootpath_name,
+    char *arg_docroot_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   arg_rootpath -- the name a the directory to get,
+ *                   a nul terminated string.
+ *   arg_docroot_name -- the name of the directory the documentation
+ *                       file are stored in.  This directory is
+ *                       skipped while scanning for sourcefiles.
+ *                       It can be NULL.
+ * RESULT
+ *   A freshly allocated RB_Directory filled with source files.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Directory *rb_directory;
+    struct RB_Path     *doc_path = NULL;
+
+    rb_directory =
+        ( struct RB_Directory * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Directory ) );
+    rb_directory->first = 0;
+    rb_directory->last = 0;
+    rb_directory->first_path = RB_Get_RB_Path( arg_rootpath_name );
+
+    if ( arg_docroot_name )
+    {
+        doc_path = RB_Get_RB_Path( arg_docroot_name );
+    }
+
+    RB_Fill_Directory( rb_directory, rb_directory->first_path, doc_path );
+    if ( ( RB_Number_Of_Filenames( rb_directory ) > 0 ) &&
+         ( RB_Number_Of_Paths( rb_directory ) > 0 ) )
+    {
+        RB_SortDirectory( rb_directory );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+
+        RB_Panic( "No files found! (Or all were filtered out)\n" );
+    }
+    return rb_directory;
+}
+
+/********/
+
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Get_RB_SingleFileDirectory
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_RB_SingleFileDirectory -- get a RB_Directory structure
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_Directory *RB_Get_RB_SingleFileDirectory(
+    char *arg_fullpath )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Returns a RB_Directory structure to the give directory,
+ *   specified by the path that contains only a single file.
+ *   This is used for the --singlefile option.
+ * INPUT
+ *   o filename -- a filename.  This may include the path.
+ * RESULT
+ *   a freshly allocated RB_Directory that contains only
+ *   a single file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Directory *rb_directory;
+    struct RB_Path     *path;
+    char               *pathname = NULL;
+    char               *filename = NULL;
+
+    assert( arg_fullpath );
+
+    pathname = RB_Get_PathName( arg_fullpath );
+    filename = RB_Get_FileName( arg_fullpath );
+
+    if ( pathname )
+    {
+        path = RB_Get_RB_Path( pathname );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* no directory was specified so we use
+         * the current directory
+         */
+        path = RB_Get_RB_Path( "./" );
+    }
+
+    rb_directory =
+        ( struct RB_Directory * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Directory ) );
+    rb_directory->first = 0;
+    rb_directory->last = 0;
+
+    rb_directory->first_path = path;
+
+    RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Filename( rb_directory,
+                                     RB_Get_RB_Filename( filename, path ) );
+
+    return rb_directory;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Fill_Directory
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Fill_Directory -- fill a RB_Directory structure
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Fill_Directory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_path,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_doc_path )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Walks through all the files in the directory pointed to
+ *   by arg_path and adds all the files to arg_rb_directory.
+ *   This is a recursive function.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o arg_rb_directory  -- the result.
+ *   o arg_path          -- the current path that is scanned.
+ *   o arg_doc_path      -- the path to the documentation files.
+ * RESULT
+ *   a RB_Directory structure filled with all sourcefiles and 
+ *   subdirectories in arg_path.
+ * NOTE
+ *   This a is a recursive function.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+
+#if defined (RB_MSVC) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+    struct _finddata_t  c_file;
+    long                hFile;
+    char               *wildcard = NULL;
+    int                 len;
+
+    RB_Say( "Scanning %s\n", SAY_INFO, arg_path->name );
+    len = strlen( arg_path->name ) + strlen( "*.*" ) + 1;
+    wildcard = ( char * ) malloc( len );
+    assert( wildcard );
+    wildcard[0] = '\0';
+    strcat( wildcard, arg_path->name );
+    strcat( wildcard, "*.*" );
+    if ( ( hFile = _findfirst( wildcard, &c_file ) ) == -1L )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "No files found!\n" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int                 found = TRUE;
+
+        while ( found )
+        {
+            if ( ( c_file.attrib & _A_SUBDIR ) )
+            {
+                /* It's a directory */
+                if ( ( strcmp( ".", c_file.name ) == 0 )
+                     || ( strcmp( "..", c_file.name ) == 0 ) )
+                {
+                    /* Don't recurse into . or ..
+                       because that will result in an infinite 
+                       loop. */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( RB_To_Be_Skipped( c_file.name ) )
+                    {
+                        /* User asked this directory to be skipped */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+						if ( course_of_action.do_nodesc )
+                        {
+                            /* Don't descent into the subdirectories */
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            struct RB_Path     *rb_path =
+                                RB_Get_RB_Path2( arg_path->name,
+                                                 c_file.name );
+
+                            if ( ( arg_doc_path
+                                   && strcmp( rb_path->name,
+                                              arg_doc_path->name ) )
+                                 || !arg_doc_path )
+                            {
+                                rb_path->parent = arg_path;
+                                RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Path( arg_rb_directory,
+                                                             rb_path );
+                                RB_Fill_Directory( arg_rb_directory, rb_path,
+                                                   arg_doc_path );
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                RB_Say( "skipping %s\n", SAY_INFO,
+                                        rb_path->name );
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( RB_Is_Source_File( arg_path, c_file.name ) )
+                {
+                    RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Filename( arg_rb_directory,
+                                                     RB_Get_RB_Filename
+                                                     ( c_file.name,
+                                                       arg_path ) );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* It's not a sourcefile so we skip it. */
+                }
+            }
+            /* Find the rest of the *.* files */
+            found = ( _findnext( hFile, &c_file ) == 0 );
+        }
+        _findclose( hFile );
+    }
+    free( wildcard );
+#else
+    struct dirent      *a_direntry;
+    DIR                *a_dirstream;
+
+    RB_Say( "Scanning %s\n", SAY_INFO, arg_path->name );
+    a_dirstream = opendir( arg_path->name );
+
+    if ( a_dirstream )
+    {
+        T_RB_FileType       file_type;
+
+        for ( a_direntry = readdir( a_dirstream );
+              a_direntry; a_direntry = readdir( a_dirstream ) )
+        {
+            file_type = RB_FileType( arg_path->name, a_direntry );
+            if ( file_type == RB_FT_FILE )
+            {
+                /* It is a regular file. See if it is a sourcefile. */
+                if ( RB_Is_Source_File( arg_path, a_direntry->d_name ) )
+                {
+                    /* It is, so we add it to the directory tree */
+                    RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Filename( arg_rb_directory,
+                                                     RB_Get_RB_Filename
+                                                     ( a_direntry->d_name,
+                                                       arg_path ) );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* It's not a sourcefile so we skip it. */
+                }
+            }
+            else if ( file_type == RB_FT_DIRECTORY )
+            {
+                if ( ( strcmp( ".", a_direntry->d_name ) == 0 ) ||
+                     ( strcmp( "..", a_direntry->d_name ) == 0 ) )
+                {
+                    /* Don't recurse into . or ..
+                       because that will result in an infinite */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( RB_To_Be_Skipped( a_direntry->d_name ) )
+                    {
+                        /* User asked this directory to be skipped */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        if ( course_of_action.do_nodesc )
+                        {
+                            /* Don't descent into the subdirectories */
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            struct RB_Path     *rb_path =
+                                RB_Get_RB_Path2( arg_path->name,
+                                                 a_direntry->d_name );
+
+                            rb_path->parent = arg_path;
+                            if ( ( arg_doc_path
+                                   && strcmp( rb_path->name,
+                                              arg_doc_path->name ) )
+                                 || !arg_doc_path )
+                            {
+                                RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Path( arg_rb_directory,
+                                                             rb_path );
+                                RB_Fill_Directory( arg_rb_directory, rb_path,
+                                                   arg_doc_path );
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                RB_Say( "skipping %s\n", SAY_INFO,
+                                        rb_path->name );
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Not a file and also not a directory */
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    closedir( a_dirstream );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Is_Source_File
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Is_Source_File -- Is a file a sourcefile?
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_Is_Source_File(
+    struct RB_Path *path,
+    char *filename )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This functions examines the content of a file to
+ *   see whether or not it is a sourcefile.
+ *
+ *   Currently it checks if there are no nul characters
+ *   in the first 8191 characters of the file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 is_source = 1;
+
+    if ( RB_Not_Accepted( filename ) )
+    {
+        /* File needs to be skipped based on it's name */
+        is_source = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        unsigned int        size = 0;
+
+        /* Compute the length of the filename including
+           the path. */
+        size += strlen( path->name );
+        size += 1;
+        size += strlen( filename );
+        if ( size < RB_CBUFFERSIZE )
+        {
+            FILE               *file;
+
+            /* We use the content_buffer buffer temporarily to
+               store the filename. */
+            content_buffer[0] = '\0';
+            strcat( content_buffer, path->name );
+            strcat( content_buffer, filename );
+            if ( ( file = fopen( content_buffer, "rb" ) ) )
+            {
+                int                 no_read;
+                no_read =
+                    fread( content_buffer, sizeof( char ), RB_CBUFFERSIZE,
+                           file );
+                if ( no_read > 10 )
+                {
+                    char               *c;
+
+                    for ( c = content_buffer; no_read; --no_read, c++ )
+                    {
+                        if ( *c == 0 )
+                        {
+                            is_source = 0;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* A file with only 9 characters can not
+                       contain any source plus documentation. */
+                    is_source = 0;
+                }
+                fclose( file );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The file could not be opened.   */
+                is_source = 0;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The filename is longer than 8191 characters,
+               that's way too long... so we skip it. */
+            is_source = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return is_source;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_To_Be_Skipped
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test if a file should not be included in the list of source files
+ *   that are scanned for documentation. 
+ *
+ *   This test is done based on the wildcard expressions specified
+ *   in configuration.ignore_files.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_To_Be_Skipped(
+    char *filename )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o filename -- the name of the file
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+    int                 skip = FALSE;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.ignore_files.number; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( RB_Match( filename, configuration.ignore_files.names[i] ) )
+        {
+            skip = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return skip;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Not_Accepted
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test if a file should be skipped, 
+ *   because it does not match a pattern in "accept files:"
+ *
+ *   This test is done based on the wildcard expressions specified
+ *   in configuration.accept_files.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_Not_Accepted(
+    char *filename )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o filename -- the name of the file
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+    int                 skip = FALSE;
+
+    skip = RB_To_Be_Skipped( filename );
+
+    if ( !skip && configuration.accept_files.number > 0 )
+    {
+        skip = TRUE;
+        for ( i = 0; i < configuration.accept_files.number; ++i )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Match( filename, configuration.accept_files.names[i] ) )
+            {
+                RB_Say( "accept >%s< with >%s<\n", SAY_INFO, filename,
+                        configuration.accept_files.names[i] );
+                skip = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return skip;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Get_FileName
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_PathName -- extract the file name 
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_Get_FileName(
+    char *arg_fullpath )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Given a full path to a file, that is a filename, or a filename
+ *   prefixed with a pathname, return the filename.
+ *   So
+ *      "./filename"           returns "filename"
+ *      "/home/et/filename"    returns "filename"
+ *      "filename"             return  "filename"
+ * INPUTS
+ *   arg_fullpath -- a full path to a file, with or without a path.
+ *
+ * RESULT
+ *   0  -- The full path did not contain a filename
+ *   pointer to the filename -- otherwise.
+ * NOTES
+ *   You are responsible for deallocating it.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 n;
+    int                 i;
+    int                 found;
+    char               *result = 0;
+
+    assert( arg_fullpath );
+
+    n = strlen( arg_fullpath );
+
+    /* Try and find a path character ( ':' or '/' ) */
+    for ( found = FALSE, i = 0; i < n; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( RB_Is_PathCharacter( arg_fullpath[i] ) )
+        {
+            found = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !found )
+    {
+        /* The full path does not contain a pathname,
+         * so we can return the arg_fullpath as
+         * the filename.
+         */
+        result = RB_StrDup( arg_fullpath );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* The full path does contain a pathname,
+         * strip this and return the remainder
+         */
+
+        for ( i = n - 1; i > 0; --i )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Is_PathCharacter( arg_fullpath[i] ) )
+            {
+                assert( i < ( n - 1 ) );
+                result = RB_StrDup( &( arg_fullpath[i + 1] ) );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/********/
+
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Get_PathName
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_PathName -- extract the path name 
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_Get_PathName(
+    char *arg_fullpath )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Given a full path to a file, that is a filename, or a filename
+ *   prefixed with a pathname, return the pathname.
+ *   So
+ *      "./filename"           returns "./"
+ *      "/home/et/filename"    returns "/home/et/"
+ *      "filename"             return  ""
+ * INPUTS
+ *   arg_fullpath -- a full path to a file, with or without a path.
+ *
+ * RESULT
+ *   0  -- The full path did not contain a path
+ *   pointer to the pathname -- otherwise.
+ * NOTES
+ *   You are responsible for deallocating it.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 n;
+    int                 i;
+    int                 found;
+    char               *result = 0;
+
+    assert( arg_fullpath );
+
+    n = strlen( arg_fullpath );
+
+    /* Try and find a path character ( ':' or '/' ) */
+    for ( found = FALSE, i = 0; i < n; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( RB_Is_PathCharacter( arg_fullpath[i] ) )
+        {
+            found = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( found )
+    {
+        /* Copy the whole file name and then
+           replace the character after the 
+           first path character found
+           counting from the back with a '\0'
+         */
+        result = RB_StrDup( arg_fullpath );
+
+        for ( i = n - 1; i > 0; --i )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Is_PathCharacter( result[i] ) )
+            {
+                assert( i < ( n - 1 ) );
+                result[i + 1] = '\0';
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Directory/RB_Is_PathCharacter
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test if a character is part of the group of
+ *   characters that you would normally find in 
+ *   a path.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int RB_Is_PathCharacter(
+    int c )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   c -- the character to be tested.
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- it is a path character.
+ *   FALSE -- it is not.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    return ( ( c == ':' ) || ( c == '/' ) );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* Sort the files and paths */
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+unsigned int RB_Number_Of_Filenames(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory )
+{
+    unsigned int        number_of_filenames = 0;
+    struct RB_Filename *rb_filename = NULL;
+
+    for ( rb_filename = arg_rb_directory->first;
+          rb_filename;
+          ++number_of_filenames, rb_filename = rb_filename->next )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    return number_of_filenames;
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+unsigned int RB_Number_Of_Paths(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory )
+{
+    unsigned int        number_of_paths = 0;
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path = NULL;
+
+    for ( rb_path = arg_rb_directory->first_path;
+          rb_path; ++number_of_paths, rb_path = rb_path->next )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    return number_of_paths;
+}
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+int RB_Path_Compare(
+    void *p1,
+    void *p2 )
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *path_1 = p1;
+    struct RB_Path     *path_2 = p2;
+
+    return RB_Str_Case_Cmp( path_1->name, path_2->name );
+}
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+int RB_Filename_Compare(
+    void *p1,
+    void *p2 )
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *filename_1 = p1;
+    struct RB_Filename *filename_2 = p2;
+
+    return RB_Str_Case_Cmp( filename_1->name, filename_2->name );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+void RB_SortDirectory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory )
+{
+    unsigned int        number_of_filenames =
+        RB_Number_Of_Filenames( arg_rb_directory );
+    unsigned int        number_of_paths =
+        RB_Number_Of_Paths( arg_rb_directory );
+    unsigned int        i;
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path = NULL;
+    struct RB_Filename *rb_filename = NULL;
+    struct RB_Path    **paths = NULL;
+    struct RB_Filename **filenames = NULL;
+
+    assert( number_of_filenames > 0 );
+    assert( number_of_paths > 0 );
+    paths = calloc( number_of_paths, sizeof( struct RB_Path * ) );
+    filenames = calloc( number_of_filenames, sizeof( struct RB_Filename * ) );
+
+
+    RB_Say( "Sorting Directory\n", SAY_INFO );
+    for ( i = 0, rb_path = arg_rb_directory->first_path;
+          rb_path; rb_path = rb_path->next )
+    {
+        assert( i < number_of_paths );
+        paths[i] = rb_path;
+        ++i;
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0, rb_filename = arg_rb_directory->first;
+          rb_filename; rb_filename = rb_filename->next )
+    {
+        assert( i < number_of_filenames );
+        filenames[i] = rb_filename;
+        ++i;
+    }
+
+    RB_QuickSort( ( void ** ) paths, 0, number_of_paths - 1,
+                  RB_Path_Compare );
+    RB_QuickSort( ( void ** ) filenames, 0, number_of_filenames - 1,
+                  RB_Filename_Compare );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < number_of_paths - 1; ++i )
+    {
+        paths[i]->next = paths[i + 1];
+    }
+    paths[number_of_paths - 1]->next = NULL;
+    arg_rb_directory->first_path = paths[0];
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < number_of_filenames - 1; ++i )
+    {
+        filenames[i]->next = filenames[i + 1];
+    }
+    filenames[number_of_filenames - 1]->next = NULL;
+    arg_rb_directory->first = filenames[0];
+    arg_rb_directory->last = filenames[number_of_filenames - 1];
+
+    free( paths );
+    free( filenames );
+}
diff --git a/Source/directory.h b/Source/directory.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275c8c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/directory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_DIRECTORY_H
+#define ROBODOC_DIRECTORY_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "file.h"
+
+/****s* Directory/RB_Directory
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Directory -- the directory tree with the source files.
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Stores information about files in a directory tree.
+ *   The whole structure consist of two linked lists.  One for
+ *   directory paths, and one for filenames.
+ * EXAMPLE
+ *   The following show an example structure.
+ *     RB_Directory             RB_Path
+ *     +-------+   +------+    +-------+   +-----------+
+ *     |       +-->| .    |--->| ./sub |-->| ./sub/sub |
+ *     |       |   +------+    +-------+   +-----------+
+ *     |       |      ^              ^            ^
+ *     |       |      |              |            |
+ *     |       |      |-----------+  +------+     +------+
+ *     |       |      |           |         |            |
+ *     |       |      |           |         |            |
+ *     |       |   +------+    +------+   +------+    +-------+
+ *     |       +-->|  a.c |--->| b.c  |-->| sa.c  |-->| ssb.c |
+ *     +-------+   +------+    +------+   +------+    +-------+
+ *                  RB_Filename
+ *
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   * first    --  first RB_Filename in the list of files
+ *   * current  --  the last file that was returned in
+ *                  RB_Get_Next_Filename.
+ *   * last     --  the last RB_Filename in the list of files
+ *                   used for the insert operation
+ *   * first_path -- first RB_Path in the list of paths.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Directory
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *first;  /* TODO should be called files */
+    struct RB_Filename *last;
+    struct RB_Path     *first_path;     /* TODO should be called paths */
+};
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****t* Directory/T_RB_FileType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Constants for the two different filetypes that
+ *   ROBODoc recognizes.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    RB_FT_DIRECTORY = 1,
+    RB_FT_FILE = 2,
+    RB_FT_UNKNOWN = 3
+} T_RB_FileType;
+
+/******/
+
+
+struct RB_Directory *RB_Get_RB_Directory(
+    char *arg_rootpath,
+    char *arg_docroot_name );
+struct RB_Directory *RB_Get_RB_SingleFileDirectory(
+    char *arg_fullpath );
+void                RB_Dump_RB_Directory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory );
+void                RB_Free_RB_Directory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_directory );
+void                RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Path(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path );
+void                RB_Directory_Insert_RB_Filename(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+
+void                RB_Fill_Directory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_path,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_doc_path );
+int                 RB_Is_Source_File(
+    struct RB_Path *path,
+    char *filename );
+int                 RB_To_Be_Skipped(
+    char *filename );
+int                 RB_Not_Accepted(
+    char *filename );
+
+
+char               *RB_Get_FileName(
+    char *arg_fullpath );
+char               *RB_Get_PathName(
+    char *arg_fullpath );
+void                RB_SortDirectory(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory );
+
+int                 RB_Path_Compare(
+    void *p1,
+    void *p2 );
+int                 RB_Filename_Compare(
+    void *p1,
+    void *p2 );
+unsigned int        RB_Number_Of_Filenames(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory );
+unsigned int        RB_Number_Of_Paths(
+    struct RB_Directory *arg_rb_directory );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_DIRECTORY_H */
diff --git a/Source/document.c b/Source/document.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1fe4b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/document.c
@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Document
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module contains functions to manipulate the central data
+ *   structure (RB_Document) that contains information about the
+ *   source files, and documentation files, and headers.
+ *
+ *   The name is a bit confusing because it sort of implies that
+ *   it contains the documentation extracted from the sourcefiles.
+ *
+ *   For each run a RB_Document structure is created, it is filled
+ *   by the analyser and directory module and then used by the
+ *   generator module to create the documentation.
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   * ????-??-??   Frans Slothouber  V1.0
+ *   * 2003-02-03   Frans Slothouber  Refactoring
+ *   * 2003-10-30   David White       Removed unistd.h for Borland
+ *******
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#if defined (RB_BCC) || defined( RB_MSVC )
+#else
+#include            /* Not used for Borland */
+#endif
+
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "path.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include 
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Document_Add_Part
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add a new part to the document.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Document_Add_Part(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_Part *part )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document  -- the document the part is to be added to.
+ *   o part      -- the part to be added
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    part->next = document->parts;
+    document->parts = part;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Free_RB_Document_Parts(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    if ( document->parts )
+    {
+        struct RB_Part     *a_part = NULL;
+        struct RB_Part     *a_part2 = NULL;
+
+        for ( a_part = document->parts; a_part; a_part = a_part2 )
+        {
+            a_part2 = a_part->next;
+            RB_Free_RB_Part( a_part );
+        }
+    }
+    document->parts = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Free_RB_Document(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    RB_Free_RB_Document_Parts( document );
+    if ( document->headers )
+    {
+        unsigned long       i;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < document->no_headers; ++i )
+        {
+            RB_Free_Header( document->headers[i] );
+
+        }
+        free( document->headers );
+    }
+    free( document );
+}
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Document_Create_Parts
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create all the parts of a document based on the sourcefiles in
+ *   the source tree.  This creates a new RB_Part for each file in
+ *   the source tree.
+ * INPUTS
+ *    o document -- the document for which the parts are generated.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Document_Create_Parts(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *i_file = NULL;
+
+    assert( document );
+    assert( document->srctree );
+
+    for ( i_file = document->srctree->first; i_file; i_file = i_file->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_Part     *rbpart;
+
+        rbpart = RB_Get_RB_Part(  );
+        RB_Part_Add_Source( rbpart, i_file );
+        RB_Document_Add_Part( document, rbpart );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Fill_Header_Filename
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Fill the file_name attribute of all headers based either on the
+ *   part or the singledoc name.   The file_name tells in which file
+ *   the documentation for the header is to be stored.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Fill_Header_Filename(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+
+    RB_Say( "Computing file_name attribute for all headers.\n", SAY_DEBUG );
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        for ( i_header = i_part->headers;
+              i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            if ( document->actions.do_singledoc )
+            {
+                i_header->file_name = document->singledoc_name;
+            }
+            else if ( document->actions.do_multidoc )
+            {
+                i_header->file_name = RB_Get_FullDocname( i_part->filename );
+            }
+            else if ( document->actions.do_singlefile )
+            {
+                i_header->file_name = document->singledoc_name;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                assert( 0 );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Document_Determine_DocFilePaths
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Determine the path of each of the documentation files based on
+ *   the path of the source file and the documentation root path and
+ *   the source root path.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Document_Determine_DocFilePaths(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * EXAMPLE
+ *   srcpath = ./test/mysrc/sub1/sub2
+ *   srcroot = ./test/mysrc/
+ *   docroot = ./test/mydoc/
+ *     ==>
+ *   docpath = ./test/mydoc/sub1/sub2
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *path;
+    int                 docroot_length;
+    int                 srcroot_length;
+    int                 length;
+
+    assert( document->srctree );
+    assert( document->srcroot );
+    assert( document->docroot );
+
+    docroot_length = strlen( document->docroot->name );
+    srcroot_length = strlen( document->srcroot->name );
+
+    for ( path = document->srctree->first_path; path; path = path->next )
+    {
+        char               *name;
+        char               *new_name;
+        char               *tail;
+
+        name = path->name;
+        length = strlen( name );
+        assert( length >= srcroot_length );
+        tail = name + srcroot_length;
+        new_name = calloc( docroot_length +
+                           ( length - srcroot_length ) + 1, sizeof( char ) );
+        assert( new_name );
+        strcat( new_name, document->docroot->name );
+        if ( document->actions.do_no_subdirectories )
+        {
+            /* No subdirectory */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            strcat( new_name, tail );
+        }
+        path->docname = new_name;
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Document_Create_DocFilePaths
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This function creates the whole document directory
+ *   tree.  It tests if the directories exist and if they
+ *   do not the directory is created.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Document_Create_DocFilePaths(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document -- the document for which the tree is created.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *path;
+
+    for ( path = document->srctree->first_path; path; path = path->next )
+    {
+        char               *pathname = NULL;
+        char               *c2 = NULL;
+
+        RB_Say( "Trying to create directory %s\n", SAY_INFO, path->docname );
+        /* Don't want to modify the docname in the path
+           structure. So we make a copy that we later
+           destroy. */
+
+        pathname = RB_StrDup( path->docname );
+        for ( c2 = pathname + 1;        /* We skip the leading '/' */
+              *c2; ++c2 )
+        {
+            if ( *c2 == '/' )
+            {
+                struct stat         dirstat;
+
+                *c2 = '\0';     /* Replace the '/' with a '\0'. */
+                /* We now have one of the paths leading up to the
+                   total path. Test if it exists. */
+                if ( stat( pathname, &dirstat ) == 0 )
+                {
+                    /* Path exists. */
+                }
+                else if ( ( strlen( pathname ) == 2 ) &&
+                          ( utf8_isalpha( pathname[0] ) ) &&
+                          ( pathname[1] == ':' ) )
+                {
+                    /* Is is a drive indicator, ( A: B: C: etc )
+                     * stat fails on this, but we should not
+                     * create either, so we do nothing.
+                     */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    int                 result;
+
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || defined( RB_MSVC )
+                    result = mkdir( pathname );
+#else
+                    result = mkdir( pathname, 0770 );
+#endif
+                    if ( result == 0 )
+                    {
+                        /* Path was created. */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        perror( NULL );
+                        RB_Panic( "Can't create directory %s\n", pathname );
+                    }
+                }
+                /* Put the '/' back in it's place. */
+                *c2 = '/';
+            }
+        }
+        free( pathname );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+/*x**f* 
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Compare two header types for sorting.
+ * RESULT
+ *   -1  h1 <  h2
+ *    0  h1 == h2
+ *    1  h1 >  h2
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int RB_CompareHeaders(
+    void *h1,
+    void *h2 )
+{
+    struct RB_header   *header_1 = h1;
+    struct RB_header   *header_2 = h2;
+
+    // Check for priorities
+    if ( header_1->htype->priority > header_2->htype->priority )
+    {
+        // Header 1 has higher priority
+        return -1;
+    }
+    else if ( header_1->htype->priority < header_2->htype->priority )
+    {
+        // Header 2 has higher priority
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Priorities are equal
+        // Check if we sort on full name or just the function name
+        if ( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly )
+        {
+            // Do not include parent name in sorting if they are not displayed
+            return RB_Str_Case_Cmp( header_1->function_name,
+                                    header_2->function_name );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Sort on full name ( module/function )
+            return RB_Str_Case_Cmp( header_1->name, header_2->name );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Document_Sort_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+    unsigned long       part_count = 0;
+
+    RB_Say( "Sorting headers per part (file)\n", SAY_INFO );
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        /* Count the number of headers */
+        for ( part_count = 0, i_header = i_part->headers;
+              i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            part_count++;
+        }
+
+        if ( part_count )
+        {
+            /* Sort them */
+            struct RB_header  **temp_headers =
+                calloc( part_count, sizeof( struct RB_header * ) );
+            unsigned int        i = 0;
+
+            i_header = i_part->headers;
+            for ( i = 0; i < part_count; ++i )
+            {
+                assert( i_header );
+                temp_headers[i] = i_header;
+                i_header = i_header->next;
+            }
+            RB_QuickSort( ( void ** ) temp_headers, 0, part_count - 1,
+                          RB_CompareHeaders );
+            i_part->headers = temp_headers[0];
+            i_part->headers->next = NULL;
+            i_header = temp_headers[0];
+            for ( i = 1; i < part_count; ++i )
+            {
+                assert( i_header );
+                i_header->next = temp_headers[i];
+                i_header = i_header->next;
+            }
+            temp_headers[part_count - 1]->next = NULL;
+            free( temp_headers );
+        }
+    }
+    RB_Say( "Sorting all headers\n", SAY_INFO );
+    RB_QuickSort( ( void ** ) document->headers, 0, document->no_headers - 1,
+                  RB_CompareHeaders );
+}
+
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Document_Collect_Headers
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a table of pointers to all headers.  This is done to
+ *   have easy access to all heades without having to scan all
+ *   RB_Parts.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document -- the document for which the table is created.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o document->headers
+ *   o document->no_headers
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Document_Collect_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+    struct RB_header  **headers;        /* Pointer to an array of pointers RB_headers. */
+    unsigned long       count = 0;
+    unsigned long       part_count = 0;
+    unsigned long       i = 0;
+
+    RB_Say( "Collecting all headers in a single table\n", SAY_INFO );
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        /* Count the number of headers */
+        for ( part_count = 0, i_header = i_part->headers;
+              i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            part_count++;
+        }
+        /* Compute the total count */
+        count += part_count;
+    }
+    headers =
+        ( struct RB_header ** ) calloc( count, sizeof( struct RB_header * ) );
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        for ( i_header = i_part->headers;
+              i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            headers[i] = i_header;
+            i++;
+        }
+    }
+    document->headers = headers;
+    document->no_headers = count;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+struct RB_header   *RB_Document_Check_For_Duplicate(
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document,
+    struct RB_header *hdr )
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+
+    for ( i_part = arg_document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        for ( i_header = i_part->headers; i_header;
+              i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            int                 i;
+
+            if ( hdr == i_header )
+                continue;
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < hdr->no_names; i++ )
+                if ( strcmp( hdr->names[i], i_header->name ) == 0 )
+                    return i_header;
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*  TODO Documentation 
+ If A is called   qqqq/ffff and B is called  ffff/zzzz then A is the
+ parent of B
+*/
+
+void RB_Document_Link_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    unsigned long       i;
+    unsigned long       j;
+    struct RB_header   *parent;
+    struct RB_header   *child;
+    char               *parent_name;
+    char               *child_name;
+
+    RB_Say( "Linking all %d headers\n", SAY_INFO, document->no_headers );
+    for ( i = 0; i < document->no_headers; i++ )
+    {
+        parent = ( document->headers )[i];
+        parent_name = parent->function_name;
+        for ( j = 0; j < document->no_headers; j++ )
+        {
+            if ( i != j )
+            {
+                child = ( document->headers )[j];
+                child_name = child->module_name;
+                if ( strcmp( child_name, parent_name ) == 0 )
+                {
+                    child->parent = parent;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+void RB_Document_Split_Parts(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part = NULL;
+    struct RB_Part    **new_parts = NULL;
+    int                 new_number_of_parts = 0;
+    int                 n = 0;
+    int                 i;
+
+    /* split eacht part in several parts. One for each header
+     * in the original part.
+     */
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *i_header;
+
+        for ( i_header = i_part->headers;
+              i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+        {
+            ++new_number_of_parts;
+        }
+    }
+
+    new_parts = calloc( new_number_of_parts, sizeof( struct RB_Part * ) );
+
+    if ( new_parts )
+    {
+        /* Create new parts */
+
+        RB_Say( "Splitting parts based on headers.\n", SAY_DEBUG );
+        for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+        {
+            struct RB_header   *i_header;
+            struct RB_header   *i_next_header;
+
+            for ( i_header = i_part->headers;
+                  i_header; i_header = i_next_header )
+            {
+                struct RB_Part     *new_part;
+
+                i_next_header = i_header->next;
+
+                RB_Say( "Creating new part.\n", SAY_DEBUG );
+                new_part = RB_Get_RB_Part(  );
+                RB_Part_Add_Source( new_part,
+                                    RB_Copy_RB_Filename( RB_Part_Get_Source
+                                                         ( i_part ) ) );
+                /* remove header from i_part and add to new_part.
+                 */
+                RB_Part_Add_Header( new_part, i_header );
+                assert( n < new_number_of_parts );
+                new_parts[n] = new_part;
+                ++n;
+            }
+            i_part->headers = NULL;
+            i_part->last_header = NULL;
+        }
+        /* Remove old part from document */
+        RB_Free_RB_Document_Parts( document );
+        /* Add new parts to document */
+        for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i )
+        {
+            RB_Document_Add_Part( document, new_parts[i] );
+        }
+        /* clean-up temp array */
+        free( new_parts );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Out of memory! RB_Document_Split_Parts()" );
+    }
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Document_Determine_DocFileNames(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *filename;
+    unsigned int        length = 0;
+    char               *name;
+    char               *c;
+
+    struct RB_Part     *part;
+
+    assert( document->actions.do_multidoc );
+
+    for ( part = document->parts; part; part = part->next )
+    {
+
+        filename = part->filename;
+        /* turn  mysource.c  into  mysource_c.html
+           First find the total length. */
+        length = strlen( filename->name );
+        /* add one for the '.' */
+        ++length;
+
+        if ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+        {
+            struct RB_header   *i_header = part->headers;
+
+            assert( i_header );
+            /* add the name of the header to the filename */
+            /* We make this twice as long because some of the
+             * characters in the file are escaped to 2 hexadecimal
+             * digits.
+             */
+            length += 2 * strlen( i_header->name );
+        }
+
+        length += RB_Get_Len_Extension( document->extension );
+        /* plus one for the '\0' */
+        ++length;
+        name = ( char * ) calloc( length, sizeof( char ) );
+        assert( name );
+        strcat( name, filename->name );
+        for ( c = name; *c != '\0'; c++ )
+        {
+            if ( *c == '.' )
+            {
+                *c = '_';
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+        {
+            unsigned int        i;
+            struct RB_header   *i_header = part->headers;
+
+            assert( i_header );
+            /* add the name of the header to the filename */
+            for ( i = 0; i < strlen( i_header->name ); ++i )
+            {
+                if ( utf8_isalnum( i_header->name[i] ) )
+                {
+                    sprintf( c, "%c", i_header->name[i] );
+                    c++;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    sprintf( c, "%2X", i_header->name[i] );
+                    c++;
+                    c++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        RB_Add_Extension( document->extension, name );
+
+        RB_Say( "Filename for part is %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, name );
+        part->filename->docname = name;
+    }
+}
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Open_SingleDocumentation
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Open the file that will contain the documentation in
+ *   case we create a single document.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+FILE               *RB_Open_SingleDocumentation(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   An opened file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    FILE               *file;
+    static char        *default_name = "singledoc";
+    char               *name = NULL;
+    size_t              size = 0;
+
+    if ( document->singledoc_name )
+    {
+        size += strlen( document->singledoc_name );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size += strlen( default_name );
+    }
+    size++;                     /* and the '\0'; */
+    size += RB_Get_Len_Extension( document->extension );
+
+    name = ( char * ) calloc( size, sizeof( char ) );
+    assert( name );
+    if ( document->singledoc_name )
+    {
+        strcat( name, document->singledoc_name );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        strcat( name, default_name );
+    }
+    RB_Add_Extension( document->extension, name );
+
+    file = fopen( name, "w" );
+    if ( file )
+    {
+        /* File opened  */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Can't open %s\n", name );
+    }
+    free( name );
+    return file;
+}
+
+/****/
+
+/****f* Document/RB_Get_RB_Document
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Allocate and initialize an RB_Document structure.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_Document *RB_Get_RB_Document(
+    void )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   An initialized document structure.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Document *document = 0;
+    document =
+        ( struct RB_Document * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Document ) );
+    if ( document )
+    {
+        document->cur_part = NULL;
+        document->parts = NULL;
+        document->links = NULL;
+        document->headers = NULL;
+        document->doctype = UNKNOWN;
+        document->actions = No_Actions();
+        document->srctree = NULL;
+        document->srcroot = NULL;
+        document->docroot = NULL;
+        document->singledoc_name = NULL;
+        document->no_headers = 0;
+        document->charset = NULL;
+        document->extension = NULL;
+        document->first_section_level = 1;
+        document->doctype_name = NULL;
+        document->doctype_location = NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "out of memory" );
+    }
+    return document;
+}
+
+/*******/
diff --git a/Source/document.h b/Source/document.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2634c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/document.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_DOCUMENT_H
+#define ROBODOC_DOCUMENT_H
+// vi: spell ff=unix
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+
+/****s* Document/RB_Document
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Document -- Information store.
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A document is a collection of source files and documentation
+ *   files.  Depending on the mode that is used there is either a
+ *   single documentation file or there is one documentation file for
+ *   each source file.  This mapping is stored in RB_Document.  For
+ *   each source file there is an RB_Part. It points to the source
+ *   file, the documentation file, and contains all the headers that
+ *   were found in the source file.
+ *
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   * links    -- linked list of all links.
+ *   * parts    -- linked list of all parts.
+ *   * no_headers -- total number of headers
+ *   * headers  -- array of pointers to all the headers.
+ *   * srctree  -- the list of all sourcefiles in the srcroot.
+ *   * doctype  -- the kind of documentation to be generated.
+ *   * actions  -- what to de while analysing en generating.
+ *   * srcroot  -- root dir for the sourcecode.
+ *   * docroot  -- root dir for the documentation.
+ *   * charset  -- the character set used for HTML and XML
+ *               documentation.
+ *   * first_section_level -- level of the first section, 
+ *                            Defaults to 1 so the first section will
+ *                            be 1.
+ *                            If set to 2 the first section will be 1.1
+ *   * extension -- the extension used for the documentation
+ *                files.
+ *   * css      -- the cascading style sheet to be used.
+ *   * cur_part -- unused   TODO remove.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Document
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *cur_part;
+    struct RB_Part     *parts;
+    struct RB_link     *links;
+    unsigned long       no_headers;
+    struct RB_header  **headers;
+    struct RB_Directory *srctree;
+    T_RB_DocType        doctype;        /* HTML RTF etc */
+    actions_t           actions;
+    int                 first_section_level;  /* TODO document use of first_section_level in manual */
+    long                debugmode;      /* TODO This should not be in document */
+    char               *singledoc_name;
+    struct RB_Path     *srcroot;        /* TODO Better make this a char* */
+    struct RB_Path     *docroot;        /* TODO Better make this a char* */
+    char               *charset;        /* HTML, XML? */
+    char               *css;
+    char               *extension;
+    char               *compress;
+    char               *section;
+    /* Docbook specific */
+    char               *doctype_name;    /* name part of the  to be used with docbook output */
+    char               *doctype_location;/* location part of the  to be used with docbook output */
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+struct RB_Document *RB_Get_RB_Document(
+    void );
+void                RB_Free_RB_Document(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Add_Part(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+void                RB_Document_Dump(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Determine_DocFilePaths(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Determine_DocFileNames(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Create_DocFilePaths(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+FILE               *RB_Open_SingleDocumentation(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Create_Parts(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Collect_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Document_Link_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Fill_Header_Filename(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+struct RB_header   *RB_Document_Check_For_Duplicate(
+    struct RB_Document *arg_document,
+    struct RB_header *hdr );
+
+void                RB_Document_Sort_Headers(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+void                RB_Document_Split_Parts(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_DOCUMENT_H */
diff --git a/Source/file.c b/Source/file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cc8b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+#include "file.h"
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+#include "util.h"
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Filename
+ * NAME
+ *   Functions to deal with keeping track
+ *   of filenames and directory names.
+ *****
+ */
+
+/****f* Filename/RB_Get_RB_Filename
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_RB_Filename
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_Filename* RB_Get_RB_Filename( char *arg_filename, struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o arg_rb_filename --
+ *   o arg_rb_path --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a new RB_Filename structure based on arg_filename and
+ *   arg_rb_path.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *rb_filename =
+        ( struct RB_Filename * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Filename ) );
+    rb_filename->name = ( char * ) malloc( strlen( arg_filename ) + 1 );
+    rb_filename->docname = 0;
+    rb_filename->fullname = 0;
+    rb_filename->fulldocname = 0;
+    strcpy( rb_filename->name, arg_filename );
+    rb_filename->path = arg_rb_path;
+    return rb_filename;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+struct RB_Filename *RB_Copy_RB_Filename( struct RB_Filename* arg_rb_filename )
+{
+    return RB_Get_RB_Filename( arg_rb_filename->name, arg_rb_filename->path );
+}
+
+
+void
+RB_Filename_Dump( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+{
+    printf( "[%s %s %s]  ", RB_Get_Path( arg_rb_filename ),
+            RB_Get_Filename( arg_rb_filename ),
+            RB_Get_Extension( arg_rb_filename ) );
+    printf( "%s\n", Get_Fullname( arg_rb_filename ) );
+}
+
+/*x**f* Filename/RB_Free_RB_Filename 
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Free_RB_Filename -- free a RB_Filename structure.
+ *
+ *****
+ * TODO Documentation
+ */
+
+void
+RB_Free_RB_Filename( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+{
+    free( arg_rb_filename->name );
+    if ( arg_rb_filename->docname )
+    {
+        free( arg_rb_filename->docname );
+    }
+    if ( arg_rb_filename->fullname )
+    {
+        free( arg_rb_filename->fullname );
+    }
+    if ( arg_rb_filename->fulldocname )
+    {
+        free( arg_rb_filename->fulldocname );
+    }
+    free( arg_rb_filename );
+}
+
+/* Set the fulldoc name, this is used in singledoc mode
+ * since there the docname is preset by the user and not
+ * derived from the sourcefile name.
+ */
+
+void RB_Set_FullDocname( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename, char* name )
+{
+    arg_rb_filename->fulldocname = RB_StrDup( name );
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation RB_Get_FullDocname */
+char               *
+RB_Get_FullDocname( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+{
+    char               *result = arg_rb_filename->fulldocname;
+
+    if ( result == NULL )
+    {
+        unsigned int  size = strlen( arg_rb_filename->docname ) +
+            strlen( arg_rb_filename->path->docname ) + 1;
+        result = ( char * ) malloc( size * sizeof( char ) );
+        assert( result );
+        *result = '\0';
+        strcat( result, arg_rb_filename->path->docname );
+        strcat( result, arg_rb_filename->docname );
+        /* Save the result so it can be reused later on, and we can properly deallocate it. */
+        arg_rb_filename->fulldocname = result;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/****f* Filename/Get_Fullname
+ * NAME
+ *   Get_Fullname --
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char* Get_Fullname( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Give the full name of the file, that is the name of
+ *   the file including the extension and the path.
+ *   The path can be relative or absolute.
+ * NOTE
+ *   The string returned is owned by this function
+ *   so don't change it.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *result = arg_rb_filename->fullname;
+
+    if ( result == NULL )
+    {
+        unsigned int        size = strlen( arg_rb_filename->name ) +
+            strlen( arg_rb_filename->path->name ) + 1;
+        result = ( char * ) malloc( size * sizeof( char ) );
+        assert( result );
+        *result = '\0';
+        strcat( result, arg_rb_filename->path->name );
+        strcat( result, arg_rb_filename->name );
+        /* Save the result so it can be reused later on, and we can properly deallocate it. */
+        arg_rb_filename->fullname = result;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+/******/
+
+/****f* Filename/RB_Get_Path
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char* RB_Get_Path( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Give the path for this file.
+ * NOTE
+ *   The string returned is owned by this function
+ *   so don't change it.
+ ******
+ */
+{
+    return arg_rb_filename->path->name;
+}
+
+
+/****f* Filename/RB_Get_Extension
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_Extension --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Give the extension of this file. That is the part after
+ *   the last '.' if there is any.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char* RB_Get_Extension( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   pointer to the extension
+ *   pointer to a '\0' if no extension was found.
+ * NOTE
+ *   The string returned is owned by this function
+ *   so don't change it.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *c = arg_rb_filename->name;
+    int                 i = strlen( c );
+
+    for ( c += i; c != arg_rb_filename->name && ( *c != '.' ); --c )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    if ( *c == '.' )
+    {
+        ++c;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        c = arg_rb_filename->name;
+        c += i;
+    }
+    return c;
+}
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Filename/RB_Get_Filename
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_Filename --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Give the name of this file. That is the name
+ *   of the file without its path but with the
+ *   extension.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char* RB_Get_Filename( struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   pointer to the extension
+ *   pointer to a '\0' if no extension was found.
+ * NOTE
+ *   The string returned is owned by this function
+ *   so don't change it.
+ ******
+ */
+{
+    return arg_rb_filename->name;
+}
diff --git a/Source/file.h b/Source/file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac7d13b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_FILE_H
+#define ROBODOC_FILE_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "path.h"
+#include "links.h"
+
+/****s* Filename/RB_Filename
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Filename --
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   * next   pointer to the next RB_File.
+ *   * name   null terminated string with the name of the file,
+ *            (Without the path, but including the extension).
+ *   * fullname 
+ *   * path   pointer to a RB_Path structure that holds
+ *            the path for this file.
+ *   * link   The link used to represent this file while in multidoc
+ *            mode.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Filename
+{
+    struct RB_Filename *next;
+    char               *name;
+    char               *docname;
+    char               *fullname;
+    char               *fulldocname;
+    struct RB_Path     *path;
+    struct RB_link     *link;
+};
+
+/******/
+
+
+struct RB_Filename *RB_Get_RB_Filename(
+    char *arg_filename,
+    struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path );
+void                RB_Free_RB_Filename(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+
+/* */
+char               *Get_Fullname(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+void                RB_Set_FullDocname(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename,
+    char *name );
+char               *RB_Get_FullDocname(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+char               *RB_Get_Path(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+char               *RB_Get_Filename(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+char               *RB_Get_Extension(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+struct RB_Filename *RB_Copy_RB_Filename(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+
+/* */
+void                RB_Filename_Dump(
+    struct RB_Filename *arg_rb_filename );
+
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_FILE_H */
diff --git a/Source/generator.c b/Source/generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..491aa22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2845 @@
+// vi: spell ff=unix
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This contains routines to generate the documentation from the
+ *   headers collected from the source code.   It contains
+ *   functionality common for all document types (HTML, RTF etc).
+ *   The specifics are handled in the modules for each of the several
+ *   document types.
+ *
+ *   The behaviour of many of the functions in this module are
+ *   modified by the global output_mode.
+ *
+ *   The general call sequence is as follows:
+ *     RB_Generate_Documentation
+ *     +> RB_Generate_SingleDoc
+ *        +> RB_Generate_Part
+ *           +> Generate_Header
+ *                 +> Generate_Item_Line
+ *                    +> Generate_Char
+ * BUGS
+ *   o Confusing use of doctype and output mode.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Might be a good idea to replace all the switch statements with
+ *   function pointers.
+ *   So instead of:
+ *     switch (output_mode)
+ *     {
+ *         case HTML:
+ *             RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *             break;
+ *         case LATEX:
+ *             RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *             break;
+ *         case RTF:
+ *             RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *             break;
+ *         case ASCII:
+ *             RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *             break;
+ *         case TROFF:
+ *             RB_TROFF_Generate_Doc_Start(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *             break;
+ *         default:
+ *             break;
+ *     }
+ *   we will have
+ *     (*rb_generate_doc_start)(dest_doc, src_name, name, toc);
+ *
+ *   were the function pointers are initialized at program start based
+ *   on the output mode.
+ *******
+ * $Id: generator.c,v 1.106 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+
+/* Generators */
+#include "html_generator.h"
+#include "latex_generator.h"
+#include "xmldocbook_generator.h"
+#include "rtf_generator.h"
+#include "troff_generator.h"
+#include "ascii_generator.h"
+#include "test_generator.h"
+
+/* TODO This should not be here.... */
+#include "analyser.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
+/* Module functions */
+// static void         RB_Generate_Empty_Item( FILE * dest_doc );
+
+static void         Generate_Item_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *line,
+    int item_type,
+    char *docname,
+    struct RB_header *fnames );
+void                Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int cur_char );
+static void         Generate_Index(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+static void         Generate_Header(
+    FILE *f,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header,
+    char *docname );
+
+static void         Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Format_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    long format );
+static void         Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int source );
+static void         Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+static void         Pipe_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *arg_line );
+
+static char         piping = FALSE;
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        RB_TROFF_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Item_Begin
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the begin of an item.  This should switch to some
+ *   preformatted output mode, similar to HTML's 
    .
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   dest_doc -- file to be written to
+ *   output_mode -- global with the current output mode
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Begin( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* nothing */
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Label
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a label that can be used for a link.
+ *   For instance in HTML this is 
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- file to be written to
+ *   * name -- the label's name.
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Label( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Label( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Label( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        /* lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:33 */
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Label( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        /* Doesn't apply */
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* Doesn't apply */
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Item_End
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the end of an item.  This should switch back from the
+ *   preformatted mode.  So in HTML it generates the 
     of a 
    + *   
     pair.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- file to be written to
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        if ( piping == TRUE )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\begin{verbatim}\n" );
+            piping = FALSE;
+        }
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* Doesn't apply */ break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/****/
+
+
+
+/****f Generator/RB_Get_Len_Extension
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Compute the length of the filename extension for
+ *   the current document type.
+ *****
+ */
+
+size_t RB_Get_Len_Extension(
+    char *extension )
+{
+    size_t              size = 0;
+
+    size = strlen( extension );
+    if ( *extension != '.' )
+        size++;
+    return size;
+}
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Add_Extension
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add an extension to the filename base based on on the current
+ *   output mode.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * doctype -- output mode
+ *   * name    -- the name of the file without extension and with
+ *              enough room left to add the extension.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   name    -- the name of the file including the extension.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Add_Extension(
+    char *extension,
+    char *name )
+{
+    if ( *extension != '.' )
+        strcat( name, "." );
+    strcat( name, extension );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/*x**f Generator/RB_Default_Len_Extension
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Returns default extension for
+ *   the current document type.
+ *****
+ */
+
+char               *RB_Get_Default_Extension(
+    T_RB_DocType doctype )
+{
+    char               *extension = NULL;
+
+    switch ( doctype )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        extension = RB_TEST_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        extension = RB_XMLDB_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        extension = RB_HTML_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        extension = RB_LaTeX_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        extension = RB_RTF_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        extension = RB_ASCII_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        extension = RB_TROFF_Get_Default_Extension(  );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+    return extension;
+}
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_BeginSection
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a section of level depth in the current output mode.
+ *   This is used for the --sections option.  Where each header is
+ *   placed in a section based on the header hierarchy.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc    -- the destination file.
+ *   * doctype     -- document type
+ *   * depth       -- the level of the section
+ *   * name        -- the name of the section
+ *   * header      -- pointer to the header structure
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name, header );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name, header );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+/* RB_TROFF_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name ); */
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_BeginSection( dest_doc, depth, name, header );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_EndSection
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the end of a section base on the current output mode.
+ *   The functions is used for the --section option.
+ *   It closes a section in the current output mode.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- the destination file.
+ *   * doctype  --
+ *   * depth    -- the level of the section
+ *   * name     -- the name of the section
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* doesn't apply */
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_EndSection( dest_doc, depth, name );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Index_Entry
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate an entry for an auto generated index.  This works only
+ *   for output modes that support this, LaTeX for instance.   This
+ *   has nothting to do with the master index.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Index_Entry(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    T_RB_DocType doctype,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- the destination file.
+ *   * header   -- pointer to the header the index entry is for.
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( doctype )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Entry( dest_doc, header );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        /* No index available */
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* No index available */
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_TOC_2
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a Table of Contents based on the headers found in
+ *   _all_ source files.   There is also a function to create
+ *   a table of contents based on the headers found in a single
+ *   source file RB_Generate_TOC_1
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count,
+    struct RB_Part *owner,
+    char *dest_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- the destination file.
+ *   * headers  -- an array of pointers to all the headers.
+ *   * count    -- the number of pointers in the array.
+ *   * output_mode -- global with the current output mode.
+ *   * owner    -- The owner of the TOC. Only the headers that are owned
+ *               by this owner are included in the TOC.  Can be NULL,
+ *               in which case all headers are included.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_2( dest_doc, headers, count, owner, dest_name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        /* LaTeX has it's own mechanism for creating
+         * a table of content */
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_TOC_2( dest_doc, headers, count );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        /* TODO: No TOC in ASCII mode */
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Doc_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Generate_Doc_Start -- Generate document header.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *title,
+    char toc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *charset )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates for depending on the output_mode the text that
+ *   will be at the start of a document.
+ *   Including the table of contents.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc - pointer to the file to which the output will
+ *                be written.
+ *   o src_name - the name of the source file or directory.
+ *   o name     - the name of this file.
+ *   o output_mode - global variable that indicates the output
+ *                   mode.
+ *   o toc      - generate table of contens
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Generate_Doc_End
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Doc_Start( dest_doc, src_name, title, toc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Doc_Start( document, dest_doc, charset );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start( dest_doc, src_name, title, dest_name,
+                                    charset );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start( dest_doc, src_name, title, charset );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start( dest_doc, src_name, title, toc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Doc_Start( dest_doc, src_name, title, toc );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        /* */ ;
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        ;
+    }
+}
+
+/***************/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Doc_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Generate_Doc_End -- generate document trailer.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name,
+    char *src_name )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates for depending on the output_mode the text that
+ *   will be at the end of a document.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc - pointer to the file to which the output will
+ *                be written.
+ *   o name     - the name of this file.
+ *   o output_mode - global variable that indicates the output
+ *                   mode.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Doesn't do anything with its arguments, but that might
+ *   change in the future.
+ * BUGS
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Doc_End( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Doc_End( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End( dest_doc, name, src_name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_End( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_End( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/************/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Header_Start [3.0h]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Generate_Header_Start -- generate header start text.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+FILE               *RB_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates depending on the output_mode the text that
+ *   will be at the end of each header.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc - pointer to the file to which the output will
+ *                be written.
+ *   o cur_header - pointer to a RB_header structure.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Generate_Header_End
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        dest_doc = RB_TROFF_Generate_Header_Start( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+    return dest_doc;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Header_End [3.0h]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Generate_Header_End
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates for depending on the output_mode the text that
+ *   will be at the end of a header.
+ *   This function is used if the option --section is _not_
+ *   used.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc - pointer to the file to which the output will
+ *              be written.
+ *   o cur_header - pointer to a RB_header structure.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Generate_Header_Start, RB_Generate_EndSection,
+ *   RB_Generate_BeginSection
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {                           /* switch by *koessi */
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        RB_TROFF_Generate_Header_End( dest_doc, cur_header );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Item_Name [2.01]
+ * NAME
+ *   Generate_Item_Name -- fast&easy
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int item_type )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   write the item's name to the doc
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o FILE* dest_doc      -- destination file
+ *   o int item_type       -- the type of item
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Koessi
+ * NOTES
+ *   uses globals: output_mode
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *name = configuration.items.names[item_type];
+
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        RB_TROFF_Generate_Item_Name( dest_doc, name, item_type );
+        break;
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*********/
+
+
+void Generate_Begin_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Content( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void Generate_End_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_Content( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void Generate_Begin_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Navigation( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+}
+
+void Generate_End_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_Navigation( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+}
+
+void Generate_IndexMenu(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *filename,
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu( dest_doc, filename, document, NULL );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+}
+
+void Generate_Begin_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Extra( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void Generate_End_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_Extra( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Generate_Nav_Bar(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        if ( course_of_action.do_one_file_per_header )
+        {
+            /* Nothing */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar( document, current_doc, current_header );
+        }
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        /* Bug */
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+int RB_HTML_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int item_type,
+    char *cur_char,
+    char prev_char )
+{
+    int                 res = -1;
+
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        res =
+            RB_HTML_Generate_Extra( dest_doc, item_type, cur_char,
+                                    prev_char );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        /* TODO */
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        res = RB_TROFF_Generate_Extra( dest_doc, item_type, cur_char );
+        break;
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        /* Bug */
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Name_Headers
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Give all headers a unique name. This makes sure that if
+ *   two headers have the same name linking to one of the headers
+ *   still works.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Name_Headers(
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    long count )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+#define MAX_UNIQUE_ID_LENGTH 80
+{
+    int                 i;
+    char                id[MAX_UNIQUE_ID_LENGTH + 1];
+
+    RB_Say( "Assigning headers a unique name.\n", SAY_DEBUG );
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *header;
+
+        header = headers[i];
+        sprintf( id, "robo%d", i );
+        header->unique_name = RB_StrDup( id );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Sort_Items
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Sort the items in all the headers according to the order
+ *   specified in the 'item order' block in the robodoc.rc 
+ *   file.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void RB_Sort_Items(
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    long header_count )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 n_order = configuration.item_order.number;
+
+    if ( n_order )
+    {
+        int                 i = 0;
+        int                 j = 0;
+        int                 max_number_of_items = 0;
+        struct RB_Item    **items = NULL;
+        struct RB_Item    **items_sorted = NULL;
+
+        RB_Say( "Sorting items in %d headers.\n", SAY_DEBUG, header_count );
+
+        /* Compute the maximum number of items in any given header */
+        for ( j = 0; j < header_count; ++j )
+        {
+            struct RB_header   *header;
+            struct RB_Item     *item;
+            int                 item_count = 0;
+
+            header = headers[j];
+            for ( item = header->items; item; item = item->next )
+            {
+                ++item_count;
+            }
+
+            if ( item_count > max_number_of_items )
+            {
+                max_number_of_items = item_count;
+            }
+        }
+        /* Allocate an array for the items, this makes it easier to
+         * sort. */
+
+        RB_Say( "Largest header has %d items.\n", SAY_DEBUG,
+                max_number_of_items );
+
+        if ( max_number_of_items == 0 )
+        {
+            /* No items in any of the headers, do nothing */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            items = calloc( max_number_of_items, sizeof( struct RB_Item * ) );
+            items_sorted =
+                calloc( max_number_of_items, sizeof( struct RB_Item * ) );
+
+            /* Sort items */
+            for ( j = 0; j < header_count; ++j )
+            {
+                struct RB_header   *header = NULL;
+                struct RB_Item     *item = NULL;
+                int                 item_index = 0;
+                int                 sorted_item_index = 0;
+                int                 item_count = 0;
+
+                header = headers[j];
+
+                /* Copy item pointers to array */
+                for ( item = header->items; item;
+                      item = item->next, ++item_index )
+                {
+                    items[item_index] = item;
+                    items_sorted[item_index] = item;
+                };
+                item_count = item_index;
+
+                if ( item_count == 0 )
+                {
+                    /* No items in this header, do nothing. */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    assert( item_count <= max_number_of_items );
+
+                    /* First copy the items in the order that is defined in
+                     * item_order[] to sorted_items[] */
+                    sorted_item_index = 0;
+                    for ( i = 0; i < n_order; ++i )
+                    {
+                        for ( item_index = 0; item_index < item_count;
+                              ++item_index )
+                        {
+                            if ( items[item_index] )
+                            {
+                                if ( strcmp
+                                     ( configuration.items.
+                                       names[items[item_index]->type],
+                                       configuration.item_order.names[i] ) ==
+                                     0 )
+                                {
+                                    /* copy to items_sorted */
+                                    items_sorted[sorted_item_index] =
+                                        items[item_index];
+                                    ++sorted_item_index;
+                                    items[item_index] = NULL;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    /* Then copy the remaining items to items_sorted[] */
+                    for ( item_index = 0; item_index < item_count;
+                          ++item_index )
+                    {
+                        if ( items[item_index] )
+                        {
+                            /* copy to items_sorted */
+                            items_sorted[sorted_item_index] =
+                                items[item_index];
+                            ++sorted_item_index;
+                            items[item_index] = NULL;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    assert( sorted_item_index == item_count );
+
+                    /* Now copy the items in items_sorted[] back into the linked list in
+                     * the header */
+                    if ( item_count > 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Chain all the items */
+                        for ( item_index = 0; item_index < item_count - 1;
+                              ++item_index )
+                        {
+                            items_sorted[item_index]->next =
+                                items_sorted[item_index + 1];
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    assert( item_count > 0 );
+                    items_sorted[item_count - 1]->next = NULL;
+                    /* now link the first item to the header. */
+                    header->items = items_sorted[0];
+                }
+            }
+
+            free( items_sorted );
+            free( items );
+        }
+    }
+
+    RB_Say( "Done sorting items in %d headers.\n", SAY_DEBUG, header_count );
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Documentation
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the documentation for all the information contained in a
+ *   RB_Document structure.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Documentation(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   document -- pointer to the RB_Document structure.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    RB_SetCurrentFile( NULL );
+
+
+
+    if ( document->actions.do_singledoc )
+    {
+        RB_Generate_SingleDoc( document );
+    }
+    else if ( document->actions.do_multidoc )
+    {
+        RB_Generate_MultiDoc( document );
+    }
+    else if ( document->actions.do_singlefile )
+    {
+        RB_Generate_SingleDoc( document );
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_MultiDoc
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create documentation by creating a file for each
+ *   individual source file that was scanned.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_MultiDoc(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   document -- pointer to the RB_Document structure.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+    FILE               *document_file = NULL;
+
+    RB_Document_Determine_DocFilePaths( document );
+    RB_Document_Create_DocFilePaths( document );
+    if ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+    {
+        RB_Document_Split_Parts( document );
+    }
+    RB_Document_Determine_DocFileNames( document );
+    RB_Document_Collect_Headers( document );
+    if ( document->actions.do_nosort )
+    {
+        /* Nothing */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Document_Sort_Headers( document );
+    }
+    RB_Document_Link_Headers( document );
+    RB_Fill_Header_Filename( document );
+    RB_Name_Headers( document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    RB_Sort_Items( document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    RB_CollectLinks( document, document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    if ( output_mode == HTML )
+    {
+        RB_Create_CSS( document );
+    }
+
+
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part != NULL; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+
+        char               *srcname = Get_Fullname( i_part->filename );
+        char               *docname = RB_Get_FullDocname( i_part->filename );
+
+        /* Nothing found in this part, do not generate it */
+        if ( i_part->headers == 0 )
+            continue;
+
+
+        if ( output_mode != TROFF )
+        {
+            document_file = RB_Open_Documentation( i_part );
+            RB_Generate_Doc_Start( document,
+                                   document_file, srcname, srcname, 1,
+                                   docname, document->charset );
+
+            Generate_Begin_Navigation( document_file );
+            if ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+            {
+                RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar_One_File_Per_Header( document,
+                                                              document_file,
+                                                              i_part->
+                                                              headers );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Generate_IndexMenu( document_file, docname, document );
+            }
+            Generate_End_Navigation( document_file );
+
+            Generate_Begin_Content( document_file );
+
+            if ( ( document->actions.do_toc ) && document->no_headers )
+            {
+                RB_Generate_TOC_2( document_file,
+                                   document->headers, document->no_headers,
+                                   i_part, docname );
+            }
+            RB_Generate_Part( document_file, document, i_part );
+            Generate_End_Content( document_file );
+
+            RB_Generate_Doc_End( document_file, docname, srcname );
+            fclose( document_file );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_Generate_Part( document_file, document, i_part );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( document->actions.do_index )
+    {
+        Generate_Index( document );
+    }
+
+    RB_Free_Links(  );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_SingleDoc
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create documentation by creating a single file for all individual
+ *   source file that were scanned.
+ *
+ *   This function is called when the option --singledoc is used.
+ *   Based on whether the option --sections is used this function then
+ *   calls RB_Generate_Sections or RB_Generate_Part
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_SingleDoc(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   document -- pointer to the RB_Document structure.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    FILE               *document_file;
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+
+    RB_Document_Collect_Headers( document );
+    if ( document->actions.do_nosort )
+    {
+        /* Nothing */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Document_Sort_Headers( document );
+    }
+    RB_Document_Link_Headers( document );
+    RB_Fill_Header_Filename( document );
+    RB_Name_Headers( document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    RB_Sort_Items( document->headers, document->no_headers );
+    RB_CollectLinks( document, document->headers, document->no_headers );
+
+    for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part != NULL; i_part = i_part->next )
+    {
+        RB_Set_FullDocname( i_part->filename, document->singledoc_name );
+    }
+
+    if ( output_mode == HTML )
+    {
+        RB_Create_CSS( document );
+    }
+
+    document_file = RB_Open_SingleDocumentation( document );
+    assert( document->parts->filename->name );
+
+
+    RB_Generate_Doc_Start( document,
+                           document_file,
+                           document->srcroot->name,
+                           document->singledoc_name, 1,
+                           document->singledoc_name, document->charset );
+
+    if ( ( document->actions.do_toc ) && document->no_headers )
+    {
+        RB_Generate_TOC_2( document_file,
+                           document->headers, document->no_headers, NULL,
+                           document->parts->filename->name );
+    }
+    if ( document->actions.do_sections )
+    {
+        RB_Generate_Sections( document_file, document );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i_part = document->parts;
+              i_part != NULL; i_part = i_part->next )
+        {
+            RB_Generate_Part( document_file, document, i_part );
+        }
+    }
+
+    RB_Generate_Doc_End( document_file, "singledoc",
+                         document->srcroot->name );
+    fclose( document_file );
+
+    RB_Free_Links(  );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Sections
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Creates the documentation for all headers found in all source
+ *   files.  The order in which they are generated depends on the
+ *   header hierarchy.  First the top level header's documentation
+ *   is generated then, the documentation for all it's childern, then
+ *   the next top level header's documentation is generated.
+ *   This is a recursive proces.
+ *   The idea is to create something like:
+ *     1. Parentheader1
+ *     1.1 Child1
+ *     1.2 Child2
+ *     1.2.1 Child's child1
+ *     2. Parentheader2
+ *   etc
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Sections(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document_file -- destination file.
+ *   o document -- pointer to the RB_Document structure.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned long       i;
+    int                 depth = 1;
+    struct RB_header   *header;
+
+    depth = document->first_section_level;
+
+    RB_Say( "Generating Sections\n", SAY_INFO );
+    for ( i = 0; i < document->no_headers; ++i )
+    {
+        header = ( document->headers )[i];
+        if ( header->parent )
+        {
+            /* This will be in one of the subsections */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_Generate_Section( document_file, header, document, depth );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Section
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the documentation for a header and all
+ *   its childern.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document_file -- destination file
+ *   o parent -- the parent of the header for which the documentation
+ *               is to be generated.
+ *   o document -- pointer to the RB_Document structure.
+ *   o depth -- level of sectioning ( 1  1.1  1.1.1  etc)
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Section(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_header *parent,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    int depth )
+/*
+ * NOTE
+ *   This is a recursive function.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *    RB_Generate_Sections
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned long       i;
+    struct RB_header   *header;
+    char               *headername;
+
+    // We pass either modulename/name or just the name
+    if ( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly )
+    {
+        headername = parent->function_name;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        headername = parent->name;
+    }
+
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        {
+            RB_Generate_BeginSection( document_file, depth, headername,
+                                      parent );
+            /* Docbook output does not like the labels to be
+             * generated before the 
     part
+             */
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->unique_name );
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->name );
+        }
+        break;
+        /* lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:37 */
+    case LATEX:
+        {
+            RB_Generate_BeginSection( document_file, depth, headername,
+                                      parent );
+            /* We have to start section before labeling in latex */
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->unique_name );
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->name );
+        }
+        break;
+        /* --- */
+    default:
+        {
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->unique_name );
+            Generate_Label( document_file, parent->name );
+            RB_Generate_BeginSection( document_file, depth, headername,
+                                      parent );
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    RB_Generate_Nav_Bar( document, document_file, parent );
+    RB_Generate_Index_Entry( document_file, document->doctype, parent );
+    Generate_Header( document_file, document, parent, "dummy" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < document->no_headers; ++i )
+    {
+        header = ( document->headers )[i];
+        if ( header->parent == parent )
+        {
+            RB_Generate_Section( document_file, header, document, depth + 1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Leeg */
+        }
+    }
+    RB_Generate_EndSection( document_file, depth, parent->name );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_Part
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the documention for all the headers found in a single
+ *   source file.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Generate_Part(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_Part *part )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * document_file -- The file were it stored.
+ *   * document      -- All the documentation.
+ *   * part          -- pointer to a RB_Part that contains all the headers found
+ *                    in a single source file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_header   *i_header;
+    char               *docname = NULL;
+    char               *srcname = Get_Fullname( part->filename );
+
+    RB_Say( "generating documentation for file \"%s\"\n", SAY_INFO, srcname );
+    if ( document->actions.do_singledoc )
+    {
+        docname = document->singledoc_name;
+    }
+    else if ( document->actions.do_multidoc )
+    {
+        docname = RB_Get_FullDocname( part->filename );
+    }
+    else if ( document->actions.do_singlefile )
+    {
+        docname = document->singledoc_name;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ( output_mode == TROFF )
+    {
+        RB_TROFF_Set_Param( document->compress, document->section );
+    }
+
+
+    for ( i_header = part->headers; i_header; i_header = i_header->next )
+    {
+        RB_Say( "generating documentation for header \"%s\"\n", SAY_INFO,
+                i_header->name );
+        document_file = RB_Generate_Header_Start( document_file, i_header );
+        RB_Generate_Nav_Bar( document, document_file, i_header );
+        RB_Generate_Index_Entry( document_file, document->doctype, i_header );
+        Generate_Header( document_file, document, i_header, docname );
+        RB_Generate_Header_End( document_file, i_header );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Get_DOT_Type
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Returns the type of the DOT file for the given output mode
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+char               *RB_Get_DOT_Type(
+    void )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        return DOT_HTML_TYPE;
+        break;
+
+    case LATEX:
+        return DOT_LATEX_TYPE;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Generate_DOT_Image_Link
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates the image link for the created dot graphics
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+void RB_Generate_DOT_Image_Link(
+    FILE *f,
+    int dot_nr,
+    char *dot_type )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case HTML:
+        fprintf( f, "\n", DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr,
+                 dot_type );
+        break;
+
+    case LATEX:
+        {
+            char                str[TEMP_BUF_SIZE];
+
+            // First we need to convert graph to PDF
+            // (maybe the user is using pdflatex)
+#if defined(RB_MSVC)
+            sprintf( str, "%s %s%d.%s", EPSTOPDF_NAME,
+                     DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#else
+            snprintf( str, sizeof( str ), "%s %s%d.%s", EPSTOPDF_NAME,
+                      DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#endif
+            system( str );
+
+            fprintf( f, "\\includegraphics{%s%d}\n", DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr );
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Item
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Generate_Item(
+    FILE *f,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header,
+    struct RB_Item *cur_item,
+    char *docname )
+ /*
+  * FUNCTION
+  *   Generate the documentation for a single item.
+  * SOURCE
+  */
+{
+    static int          dot_nr = 1;
+    int                 line_nr;
+    char               *dot_type = NULL;
+    FILE               *tool = NULL;    // Pipe handler to the tool we use
+    enum ItemType       item_type = cur_item->type;
+    char               *name = configuration.items.names[item_type];
+
+
+    Generate_Item_Name( f, item_type );
+    RB_Generate_Item_Begin( f, name );
+    for ( line_nr = 0; line_nr < cur_item->no_lines; ++line_nr )
+    {
+        struct RB_Item_Line *item_line = cur_item->lines[line_nr];
+        char               *line = item_line->line;
+
+        // Plain item lines
+        if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+             ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_PLAIN ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+            Generate_Item_Line( f, line, item_type, docname, header );
+        }
+        // Last line
+        else if ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_END )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+        }
+        // Normal Pipes
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_PIPE ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+            if ( item_line->pipe_mode == output_mode )
+            {
+                Pipe_Line( f, line );
+            }
+        }
+        // Tool start
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_TOOL_START ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+
+            // Change to docdir
+            RB_Change_To_Docdir( document );
+
+            // Open pipe to tool
+            tool = Open_Pipe( line );
+
+            // Get back to working dir
+            RB_Change_Back_To_CWD(  );
+        }
+        // Tool (or DOT) body
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_TOOL_BODY ) )
+        {
+            if ( tool != NULL )
+            {
+                fprintf( tool, "%s\n", line );
+            }
+        }
+        // Tool end
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_TOOL_END ) )
+        {
+            // Close pipe
+            Close_Pipe( tool );
+            tool = NULL;
+        }
+        // DOT start
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_DOT_START ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+
+            // Get DOT file type
+            dot_type = RB_Get_DOT_Type(  );
+
+            if ( dot_type )
+            {
+                char                pipe_str[TEMP_BUF_SIZE];
+
+                // Change to docdir
+                RB_Change_To_Docdir( document );
+#if defined(RB_MSVC)
+                sprintf( pipe_str,
+                         "%s -T%s -o%s%d.%s", dot_name,
+                         dot_type, DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#else
+                snprintf( pipe_str, sizeof( pipe_str ),
+                          "%s -T%s -o%s%d.%s", dot_name,
+                          dot_type, DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#endif
+                tool = Open_Pipe( pipe_str );
+            }
+        }
+        // DOT end
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_DOT_END ) )
+        {
+            if ( tool )
+            {
+                // Close pipe
+                Close_Pipe( tool );
+                tool = NULL;
+
+                // Generate link to image
+                RB_Generate_DOT_Image_Link( f, dot_nr, dot_type );
+
+                // Get back to working dir
+                RB_Change_Back_To_CWD(  );
+
+                // Increment dot file number
+                dot_nr++;
+            }
+        }
+        // DOT file include
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_DOT_FILE ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+
+            // Get DOT file type
+            dot_type = RB_Get_DOT_Type(  );
+
+            if ( dot_type )
+            {
+                char                str[TEMP_BUF_SIZE];
+
+                // Change to docdir
+                RB_Change_To_Docdir( document );
+
+#if defined(RB_MSVC)
+                sprintf( str,
+                         "%s -T%s \"%s/%s\" -o%s%d.%s", dot_name,
+                         dot_type, RB_Get_Saved_CWD(  ), line,
+                         DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#else
+                snprintf( str, sizeof( str ),
+                          "%s -T%s \"%s/%s\" -o%s%d.%s", dot_name,
+                          dot_type, RB_Get_Saved_CWD(  ), line,
+                          DOT_GRAPH_NAME, dot_nr, dot_type );
+#endif
+                system( str );
+
+                // Generate link to image
+                RB_Generate_DOT_Image_Link( f, dot_nr, dot_type );
+
+                // Get back to working dir
+                RB_Change_Back_To_CWD(  );
+
+                // Increment dot file number
+                dot_nr++;
+            }
+        }
+        // Exec item
+        else if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+                  ( item_line->kind == ITEM_LINE_EXEC ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+
+            // Change to docdir
+            RB_Change_To_Docdir( document );
+
+            // Execute line
+            system( line );
+
+            // Get back to working dir
+            RB_Change_Back_To_CWD(  );
+        }
+        // Source lines
+        else if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) )
+        {
+            Format_Line( f, item_line->format );
+            Generate_Item_Line( f, line, item_type, docname, header );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* This item line is ignored */
+        }
+    }
+    RB_Generate_Item_End( f, name );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Header
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the documentation for all the items found in
+ *   a header except for any items specified in
+ *   configuration.ignore_items.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Generate_Header(
+    FILE *f,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header,
+    char *docname )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * f -- destination file
+ *   * header -- header to be searched.
+ *   * srcname -- name of the source file the header was found in.
+ *   * document -- name of the documentation file.
+ * BUGS
+ *   This skips the first item body if the first item name was
+ *   not correctly spelled.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Item     *cur_item;
+
+    for ( cur_item = header->items; cur_item; cur_item = cur_item->next )
+    {
+        enum ItemType       item_type = cur_item->type;
+        char               *name = configuration.items.names[item_type];
+
+        if ( Is_Ignore_Item( name ) )
+        {
+            /* User does not want this item */
+        }
+        else if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type )
+                  && ( course_of_action.do_nosource ) )
+        {
+            /* User does not want source items */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            Generate_Item( f, document, header, cur_item, docname );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+static void Pipe_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *arg_line )
+{
+    char               *cur_char = arg_line;
+
+    for ( ; *cur_char && ( *cur_char == ' ' || *cur_char == '\t' );
+          cur_char++ )
+    {
+        fputc( *cur_char, dest_doc );
+    }
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%s%s", cur_char,
+             ( output_mode == RTF ? "\\line" : "\n" ) );
+}
+
+
+static void Format_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    long format )
+{
+    if ( format & RBILA_END_LIST_ITEM )
+    {
+        Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_END_LIST )
+    {
+        Generate_End_List( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_END_PRE )
+    {
+        Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_PARAGRAPH )
+    {
+        Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_END_PARAGRAPH )
+    {
+        Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_PRE )
+    {
+        Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc,
+                                     ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_SOURCE ) );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST )
+    {
+        Generate_Begin_List( dest_doc );
+    }
+    if ( format & RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM )
+    {
+        Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+static void Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_Begin_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_End_List_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_Begin_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_Begin_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+
+    case RTF:
+    case TROFF:
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+
+static void Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_End_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_End_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_End_List( dest_doc );
+        break;
+
+    case RTF:
+    case TROFF:
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+
+static void Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int source )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc, source );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_Begin_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+static void Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_End_Preformatted( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+static void Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_End_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO FS Document */
+static void Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        TEST_Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        XMLDB_Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        TROFF_Generate_Begin_Paragraph( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/*x**f* Generator/RB_Generate_Empty_Item
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate documentation for an item with an empty body.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   dest_doc -- destination file.
+ ****
+ * TODO Documentation
+ */
+
+static void RB_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Empty_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Empty_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Empty_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Empty_Item( dest_doc );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+static void Generate_Item_Line(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *line,
+    int item_type,
+    char *docname,
+    struct RB_header *fnames )
+{
+    char               *cur_char = line;
+    char               *object_name = NULL;
+    char               *label_name = NULL;
+    char               *file_name = NULL;
+
+    enum EIL_State
+    { SKIP_ALPHANUM, SKIP_SPACE, SEARCH_LINK_START_WORD, SEARCH_LINK }
+    state = SKIP_SPACE;
+
+    for ( ; *cur_char; cur_char++ )
+    {
+        char                c = *cur_char;
+
+        /* This is a little statemachine to switch searching for
+         * links on and off.  A link can be found for a word
+         * or for a word combined with some punctuation
+         * characters.  A word is a string of alpha numeric
+         * characters (including a '_'),  say FunctionAA_10_B
+         * All other characters are punctuation characters.
+         * We do not want links to start in the middle of a word,
+         * but they can start after or on a punctuation character.
+         * So for a link can start at
+         *     Foo_bar::SnaFu
+         *     ^      ^^^
+         *     |      |||
+         *
+         */
+
+        /* Move to the next state based on current character.  */
+        switch ( state )
+        {
+        case SKIP_SPACE:
+            /* In this state we try to skip of a string of space
+             * characters until we find something else.
+             */
+            {
+                if ( utf8_ispunct( c ) )
+                {
+                    /* we were in the process of skipping spaces,
+                     * but now we found a non-space character.
+                     * This might be the begin of a link, so
+                     * switch to the search link state.
+                     */
+                    state = SEARCH_LINK;
+                }
+                else if ( utf8_isalnum( c ) || ( c == '_' ) )
+                {
+                    state = SEARCH_LINK_START_WORD;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Links can only start with a none space character,
+                     * so if the current charater is a space, we skip it.
+                     */
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case SKIP_ALPHANUM:
+            /* In this state we skipping a string of alpha
+             * numeric charaters after that the first
+             * character in this string did not result in a
+             * link.
+             */
+            {
+                if ( utf8_isspace( c ) )
+                {
+                    /* We found the end of the string, so we go 
+                     * back to the space skipping state
+                     */
+                    state = SKIP_SPACE;
+                }
+                else if ( utf8_ispunct( c ) && ( c != '_' ) )
+                {
+                    /* We found a puntuation character, this end
+                     * the string of alpha numeric character, but
+                     * can be the begin of a new link, so we
+                     * switch to the seach link state.
+                     */
+                    state = SEARCH_LINK;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* We stay in this state */
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case SEARCH_LINK_START_WORD:
+            /* In this state we are at the start of a string
+             * of alpha numeric characters.
+             */
+            {
+                if ( utf8_isalnum( c ) || ( c == '_' ) )
+                {
+                    /* We are not at the second character of
+                     * a string of alpha numeric characters,
+                     * we can stop searching for links, as a
+                     * link can only start at the begin of
+                     * such a string.
+                     */
+                    state = SKIP_ALPHANUM;
+                }
+                else if ( utf8_ispunct( c ) && ( c != '_' ) )
+                {
+                    state = SEARCH_LINK;
+                }
+                else if ( utf8_isspace( c ) )
+                {
+                    state = SKIP_SPACE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    state = SKIP_SPACE;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case SEARCH_LINK:
+            {
+                /* In this state we search for links. We stop
+                 * searching if we encounter a space because this
+                 * marks end of the word,
+                 */
+                if ( utf8_isalnum( c ) || ( c == '_' ) )
+                {
+                    /* We are at the start of a word.
+                     */
+                    state = SEARCH_LINK_START_WORD;
+                }
+                else if ( utf8_isspace( c ) )
+                {
+                    state = SKIP_SPACE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* We stay in this state */
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        default:
+            assert( 0 );
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if ( ( ( state == SEARCH_LINK ) ||
+               ( state == SEARCH_LINK_START_WORD ) ) &&
+             Find_Link( cur_char, &object_name, &label_name, &file_name ) )
+        {
+            /* We found a link, so we can stop searching for one
+             * for now.
+             */
+            state = SKIP_SPACE;
+
+            if ( object_name && fnames->no_names > 0 )
+            {
+                extern char        *function_name(
+    char * );
+                int                 i;
+
+                for ( i = 0; i < fnames->no_names; i++ )
+                    if ( strcmp
+                         ( object_name,
+                           function_name( fnames->names[i] ) ) == 0 )
+                        break;
+                if ( i < fnames->no_names )
+                {
+                    RB_Generate_False_Link( dest_doc, object_name );
+                    cur_char += strlen( object_name ) - 1;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname,
+                                   file_name, label_name, object_name );
+                    cur_char += strlen( object_name ) - 1;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                assert( 0 );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            int                 res =
+                RB_HTML_Extra( dest_doc, item_type, cur_char,
+                               ( cur_char == line ) ? 0 : *( cur_char - 1 ) );
+
+            if ( res >= 0 )
+            {
+                cur_char += res;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* convert from signed to unsigned */
+                unsigned char       c2 = *cur_char;
+
+                Generate_Char( dest_doc, c2 );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* TODO Move to the RTF_Generator */
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case RTF:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\line" );
+        break;
+
+    case TROFF:
+        RB_TROFF_Start_New_Line( dest_doc );
+        break;
+
+    case HTML:
+        // Check for source line comment endings
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Line_Comment_End( dest_doc );
+        break;
+
+    case TEST:
+    case ASCII:
+    case LATEX:
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+    case UNKNOWN:
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* For all modes we add a newline. */
+    fputc( '\n', dest_doc );
+}
+
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Link
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a link to another headers documentation.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void Generate_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *docname,
+    char *file_name,
+    char *label_name,
+    char *function_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc      -- the output file
+ *   * docname       -- the name of the output file
+ *   * file_name     -- the name of the file that contains the link's body
+ *   * label_name    -- the label for the link
+ *   * function_name -- the name that is shown for the link in the
+ *                      documentation
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname, file_name, label_name,
+                               function_name );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname, file_name, label_name,
+                                function_name );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname, file_name, label_name,
+                               function_name, NULL );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname, file_name, label_name,
+                              function_name );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, function_name );
+        /* lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:43 */
+        /* generate a simple link here */
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link( dest_doc, docname, file_name, label_name,
+                                function_name );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    case ASCII:
+    case TROFF:
+    default:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", function_name );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Char
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a single character in the current output mode.
+ *   The individual generators will make sure that special
+ *   characters are escaped.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int cur_char )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- destination file.
+ *   * cur_char -- character to be generated.
+ *******
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        RB_TEST_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        RB_XMLDB_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case RTF:
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case TROFF:
+        RB_TROFF_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case ASCII:
+        RB_ASCII_Generate_Char( dest_doc, cur_char );
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* Generator/RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Get the name of the master index file for a specific
+ *   header_type.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName(
+    char *docroot,
+    char *extension,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * docroot      -- the path to the documentation directory.
+ *   * extension    -- the extension for the file
+ *   * header_type  -- the header type
+ * RESULT
+ *   a pointer to a freshly allocated string.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Has too many parameters.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    size_t              l;
+    char               *filename;
+
+    assert( docroot );
+
+    l = strlen( docroot );
+
+    l += RB_Get_Len_Extension( extension );
+    l += strlen( docroot );
+    l += strlen( header_type->fileName );
+
+    filename = ( char * ) malloc( l + 2 );
+    assert( filename );
+    filename[0] = '\0';
+
+    strcat( filename, docroot );
+    strcat( filename, header_type->fileName );
+    RB_Add_Extension( extension, filename );
+
+    return filename;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Generator/Generate_Index
+ * NAME
+ *   Generate_Index -- generate index file based on xref files.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Generate_Index(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a master index file. It contains pointers to the
+ *   documentation generated for each source file, as well as all
+ *   "objects" found in the source files.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( output_mode )
+    {
+    case TEST:
+        break;
+    case XMLDOCBOOK:
+        break;
+    case HTML:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Index( document );
+        break;
+    case LATEX:
+        /* RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index(dest, source); */
+        /* Latex has a index by default */
+        break;
+    case UNKNOWN:
+    case ASCII:
+    case TROFF:
+    case RTF:
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
diff --git a/Source/generator.h b/Source/generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..204825d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_GENERATOR_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "document.h"
+
+void                RB_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *title,
+    char toc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *charset );
+char               *RB_Generate_Item_Body(
+    FILE *,
+    char *,
+    char *,
+    char *,
+    char *,
+    int,
+    int );
+void                RB_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *,
+    int );
+void                RB_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *,
+    char *,
+    char * );
+FILE               *RB_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *,
+    struct RB_header * );
+void                RB_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *,
+    struct RB_header * );
+int                 RB_HTML_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int item_type,
+    char *cur_char,
+    char prev_char );
+void                RB_Generate_Index_Table(
+    FILE *dest,
+    int type,
+    char *source );
+void                RB_Name_Headers(
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    long count );
+void                RB_Generate_Documentation(
+    struct RB_Document * );
+void                RB_Generate_Part(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+void                RB_Generate_Header_NG(
+    FILE *f,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header *header,
+    char *srcname,
+    char *docname );
+char               *RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName(
+    char *docroot,
+    char *extension,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type );
+void                RB_Add_Extension(
+    char *extension,
+    char *name );
+size_t              RB_Get_Len_Extension(
+    char *extension );
+char               *RB_Get_Default_Extension(
+    T_RB_DocType doctype );
+void                RB_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+void                RB_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_Generate_Section(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_header *parent,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    int depth );
+void                RB_Generate_Sections(
+    FILE *document_file,
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Generate_SingleDoc(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_Generate_MultiDoc(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                Generate_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *docname,
+    char *file_name,
+    char *label_name,
+    char *function_name );
+void                RB_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_Generate_Nav_Bar(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header );
+void                RB_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count,
+    struct RB_Part *owner,
+    char *dest_name );
+
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_GENERATOR_H */
diff --git a/Source/globals.c b/Source/globals.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9edb766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/globals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Globals
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A number of global variables.
+ * TODO
+ *   Documentation.
+ *****
+ * $Id: globals.c,v 1.22 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "links.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+int                 number_of_warnings = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the name of the current file that is being analysed,
+   use by RB_Panic */
+
+char               *current_file = 0;
+
+/****v* Globals/document_title
+ * NAME
+ *   documentat_title -- title for the documentation.
+ * PURPOSE
+ *   Used as the title for master index files or for latex documentation.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char               *document_title = NULL;
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****v* Globals/output_mode [2.0]
+ * NAME
+ *   output_mode -- the mode of output
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Controls which type of output will be generated.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+T_RB_DocType        output_mode = ASCII;
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****v* Globals/course_of_action [2.0]
+ * NAME
+ *   course_of_action
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Global Variable that defines the course of action.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+actions_t           course_of_action;
+
+/*******/
+
+/****v* Globals/debugmode
+ * NAME
+ *   debugmode
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A bitfield determining the output levels
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+long                debugmode = 0;
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****v* Globals/line_buffer [2.0]
+ * NAME
+ *   line_buffer -- global line buffer
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Temporary storage area for lines
+ *   that are read from an input file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char                line_buffer[MAX_LINE_LEN];
+
+/*******/
+
+/****v* Globals/myLine
+ * NAME
+ *   myLine -- dynamic buffer for current line
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Temporary storage area for lines
+ *   that are read from an input file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char               *myLine = NULL;
+
+/*******/
+
+/****v* Globals/readChars
+ * NAME
+ *   readChars -- number of characters in the currently bufferd line
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Temporary storage area for lines
+ *   that are read from an input file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int                 readChars = 0;
+
+/*******/
+
+/****v* Globals/line_number [2.0]
+ * NAME
+ *   line_number -- global line counter
+ * PURPOSE
+ *   Keeps track of the number of lines that are read from the source file.
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Koessi
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int                 line_number = 0;
+
+/*******/
+
+/*
+ * Global variables 
+ */
+/* TODO  Document these. */
+
+char               *source_file;        /* DCD */
+char               *whoami = NULL;      /* me,myself&i */
+int                 tab_stops[MAX_TABS];        /* Tab stop positions */
+
+// Number of header item names before linebreak
+int                 header_breaks = DEFAULT_HEADER_BREAKS;
+
+
+// Path and filename to dot tool
+char               *dot_name = DEFAULT_DOT_NAME;
+
+
+/****i* Globals/RB_Close_The_Shop [3.0b]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Close_The_Shop -- free resources.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_Close_The_Shop ()
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Frees all resources used by robodoc.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Free_Header(), RB_Free_Link()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_Close_The_Shop(
+    void )
+{
+/* TODO    if (link_index) { free(link_index); } */
+    if ( myLine )
+    {
+        free( myLine );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
diff --git a/Source/globals.h b/Source/globals.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86e17b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/globals.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_GLOBALS_H
+#define ROBODOC_GLOBALS_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+
+/* TODO  Try to get rid of as many as these as possible. */
+
+#define MAX_LINE_LEN        512
+#define MAX_TABS            256
+#define DEFAULT_TABSIZE       8
+#define TABSIZE_SEPARATOR   ","
+#define DEFAULT_HEADER_BREAKS 2
+#define MAX_HEADER_BREAKS   255
+
+#define TEMP_BUF_SIZE      1024
+#define DEFAULT_DOT_NAME    "dot"
+#define DOT_GRAPH_NAME      "dot_graph_"
+#define EPSTOPDF_NAME       "epstopdf"
+#define DOT_HTML_TYPE       "png"
+#define DOT_LATEX_TYPE      "ps"
+
+// Class definitions for syntax highlighting
+// Note: Should correlate with css file
+#define SOURCE_CLASS        "source"
+#define KEYWORD_CLASS       "keyword"
+#define COMMENT_CLASS       "comment"
+#define QUOTE_CLASS         "quote"
+#define SQUOTE_CLASS        "squote"
+#define SIGN_CLASS          "sign"
+
+// Default HTML charset
+#define DEFAULT_CHARSET     "ISO-8859-1"
+
+// Default document title
+#define DEFAULT_DOCTITILE   "API Reference"
+
+// Document title
+extern char        *document_title;
+
+extern char        *source_file;        /* DCD */
+
+/* extern T_RB_DocType output_mode; */
+/* extern long course_of_action; */
+/* extern int line_number; */
+void                RB_Close_The_Shop(
+    void );
+
+// More ugly globals... Any idea where should we place them?
+extern int          tab_stops[MAX_TABS];
+extern char        *dot_name;
+extern int          header_breaks;
+
+/* These are really necessary */
+extern int          number_of_warnings;
+extern unsigned int link_index_size;
+extern struct RB_link **link_index;
+extern char        *current_file;
+extern T_RB_DocType output_mode;
+extern actions_t    course_of_action;
+extern int          line_number;
+extern char         line_buffer[MAX_LINE_LEN];
+extern char        *whoami;
+extern char        *myLine;
+extern int          readChars;
+extern long         debugmode;
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_GLOBALS_H */
diff --git a/Source/headers.c b/Source/headers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd2daed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/headers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Headers
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module contains a set of variables that define how headers
+ *   start and how they end in various programming languages.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Added C++/ACM header option (David White)
+ *   Enables documentation only comments (//!) to be extracted from C++ 
+ *   and ACM files, rather than all comments.
+ ******
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+/* This limits the total number of possible markers. */
+/* TODO should be an enum */
+#define NO_MARKER_LOCKED 100000
+#define NO_MARKER        100002
+
+static int          locked_header_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+static int          locked_end_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+static int          locked_remark_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+
+/****v* Headers/header_markers
+ * NAME
+ *   header_markers -- strings that mark the begin of a header.
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   These specify what robodoc recognizes as the beginning
+ * NOTE
+ *   The numbers at the beginning of the lines make it easier
+ *   to keep them in sync with the src_constants
+ *   of a header.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char               *header_markers[] = {
+    "/****",                    /* 0   C, C++ */
+    "//!****",                  /* 1   C++, ACM */
+    "//****",                   /* 2   C++ */
+    "(****",                    /* 3   Pascal, Modula-2, B52 */
+    "{****",                    /* 4   Pascal */
+    ";;!****",                  /* 5   Aspen Plus */
+    ";****",                    /* 6   M68K assembler */
+    "****",                     /* 7   M68K assembler */
+    "C     ****",               /* 8   Fortran */
+    "REM ****",                 /* 9   BASIC */
+    "%****",                    /* 10  LaTeX, TeX, Postscript */
+    "#****",                    /* 11  Tcl/Tk */
+    "      ****",               /* 12  COBOL */
+    "--****",                   /* 13  Occam */
+    "",                      /* 15  HTML  & XML */
+    "--->",                     /* 16  HTML */
+    ( char * ) NULL,            /* 17  GNU Assembler */
+    ( char * ) NULL,            /* 18  FORTRAN 90 !! */
+    ( char * ) NULL,            /* 19  FORTRAN 90 ! */
+    ( char * ) NULL,            /* 20  VB */
+    ( char * ) NULL,            /* 21  Aspen Plus */
+    ( char * ) NULL             /* 22  Forth */
+};
+
+/****/
+
+
+/****v* Headers/robo_end [3.0h]
+ * NAME
+ *   robo_end[] -- the distinct robodoc end marker - 
+ *                 alternative to using end_markers
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This is an alternative to using end_markers - sometimes ROBODOC
+ *   confuses asterisks commonly used in comments as an end marker. To
+ *   use this footer instead of end_markers use the -rh switch.
+ * NOTE
+ *   Added by David Druffner.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char               *robo_end[] = { "/*ROBODOC_END*", "*ROBODOC_END*", NULL };
+
+/****/
+
+
+/***f* Headers/RB_Is_Begin_Marker
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Scan a line and see if any of the begin-of-a-header-markers 
+ *   defined in header_markers can be found.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_Is_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line,
+    char **type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cur_line -- line to be searched.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   type     -- the kind of header
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- a begin header was found
+ *   FALSE -- no begin header was found.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+    unsigned int        marker = NO_MARKER;     /* for the assert */
+    char               *cur_mchar = NULL;
+    char               *cur_char = NULL;
+
+    if ( !( course_of_action.do_robo_head )
+         &&
+         ( ( ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+             ( locked_header_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+           || !( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) ) )
+    {
+        for ( marker = 0;
+              ( marker < configuration.header_markers.number ) && !found;
+              marker++ )
+        {
+            cur_mchar = configuration.header_markers.names[marker];
+            for ( found = TRUE, cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+                  *cur_mchar && *cur_char && found; cur_mchar++, cur_char++ )
+            {
+                if ( tolower( *cur_mchar ) != tolower( *cur_char ) )
+                    found = FALSE;
+            }
+            if ( *cur_mchar != '\0' )
+            {
+                /* It is not a complete match */
+                found = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+              ( locked_header_marker != NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+    {
+        cur_mchar = configuration.header_markers.names[locked_header_marker];
+        for ( found = TRUE, cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+              *cur_mchar && *cur_char && found; cur_mchar++, cur_char++ )
+        {
+            if ( tolower( *cur_mchar ) != tolower( *cur_char ) )
+            {
+                found = FALSE;
+            }
+            if ( *cur_mchar != '\0' )
+            {
+                /* It is not a complete match */
+                found = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+
+
+    if ( found && cur_char )
+    {
+        *type = cur_char;
+        ++cur_char;
+        if ( *cur_char == '*' )
+        {
+            ++cur_char;
+            found = utf8_isspace( *cur_char );
+        }
+        else if ( *( cur_char + 1 ) == '*' )
+        {
+            ++cur_char;
+            ++cur_char;
+            found = utf8_isspace( *cur_char );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            found = FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( found )
+        {
+            found = FALSE;
+            /* It should contain some non * characters. */
+            for ( ; *cur_char; ++cur_char )
+            {
+                if ( utf8_isalnum( *cur_char ) )
+                {
+                    found = TRUE;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( found &&
+         ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+         ( locked_header_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+    {
+        assert( marker != NO_MARKER );
+        locked_header_marker = marker - 1;
+        RB_Say( "header marker locked on %s\n", SAY_INFO,
+                configuration.header_markers.names[locked_header_marker] );
+    }
+    return found;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* Generic function to skip a remark begin or end marker */
+
+static char        *RB_Skip_Remark_XXX_Marker(
+    char *cur_line,
+    struct Parameters *parameters )
+{
+    char               *cur_char;
+    char               *space_pos;
+    unsigned int        marker;
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+
+    cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+    space_pos = strchr( cur_char, ' ' );
+    /* Replace the first space on the line with a '\0'
+     * this makes the comparison with the remark markers
+     * much easier.
+     */
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = '\0';
+    }
+
+    for ( marker = 0; ( marker < parameters->number ) && !found; marker++ )
+    {
+        found =
+            ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp( cur_char, parameters->names[marker] ) == 0 );
+    }
+
+    assert( found );
+
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = ' ';
+        return space_pos;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return cur_char + strlen( parameters->names[marker - 1] );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Generic function to see if there is a remark begin or end marker */
+
+static int RB_Is_Remark_XXX_Marker(
+    char *cur_line,
+    struct Parameters *parameters )
+{
+    char               *cur_char;
+    char               *space_pos;
+    unsigned int        marker;
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+
+    cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+    space_pos = strchr( cur_char, ' ' );
+    /* Replace the first space on the line with a '\0'
+     * this makes the comparison with the remark markers
+     * much easier.
+     */
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = '\0';
+    }
+
+    for ( marker = 0; ( marker < parameters->number ) && !found; marker++ )
+    {
+        found =
+            ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp( cur_char, parameters->names[marker] ) == 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = ' ';
+    }
+
+    return found;
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+int RB_Is_Remark_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line )
+{
+    return RB_Is_Remark_XXX_Marker( cur_line,
+                                    &( configuration.remark_end_markers ) );
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+int RB_Is_Remark_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line )
+{
+    return RB_Is_Remark_XXX_Marker( cur_line,
+                                    &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ) );
+}
+
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line )
+{
+    return RB_Skip_Remark_XXX_Marker( cur_line,
+                                      &( configuration.
+                                         remark_begin_markers ) );
+}
+
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line )
+{
+    return RB_Skip_Remark_XXX_Marker( cur_line,
+                                      &( configuration.remark_end_markers ) );
+}
+
+
+/****f* Headers/RB_Is_End_Marker
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Scan a line and see if any of the end of a header markers 
+ *   defined in header_markers can be found.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_Is_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cur_line -- line to be searched.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   none
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- an end header was found
+ *   FALSE -- none was found.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+    unsigned int        marker = NO_MARKER;     /* For the assert */
+    char               *cur_mchar;
+    char               *cur_char;
+
+    if ( !( course_of_action.do_robo_head )
+         &&
+         ( ( ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+             ( locked_end_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+           || !( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) ) )
+    {
+        for ( marker = 0;
+              ( marker < configuration.end_markers.number ) && !found;
+              marker++ )
+        {
+            cur_mchar = configuration.end_markers.names[marker];
+            cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+            if ( *cur_char )
+            {
+                for ( found = TRUE;
+                      *cur_mchar && *cur_char && found;
+                      cur_mchar++, cur_char++ )
+                {
+                    if ( tolower( *cur_mchar ) != tolower( *cur_char ) )
+                    {
+                        found = FALSE;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+              ( locked_end_marker != NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+    {
+        cur_mchar = configuration.end_markers.names[locked_end_marker];
+        cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_line );
+        if ( *cur_char )
+        {
+            for ( found = TRUE;
+                  *cur_mchar && *cur_char && found; cur_mchar++, cur_char++ )
+            {
+                if ( tolower( *cur_mchar ) != tolower( *cur_char ) )
+                {
+                    found = FALSE;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+
+    /* Locking on end markers does not work at the moment,
+     * because there can be more than one end marker for
+     * a given language. TODO 
+     */
+#if 0
+    if ( found &&
+         ( course_of_action.do_LOCKHEADER ) &&
+         ( locked_end_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+    {
+        assert( marker != NO_MARKER );
+        locked_end_marker = marker - 1;
+        RB_Say( "end marker locked on %s\n", SAY_INFO,
+                end_markers[locked_end_marker] );
+    }
+#endif
+    return found;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Headers/RB_Has_Remark_Marker
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check if a line starts with a remark marker.  This function
+ *   assumes that the remark marker starts on the first character of
+ *   the line.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_Has_Remark_Marker(
+    char *lline_buffer )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o lline_buffer -- the line of text.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o TRUE -- it starts with a remark marker
+ *   o FALSE -- it does not.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        marker = 0;
+    unsigned int        marker_found = configuration.remark_markers.number;
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+    char               *space_pos = NULL;
+
+    space_pos = strchr( lline_buffer, ' ' );
+
+    /* Replace the first space on the line with a '\0'
+     * this makes the comparison with the remark markers
+     * much easier.
+     */
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if ( ( ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) &&
+           ( locked_remark_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED ) )
+         || !( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) )
+    {
+        for ( marker = 0; marker < configuration.remark_markers.number;
+              marker++ )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+                 ( lline_buffer,
+                   configuration.remark_markers.names[marker] ) == 0 )
+            {
+                marker_found = marker;
+                found = TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+             ( lline_buffer,
+               configuration.remark_markers.names[locked_remark_marker] ) ==
+             0 )
+        {
+            marker_found = marker;
+            found = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( found &&
+         ( locked_remark_marker == NO_MARKER_LOCKED )
+         && ( course_of_action.do_lockheader ) )
+    {
+        assert( marker_found < configuration.remark_markers.number );
+        locked_remark_marker = marker_found;
+        RB_Say( "remark marker locked on %s\n", SAY_INFO,
+                configuration.remark_markers.names[locked_remark_marker] );
+    }
+
+    /* Restore the space we replaced with a '\0' */
+    if ( space_pos )
+    {
+        *space_pos = ' ';
+    }
+
+    return found;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Headers/RB_Skip_Remark_Marker [2.0e]
+ * NAME
+ *    RB_Skip_Remark_Marker
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_Marker(
+    char *lline_buffer )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *    Scan and search for a recognized remark marker; skip past the
+ *    marker to the body of the text
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        marker, found;
+    char               *cur_char, *cur_mchar;
+
+    found = FALSE;
+    cur_char = NULL;
+    for ( marker = 0;
+          ( marker < configuration.remark_markers.number ) && !found;
+          marker++ )
+    {
+        cur_mchar = configuration.remark_markers.names[marker];
+        for ( found = TRUE, cur_char = lline_buffer;
+              *cur_mchar && *cur_char && found; cur_mchar++, cur_char++ )
+        {
+            if ( tolower( *cur_mchar ) != tolower( *cur_char ) )
+            {
+                found = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( cur_char );
+}
+
+/**************/
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void RB_Header_Lock_Reset(
+    void )
+{
+    locked_header_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+    locked_end_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+}
+
+void RB_Item_Lock_Reset(
+    void )
+{
+    locked_remark_marker = NO_MARKER_LOCKED;
+}
diff --git a/Source/headers.h b/Source/headers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad3acab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/headers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_HEADERS_H
+#define ROBODOC_HEADERS_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****s* Headers/RB_header
+ *  FUNCTION
+ *    This structure is used to store the headers that are extracted
+ *    from the source files.
+ *  MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *    * 8. August 1995: Koessi changed int version to char *version
+ *  ATTRIBUTES
+ *    * next          -- used to store RB_headers in a RB_Part as
+ *                     a linked list.
+ *    * parent        -- the parent of this header
+ *    * name          -- the full name of the header
+ *                     modulename/functionname [versioninfo]
+ *    * owner         -- the Part that owns this header.
+ *    * htype         -- the type of this header.
+ *    * items         -- pointers to the items in this header.
+ *    * version       -- unused
+ *    * function_name -- the functionname ( a better name would
+ *                       be objectname or  thingy name,
+ *                     it is the name of the thing that is
+ *                     being documented ).
+ *    * module_name   -- the modulename
+ *    * unique_name   -- unique name used for labels.
+ *    * file_name     -- documentation file of this header.
+ *    * lines         -- content of the header
+ *    * no_lines      -- number of lines in the content.
+ *    * line_number   -- the line number at which the header was
+ *                     found in the source file.
+ *  SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_header
+{
+    struct RB_header   *next;
+    struct RB_header   *parent;
+    struct RB_Part     *owner;
+    struct RB_HeaderType *htype;
+    struct RB_Item     *items;
+    int                 is_internal;
+    char               *name;
+    char              **names;
+    int                 no_names;
+    char               *version;
+    char               *function_name;
+    char               *module_name;
+    char               *unique_name;
+    char               *file_name;
+    char              **lines;
+    int                 no_lines;
+    int                 line_number;
+};
+
+/*********/
+
+/****d* Headers/src_constants
+ * NAME
+ *   src_constants -- numerals for header_markers
+ * NOTE
+ *   Most of them seem to be unused at the moment.
+ *   But it's better to keep it up to date for the
+ *   eventuality of a later use by robohdrs.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+#define SRC_C        0
+#define SRC_ACM      1          /* Added by David White for Aspen Custom Modeller */
+#define SRC_CPP      2          /* All values incremented 1 to allow for ACM */
+#define SRC_PASCAL   3
+#define SRC_PASCAL2  4
+#define SRC_APLUS    5          /* David White for Aspen Plus */
+#define SRC_ASM      6
+#define SRC_ASM2     7
+#define SRC_FORTRAN  8
+#define SRC_BASIC    9
+#define SRC_TEX      10
+#define SRC_SCRIPT   11
+#define SRC_COBOL    12
+#define SRC_OCCAM    13
+#define SRC_HTML     14
+#define SRC_HTML2    15
+#define SRC_GNUASM   16
+#define SRC_F902     17
+#define SRC_F90      18
+#define SRC_VB       20
+#define SRC_DBC      21
+
+/*********/
+
+/****d* Headers/src_remark_constants
+ * NAME
+ *   src_remark_constants -- numerals for remark_markers
+ * NOTE
+ *   Most of them seem to be unused at the moment.
+ *   But it's better to keep it up to date for the
+ *   eventuality of a later use by robohdrs.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+#define SRC_R_C        0
+#define SRC_R_ACM      1        /* Added by David White for Aspen Custom Modeller */
+#define SRC_R_CPP      2        /* All values incremented 1 to allow for ACM */
+#define SRC_R_PASCAL   3        /* PASCAL and PASCAL2 were 1, should have been 2, incr to 3 */
+#define SRC_R_PASCAL2  3
+#define SRC_R_APLUS    4        /* David White for Aspen Plus */
+#define SRC_R_ASM      5
+#define SRC_R_ASM2     6
+#define SRC_R_FORTRAN  7
+#define SRC_R_BASIC    8
+#define SRC_R_TEX      9
+#define SRC_R_SCRIPT   10
+#define SRC_R_COBOL    11
+#define SRC_R_OCCAM    12
+#define SRC_R_GNUASM   13
+#define SRC_R_F902     14
+#define SRC_R_F90      15
+#define SRC_R_VB       17
+#define SRC_R_DBC      18
+#define SRC_R_HTML     19       /* NULL */
+#define SRC_R_HTML2    19       /* NULL */
+
+/*********/
+
+/****d* Headers/end_remark_constants [3.0h]
+ * NAME
+ *   end_remark_constants -- numerals for end_markers
+ * NOTE
+ *   Most of them seem to be unused at the moment.  But it's better to
+ *   keep it up to date for the eventuality of a later use by
+ *   robohdrs.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+#define SRC_E_C        0
+#define SRC_E_ACM      1        /* Added by David White for Aspen Custom Modeller */
+#define SRC_E_CPP      2        /* All values incremented 1 to allow for ACM */
+#define SRC_E_PASCAL   4
+#define SRC_E_PASCAL2  5
+#define SRC_E_APLUS    6        /* David White for Aspen Plus */
+#define SRC_E_ASM      7
+#define SRC_E_ASM2     8
+#define SRC_E_FORTRAN  9
+#define SRC_E_BASIC    10
+#define SRC_E_TEX      11
+#define SRC_E_SCRIPT   12
+#define SRC_E_COBOL    13
+#define SRC_E_OCCAM    14
+#define SRC_E_HTML     15
+#define SRC_E_HTML2    16
+#define SRC_E_GNUASM   17
+#define SRC_E_F902     18
+#define SRC_E_F90      19
+#define SRC_E_VB       21
+#define SRC_E_DBC      22
+
+
+/*********/
+
+extern char        *robo_header;        /* Added by DavidCD */
+extern char        *robo_end[]; /* Added by DavidCD */
+extern char        *header_markers[];
+extern char        *remark_markers[];
+extern char        *end_markers[];
+extern char        *end_remark_markers[];
+extern char        *RB_header_type_names[];
+extern char        *RB_internal_header_type_names[];
+
+int                 RB_Is_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line,
+    char **type );
+int                 RB_Is_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line );
+void                RB_Header_Lock_Reset(
+    void );
+void                RB_Item_Lock_Reset(
+    void );
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_Marker(
+    char *lline_buffer );
+int                 RB_Has_Remark_Marker(
+    char *lline_buffer );
+
+int                 RB_Is_Remark_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line );
+int                 RB_Is_Remark_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line );
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_Begin_Marker(
+    char *cur_line );
+char               *RB_Skip_Remark_End_Marker(
+    char *cur_line );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_HEADERS_H */
diff --git a/Source/headertypes.c b/Source/headertypes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ece8a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/headertypes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/HeaderTypes
+ * FUNCTION
+ *    Headers come in different types.  This module defines what kind
+ *    of headertypes ROBODoc recognizes, and contains functions to add
+ *    new headertypes and to compare headertypes.  All the headertypes
+ *    are stored in an array, header_type_lookup_table.
+ ******
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+/****v* HeaderTypes/header_type_lookup_table
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A lookup table for all the header types that ROBODoc recognizes.
+ *   At the moment is has about 127 entries.  About as many as there
+ *   are characters in the standard ASCII set.  The first 32 entries
+ *   can be used for special purposes.
+ *
+ *   Two of them are use:
+ *     HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE
+ *   and
+ *     HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE
+ *
+ *   HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE is a wildcard type. All headertypes match this
+ *   type.  This is used to collect all the headers for the
+ *   masterindex.
+ *
+ *   HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE is used to pretend that the name of
+ *   a sourcefile is a kind of header.  This makes it possible to
+ *   include the names of the source files in the master index.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_HeaderType header_type_lookup_table[MAX_HEADER_TYPE + 1] = {
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE, "Sourcefiles", "robo_sourcefiles", 0},
+    {HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE, "Index", "masterindex", 0},    /* no robo_ prefix for backwards compatibility */
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {' ', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'!', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'"', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'#', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'$', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'%', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'&', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'(', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {')', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'*', "Generics", "robo_generics", 0},
+    {'+', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {',', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'-', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'.', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'/', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'0', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'1', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'2', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'3', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'4', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'5', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'6', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'7', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'8', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'9', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {':', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {';', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'<', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'=', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'>', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'?', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'@', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'A', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'B', "Businessrules", "robo_businessrules", 0},
+    {'C', "Contracts", "robo_contracts", 0},
+    {'D', "Datasources", "robo_datasources", 0},
+    {'E', "Ensure contracts", "robo_ensure_contracts", 0},
+    {'F', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'G', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'H', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'I', "Invariants", "robo_invariants", 0},
+    {'J', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'K', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'L', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'M', "Metadata", "robo_metadata", 0},
+    {'N', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'O', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'P', "Process", "robo_processes", 0},
+    {'Q', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'R', "Require contracts", "robo_require_contracts", 0},
+    {'S', "Subjects", "robo_subjects", 0},
+    {'T', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'U', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'V', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'W', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'X', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'Y', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'Z', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'[', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},      /* Separator /  */
+    {']', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'^', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'_', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'`', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'a', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'b', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'c', "Classes", "robo_classes", 0},
+    {'d', "Definitions", "robo_definitions", 0},
+    {'e', "Exceptions", "robo_exceptions", 0},
+    {'f', "Functions", "robo_functions", 0},
+    {'g', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'h', "Modules", "robo_modules", 1},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0},      /* Internal header flag */
+    {'j', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'k', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'l', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'m', "Methods", "robo_methods", 0},
+    {'n', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'o', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'p', "Procedures", "robo_procedures", 0},
+    {'q', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'r', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'s', "Structures", "robo_strutures", 0},
+    {'t', "Types", "robo_types", 0},
+    {'u', "Unittest", "robo_unittests", 0},
+    {'v', "Variables", "robo_variables", 0},
+    {'w', "Warehouses", "robo_warehouses", 0},
+    {'x', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'y', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'z', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'{', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'|', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'}', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'~', NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {'\0', NULL, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/RB_AddHeaderType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add a new headertype to the list of header type
+ *   that robodoc recognizes.
+ * RESULT
+ *   * FALSE -- it is a new header type.
+ *   * TRUE  -- header type already existed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int RB_AddHeaderType(
+    unsigned int typeCharacter,
+    char *indexName,
+    char *fileName,
+    unsigned int priority )
+{
+    if ( header_type_lookup_table[typeCharacter].typeCharacter )
+    {
+        header_type_lookup_table[typeCharacter].indexName = indexName;
+        header_type_lookup_table[typeCharacter].fileName = fileName;
+        header_type_lookup_table[typeCharacter].priority = priority;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic
+            ( "The character %c is not allowed as a headertype character\n",
+              typeCharacter );
+    }
+    /* Unused */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/RB_CompareHeaderTypes
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Compare two header types and check if they are equal.  If one of
+ *   the header types is a HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE the comparison is always
+ *   TRUE.  (This to make sure that all headers appear in the Index.)
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *    int RB_CompareHeaderTypes( 
+ *    struct RB_HeaderType* ht1, struct RB_HeaderType* ht2 )
+ * INPUTS
+ *    o ht1 and ht2 -- the header types to compare.
+ * RESULT
+ *    o 0     -- header types are not equal
+ *    o != 0  -- header type are equal
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int RB_CompareHeaderTypes(
+    struct RB_HeaderType *ht1,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *ht2 )
+{
+    assert( ht1 );
+    assert( ht2 );
+    return ( ht1->typeCharacter == HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE ) ||
+        ( ht2->typeCharacter == HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE ) ||
+        ( ht1->typeCharacter == ht2->typeCharacter );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/RB_FindHeaderType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Return the header type that corresponds to the type character.
+ * RESULT
+ *   * 0  -- there is no such header type
+ *   * pointer to the header type otherwise.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_HeaderType *RB_FindHeaderType(
+    unsigned char typeCharacter )
+{
+    struct RB_HeaderType *headertype = 0;
+
+    if ( typeCharacter < MAX_HEADER_TYPE )
+    {
+        headertype = &( header_type_lookup_table[typeCharacter] );
+        if ( ( headertype->typeCharacter == typeCharacter ) &&
+             ( headertype->indexName ) )
+        {
+            return headertype;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/RB_IsInternalHeader
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Given the typeCharacter is this an internal header?
+ * RESULT
+ *   * TRUE  -- yes it is
+ *   * FALSE -- no it is not
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int RB_IsInternalHeader(
+    unsigned char type_character )
+{
+    return ( type_character == 'i' );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+
+#if 0
+char               *RB_GetIndexName(
+    struct RB_HeaderType *ht1 )
+{
+    /* TODO  should be used to access indexName */
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/Source/headertypes.h b/Source/headertypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3111b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/headertypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_HEADERTYPES_H
+#define ROBODOC_HEADERTYPES_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****s* Headers/RB_HeaderType
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HeaderType -- Information about a header type
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   o typeCharacter -- The character used to indicate it 
+ *   o indexName     -- The name used for the master index 
+ *   o fileName      -- The name of the file use to store 
+ *                      the master index for this type of headers.
+ *   o priority      -- The sorting priority of this header.
+ *                      Higher priorities appear first
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_HeaderType
+{
+    unsigned char       typeCharacter;
+    char               *indexName;
+    char               *fileName;
+    unsigned int        priority;
+};
+
+/*******/
+
+#define HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE ((unsigned char)1)
+#define HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE  ((unsigned char)2)
+
+#define MIN_HEADER_TYPE 1       /* ' ' */
+#define MAX_HEADER_TYPE 127
+
+
+int                 RB_AddHeaderType(
+    unsigned int typeCharacter,
+    char *indexName,
+    char *indexFile,
+    unsigned int priority );
+struct RB_HeaderType *RB_FindHeaderType(
+    unsigned char typeCharacter );
+void                RB_InitHeaderTypes(
+    void );
+int                 RB_IsInternalHeader(
+    unsigned char type_character );
+int                 RB_CompareHeaderTypes(
+    struct RB_HeaderType *ht1,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *ht2 );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_HEADERTYPES_H */
diff --git a/Source/html_generator.c b/Source/html_generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..145d5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/html_generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2384 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/HTML_Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   The generator for HTML output.
+ *
+ *   The generator supports sections upto 7 levels deep.  It supports
+ *   a Table of Contents based on all headers.  A masterindex for
+ *   all headertypes and seperate masterindexes for each headertype.
+ *
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   2003-02-03   Frans Slothouber  Refactoring
+ *   ????-??-??   Frans Slothouber  V1.0
+ *******
+ * $Id: html_generator.c,v 1.91 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "html_generator.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "path.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+static char        *css_name = NULL;
+static int          in_linecomment = 0; // are we in a line comment?
+
+static void         RB_HTML_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    const char *a_string );
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void HTML_Generate_Div(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *id )
+{
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
    \n", id );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void HTML_Generate_Div_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *id )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
     \n", id );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+char               *HTML_TOC_Index_Filename(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    char               *toc_index_path = NULL;
+    char               *toc_index_name = "toc_index.html";
+
+    assert( document->docroot->name );
+
+    toc_index_path =
+        calloc( strlen( toc_index_name ) + 2 +
+                strlen( document->docroot->name ), 1 );
+    strcpy( toc_index_path, document->docroot->name );
+    strcat( toc_index_path, toc_index_name );
+
+    return toc_index_path;
+}
+
+
+
+/* TODO  Documentation */
+static void RB_HTML_Generate_Source_Tree_Entry(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_Path *parent_path,
+    struct RB_Directory *srctree,
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *cur_path;
+    struct RB_Filename *cur_filename;
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "    \n" );
+}
+
+/* TODO  Documentation */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Source_Tree(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    struct RB_Directory *srctree;
+
+    srctree = document->srctree;
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Source_Tree_Entry( dest_doc, dest_name, NULL, srctree,
+                                        document );
+}
+
+
+/****if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_String
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Write a string to the destination document, escaping
+ *   characters where necessary.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void RB_HTML_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    const char *a_string )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc -- the file the characters are written too
+ *   o a_string -- a nul terminated string.
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Char()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 l = strlen( a_string );
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < l; ++i )
+    {
+        c = a_string[i];
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest_doc, c );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_False_Link
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a representation for a link that links an word in
+ *   a header to the header itself.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc -- the file the representation is written to.
+ *   * name     -- the word.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+    RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Color_String
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates various colored strings
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static void RB_HTML_Color_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int open,
+    const char *class,
+    const char *string )
+{
+    switch ( open )
+    {
+        // string, closing
+    case 0:
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, string );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+        break;
+
+        // opening, string
+    case 1:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "", class );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, string );
+        break;
+
+        // opening, string, closing
+    case 2:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "", class );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, string );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+        break;
+
+        // opening, char, closing
+    case 3:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "", class );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest_doc, *string );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+        break;
+
+        // Bug
+    default:
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Line_Comment_End
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check if a line comment is active and generate ending sequence for it.
+ *   Should be called at the end of each SOURCE line.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Line_Comment_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    // Check if we are in a line comment
+    if ( in_linecomment )
+    {
+        // and end the line comment
+        in_linecomment = 0;
+        RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, in_linecomment, COMMENT_CLASS, "" );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Extra
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Do some additional processing to detect HTML extra's like
+ *   file references and other kind of links for the documentation
+ *   body of an item.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int RB_HTML_Generate_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    enum ItemType item_type,
+    char *cur_char,
+    char prev_char )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc  -- the file to write to.
+ *   o item_type -- the kind of item the body belongs to.
+ *   o cur_char  -- pointer to a substring of the item's body
+ *   o prev_char -- the character just before cur char (zero if none)
+ * RESULTS
+ *   Number of characters produced.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char                link[1024], *str;
+    int                 res = -1;
+    unsigned int        i;
+    static int          incomment = 0;  /* are we in comment? */
+    static int          quote = 0;      /* double quote */
+    static int          squote = 0;     /* single quote */
+
+    // Reset comment and quote state machine if not source item
+    if ( !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) )
+    {
+        quote = 0;
+        squote = 0;
+        incomment = 0;
+        in_linecomment = 0;
+    }
+    // else check for quotations and string literals
+    else if ( !( incomment || in_linecomment ) )
+    {
+        switch ( *cur_char )
+        {
+            // Check for quoted string literals ("string")
+        case '\"':
+            if ( !squote && course_of_action.do_quotes )
+            {
+                if ( prev_char != '\\' )
+                {
+                    quote = !quote;
+                    RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, quote,
+                                          QUOTE_CLASS, "\"" );
+                    return 0;
+                }
+                else if ( quote && *( ( char * ) ( cur_char - 2 ) ) == '\\' )
+                {
+                    quote = !quote;     /* case "... \\" */
+                    RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, quote,
+                                          QUOTE_CLASS, "\"" );
+                    return 0;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            // Check for single quoted string literals ('string')
+        case '\'':
+            if ( !quote && course_of_action.do_squotes )
+            {
+                if ( prev_char != '\\' )
+                {
+                    squote = !squote;
+                    RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, squote,
+                                          SQUOTE_CLASS, "\'" );
+                    return 0;
+                }
+                else if ( squote && *( ( char * ) ( cur_char - 2 ) ) == '\\' )
+                {
+                    squote = !squote;   /* case '\\' */
+                    RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, squote,
+                                          SQUOTE_CLASS, "\'" );
+                    return 0;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Recognise line comments
+    if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) && !incomment && !quote
+         && !squote && course_of_action.do_line_comments )
+    {
+        // check for line comment start
+        if ( !in_linecomment )
+        {
+            str =
+                Find_Parameter_Partial( &
+                                        ( configuration.
+                                          source_line_comments ), cur_char );
+            if ( str )
+            {
+                in_linecomment = 1;
+                RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, in_linecomment,
+                                      COMMENT_CLASS, str );
+                //  We found it, so exit
+                return strlen( str ) - 1;
+            }
+        }
+        // The end of line comments are generated in
+        // RB_HTML_Generate_Line_Comment_End()
+    }
+
+    // Recognise block comments
+    if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) && !in_linecomment && !quote
+         && !squote && course_of_action.do_block_comments )
+    {
+        // Check for block comment start
+        if ( !incomment )
+        {
+            str =
+                Find_Parameter_Partial( &
+                                        ( configuration.
+                                          remark_begin_markers ), cur_char );
+            if ( str )
+            {
+                incomment = 1;
+                RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, incomment,
+                                      COMMENT_CLASS, str );
+                //  We found it, so exit
+                return strlen( str ) - 1;
+            }
+        }
+        // Check for block comment end
+        else
+        {
+            str =
+                Find_Parameter_Partial( &( configuration.remark_end_markers ),
+                                        cur_char );
+            if ( str )
+            {
+                incomment = 0;
+                RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, incomment,
+                                      COMMENT_CLASS, str );
+                //  We found it, so exit
+                return strlen( str ) - 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Do further source formating
+    if ( Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) &&
+         !in_linecomment && !incomment && !quote && !squote )
+    {
+        // Check for keywords
+        if ( configuration.keywords.number && course_of_action.do_keywords )
+        {
+            char               *keyword;
+
+            // Check if we are at the beginning of a word
+            if ( !utf8_isalnum( prev_char ) && ( prev_char != '_' ) )
+            {
+                // Count word length
+                for ( i = 1;    // A word should have at least one character...
+                      utf8_isalnum( cur_char[i] ) || ( cur_char[i] == '_' );
+                      i++ );
+                // Check if it is a keyword
+                if ( ( keyword = Find_Keyword( cur_char, i ) ) )
+                {
+                    RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, 2, KEYWORD_CLASS,
+                                          keyword );
+                    // Exit function
+                    return i - 1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Do some fancy coloration for non-alphanumeric chars
+        if ( !utf8_isalnum( *cur_char ) && *cur_char != '_'
+             && *cur_char != ' ' && course_of_action.do_non_alpha )
+        {
+            RB_HTML_Color_String( dest_doc, 3, SIGN_CLASS, cur_char );
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Check for links, etc...
+    if ( incomment || in_linecomment || !Works_Like_SourceItem( item_type ) )
+    {
+        if ( strncmp( "http://", cur_char, 7 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            sscanf( cur_char, "%s", link );
+            RB_Say( "found link %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, link );
+            res = ( strlen( link ) - 1 );
+            /* [ 697247 ] http://body. does not skip the '.' */
+            if ( link[( strlen( link ) - 1 )] == '.' )
+            {
+                link[( strlen( link ) - 1 )] = '\0';
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "%s.", link, link );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", link, link );
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "href:", cur_char, 5 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            /*
+             * handy in relative hyperlink paths, e.g.
+             * href:../../modulex/
+             */
+            sscanf( ( cur_char + 5 ), "%s", link );
+            RB_Say( "found link %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, link );
+            res = ( strlen( link ) + 4 );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", link, link );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "file:/", cur_char, strlen( "file:/" ) ) == 0 )
+        {
+            sscanf( cur_char, "%s", link );
+            RB_Say( "found link %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, link );
+            res = ( strlen( link ) - 1 );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", link, link );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "mailto:", cur_char, 7 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            sscanf( ( cur_char + 7 ), "%s", link );
+            RB_Say( "found mail to %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, link );
+            res = ( strlen( link ) + 6 );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", link, link );
+        }
+        else if ( strncmp( "image:", cur_char, 6 ) == 0 )
+        {
+            sscanf( ( cur_char + 6 ), "%s", link );
+            RB_Say( "found image %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, link );
+            res = ( strlen( link ) + 5 );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "", link );
+        }
+
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
    " );
+    RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
    \n" );
+}
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    /* empty */
+}
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    /* empty */
+}
+
+
+int                 sectiontoc_counters[MAX_SECTION_DEPTH];
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_Section
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a table of contents based on the hierarchy of
+ *   the headers starting for a particular point in this
+ *   hierarchy (the parent).
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_Section(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_header *parent,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count,
+    int depth )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc  -- the file to write to.
+ *   o dest_name -- the name of this file.
+ *   o parent    -- the parent of the headers for which the the
+ *                  current level(depth) of TOC is created.
+ *   o headers   -- an array of headers for which the TOC is created
+ *   o count     -- the number of headers in this array
+ *   o depth     -- the current depth of the TOC
+ * NOTES
+ *   This is a recursive function and tricky stuff.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_header   *header;
+    int                 i, n, once = 0;
+
+    ++sectiontoc_counters[depth];
+
+    for ( i = depth + 1; i < MAX_SECTION_DEPTH; ++i )
+    {
+        sectiontoc_counters[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    // List item start
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
  2. " );
+
+    // Do not generate section numbers if sectionnameonly
+    if ( !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+    {
+        for ( i = 1; i <= depth; ++i )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "%d.", sectiontoc_counters[i] );
+        }
+        fprintf( dest_doc, " " );
+    }
+
+
+    // Generate Link to first reference name
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc, dest_name, parent->file_name,
+                           parent->unique_name,
+                           // only generate function name if sectionnameonly
+                           ( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) ?
+                           parent->function_name : parent->name, 0 );
+
+    // Generate links to further reference names
+    for ( n = 1; n < parent->no_names; n++ )
+    {
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, ", " );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc, dest_name, parent->file_name,
+                               parent->unique_name, parent->names[n], 0 );
+    }
+
+    // List item end
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
    3. \n" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+    {
+        header = headers[i];
+        if ( header->parent == parent )
+        {
+            // Generate better TOC level hiearchy (Thuffir)
+            // We only generate 
       once for a level
+            if ( !once )
+            {
+                once = 1;
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+            }
+            RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_Section( dest_doc, dest_name, header,
+                                          headers, count, depth + 1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Empty */
+        }
+    }
+    // If we have generated an 
           before, generate the closing one too.
+    if ( once )
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count,
+    struct RB_Part *owner,
+    char *dest_name )
+{
+    struct RB_header   *header;
+    int                 i, j;
+    int                 depth = 1;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < MAX_SECTION_DEPTH; ++i )
+    {
+        sectiontoc_counters[i] = 0;
+    }
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        TABLE OF CONTENTS
        \n" );
+    if ( course_of_action.do_sections )
+    {
+        /* --sections was specified, create a TOC based on the
+         * hierarchy of the headers.
+         */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
          \n" );
+        for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+        {
+            header = headers[i];
+            if ( owner == NULL )
+            {
+                if ( header->parent )
+                {
+                    /* Will be done in the subfunction */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_Section( dest_doc, dest_name, header,
+                                                  headers, count, depth );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* This is the TOC for a specific RB_Part (MultiDoc
+                 * documentation). We only include the headers that
+                 * are part of the subtree. That is, headers that are
+                 * parth the RB_Part, or that are childern of the
+                 * headers in the RB_Part.
+                 */
+                if ( header->owner == owner )
+                {
+                    /* BUG 721690 */
+                    /* Any of the parents of this header should not
+                     * have the same owner as this header, otherwise
+                     * this header will be part of the TOC multiple times.
+                     */
+                    int                 no_bad_parent = TRUE;
+                    struct RB_header   *parent = header->parent;
+
+                    for ( ; parent; parent = parent->parent )
+                    {
+                        if ( parent->owner == owner )
+                        {
+                            no_bad_parent = FALSE;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if ( no_bad_parent )
+                    {
+                        RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_Section( dest_doc, dest_name,
+                                                      header, headers, count,
+                                                      depth );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* No --section option, generate a plain, one-level
+         * TOC
+         */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
          \n" );
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+        {
+            header = headers[i];
+            if ( header->name && header->function_name &&
+                 ( ( owner == NULL ) || ( header->owner == owner ) ) )
+            {
+                for ( j = 0; j < header->no_names; j++ )
+                {
+                    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        • " );
+
+                    RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc, dest_name,
+                                           header->file_name,
+                                           header->unique_name,
+                                           header->names[j], 0 );
+                    fprintf( dest_doc, "
          • \n" );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Label
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a label (name) that can be refered too.
+ *   A label should consist of only alphanumeric characters so
+ *   all 'odd' characters are replaced with their ASCII code in
+ *   hex format.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc -- the file to write it to.
+ *   o name     -- the name of the label.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 l = strlen( name );
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+}
+
+/********/
+
+
+
+static int          section_counters[MAX_SECTION_DEPTH];
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    ++section_counters[depth];
+    for ( i = depth + 1; i < MAX_SECTION_DEPTH; ++i )
+    {
+        section_counters[i] = 0;
+    }
+    switch ( depth )
+    {
+    case 1:
+    case 2:
+    case 3:
+    case 4:
+    case 5:
+    case 6:
+    case 7:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "", depth );
+        // Only generate section numbers if no sectionnameonly
+        if ( !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+        {
+            for ( i = 1; i <= depth; ++i )
+            {
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "%d.", section_counters[i] );
+            }
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "  " );
+        }
+
+        // Print Header "first" name
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+
+        // Print further names
+        for ( i = 1; i < header->no_names; i++ )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, ( i % header_breaks ) ? ", " : ",
        " );
+            RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->names[i] );
+        }
+
+        // Include module name if not sectionnameonly
+        if ( !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " [ " );
+            RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->htype->indexName );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " ]" );
+        }
+
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "          \n", depth );
+        break;
+    default:
+        /* too deep, don't do anything. */
+        assert( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    USE( depth );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+
+char               *RB_HTML_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void )
+{
+    return ( ".html" );
+}
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate the first part of a HTML document.
+ *   As far as ROBODoc is concerned a HTML document
+ *   consists of three parts:
+ *   * The start of a document
+ *   * The body of a document
+ *   * The end of a document
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *charset )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest_doc  --  the output file.
+ *   o src_name  --  The file or directoryname from which 
+ *                   this document is generated.
+ *   o name      --  The title for this document
+ *   o dest_name --  the name of the output file.
+ *   o charset   --  the charset to be used for the file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_headless )
+    {
+        /* The user wants a headless document, so we skip everything
+         * upto and until 
+         */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Append document type and title */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n",
+                 charset ? charset : DEFAULT_CHARSET );
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "\n" );
+
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "\n" );
+        /* TODO is charset still needed?? */
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "\n",
+                 charset ? charset : DEFAULT_CHARSET );
+        RB_InsertCSS( dest_doc, dest_name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "%s\n", name );
+
+        /* append SGML-comment with document- and copyright-info. This code
+         * ensures that every line has an own comment to avoid problems with
+         * buggy browsers */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n", src_name );
+        if ( course_of_action.do_nogenwith )
+        {
+
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            static const char   copyright_text[]
+                = COMMENT_ROBODOC /* COMMENT_COPYRIGHT */ ;
+            size_t              i = 0;
+            char                previous_char = '\n';
+            char                current_char = copyright_text[i];
+
+            while ( current_char )
+            {
+                if ( previous_char == '\n' )
+                {
+                    fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+                }
+                else if ( ( current_char == '-' )
+                          && ( previous_char == '-' ) )
+                {
+                    /* avoid "--" inside SGML-comment, and use "-_" instead; this
+                     * looks a bit strange, but one should still be able to figure
+                     * out what is meant when reading the output */
+                    current_char = '_';
+                }
+                fputc( current_char, dest_doc );
+                i += 1;
+                previous_char = current_char;
+                current_char = copyright_text[i];
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* append heading and start list of links to functions */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+    }
+
+//    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "container" );
+
+    /* Generate document title if available (Thuffir) */
+    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "logo" );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "        " );
+    if ( document_title )
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, document_title );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "logo" );
+
+
+
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* TODO */
+/*x**if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Close of the document with the proper end tags.
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name,
+    char *src_name )
+{
+
+    USE( name );
+
+
+    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "footer" );
+    /* TODO This should be done with
+     * RB_Generate_Label() 
+     */
+    if ( course_of_action.do_nogenwith )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        Generated from %s on ", src_name );
+        RB_TimeStamp( dest_doc );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "
        Generated from %s with ROBODoc V%s on ",
+                 src_name, VERSION );
+        RB_TimeStamp( dest_doc );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+    }
+    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "footer" );
+
+//    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "container" );
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_footless )
+    {
+        /* The user does not want the foot of the
+         * document.
+         */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header )
+{
+    char               *current_filename = NULL;
+    char               *target_filename = NULL;
+    char               *label = NULL;
+    char               *label_name = NULL;
+
+    current_filename = RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    target_filename = RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    label = Get_Fullname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    /* The navigation bar */
+    fprintf( current_doc, "
        " );
+
+    // [ Top ]
+    fprintf( current_doc, "[ " );
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Link( current_doc, current_filename, NULL,
+                           "robo_top_of_doc", "Top", 0 );
+    fprintf( current_doc, " ] " );
+
+    // [ "Parentname" ]
+    if ( current_header->parent )
+    {
+        fprintf( current_doc, "[ " );
+        target_filename =
+            RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->parent->owner->filename );
+        label = current_header->parent->unique_name;
+        label_name = current_header->parent->function_name;
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( current_doc, current_filename, target_filename,
+                               label, label_name, 0 );
+        fprintf( current_doc, " ] " );
+    }
+
+    // [ "Modulename" ]
+    fprintf( current_doc, "[ " );
+    label_name = current_header->htype->indexName;
+    if ( ( course_of_action.do_index ) && ( course_of_action.do_multidoc ) )
+    {
+        target_filename = RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName( document->docroot->name,
+                                                    document->extension,
+                                                    current_header->htype );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( current_doc, current_filename, target_filename,
+                               "robo_top_of_doc", label_name, 0 );
+        free( target_filename );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( current_doc, label_name );
+    }
+    fprintf( current_doc, " ]
        \n" );
+}
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar_One_File_Per_Header(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header )
+{
+    char               *current_filename = NULL;
+    char               *target_filename = NULL;
+    char               *label = NULL;
+    char               *label_name = NULL;
+
+    current_filename = RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    target_filename = RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    label = Get_Fullname( current_header->owner->filename );
+    /* The navigation bar */
+    if ( current_header->parent )
+    {
+        target_filename =
+            RB_Get_FullDocname( current_header->parent->owner->filename );
+        label = current_header->parent->unique_name;
+        label_name = current_header->parent->function_name;
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( current_doc, current_filename, target_filename,
+                               label, label_name, "menuitem" );
+    }
+    /* FS TODO  one_file_per_header without   index is not logical */
+    if ( ( course_of_action.do_index ) && ( course_of_action.do_multidoc ) )
+    {
+        target_filename = RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName( document->docroot->name,
+                                                    document->extension,
+                                                    current_header->htype );
+        label_name = current_header->htype->indexName;
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Link( current_doc, current_filename, target_filename,
+                               "robo_top_of_doc", label_name, "menuitem" );
+        free( target_filename );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+/*x**if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Header_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Header_Start --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type;
+    int                 i;
+
+    if ( cur_header->name && cur_header->function_name )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Label( dest_doc, cur_header->name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        ",
+                 cur_header->unique_name );
+
+        header_type = RB_FindHeaderType( cur_header->htype->typeCharacter );
+
+        for ( i = 1; i <= cur_header->no_names; i++ )
+        {
+            // If Section names only, do not print module name
+            if ( i == 1 && ( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+                RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc,
+                                         cur_header->function_name );
+            else
+                RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->names[i - 1] );
+
+            // Break lines after a predefined number of header names
+            if ( i < cur_header->no_names )
+                fprintf( dest_doc, ( i % header_breaks ) ? ", " : ",
        " );
+        }
+
+        // Print header type (if available and not Section names only)
+        if ( header_type && !( course_of_action.do_sectionnameonly ) )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " [ " );
+            RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest_doc, header_type->indexName );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, " ]" );
+        }
+
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+/* TODO */
+/*x**f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Header_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Header_End --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    USE( cur_header );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+}
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates a menu to jump to the various master index files for
+ *   the various header types.  The menu is generated for each of the
+ *   master index files.  The current header type is highlighted.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *filename,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *cur_type )
+    /* TODO  Use cur_type */
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * dest_doc       -- the output file.
+ *   * filename       -- the name of the output file
+ *   * document       -- the gathered documention.
+ *   * cur_headertype -- the header type that is to be highlighted.
+ ******
+ */
+{
+    unsigned char       type_char;
+    char               *toc_index_path = NULL;
+
+    USE( cur_type );            /* TODO FS make use of this */
+    assert( dest_doc );
+    assert( filename );
+    assert( document );
+
+    toc_index_path = HTML_TOC_Index_Filename( document );
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc,
+                           filename,
+                           toc_index_path,
+                           "top", "Table of Contents", "menuitem" );
+    free( toc_index_path );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+
+    for ( type_char = MIN_HEADER_TYPE;
+          type_char < MAX_HEADER_TYPE; ++type_char )
+    {
+        struct RB_HeaderType *header_type;
+        int                 n;
+
+        header_type = RB_FindHeaderType( type_char );
+        if ( header_type )
+        {
+            n = RB_Number_Of_Links( header_type, NULL, FALSE ) +
+                RB_Number_Of_Links( header_type, NULL, TRUE );
+
+            if ( n )
+            {
+                char               *targetfilename = 0;
+
+                targetfilename =
+                    RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName( document->docroot->name,
+                                              document->extension,
+                                              header_type );
+                assert( targetfilename );
+
+                RB_HTML_Generate_Link( dest_doc,
+                                       filename,
+                                       targetfilename,
+                                       "top",
+                                       header_type->indexName, "menuitem" );
+                free( targetfilename );
+                fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Page
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a single file with a index table for headers
+ *   of one specific type of headers
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Page(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document    -- the document
+ *   o header_type -- the type for which the table is to
+ *                    be generated.
+ ******
+ */
+{
+    char               *filename = 0;
+    FILE               *file;
+
+    assert( document );
+    assert( header_type );
+
+    filename = RB_Get_SubIndex_FileName( document->docroot->name,
+                                         document->extension, header_type );
+    assert( filename );
+
+    file = fopen( filename, "w" );
+    if ( !file )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "can't open (%s)!\n", filename );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* File opened, now we generate an index
+         * for the specified header type 
+         */
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start( file,
+                                    document->srcroot->name,
+                                    header_type->indexName,
+                                    filename, document->charset );
+
+        /* breadcrumbtrail */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Extra( file );
+        /* No content for extra section yet... */
+        HTML_Generate_End_Extra( file );
+
+        /* Menu for navigation */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Navigation( file );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu( file, filename, document, header_type );
+        HTML_Generate_End_Navigation( file );
+
+        /* Content */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Content( file );
+        if ( RB_CompareHeaderTypes
+             ( header_type, RB_FindHeaderType( HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE ) )
+             && ( header_type->typeCharacter != HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE ) )
+        {
+            RB_HTML_Generate_Source_Tree( file, filename, document );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Table( file,
+                                          filename,
+                                          header_type,
+                                          header_type->indexName );
+        }
+        HTML_Generate_End_Content( file );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End( file, filename, document->srcroot->name );
+        fclose( file );
+    }
+
+    free( filename );
+}
+
+
+/* Create an index page that contains only the table of content */
+
+void HTML_Generate_TOC_Index_Page(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    FILE               *file = NULL;
+    char               *toc_index_path = HTML_TOC_Index_Filename( document );
+
+    file = fopen( toc_index_path, "w" );
+    if ( !file )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "can't open (%s)!\n", toc_index_path );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start( file, document->srcroot->name,
+                                    "Table of Contents",
+                                    toc_index_path, document->charset );
+
+        /* breadcrumbtrail */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Extra( file );
+        /* No content for extra section yet... */
+        HTML_Generate_End_Extra( file );
+
+        /* Menu for navigation */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Navigation( file );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu( file, toc_index_path, document, NULL );
+        HTML_Generate_End_Navigation( file );
+
+        /* Content */
+        HTML_Generate_Begin_Content( file );
+        RB_Generate_TOC_2( file, document->headers,
+                           document->no_headers, NULL, toc_index_path );
+        HTML_Generate_End_Content( file );
+
+        /* End part */
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End( file, toc_index_path,
+                                  document->srcroot->name );
+        fclose( file );
+    }
+
+    free( toc_index_path );
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO */
+/*x**if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Index
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Index --
+ ******
+ */
+
+
+/* Should be called indexes */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Index(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    unsigned char       type_char = 0;
+
+    assert( document );
+
+    for ( type_char = MIN_HEADER_TYPE;
+          type_char < MAX_HEADER_TYPE; ++type_char )
+    {
+        struct RB_HeaderType *header_type;
+        int                 n;
+
+        header_type = RB_FindHeaderType( type_char );
+        if ( header_type )
+        {
+            n = RB_Number_Of_Links( header_type, NULL, FALSE ) +
+                RB_Number_Of_Links( header_type, NULL, TRUE );
+            if ( n )
+            {
+                /* There are headers of this type, so create an index page
+                 * for them
+                 */
+                RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Page( document, header_type );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Page( document,
+                                 RB_FindHeaderType( HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE ) );
+
+    HTML_Generate_TOC_Index_Page( document );
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Table_Body(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *type,
+    int internal )
+{
+    struct RB_link     *cur_link;
+    unsigned int        i;
+    char                first_char = ' ';
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+
+    /* Compute the number of columns we need for
+     * this type of header.
+     */
+    for ( i = 0; i < link_index_size; ++i )
+    {
+        cur_link = link_index[i];
+        if ( cur_link->htype &&
+             RB_CompareHeaderTypes( cur_link->htype, type ) &&
+             ( ( cur_link->is_internal && internal ) ||
+               ( !cur_link->is_internal && !internal ) ) )
+        {
+            char               *r = 0;
+
+            r = RB_HTML_RelativeAddress( dest_name, cur_link->file_name );
+            if ( toupper( cur_link->object_name[0] ) != first_char )
+            {
+                first_char = toupper( cur_link->object_name[0] );
+                if ( found )
+                {
+//                    fprintf( dest, "\n" );
+                }
+                fprintf( dest, "
        ", first_char );
+                RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest, first_char );
+                fprintf( dest, "
        " );
+//              fprintf( dest, "
        \n" );
+                found = TRUE;
+            }
+            fprintf( dest, "", r,
+                     cur_link->label_name );
+            RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest, cur_link->object_name );
+            fprintf( dest, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+    if ( found )
+    {
+//        fprintf( dest, "
        \n" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Shortcuts
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Shortcuts
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates alphabetic shortcuts to index entries.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Shortcuts(
+    FILE *dest )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest        -- the file to write to
+ * TODO
+ *   - Only list used letters.
+ *   - List all letters (accented, signs, etc), not just the common ones.
+ *   - Should be better to implement it as a 
         ?
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    fprintf( dest, "
        " );
+
+    // Generate A - Z
+    for ( c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest, "", c );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest, c );
+        fprintf( dest, " - " );
+    }
+
+    // Generate 0 - 9
+    for ( c = '0'; c <= '9'; c++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest, "", c );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Char( dest, c );
+        fprintf( dest, "" );
+
+        // Do not generate separator for the last char
+        if ( c != '9' )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest, " - " );
+        }
+    }
+
+    fprintf( dest, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+/********/
+
+/****if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Table
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Table --
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a HTML TABLE containing links to headers of a particular
+ *   type.  This creates two tables, a table for normal headers as
+ *   well as one for internal headers.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Table(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *type,
+    char *title )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o dest        -- the file in which to write the table
+ *   o dest_name   -- the name of this file
+ *   o type        -- the type of header for which to generate
+ *                    the table
+ *   o title       -- the title of the table.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    /* Compute the number of columns we need for
+     * this type of header.
+     */
+
+    // Generate Index Title
+    fprintf( dest, "
        " );
+    RB_HTML_Generate_String( dest, title );
+    fprintf( dest, "
        \n" );
+
+    // Generate Shortcuts at the begining
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Shortcuts( dest );
+
+    if ( RB_Number_Of_Links( type, NULL, FALSE ) )
+    {
+        if ( RB_Number_Of_Links( type, NULL, TRUE ) )
+        {
+            /* only print a title if there are two tables. */
+            fprintf( dest, "
        Normal
        " );
+        }
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Table_Body( dest, dest_name, type, FALSE );
+    }
+
+    if ( RB_Number_Of_Links( type, NULL, TRUE ) )
+    {
+        /* Always print the  Internal title, since
+         * these headers are special and the user should know
+         * he is looking at something special.
+         */
+        fprintf( dest, "
        Internal
        " );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_Table_Body( dest, dest_name, type, TRUE );
+    }
+
+    // Generate Shortcuts at the end
+    RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Shortcuts( dest );
+}
+
+/********/
+
+
+
+/* TODO */
+/*x**if* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Empty_Item
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Empty_Item --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Link
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Link --
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *cur_doc,
+    char *cur_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname,
+    char *classname )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cur_doc  --  the file to which the text is written
+ *   cur_name --  the name of the destination file
+ *                (the file from which we link)
+ *   filename --  the name of the file that contains the link
+ *                (the file we link to)
+ *   labelname--  the name of the unique label of the link.
+ *   linkname --  the name of the link as shown to the user.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    if ( classname )
+    {
+        fprintf( cur_doc, "", r, labelname );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( cur_doc, linkname );
+        fprintf( cur_doc, "" );
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( cur_doc, "href=\"#%s\">", labelname );
+        RB_HTML_Generate_String( cur_doc, linkname );
+        fprintf( cur_doc, "" );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_RelativeAddress
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Link to 'that' from 'this' computing the relative path.  Here
+ *   'this' and 'that' are both paths.  This function is used to
+ *   create links from one document to another document that might be
+ *   in a completely different directory.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_HTML_RelativeAddress(
+    char *thisname,
+    char *thatname )
+/*
+ * EXAMPLE
+ *   The following two
+ *     this /sub1/sub2/sub3/f.html
+ *     that /sub1/sub2/g.html
+ *   result in 
+ *     ../g.html
+ *
+ *     this /sub1/f.html
+ *     that /sub1/sub2/g.html
+ *     ==
+ *     ./sub2/g.html
+ *
+ *     this /sub1/f.html
+ *     that /sub1/g.html
+ *     ==
+ *     ./g.html
+ *
+ *     this /sub1/doc3/doc1/tt.html
+ *     that /sub1/doc5/doc2/qq.html
+ *     ==
+ *     ../../doc5/doc2/qq.html
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *   Notice the execelent docmentation.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+#define MAX_RELATIVE_SIZE 1024
+{
+    static char         relative[MAX_RELATIVE_SIZE + 1];
+    char               *i_this;
+    char               *i_that;
+    char               *i_this_slash = NULL;
+    char               *i_that_slash = NULL;
+
+    relative[0] = '\0';
+
+    assert( thisname );
+    assert( thatname );
+
+    for ( i_this = thisname, i_that = thatname;
+          ( *i_this && *i_that ) && ( *i_this == *i_that );
+          ++i_this, ++i_that )
+    {
+        if ( *i_this == '/' )
+        {
+            i_this_slash = i_this;
+        }
+        if ( *i_that == '/' )
+        {
+            i_that_slash = i_that;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( i_this_slash && i_that_slash )
+    {
+        int                 this_slashes_left = 0;
+        int                 that_slashes_left = 0;
+        char               *i_c;
+
+        for ( i_c = i_this_slash + 1; *i_c; ++i_c )
+        {
+            if ( *i_c == '/' )
+            {
+                ++this_slashes_left;
+            }
+        }
+
+        for ( i_c = i_that_slash + 1; *i_c; ++i_c )
+        {
+            if ( *i_c == '/' )
+            {
+                ++that_slashes_left;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( this_slashes_left )
+        {
+            int                 i;
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < this_slashes_left; ++i )
+            {
+                strcat( relative, "../" );
+            }
+            strcat( relative, i_that_slash + 1 );
+        }
+        else if ( that_slashes_left )
+        {
+            /* !this_slashes_left && that_slashes_left */
+            strcat( relative, "./" );
+            strcat( relative, i_that_slash + 1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* !this_slashes_left && !that_slashes_left */
+            strcat( relative, "./" );
+            strcat( relative, i_that_slash + 1 );
+        }
+    }
+    return relative;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_HTML_Generate_Char
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_HTML_Generate_Char -- generate a single character for an item.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_HTML_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c )
+/*
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This function is called for every character that goes
+ *   into an item's body.  This escapes all the reserved
+ *   HTML characters such as '&', '<', '>', '"'.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+    case '\n':
+        assert( 0 );
+        break;
+    case '\t':
+        assert( 0 );
+        break;
+    case '<':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "<" );
+        break;
+    case '>':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, ">" );
+        break;
+    case '&':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "&" );
+        break;
+    default:
+        // All others are printed literally
+        fputc( c, dest_doc );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "content" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "content" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "navigation" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+
+    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "navigation" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    HTML_Generate_Div( dest_doc, "extra" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    HTML_Generate_Div_End( dest_doc, "extra" );
+}
+
+
+
+
+/****f* HTML_Generator/RB_Create_CSS
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create the .css file.  Unless the user specified it's own css
+ *   file robodoc creates a default one.
+ *
+ *   For multidoc mode the name of the .css file is
+ *      robodoc.css
+ *   For singledoc mode the name of the .css file is equal
+ *   to the name of the documentation file.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Create_CSS(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o document -- the document for which to create the file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    size_t              l = 0;
+    FILE               *css_file;
+
+    /* compute the complete path to the css file */
+    if ( ( document->actions.do_singledoc ) ||
+         ( document->actions.do_singlefile ) )
+    {
+        char               *extension = ".css";
+
+        l += strlen( document->singledoc_name );
+        l += strlen( extension );
+        ++l;
+        css_name = malloc( l );
+        strcpy( css_name, document->singledoc_name );
+        strcat( css_name, extension );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        struct RB_Path     *docroot = document->docroot;
+        char               *docrootname = docroot->name;
+        char               *filename = "robodoc.css";
+
+        l = strlen( filename );
+        l += strlen( docrootname );
+        ++l;
+        css_name = malloc( l );
+        strcpy( css_name, docrootname );
+        strcat( css_name, filename );
+    }
+
+    RB_Say( "Creating CSS file %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, css_name );
+    if ( document->css )
+    {
+        /* The user specified its own css file,
+         * so we use the content of that.
+         */
+        RB_CopyFile( document->css, css_name );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        css_file = fopen( css_name, "w" );
+        if ( css_file )
+        {
+                    /** BEGIN BEGIN BEGIN Don't remove */
+            fprintf( css_file,
+                     "/****h* ROBODoc/ROBODoc Cascading Style Sheet\n"
+                     " * FUNCTION\n"
+                     " *   This is the default cascading style sheet for documentation\n"
+                     " *   generated with ROBODoc.\n"
+                     " *   You can edit this file to your own liking and then use\n"
+                     " *   it with the option\n"
+                     " *      --css \n"
+                     " *\n"
+                     " *   This style-sheet defines the following layout\n"
+                     " *      +----------------------------------------+\n"
+                     " *      |    logo                                |\n"
+                     " *      +----------------------------------------+\n"
+                     " *      |    extra                               |\n"
+                     " *      +----------------------------------------+\n"
+                     " *      |                              | navi-   |\n"
+                     " *      |                              | gation  |\n"
+                     " *      |      content                 |         |\n"
+                     " *      |                              |         |\n"
+                     " *      +----------------------------------------+\n"
+                     " *      |    footer                              |\n"
+                     " *      +----------------------------------------+\n"
+                     " *\n"
+                     " *   This style-sheet is based on a style-sheet that was automatically\n"
+                     " *   generated with the Strange Banana stylesheet generator.\n"
+                     " *   See http://www.strangebanana.com/generator.aspx\n"
+                     " *\n"
+                     " ******\n"
+                     " * $Id: html_generator.c,v 1.91 2007/07/10 19:13:51 gumpu Exp $\n"
+                     " */\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "body\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color:    rgb(255,255,255);\n"
+                     "    color:               rgb(98,84,55);\n"
+                     "    font-family:         Arial, serif;\n"
+                     "    border-color:        rgb(226,199,143);\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "pre\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-family:      monospace;\n"
+                     "    margin:      15px;\n"
+                     "    padding:     5px;\n"
+                     "    white-space: pre;\n"
+                     "    color:       #000;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "pre.source\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color: #ffe;\n"
+                     "    border: dashed #aa9 1px;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "p\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    margin:15px;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "p.item_name \n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-weight: bolder;\n"
+                     "    margin:5px;\n"
+                     "    font-size: 120%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#content\n" "{\n" "    font-size:           100%%;\n" );
+            fprintf( css_file,
+                     "    color:               rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "    background-color:    rgb(255,255,255);\n"
+                     "    border-left-width:   0px; \n"
+                     "    border-right-width:  0px; \n"
+                     "    border-top-width:    0px; \n"
+                     "    border-bottom-width: 0px;\n"
+                     "    border-left-style:   none; \n"
+                     "    border-right-style:  none; \n"
+                     "    border-top-style:    none; \n"
+                     "    border-bottom-style: none;\n"
+                     "    padding:             40px 31px 14px 17px;\n"
+                     "    border-color:        rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "    text-align:          justify;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#navigation\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color: rgb(98,84,55);\n"
+                     "    color:            rgb(230,221,202);\n"
+                     "    font-family:      \"Times New Roman\", serif;\n"
+                     "    font-style:       normal;\n"
+                     "    border-color:     rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "a.menuitem\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 120%%;\n"
+                     "    background-color:    rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "    color:               rgb(195,165,100);\n"
+                     "    font-variant:        normal;\n"
+                     "    text-transform:      none;\n"
+                     "    font-weight:         normal;\n"
+                     "    padding:             1px 8px 3px 1px;\n"
+                     "    margin-left:         5px; \n"
+                     "    margin-right:        5px; \n"
+                     "    margin-top:          5px; \n"
+                     "    margin-bottom:       5px;\n"
+                     "    border-color:        rgb(159,126,57);\n"
+                     "    text-align:          right;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#logo, #logo a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 130%%;\n"
+                     "    background-color:   rgb(198,178,135);\n"
+                     "    color:              rgb(98,84,55);\n"
+                     "    font-family:        Georgia, serif;\n"
+                     "    font-style:         normal;\n"
+                     "    font-variant:       normal;\n"
+                     "    text-transform:     none;\n"
+                     "    font-weight:        bold;\n"
+                     "    padding:            20px 18px 20px 18px;\n"
+                     "    border-color:       rgb(255,255,255);\n"
+                     "    text-align:         right;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#extra, #extra a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 128%%;\n"
+                     "    background-color:    rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "    color:               rgb(230,221,202);\n"
+                     "    font-style:          normal;\n"
+                     "    font-variant:        normal;\n"
+                     "    text-transform:      none;\n"
+                     "    font-weight:         normal;\n" );
+            fprintf( css_file,
+                     "    border-left-width:   0px; \n"
+                     "    border-right-width:  0px; \n"
+                     "    border-top-width:    0px; \n"
+                     "    border-bottom-width: 0px;\n"
+                     "    border-left-style:   none; \n"
+                     "    border-right-style:  none; \n"
+                     "    border-top-style:    none; \n"
+                     "    border-bottom-style: none;\n"
+                     "    padding: 12px 12px 12px 12px;\n"
+                     "    border-color:        rgb(195,165,100);\n"
+                     "    text-align:          center;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#content a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color:              rgb(159,126,57);\n"
+                     "    text-decoration:    none;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#content a:hover, #content a:active\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color:              rgb(255,255,255);\n"
+                     "    background-color:   rgb(159,126,57);\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "a.indexitem\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    display: block;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color: rgb(221,221,221);\n"
+                     "    font-family:      Arial, serif;\n"
+                     "    font-style:       normal;\n"
+                     "    font-variant:     normal;\n"
+                     "    text-transform:   none;\n"
+                     "    font-weight:      normal;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h1\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 151%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h2\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 142%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h3\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 133%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h4\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 124%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h5\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 115%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "h6\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    font-size: 106%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#navigation a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    text-decoration: none;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     ".menuitem:hover\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color:   rgb(195,165,100);\n"
+                     "    color:              rgb(0,0,0);\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#extra a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    text-decoration: none;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#logo a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    text-decoration: none;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "#extra a:hover\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "/* layout */\n"
+                     "#navigation\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    width:       22%%; \n"
+                     "    position:    relative; \n"
+                     "    top:         0; \n"
+                     "    right:       0; \n"
+                     "    float:       right; \n"
+                     "    text-align:  center;\n"
+                     "    margin-left: 10px;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     ".menuitem       {width: auto;}\n"
+                     "#content        {width: auto;}\n"
+                     ".menuitem       {display: block;}\n" "\n" "\n" );
+            fprintf( css_file,
+                     "div#footer\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color: rgb(198,178,135);\n"
+                     "    color:      rgb(98,84,55);\n"
+                     "    clear:      left;\n"
+                     "    width:      100%%;\n"
+                     "    font-size:   71%%;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "div#footer a\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    background-color: rgb(198,178,135);\n"
+                     "    color:            rgb(98,84,55);\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "div#footer p\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    margin:0;\n"
+                     "    padding:5px 10px\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "span.keyword\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color: #00F;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "span.comment\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color: #080;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "span.quote\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color: #F00;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "span.squote\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color: #F0F;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "span.sign\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    color: #008B8B;\n"
+                     "}\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "\n"
+                     "@media print\n"
+                     "{\n"
+                     "    #navigation {display: none;}\n"
+                     "    #content    {padding: 0px;}\n"
+                     "    #content a  {text-decoration: underline;}\n"
+                     "}\n" );
+                    /** END END END Don't remove */
+            fclose( css_file );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Can't open %s for writing\n", css_name );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+void RB_InsertCSS(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *filename )
+{
+    if ( css_name )
+    {
+        char               *r = RB_HTML_RelativeAddress( filename, css_name );
+
+        assert( r );
+        assert( strlen( r ) );
+        fprintf( dest_doc,
+                 "\n",
+                 r );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        " );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int source )
+{
+    // Check if we are preformatting a SOURCE item
+    if ( source )
+    {
+        // SOURCE items have their own class in the CSS
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        ", SOURCE_CLASS );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "
        " );
+    }
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
          " );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        \n" );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
      • " );
+}
+
+void HTML_Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "
        • \n" );
+}
diff --git a/Source/html_generator.h b/Source/html_generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b752e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/html_generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_HTML_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_HTML_GENERATOR_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "document.h"
+
+#define MAX_SECTION_DEPTH 7
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count,
+    struct RB_Part *owner,
+    char *dest_name );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+char               *RB_HTML_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *charset );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name,
+    char *src_name );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Index(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Index_Table(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *dest_name,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *type,
+    char *title );
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *cur_doc,
+    char *cur_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname,
+    char *classname );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+char               *RB_HTML_RelativeAddress(
+    char *thisname,
+    char *thatname );
+
+int                 RB_HTML_Generate_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    enum ItemType item_type,
+    char *cur_char,
+    char prev_char );
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_Create_CSS(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+void                RB_InsertCSS(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *filename );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header );
+
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Nav_Bar_One_File_Per_Header(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    FILE *current_doc,
+    struct RB_header *current_header );
+
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int source );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_Content(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_Navigation(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_Begin_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                HTML_Generate_End_Extra(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_Line_Comment_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_HTML_Generate_IndexMenu(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *filename,
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_HeaderType *cur_type );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_HTML_GENERATOR_H */
diff --git a/Source/items.c b/Source/items.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9598f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/items.c
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+// vi: ff=unix spell 
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Items
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module contains functions that deal with items.  The
+ *   documentation consists of headers, and headers contains one of
+ *   more items.  Each item has a name and a body.  All possible items
+ *   are listed in configuration.items.  A uses can specify that
+ *   certain items are not to be added to the documentation.  These
+ *   items are listed in configuration.ignore_items.
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Frans Slothouber
+ *******
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "items.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+/****v* Items/item_name_buffer
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Stores the name of the last item that was found.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+#define MAX_ITEM_NAME_LENGTH 1024
+char                item_name_buffer[MAX_ITEM_NAME_LENGTH];
+
+/*****/
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+char               *RB_Get_Item_Name(
+    void )
+{
+    return item_name_buffer;
+}
+
+/****f* Items/RB_Create_Item
+ *
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Item     *RB_Create_Item(
+    enum ItemType arg_item_type )
+{
+    struct RB_Item     *item = malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Item ) );
+
+    assert( item );
+
+    item->next = 0;
+    item->type = arg_item_type;
+    item->begin_index = 0;
+    item->end_index = 0;
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Items/RB_Get_Item_Type [3.0b]
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   return the item_type represented by the given string.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   int RB_Get_Item_Type( char *cmp_name )
+ * INPUTS
+ *   char *cmp_name -- item_name to evaluate
+ * RESULT
+ *   int            -- the right item_type or NO_ITEM
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+int RB_Get_Item_Type(
+    char *cmp_name )
+{
+    unsigned int        item_type;
+
+    assert( configuration.items.number );
+    for ( item_type = 0; item_type < configuration.items.number; ++item_type )
+    {
+        char               *item = configuration.items.names[item_type];
+
+        /* Skip preformat mark */
+        if ( *item == '-' )
+            item++;
+        if ( !strcmp( item, cmp_name ) )
+        {
+            return ( item_type );
+        }
+    }
+    return ( NO_ITEM );
+}
+
+/*** RB_Get_Item_Type ***/
+
+
+
+/****f* Items/RB_Is_ItemName
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Is there an itemname in the line.  Ignores leading spaces and
+ *   remark markers.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   line -- line to be searched.
+ * RESULT
+ *   The kind of item that was found or NO_ITEM if no item could be found.
+ *   The name of the item will be stored in item_name_buffer.
+ * NOTES
+ *   We used to check for misspelled items names by testing if
+ *   the item name buffer consists of only upper case characters.
+ *   However checking for a misspelled item name this way results in
+ *   many false positives. For instance many warnings are given for
+ *   FORTRAN code as all the keywords are in uppercase.  We need to
+ *   find a better method for this.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+enum ItemType RB_Is_ItemName(
+    char *line )
+{
+    char               *cur_char = line;
+    int                 i = 0;
+
+    cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_char );
+    if ( RB_Has_Remark_Marker( cur_char ) )
+    {
+        cur_char = RB_Skip_Remark_Marker( cur_char );
+        cur_char = RB_Skip_Whitespace( cur_char );
+        /* It there anything left? */
+        if ( strlen( cur_char ) )
+        {
+            enum ItemType       item_type = NO_ITEM;
+
+            /* Copy the name */
+            strcpy( item_name_buffer, cur_char );
+            /* remove any trailing spaces */
+            for ( i = strlen( item_name_buffer ) - 1;
+                  i >= 0 && utf8_isspace( item_name_buffer[i] ); --i )
+            {
+                item_name_buffer[i] = '\0';
+            }
+            /* No check and see if this is an item name */
+            if ( strlen( item_name_buffer ) )
+            {
+                item_type = RB_Get_Item_Type( item_name_buffer );
+#if 0                           /* Until we find a better method */
+                if ( item_type == NO_ITEM )
+                {
+                    /* Check if it is a misspelled item name */
+                    item_type = POSSIBLE_ITEM;
+                    for ( i = 0; i < strlen( item_name_buffer ); ++i )
+                    {
+                        if ( !( utf8_isupper( item_name_buffer[i] ) ||
+                                utf8_isspace( item_name_buffer[i] ) ) )
+                        {
+                            /* No it is not */
+                            item_type = NO_ITEM;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+#endif
+            }
+            return item_type;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return NO_ITEM;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return NO_ITEM;
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+int Is_Ignore_Item(
+    char *name )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.ignore_items.number; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( !strcmp( configuration.ignore_items.names[i], name ) )
+        {
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/Works_Like_SourceItem
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Tells wether this item works similar to the
+ *   source item, that is weather it copies it's
+ *   content verbatim to the output document.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+int Works_Like_SourceItem(
+    enum ItemType item_type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   item_type -- Type of item (also the index to the item name)
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- Item works like a SOURCE item
+ *   FALSE -- Item does NOT work like a SOURCE item
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // Check if it is a SOURCE item
+    if ( item_type == SOURCECODE_ITEM )
+    {
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // Lookup if it works like a SOURCE item
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.source_items.number; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( !strcmp
+             ( configuration.source_items.names[i],
+               configuration.items.names[item_type] ) )
+        {
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Neither SOURCE item, nor works like it
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/Is_Preformatted_Item
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Tells wether this item should be automatically preformatted in the
+ *   output.
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+int Is_Preformatted_Item(
+    enum ItemType item_type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   item_type -- Type of item (also the index to the item name)
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- Item should be automatically preformatted
+ *   FALSE -- Item should NOT be automatically preformatted
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // Lookup if item should be preformatted
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.preformatted_items.number; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( !strcmp
+             ( configuration.preformatted_items.names[i],
+               configuration.items.names[item_type] ) )
+        {
+            // Item name match, it sould be preformatted
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Do not automatically preformat item
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* HeaderTypes/Is_Format_Item
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Tells wether this item should be formatted by the browser
+ * SYNPOPSIS
+ */
+int Is_Format_Item(
+    enum ItemType item_type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   item_type -- Type of item (also the index to the item name)
+ * RESULT
+ *   TRUE  -- Item should be formatted by the browser
+ *   FALSE -- Item should be left alone
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // Lookup if item should be formatted by the browser
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.format_items.number; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( !strcmp
+             ( configuration.format_items.names[i],
+               configuration.items.names[item_type] ) )
+        {
+            // Item name match, it sould be formatted by the browser
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Leave item alone
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/******/
diff --git a/Source/items.h b/Source/items.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85606f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/items.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_ITEMS_H
+#define ROBODOC_ITEMS_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "robodoc.h"
+
+/****t* Items/ItemTypes 
+ * NAME 
+ *   ItemTypes -- enumeration of item types
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Defines a number of item types. There are two kind of items:
+ *   * the SOURCE item which is always available,
+ *   * and items defined by the user (or through the default items).
+ * NOTES
+ *   Never check an item type against SOURCECODE_ITEM directily!
+ *   Use Works_Like_SourceItem() function instead.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+enum ItemType
+{ POSSIBLE_ITEM = -2, NO_ITEM = -1, SOURCECODE_ITEM = 0, OTHER_ITEM };
+
+/*****/
+
+
+#define RBILA_BEGIN_PARAGRAPH  ( 1 <<  1 )
+#define RBILA_END_PARAGRAPH    ( 1 <<  2 )
+#define RBILA_BEGIN_LIST       ( 1 <<  3 )
+#define RBILA_END_LIST         ( 1 <<  4 )
+#define RBILA_BEGIN_LIST_ITEM  ( 1 <<  5 )
+#define RBILA_END_LIST_ITEM    ( 1 <<  6 )
+#define RBILA_BEGIN_PRE        ( 1 <<  7 )
+#define RBILA_END_PRE          ( 1 <<  8 )
+#define RBILA_BEGIN_SOURCE     ( 1 <<  9 )
+#define RBILA_END_SOURCE       ( 1 << 10 )
+
+enum ItemLineKind
+{
+    ITEM_LINE_RAW,              /* A line that does not start with a remark marker */
+    ITEM_LINE_PLAIN,            /* A line that starts with a remark marker */
+    ITEM_LINE_PIPE,             /* A line that starts with a remark marked and is
+                                   followed by a pipe marker. */
+    ITEM_LINE_END,              /* The last line of an item */
+
+    ITEM_LINE_TOOL_START,       // Start line of a tool item
+    ITEM_LINE_TOOL_BODY,        // Body of a tool item
+    ITEM_LINE_TOOL_END,         // End line of a tool item
+    ITEM_LINE_EXEC,             // Exec item
+    ITEM_LINE_DOT_START,        // Similar to TOOL_START but use DOT tool
+    ITEM_LINE_DOT_END,          // End line of a DOT item
+    ITEM_LINE_DOT_FILE          // DOT file to include
+};
+
+
+struct RB_Item_Line
+{
+    char               *line;
+    enum ItemLineKind   kind;
+    long                format;
+    T_RB_DocType        pipe_mode;
+};
+
+/****s* Items/RB_Item
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Keeps track of where items start end end in the header.
+ *   The index numbers point to the lines array in
+ *   RB_header.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Item
+{
+    struct RB_Item     *next;
+    enum ItemType       type;
+    int                 no_lines;
+    struct RB_Item_Line **lines;
+    int                 begin_index;
+    int                 end_index;
+};
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+int                 RB_Get_Item_Type(
+    char * );
+int                 RB_Get_Item_Attr(
+    char *cmp_name );
+enum ItemType       RB_Is_ItemName(
+    char *line );
+int                 RB_Ignore_Last_Item(
+    void );
+char               *RB_Get_Item_Name(
+    void );
+struct RB_Item     *RB_Create_Item(
+    enum ItemType arg_item_type );
+int                 Is_Ignore_Item(
+    char *name );
+int                 Works_Like_SourceItem(
+    enum ItemType item_type );
+
+int                 Is_Preformatted_Item(
+    enum ItemType item_type );
+
+int                 Is_Format_Item(
+    enum ItemType item_type );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_ITEMS_H */
diff --git a/Source/latex_generator.c b/Source/latex_generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb60b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/latex_generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/LaTeX_Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generator for LaTeX output.  Supports singledoc mode.
+ *
+ *******
+ * TODO  More documentation.
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "latex_generator.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+static int          verbatim = FALSE;
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_String
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Write a string to the destination document, escaping
+ *   characters where necessary.
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *a_string )
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 l = strlen( a_string );
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
+    {
+        c = a_string[i];
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char( dest_doc, c );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+}
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+/* void */
+/* RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Name( FILE* dest_doc, char *name ) */
+/* { */
+/*     RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, name ); */
+/*     fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" ); */
+/* } */
+
+
+/* Lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:02 */
+/* I think it looks better like this. This wastes less space in pdf-document. */
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textbf{" );
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+
+    // In alternate format, item names stand alone (Thuffir)
+    if ( course_of_action.do_altlatex )
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}\n" );
+    else
+        fprintf( dest_doc, ":}\\hspace{0.08in}" );
+}
+
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header )
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    // Generate a new page for every section in alternate format
+    if ( course_of_action.do_altlatex )
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\newpage\n" );
+
+    // If \part enabled, we have a level deeper
+    // So enable the level '0'
+    if ( course_of_action.do_latexparts )
+        depth--;
+
+    switch ( depth )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\part{" );
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\section{" );
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\subsection{" );
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\subsubsection{" );
+        break;
+    default:
+        /* Too deep so just make it a subsubsection */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\subsubsection{" );
+    }
+
+    // Print Header "First" name
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, name );
+    // Print other names
+    for ( i = 1; i < header->no_names; i++ )
+    {
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, ", " );
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->names[i] );
+    }
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "}\n" );
+
+    // Print Parent if any
+    if ( header->parent )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textsl{[ " );
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->parent->function_name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, " ]}\n" );
+    }
+
+    // Print Header Type
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textsl{[ " );
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, header->htype->indexName );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, " ]}\n\n" );
+}
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( depth );
+    USE( name );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+char               *RB_LaTeX_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void )
+{
+    return ".tex";
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char *charset )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%% Document: %s\n", name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%% Source: %s\n", src_name );
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_nogenwith )
+    {
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "%% " COMMENT_ROBODOC );
+/* Documentation is the users not ours  fprintf( dest_doc, "%% " COMMENT_COPYRIGHT ); */
+    }
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_headless )
+    {
+        /* The user wants a headless document, so we skip all
+         * initialization.  It is up to the user to put this in.
+         */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\documentclass{article}\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\usepackage{makeidx}\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\usepackage{graphicx}\n" );
+
+        // Check if we have to use the inputenc package
+        if ( charset )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\usepackage[%s]{inputenc}\n", charset );
+        }
+
+        // Alternate mode, works better with pdflatex and DIN A4 sheets
+        // At least for me :) (Thuffir)
+        if ( course_of_action.do_altlatex )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\oddsidemargin 0 cm\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\evensidemargin 0 cm\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\topmargin 0 cm\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textwidth 16 cm\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textheight 22 cm\n" );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* I guess this is unecessarry (same definitions twice ?)
+               fprintf( dest_doc, "\\oddsidemargin  0.15 in\n" );
+               fprintf( dest_doc, "\\evensidemargin 0.35 in\n" );
+               fprintf( dest_doc, "\\marginparwidth 1 in   \n" );
+             */
+
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\oddsidemargin 0.25 in \n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\evensidemargin 0.25 in\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\marginparwidth 0.75 in\n" );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textwidth 5.875 in\n" );
+        }
+
+
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\setlength{\\parindent}{0in}\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\setlength{\\parskip}{.08in}\n\n" );
+
+        /* changed default header to use boldface (vs slant) */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\pagestyle{headings}\n" );
+
+        // Set document title
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\title{%s}\n",
+                 document_title ? document_title : DEFAULT_DOCTITILE );
+
+        if ( course_of_action.do_nogenwith )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\author{Documentation Generator}\n" );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\author{%s}\n", COMMENT_ROBODOC );
+        }
+
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\makeindex\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\begin{document}\n" );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\maketitle\n" );
+
+        // In alternate mode, we generate INDEX at the end of document
+        if ( course_of_action.do_altlatex )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\newpage\n" );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\printindex\n" );
+        }
+
+        /* autogenerate table of contents! */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\tableofcontents\n" );
+
+        // We don't need this in alternate format, since every section begins
+        // with a \newpage (Thuffir)
+        if ( !( course_of_action.do_altlatex ) )
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "\\newpage\n" );
+
+        /* trick to disable the autogenerated \newpage */
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_End --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( name );
+
+    // In alternate mode, we generate INDEX at the end of document
+    if ( course_of_action.do_altlatex )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\printindex\n" );
+    }
+
+    if ( course_of_action.do_footless )
+    {
+        /* The user does not want the foot of the
+         * document
+         */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\end{document}\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Entry
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Creates a entry for the index.
+ *
+ *******
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Entry(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    assert( cur_header->function_name );
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\index{unsorted!" );
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->function_name );
+    if ( cur_header->is_internal )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}\\index{internal\\_%s!",
+                 cur_header->htype->indexName );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}\\index{%s!", cur_header->htype->indexName );
+    }
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->function_name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "}\n" );
+}
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_Start --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\subsection{" );
+    RB_LaTeX_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->name );
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "}\n" );
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_End --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    USE( cur_header );
+    fputc( '\n', dest_doc );
+}
+
+
+/*x**f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *source )
+{
+    /* TODO REMOVE */
+    USE( dest );
+    USE( source );
+    assert( 0 );
+#if 0
+    RB_Generate_Doc_Start( dest, source, "Master File", 0 );
+    RB_Generate_LaTeX_Includes( dest );
+    RB_Generate_Doc_End( dest, source );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Table
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Table --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Table(
+    FILE *dest,
+    int type,
+    char *title )
+{
+    USE( dest );
+    USE( type );
+    USE( title );
+
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/Generate_LaTeX_Includes
+ * NAME
+ *   Generate_LaTeX_Includes -- generate include commands
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_Generate_LaTeX_Includes (FILE *dest)
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generates a series of \include commands to include the
+ *   documentation generated for each source file into one
+ *   big file.
+ ****
+ */
+
+void RB_Generate_LaTeX_Includes(
+    FILE *dest )
+{
+    USE( dest );
+    /* TODO  REMOVE ?? */
+#if 0
+    struct RB_link     *cur_link;
+
+    for ( cur_link = first_link; cur_link; cur_link = cur_link->next_link )
+    {
+        {
+            if ( cur_link->type == NO_HEADER )
+                fprintf( dest, "\\include{%s}\n", cur_link->label_name );
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Empty_Item
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Empty_Item --
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\\\\n" );
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_EscapedChar
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a single character.  These characters are outside
+ *   a begin{verbatim} end{verbatim} block. So we need to escape is
+ *   special characters.
+ *   These are
+ *       _  =>  \_
+ *       %  =>  \%
+ *       $  =>  \$
+ *       <  =>  \textless
+ *       >  =>  \textgreater
+ *       \  =>  $\backslash$
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_LaTeX_Generate_EscapedChar( FILE* dest_doc, int c )
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char()
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_EscapedChar(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c )
+{
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+    case '&':
+    case '~':
+    case '_':
+    case '%':
+    case '^':
+    case '{':
+    case '}':
+    case '$':
+    case '#':
+        fputc( '\\', dest_doc );
+        fputc( c, dest_doc );
+        break;
+/* lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:12 */
+/* Replace these characters by the correct latex-code */
+    case '\\':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "$\\backslash$" );
+        break;
+    case '<':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textless " );
+        break;
+    case '>':
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\textgreater " );
+        break;
+/* --- */
+    default:
+        fputc( c, dest_doc );
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Generate a single character.  These characters are generated
+ *   within a begin{verbatim} end{verbatim} block So no escaping is
+ *   necessary.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char( FILE* dest_doc, int c )
+ *****
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c )
+{
+    if ( verbatim )
+    {
+        switch ( c )
+        {
+        case '\n':
+            assert( 0 );
+            break;
+        case '\t':
+            assert( 0 );
+            break;
+        default:
+            fputc( c, dest_doc );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_LaTeX_Generate_EscapedChar( dest_doc, c );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+}
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+}
+
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\begin{verbatim}\n" );
+    verbatim = TRUE;
+}
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    verbatim = FALSE;
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\end{verbatim}\n" );
+}
+
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\begin{itemize}\n" );
+}
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\end{itemize}\n" );
+}
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "  \\item " );
+}
+
+void LaTeX_Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+//    fprintf( dest_doc, "" );
+}
+
+
+
+/* lowtexx 21.09.2005 11:23 */
+/* added some functions to create links in latex documents */
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label --
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label( FILE* dest_doc, char* name)
+ * INPUTS
+ *   dest_doc  --  the file to which the text is written
+ *   name --  the unique name of the label to create
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 l = strlen( name );
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\label{ch:" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < l; ++i )
+    {
+        c = name[i];
+        if ( utf8_isalnum( c ) )
+        {
+            RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char( dest_doc, c );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // think about this
+            // replaced by underscore
+            fputc( '_', dest_doc );
+        }
+    }
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "}\n" );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* LaTeX_Generator/RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link --
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ *   void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link( FILE *cur_doc, char *cur_name,
+ *                                char *filename, char *labelname,
+ *                                char *linkname )
+ * INPUTS
+ *   cur_doc  --  the file to which the text is written
+ *   cur_name --  the name of the destination file (unused)
+ *                (the file from which we link)
+ *   filename --  the name of the file that contains the link
+ *                (the file we link to) (unused)
+ *   labelname--  the name of the unique label of the link.
+ *   linkname --  the name of the link as shown to the user (unused).
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+void RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *cur_doc,
+    char *cur_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname )
+{
+    USE( cur_name );
+    USE( filename );
+    USE( linkname );
+
+    // Only generate links outside the verbatim sections
+    // LaTeX does not seem to recognise them inside (Thuffir)
+    if ( verbatim == FALSE )
+        fprintf( cur_doc, " (\\ref{ch:%s})", labelname );
+}
+
+/******/
diff --git a/Source/latex_generator.h b/Source/latex_generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..804a3fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/latex_generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_LATEX_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_LATEX_GENERATOR_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "headers.h"
+
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Entry(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+
+/* size_t RB_LaTeX_Get_Len_Extension(); */
+/* void RB_LaTeX_Add_Extension(char* name); */
+char               *RB_LaTeX_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char *charset );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index(
+    FILE *dest,
+    char *source );
+void                RB_Generate_LaTeX_Includes(
+    FILE *dest );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Index_Table(
+    FILE *dest,
+    int type,
+    char *title );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Item_Doc(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *begin_of_item,
+    char *end_of_item,
+    char *function_name,
+    int item_type );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *a_string );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_EscapedChar(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c );
+
+void                LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_End_Paragraph(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_Begin_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_End_Preformatted(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_End_List(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_Begin_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                LaTeX_Generate_End_List_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_LaTeX_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *cur_doc,
+    char *cur_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_LATEX_GENERATOR_H */
diff --git a/Source/links.c b/Source/links.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db8b7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/links.c
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Links
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module contains functions to manipulate links.
+ *   Links are derived from headers.  They are used to create
+ *   links in the documentation between a word and the part of
+ *   the documentation that explains something about that word.
+ *   (For instance a function name or variable name).
+ *   In addition to the links derived from the headers links are
+ *   also derived from the names of all the sourcefiles.
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   ????-??-??   Frans Slothouber  V1.0 
+ *   2003-02-03   Frans Slothouber  Refactoring
+ *******
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/robodoc/robo/Source/links.c,v 1.43 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "file.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+unsigned int        link_index_size = 0;
+struct RB_link    **link_index = NULL;
+struct RB_link    **case_sensitive_link_index = NULL;
+
+
+/* Local functions */
+
+static struct RB_link *RB_Alloc_Link( char *label_name, char *object_name,
+                                      char *file_name );
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+int link_cmp( void *l1, void *l2 )
+{
+    struct RB_link *link1 = l1;
+    struct RB_link *link2 = l2;
+
+    return RB_Str_Case_Cmp( link1->object_name, link2->object_name );
+}
+
+
+int case_sensitive_link_cmp( void *l1, void *l2 )
+{
+    struct RB_link *link1 = l1;
+    struct RB_link *link2 = l2;
+
+    return strcmp( link1->object_name, link2->object_name );
+}
+
+char * function_name( char * full_name )
+{
+    char * name = strchr( full_name, '/' );
+
+    if( name ) return name + 1;
+    else return full_name;
+}
+
+/****f* Links/RB_CollectLinks
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Convert header information into link information.
+ *      RB_header -> RB_link conversion
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void
+RB_CollectLinks( struct RB_Document *document, 
+                 struct RB_header **headers,
+                 unsigned long count )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * document -- 
+ *   * headers  -- the array with headers.
+ *   * count    -- number of headers in the array
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   * link_index -- an array with links
+ *   * link_index_size -- the number of links in the array.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+{
+    unsigned long        i, j;
+    int  k;
+    struct RB_Part     *i_part;
+
+    for ( i = j = 0; i < count; ++i ) 
+    {
+        j += headers[i]->no_names - 1;
+    }
+
+    link_index_size = count + j;
+
+    if ( ( document->actions.do_multidoc ) &&
+            ! ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+       )
+    {
+        for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+        {
+            if ( i_part->headers ) 
+            {
+                link_index_size++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    link_index =
+        ( struct RB_link ** ) calloc( link_index_size,
+                                      sizeof( struct RB_link ** ) );
+    case_sensitive_link_index =
+        ( struct RB_link ** ) calloc( link_index_size,
+                                      sizeof( struct RB_link ** ) );
+
+    for ( i = j = 0; i < count; ++i )
+    {
+        struct RB_link     *link;
+        struct RB_header   *header;
+
+        header = headers[i];
+        assert( header->unique_name );
+        assert( header->file_name );
+        for( k = 0; k < header->no_names; j++, k++ )
+        {
+            link = RB_Alloc_Link( header->unique_name, function_name(header->names[k]),
+                                  header->file_name );
+            link->htype = header->htype;
+            link->is_internal = header->is_internal;
+            link_index[j] = link;
+            case_sensitive_link_index[j] = link;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* If we are in multidoc mode, we also create links
+     * for all the source files.
+     */
+
+    if ( ( document->actions.do_multidoc ) &&
+            /* but not for one file per header multidocs */
+       ! ( document->actions.do_one_file_per_header )
+       )
+    {
+        for ( i_part = document->parts; i_part; i_part = i_part->next )
+        {
+            if ( i_part->headers ) 
+            {
+                struct RB_link     *link;
+
+                link =
+                    RB_Alloc_Link( "robo_top_of_doc", i_part->filename->name,
+                            RB_Get_FullDocname( i_part->filename ) );
+                i_part->filename->link = link;
+                link->htype = RB_FindHeaderType( HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE );
+                link_index[j] = link;
+                case_sensitive_link_index[j] = link;
+                ++j;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                i_part->filename->link = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Sort all the links so we can use a binary search */
+    RB_QuickSort( (void **)link_index, 0, link_index_size - 1, link_cmp );
+    RB_QuickSort( (void **)case_sensitive_link_index, 0, link_index_size - 1, case_sensitive_link_cmp );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Links/RB_Free_Links
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Deallocate all the memory used to store the links.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Free_Links( void )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o link_index_size
+ *   o link_index[]
+ * BUGS
+ *   Should use RB_Free_Link instead of doing
+ *   everything by it self.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_link     *cur_link;
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < link_index_size; ++i )
+    {
+        cur_link = link_index[i];
+        free( cur_link->object_name );
+        free( cur_link->label_name );
+        free( cur_link->file_name );
+        free( cur_link );
+    }
+    free( link_index );
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+int RB_Number_Of_Links( struct RB_HeaderType* header_type, char* file_name, int internal )
+{
+    struct RB_link     *cur_link;
+    int                 n = 0;
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < link_index_size; ++i )
+    {
+        cur_link = link_index[i];
+        if ( RB_CompareHeaderTypes( cur_link->htype, header_type ) &&
+             ( ( cur_link->is_internal && internal ) ||
+               ( !cur_link->is_internal && !internal ) ) )
+        {
+            if ( file_name )
+            {
+                if ( strcmp( file_name, cur_link->file_name ) == 0 )
+                {
+                    n++;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                n++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/****f* Links/Find_Link [3.0h]
+ * NAME
+ *   Find_Link -- try to match word with a link
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Searches for the given word in the list of links and
+ *   headers.  There are three passes (or four, when the C option
+ *   is selected). Each pass uses a different definition of "word":
+ *   o In the first pass it is any thing that ends with a 'space', a '.' 
+ *     or a ','.
+ *   o In the second pass it is any string that consists of alpha
+ *     numerics, '_', ':', '.', or '-'.  
+ *   o In the third pass (for C) it is any string that consists 
+ *     of alpha numerics or '_'.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+int
+Find_Link( char *word_begin, 
+           char **object_name, 
+           char **label_name,
+           char **file_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o word_begin  - pointer to a word (a string).
+ *   o object_name  - pointer to a pointer to a string
+ *   o file_name   - pointer to a pointer to a string
+ * SIDE EFFECTS
+ *   label_name & file_name are modified
+ * RESULT
+ *   o object_name   -- points to the object if a match was found,
+ *                      NULL otherwise.
+ *   o file_name     -- points to the file name if a match was found,
+ *                      NULL otherwise.
+ *   o label_name    -- points to the labelname if a match was found,
+ *   o TRUE          -- a match was found.
+ *   o FALSE         -- no match was found.
+ * NOTES
+ *   This is a rather sensitive algorithm. Don't mess with it
+ *   too much.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+{
+    char               *cur_char = NULL, old_char;
+    int                 low_index, high_index, cur_index, state, pass;
+    unsigned int        length = 0;
+
+    for ( pass = 0; pass < 3; pass++ )
+    {
+        switch ( pass )
+        {
+        case 0:
+            {
+                for ( cur_char = word_begin;
+                      ( *cur_char == '_' ) || utf8_isalnum( *cur_char ) || utf8_ispunct( *cur_char );
+                      cur_char++ );
+                break;
+            }
+        case 1:
+            {
+                for ( cur_char = word_begin;
+                      utf8_isalnum( *cur_char ) || ( *cur_char == '_' ) ||
+                      ( *cur_char == '-' ) || ( *cur_char == '.' ) ||
+                      ( *cur_char == ':' ); cur_char++ );
+                break;
+            }
+        case 2:
+            {
+                for ( cur_char = word_begin;
+                      utf8_isalnum( *cur_char ) || ( *cur_char == '_'); 
+                      cur_char++ );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( ( ( *( cur_char - 1 ) ) == ',' ) || ( ( *( cur_char - 1 ) ) == '.' ) )
+        {
+            cur_char--;
+        }
+
+        old_char = *cur_char;
+        *cur_char = '\0';       /*
+                                 * End the word with a '\0' 
+                                 */
+        if ( strlen( word_begin ) == length )
+        {
+            /* Do not test the same word over and over. If
+             * the current string and the string of the previous
+             * pass are the same length, they are the same. */
+
+            /* RB_Say ("Skipping (pass %d) \"%s\"\n", SAY_INFO, pass, word_begin);  */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            length = strlen( word_begin );
+            /* RB_Say ("Testing (pass %d) \"%s\"\n", SAY_INFO, pass, word_begin); */
+            /*
+             * Search case sensitive for a link 
+             */
+            for ( cur_index = 0, low_index = 0, high_index =
+                    link_index_size - 1; high_index >= low_index; )
+            {
+                cur_index = ( high_index - low_index ) / 2 + low_index;
+                state = strcmp( word_begin, case_sensitive_link_index[cur_index]->object_name );
+                if ( state < 0 )
+                {
+                    high_index = cur_index - 1;
+                }
+                else if ( state == 0 )
+                {
+                    *object_name = case_sensitive_link_index[cur_index]->object_name;
+                    *label_name = case_sensitive_link_index[cur_index]->label_name;
+                    *file_name = case_sensitive_link_index[cur_index]->file_name;
+                    RB_Say( "linking \"%s\"->\"%s\" from \"%s\"\n", SAY_DEBUG,
+                            word_begin, *object_name, *file_name );
+                    *cur_char = old_char;
+                    return ( TRUE );
+                }
+                else if ( state > 0 )
+                {
+                    low_index = cur_index + 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /*
+             * Search case insensitive for a link.
+             * But only when the user asks for this.
+             */
+            if ( course_of_action.do_ignore_case_when_linking ) 
+            {
+
+                for ( cur_index = 0, low_index = 0, high_index =
+                        link_index_size - 1; high_index >= low_index; )
+                {
+                    cur_index = ( high_index - low_index ) / 2 + low_index;
+                    state = RB_Str_Case_Cmp( word_begin, link_index[cur_index]->object_name );
+                    if ( state < 0 )
+                    {
+                        high_index = cur_index - 1;
+                    }
+                    else if ( state == 0 )
+                    {
+                        *object_name = link_index[cur_index]->object_name;
+                        *label_name = link_index[cur_index]->label_name;
+                        *file_name = link_index[cur_index]->file_name;
+                        RB_Say( "linking \"%s\"->\"%s\" from \"%s\"\n", SAY_DEBUG,
+                                word_begin, *object_name, *file_name );
+                        *cur_char = old_char;
+                        return ( TRUE );
+                    }
+                    else if ( state > 0 )
+                    {
+                        low_index = cur_index + 1;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        *cur_char = old_char;
+        *file_name = NULL;
+        *object_name = NULL;
+        *label_name = NULL;
+    }
+    return ( FALSE );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Links/RB_Alloc_Link [2.01]
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Alloc_Link              -- oop
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   allocate struct + strings
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static struct RB_link *
+RB_Alloc_Link( char *label_name, char *object_name, char *file_name )
+/* 
+ * INPUTS
+ *   char *label_name -- strings to copy into the link
+ *   char *file_name
+ * RESULT
+ *   struct RB_link *  -- ready-to-use
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Koessi
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_StrDup(), RB_Free_Link()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+{
+    struct RB_link     *new_link;
+
+    assert( object_name );
+    assert( label_name );
+    assert( file_name );
+    RB_Say( "Allocating a link (%s %s %s)\n", SAY_DEBUG, object_name, label_name, file_name );
+    new_link = malloc( sizeof( struct RB_link ) );
+    memset( new_link, 0, sizeof( struct RB_link ) );
+
+    new_link->file_name = RB_StrDup( file_name );
+    new_link->object_name = RB_StrDup( object_name );
+    new_link->label_name = RB_StrDup( label_name );
+    return ( new_link );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Links/RB_Free_Link
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Free_Link               -- oop
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   free struct + strings
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Free_Link( struct RB_link *arg_link )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   struct RB_link *link
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Koessi
+ * SEE ALSO
+ *   RB_Alloc_Link(), RB_Close_The_Shop()
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+{
+    if ( arg_link )
+    {
+        if ( arg_link->label_name )
+        {
+            free( arg_link->label_name );
+        }
+        if ( arg_link->file_name )
+        {
+            free( arg_link->file_name );
+        }
+        free( arg_link );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
diff --git a/Source/links.h b/Source/links.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca50cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/links.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_LINKS_H
+#define ROBODOC_LINKS_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "document.h"
+
+/****s* Links/RB_link
+ *  NAME
+ *    RB_link -- link data structure
+ *  PURPOSE
+ *    Structure to store links to the documentation of an component.
+ *  ATTRIBUTES
+ *    * label_name  -- the label under which the component can be found.
+ *                     this should be a unique name.
+ *    * object_name -- the proper name of the object
+ *    * file_name   -- the file the component can be found in.
+ *    * type        -- the type of component (the header type).
+ *    * is_internal -- is the header an internal header?
+ *  SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_link
+{
+    char               *label_name;
+    char               *object_name;
+    char               *file_name;
+    struct RB_HeaderType *htype;
+    int                 is_internal;
+};
+
+/*********/
+
+int                 Find_Link(
+    char *word_begin,
+    char **object_name,
+    char **unique_name,
+    char **file_name );
+void                RB_CollectLinks(
+    struct RB_Document *document,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    unsigned long count );
+void                RB_Free_Links(
+    void );
+void                RB_Free_Link(
+    struct RB_link *arg_link );
+
+int                 RB_Number_Of_Links(
+    struct RB_HeaderType *header_type,
+    char *file_name,
+    int internal );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_LINKS_H */
diff --git a/Source/lua_generator.c b/Source/lua_generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29f1d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/lua_generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef USE_LUA
+
+/****m* ROBODoc/Lua_Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Shell generator that actually gives data to a Lua script.
+ *   Supports singledoc mode.
+ * 
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Jeremy Cowgar 
+ * 
+ * NOTES
+ *   No code defined yet. This is just a shell.
+ *******
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "lua_generator.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+/* Source to come soon */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Source/lua_generator.h b/Source/lua_generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8161187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/lua_generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#ifdef USE_LUA
+#ifndef ROBODOC_LUA_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_LUA_GENERATOR_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_LUA_GENERATOR_H */
+#endif /* USE_LUA */
diff --git a/Source/makefile.am b/Source/makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f16f57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# vi: ff=unix
+# $Id: makefile.am,v 1.24 2007/01/13 11:43:10 gumpu Exp $
+# Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = robodoc robohdrs
+
+robohdrs_SOURCES = \
+     robohdrs.c headers.c util.c globals.c roboconfig.c \
+     headertypes.c
+
+robohdrs_DEPENDENCIES = headers.h
+
+robodoc_SOURCES = \
+     optioncheck.c optioncheck.h \
+     analyser.c analyser.h \
+     config.h \
+     generator.c generator.h \
+     headers.c headers.h \
+     headertypes.c headertypes.h \
+     items.c items.h \
+     links.c links.h \
+     globals.c globals.h \
+     robodoc.c robodoc.h \
+     util.c util.h \
+     html_generator.c html_generator.h \
+     xmldocbook_generator.c xmldocbook_generator.h \
+     latex_generator.c latex_generator.h \
+     rtf_generator.c rtf_generator.h \
+     test_generator.c test_generator.h \
+     ascii_generator.c ascii_generator.h \
+     troff_generator.c troff_generator.h \
+     lua_generator.c lua_generator.h \
+     document.c document.h \
+     directory.c directory.h \
+     file.c file.h \
+     part.c part.h \
+     path.c path.h \
+     roboconfig.c roboconfig.h 
diff --git a/Source/makefile.bcc b/Source/makefile.bcc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ccbdaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.bcc
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+#****h* ROBODoc/Makefile.bcc
+# NAME
+#   Makefile.bcc -- Makefile for Borland C++ Compiler 5.5
+#   Adapted from Makefile.plain
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   make -f makefile.bcc robodoc
+# PURPOSE
+#   The following targets are the most useful for the user.
+#   robodoc -  makes the robodc executable.
+#
+#****
+#
+# $Id: makefile.bcc,v 1.7 2007/05/04 13:31:31 petterik Exp $
+#
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .obj
+
+#--------------------------------------
+
+CC = bcc32
+CFLAGS = -DRB_BCC -DIGNORE_CASE_FILENAMES
+LIBS=
+
+#
+#
+#
+
+BROWSER=netscape
+ROBODOC=./robodoc
+ETAGS=/usr/bin/etags
+EGREP=/bin/egrep
+RM=/bin/rm
+VERS=4.99.1
+RELEASE=1
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# sources for the robodoc executable
+#--------------------------------------
+
+# BCC -e filename.exe wouldn't work
+# so list robodoc.c first to ensure correct .exe name
+#
+
+SOURCES = analyser.c \
+          ascii_generator.c \
+          directory.c \
+          generator.c \
+          document.c \
+          globals.c \
+          headers.c \
+          headertypes.c \
+          html_generator.c \
+          items.c \
+          links.c \
+          file.c \
+          latex_generator.c \
+          part.c \
+          path.c \
+          roboconfig.c \
+          robodoc.c \
+          rtf_generator.c \
+          sgmldocbook_generator.c \
+          test_generator.c \
+          troff_generator.c \
+          util.c \
+          xmldocbook_generator.c
+
+HEADERS= analyser.h \
+         ascii_generator.h \
+         directory.h \
+         dirwalk.h \
+         document.h \
+         file.h \
+         generator.h \
+         globals.h \
+         headers.h \
+          headertypes.h \
+         html_generator.h \
+         items.h \
+         latex_generator.h \
+         links.h \
+         part.h \
+         path.h \
+         roboconfig.h \
+         robodoc.h \
+         rtf_generator.h \
+         sgmldocbook_generator.h \
+         test_generator.h \
+         troff_generator.h \
+         unittest.h \
+         util.h \
+         xmldocbook_generator.h
+
+OBJECTS= robodoc.obj \
+         analyser.obj \
+         ascii_generator.obj \
+         directory.obj \
+         generator.obj \
+         document.obj \
+         globals.obj \
+         headers.obj \
+         headertypes.obj \
+         html_generator.obj \
+         items.obj \
+         links.obj \
+         file.obj \
+         latex_generator.obj \
+         part.obj \
+         path.obj \
+         roboconfig.obj \
+         rtf_generator.obj \
+         sgmldocbook_generator.obj \
+         test_generator.obj \
+         troff_generator.obj \
+         util.obj \
+         xmldocbook_generator.obj
+
+#****e* Makefile.bcc/robodoc
+# NAME
+#   robodoc --
+# NOTE
+#   This assumes that you version of make knows how to make an .obj file
+#   out of an .c file.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+robodoc : $(OBJECTS) 
+	$(CC) $(OBJECTS) $(LIBS)
+
+#****
+#------------------------------
+# Construction of the makefile
+#------------------------------
+
+depend :
+	makedepend -Y"" -f makefile.bcc $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+
+depend2:
+	$(CC) -MM $(SOURCES)
+
+# DO NOT DELETE
+
+analyser.o : robodoc.h globals.h headers.h items.h util.h links.h \
+  analyser.h document.h file.h path.h part.h 
+ascii_generator.o : ascii_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h globals.h \
+  items.h generator.h document.h 
+directory.o : robodoc.h directory.h file.h path.h 
+generator.o : globals.h robodoc.h headers.h items.h util.h links.h \
+  generator.h document.h part.h file.h path.h roboconfig.h \
+  html_generator.h latex_generator.h sgmldocbook_generator.h \
+  rtf_generator.h troff_generator.h ascii_generator.h analyser.h 
+document.o : robodoc.h document.h part.h path.h directory.h file.h \
+  headers.h links.h util.h generator.h 
+globals.o : robodoc.h globals.h headers.h util.h 
+headers.o : robodoc.h headers.h 
+headertypes.o : robodoc.h headertypes.h 
+html_generator.o : html_generator.h headers.h util.h globals.h robodoc.h \
+  links.h generator.h document.h items.h 
+items.o : globals.h robodoc.h items.h roboconfig.h 
+links.o : globals.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h links.h 
+file.o : file.h path.h headers.h util.h 
+latex_generator.o : generator.h robodoc.h headers.h document.h util.h \
+  links.h latex_generator.h globals.h 
+part.o : headers.h file.h path.h part.h util.h 
+path.o : path.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h 
+roboconfig.o : util.h roboconfig.h 
+robodoc.o : robodoc.h globals.h headers.h items.h util.h links.h \
+  part.h analyser.h document.h generator.h directory.h file.h path.h \
+  roboconfig.h 
+rtf_generator.o : rtf_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h globals.h \
+  generator.h document.h items.h 
+sgmldocbook_generator.o : sgmldocbook_generator.h headers.h util.h \
+  robodoc.h globals.h links.h generator.h document.h items.h 
+test_generator.o : test_generator.h globals.h util.h
+troff_generator.o : troff_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h items.h \
+  generator.h document.h 
+util.o : robodoc.h globals.h links.h headers.h items.h util.h 
+xmldocbook_generator.o : xmldocbook_generator.h globals.h util.h 
+
diff --git a/Source/makefile.mingw b/Source/makefile.mingw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0e9907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.mingw
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+#****h* ROBODoc/Makefile.mingw
+# NAME
+#   Makefile.mingw -- Plain makefile that does not need autoconf 
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   make -f makefile.mingw robodoc
+#   make -f makefile.mingw count
+#   make -f makefile.mingw test
+#   make -f makefile.mingw clean
+# PURPOSE
+#   The makefile for MingW Minimalist GNU for Windows
+#   See http://www.mingw.org
+#
+#   You can use it if you are on a win32 system.
+#
+#   The following targets are the most useful for the user.
+#
+#   robodoc -  makes the robodoc executable.
+#
+#   Developers might try:
+#   test    -
+#   count   -
+#   clean   -  
+#
+#****
+#
+# $Id: makefile.mingw,v 1.7 2007/05/14 15:41:19 petterik Exp $
+#
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# use gcc (generic)
+#--------------------------------------
+
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -pedantic -O3 -Wall -W -std=c99 # -ansi
+LIBS=
+
+#
+#
+#
+
+ROBODOC=robodoc.exe
+RM=rm -f
+all: robodoc.exe
+
+# currently does not compile: robohdrs
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# sources for the robodoc executable
+#--------------------------------------
+
+SOURCES = analyser.c \
+          ascii_generator.c \
+          directory.c \
+          generator.c \
+          document.c \
+          globals.c \
+          headertypes.c \
+          headers.c \
+          html_generator.c \
+          items.c \
+          links.c \
+          file.c \
+          latex_generator.c \
+          part.c \
+          path.c \
+          roboconfig.c \
+          robodoc.c \
+          optioncheck.c \
+          rtf_generator.c \
+          sgmldocbook_generator.c \
+          troff_generator.c \
+          util.c \
+          test_generator.c \
+          xmldocbook_generator.c
+
+HEADERS= analyser.h \
+         ascii_generator.h \
+         directory.h \
+         dirwalk.h \
+         document.h \
+         file.h \
+         generator.h \
+         globals.h \
+         headertypes.h \
+         headers.h \
+         html_generator.h \
+         items.h \
+         latex_generator.h \
+         links.h \
+         optioncheck.h \
+         part.h \
+         path.h \
+         roboconfig.h \
+         robodoc.h \
+         rtf_generator.h \
+         sgmldocbook_generator.h \
+         troff_generator.h \
+         unittest.h \
+         util.h \
+         test_generator.h \
+         xmldocbook_generator.h
+
+OBJECTS= $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+
+#****e* Makefile.mingw/robodoc
+# NAME
+#   robodoc --
+# NOTE
+#   This assumes that you version of make knows how to make an .o file
+#   out of an .c file.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+$(ROBODOC) : $(OBJECTS) 
+	$(CC) $(OBJECTS) -o robodoc $(LIBS)
+
+#****
+
+#****e* Makefile.mingw/robohdrs
+# NAME
+#   robohdrs --
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+robohdrs : robohdrs.o headers.o
+	$(CC) robohdrs.o headers.o -o robohdrs
+
+#****
+
+html : robodoc.html
+
+robodoc.html : $(ROBODOC)
+	./$(ROBODOC) --src ./ --doc robodoc --singledoc --html --sections --toc
+
+#----------------------------
+# Development
+#----------------------------
+
+
+#****e* Makefile.mingw/test
+# NAME
+#   test -- run some tests
+# FUNCTION
+#   Runs robodoc on file with a number of different headers.
+# HISTORY
+#   2002-05-19/PetteriK: test cases in Test directory run with this rule
+#
+#****
+
+test : $(ROBODOC)
+	(cd Test; $(MAKE))
+
+#****e* Makefile.mingw/clean
+# NAME
+#   clean -- Clean up the mess we made.
+# FUNCTION
+#   Cleans up the mess we made.
+#*****
+
+clean :
+	$(RM) $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) robodoc 
+	$(RM) robohdrs
+	$(RM) *~
+	$(RM) *.o 
+	$(RM) *.tex 
+	$(RM) *.toc 
+	$(RM) *.dvi 
+	$(RM) *.aux 
+	$(RM) *.log 
+	$(RM) *.ps
+	$(RM) robodoc.html
+	$(RM) testheaders.html
+	$(RM) stamp-h* 
+	$(RM) makefile.in 
+	$(RM) config.h
+
+
+#------------------------------
+# Construction of the makefile
+#------------------------------
+
+depend :
+	makedepend -Y"" -f makefile.mingw $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+
+depend2:
+	$(CC) -MM $(SOURCES)
+
+# DO NOT DELETE
+
+analyser.o: robodoc.h globals.h headers.h headertypes.h items.h util.h
+analyser.o: links.h document.h analyser.h file.h path.h part.h
+ascii_generator.o: ascii_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h globals.h
+ascii_generator.o: items.h generator.h document.h
+directory.o: robodoc.h directory.h file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h
+directory.o: headers.h document.h util.h globals.h roboconfig.h
+generator.o: globals.h robodoc.h headers.h items.h util.h links.h
+generator.o: headertypes.h document.h generator.h part.h file.h path.h
+generator.o: roboconfig.h html_generator.h latex_generator.h
+generator.o: sgmldocbook_generator.h xmldocbook_generator.h rtf_generator.h
+generator.o: troff_generator.h ascii_generator.h test_generator.h analyser.h
+document.o: robodoc.h document.h part.h path.h directory.h file.h links.h
+document.o: headertypes.h headers.h util.h generator.h
+globals.o: robodoc.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h
+headertypes.o: headertypes.h util.h headers.h
+headers.o: robodoc.h headers.h globals.h roboconfig.h util.h
+html_generator.o: html_generator.h headers.h items.h document.h robodoc.h
+html_generator.o: util.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h generator.h
+html_generator.o: directory.h file.h path.h part.h
+items.o: globals.h robodoc.h items.h roboconfig.h util.h headers.h
+links.o: globals.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h links.h headertypes.h
+links.o: document.h part.h file.h path.h
+file.o: file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h robodoc.h
+file.o: util.h
+latex_generator.o: generator.h robodoc.h headers.h document.h util.h links.h
+latex_generator.o: headertypes.h latex_generator.h globals.h
+part.o: headers.h file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h document.h robodoc.h
+part.o: part.h util.h
+path.o: path.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h
+roboconfig.o: headertypes.h util.h headers.h roboconfig.h
+robodoc.o: robodoc.h globals.h headers.h util.h links.h headertypes.h
+robodoc.o: document.h part.h analyser.h generator.h directory.h file.h path.h
+robodoc.o: roboconfig.h
+rtf_generator.o: rtf_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h globals.h
+rtf_generator.o: generator.h document.h
+sgmldocbook_generator.o: sgmldocbook_generator.h headers.h
+sgmldocbook_generator.o: xmldocbook_generator.h document.h robodoc.h util.h
+sgmldocbook_generator.o: globals.h links.h headertypes.h generator.h items.h
+troff_generator.o: troff_generator.h headers.h util.h robodoc.h items.h
+troff_generator.o: generator.h document.h
+util.o: robodoc.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h util.h
+test_generator.o: test_generator.h headers.h document.h robodoc.h globals.h
+test_generator.o: util.h
+xmldocbook_generator.o: xmldocbook_generator.h headers.h document.h robodoc.h
+xmldocbook_generator.o: globals.h util.h
+analyser.o: document.h robodoc.h
+ascii_generator.o: headers.h
+directory.o: file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h
+directory.o: robodoc.h
+document.o: robodoc.h
+file.o: path.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h robodoc.h
+generator.o: robodoc.h headers.h document.h
+globals.o: robodoc.h
+html_generator.o: headers.h items.h document.h robodoc.h
+latex_generator.o: headers.h
+links.o: headertypes.h headers.h document.h robodoc.h
+rtf_generator.o: headers.h
+sgmldocbook_generator.o: headers.h
+troff_generator.o: headers.h
+util.o: headers.h
+test_generator.o: headers.h document.h robodoc.h
+xmldocbook_generator.o: headers.h document.h robodoc.h
diff --git a/Source/makefile.mingw-cygwin b/Source/makefile.mingw-cygwin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91797f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.mingw-cygwin
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+# vi: spell ff=unix
+#****h* ROBODoc/makefile.mingw-cygwin
+# NAME
+#   makefile.mingw-cygwin -- Plain makefile that does not need autoconf 
+# PURPOSE
+#   The makefile for MingW Minimalist GNU for Windows under the Cygwin
+#   environment, See:
+#   * http://www.mingw.org,
+#   * http://www.cygwin.com
+#
+#   You can use it if you are on a win32 system.
+#
+#   The following targets are the most useful for the user:
+#   * robodoc -  makes the robodoc executable.
+#
+#   Developers might try:
+#   * test  - run system tests
+#   * clean - clean all results.
+#
+# EXAMPLES
+#   make -f makefile.mingw-cygwin robodoc
+#   make -f makefile.mingw-cygwin test
+#   make -f makefile.mingw-cygwin clean
+# 
+#****
+#
+# $Id: makefile.mingw-cygwin,v 1.17 2007/05/14 15:41:19 petterik Exp $
+#
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# use gcc (generic)
+#--------------------------------------
+
+CC = gcc
+#DEBUG = 1
+
+#****v* makefile.mingw-cygwin/CFLAGS
+# FUNCTION
+#   Defined the flags used for the C compiler:
+#   *  -W, -Wall and -std=gnu99 --
+#      This turns on all warnings based on the C99 standard.
+#      Making the source warning free for an earlier standard is
+#      not necessary as this code is compiled on Unix, Windows, and
+#      Mac systems that all have C99 compliant C compilers.
+#      It also allows some gnu extensions.
+#      Using -std=c99 gives some spurious warnings about popen()
+#   * -O3 -- optimize, turning optimization on finds more errors and 
+#      warnings.
+#   * -mno-cygwin -- Tells gcc not to link with cygwin1.dll but use the
+#      windows standard C library. (make mingw windows native executable
+#      under cygwin)
+#   * -s -- Strip debug info out from objects, making the executable smaller
+#   * -g -- Include all debugger info for GDB
+# SOURCE
+
+ifdef DEBUG
+CFLAGS = -g -mno-cygwin -W -Wall -std=gnu99
+else
+CFLAGS = -s -mno-cygwin -O3 -W -Wall -std=gnu99
+endif
+
+#*****
+
+LIBS=
+
+#
+#
+#
+
+ROBODOC=robodoc.exe
+RM=rm -f
+all: robodoc.exe
+
+# currently does not compile: robohdrs
+
+#****v* makefile.mingw-cygwin/SOURCES, HEADERS
+# FUNCTION
+#   All source files needed to compile ROBODoc
+# SOURCE
+#
+SOURCES = \
+          analyser.c \
+          ascii_generator.c \
+          directory.c \
+          document.c \
+          file.c \
+          generator.c \
+          globals.c \
+          headers.c \
+          headertypes.c \
+          html_generator.c \
+          items.c \
+          latex_generator.c \
+          links.c \
+          optioncheck.c \
+          part.c \
+          path.c \
+          roboconfig.c \
+          robodoc.c \
+          rtf_generator.c \
+          test_generator.c \
+          troff_generator.c \
+          util.c \
+          xmldocbook_generator.c
+
+HEADERS= analyser.h \
+         ascii_generator.h \
+         directory.h \
+         dirwalk.h \
+         document.h \
+         file.h \
+         generator.h \
+         globals.h \
+         headertypes.h \
+         headers.h \
+         html_generator.h \
+         items.h \
+         latex_generator.h \
+         links.h \
+         optioncheck.h \
+         part.h \
+         path.h \
+         roboconfig.h \
+         robodoc.h \
+         rtf_generator.h \
+         troff_generator.h \
+         unittest.h \
+         util.h \
+         test_generator.h \
+         xmldocbook_generator.h
+
+#*****
+
+OBJECTS= $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+
+#****e* makefile.mingw-cygwin/robodoc
+# NAME
+#   robodoc --
+# NOTE
+#   This assumes that your version of make knows how to make an .o file
+#   out of an .c file.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+$(ROBODOC) : $(OBJECTS) 
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(OBJECTS) -o $(ROBODOC) $(LIBS)
+
+#****
+
+#****e* makefile.mingw-cygwin/robohdrs
+# NAME
+#   robohdrs --
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+robohdrs : robohdrs.o headers.o
+	$(CC) robohdrs.o headers.o -o robohdrs
+
+#****
+
+html : robodoc.html
+
+robodoc.html : $(ROBODOC)
+	./$(ROBODOC) --src ./ --doc robodoc --singledoc --html --sections --toc
+
+#----------------------------
+# Development
+#----------------------------
+
+
+#****e* makefile.mingw-cygwin/test
+# NAME
+#   test -- run some tests
+# FUNCTION
+#   Runs robodoc on file with a number of different headers.
+# HISTORY
+#   2002-05-19/PetteriK: test cases in Test directory run with this rule
+#
+#****
+
+test : $(ROBODOC)
+	(cd Test; $(MAKE))
+
+#****e* makefile.mingw-cygwin/clean
+# NAME
+#   clean -- Clean up the mess we made.
+# FUNCTION
+#   Cleans up the mess we made.
+#*****
+
+clean :
+	$(RM) \
+	$(OBJECTS) \
+	$(ROBODOC) \
+	robohdrs \
+	*~ \
+	*.o \
+	*.tex \
+	*.toc \
+	*.dvi \
+	*.aux \
+	*.log \
+	*.ps \
+	robodoc.html \
+	testheaders.html \
+	stamp-h* \
+	makefile.in \
+	config.h \
+
+
+#------------------------------
+# Construction of the makefile
+#------------------------------
+
+# TODO Figure out how to get rid of all the warnings about
+#      standard includes such as  etc
+depend :
+	makedepend -Y"" -f makefile.mingw-cygwin $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+
+depend2:
+	$(CC) -MM $(SOURCES)
+
+# DO NOT DELETE
+
+analyser.o: analyser.c robodoc.h globals.h headers.h headertypes.h \
+  items.h util.h document.h links.h analyser.h file.h path.h part.h \
+  roboconfig.h
+ascii_generator.o: ascii_generator.c ascii_generator.h headers.h util.h \
+  document.h robodoc.h globals.h items.h headertypes.h generator.h
+directory.o: directory.c robodoc.h directory.h file.h path.h links.h \
+  headertypes.h headers.h document.h util.h globals.h roboconfig.h
+document.o: document.c robodoc.h document.h part.h path.h directory.h \
+  file.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h util.h generator.h globals.h
+file.o: file.c file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h document.h \
+  robodoc.h util.h
+generator.o: generator.c globals.h robodoc.h headers.h items.h util.h \
+  document.h links.h headertypes.h generator.h part.h file.h path.h \
+  roboconfig.h html_generator.h latex_generator.h xmldocbook_generator.h \
+  rtf_generator.h troff_generator.h ascii_generator.h test_generator.h \
+  analyser.h
+globals.o: globals.c robodoc.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h \
+  document.h
+headers.o: headers.c robodoc.h headers.h globals.h roboconfig.h util.h \
+  document.h
+headertypes.o: headertypes.c headertypes.h util.h headers.h document.h \
+  robodoc.h
+html_generator.o: html_generator.c html_generator.h headers.h items.h \
+  robodoc.h document.h util.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h generator.h \
+  directory.h file.h path.h part.h roboconfig.h
+items.o: items.c globals.h robodoc.h items.h roboconfig.h util.h \
+  headers.h document.h
+latex_generator.o: latex_generator.c generator.h robodoc.h headers.h \
+  document.h util.h links.h headertypes.h latex_generator.h globals.h
+links.o: links.c globals.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h document.h links.h \
+  headertypes.h part.h file.h path.h
+optioncheck.o: optioncheck.c robodoc.h optioncheck.h roboconfig.h util.h \
+  headers.h document.h
+part.o: part.c headers.h file.h path.h links.h headertypes.h document.h \
+  robodoc.h part.h util.h
+path.o: path.c path.h robodoc.h headers.h util.h document.h
+roboconfig.o: roboconfig.c headertypes.h util.h headers.h document.h \
+  robodoc.h roboconfig.h globals.h optioncheck.h
+robodoc.o: robodoc.c robodoc.h globals.h headers.h util.h document.h \
+  links.h headertypes.h part.h analyser.h generator.h directory.h file.h \
+  path.h roboconfig.h optioncheck.h
+rtf_generator.o: rtf_generator.c rtf_generator.h headers.h util.h \
+  document.h robodoc.h globals.h generator.h
+test_generator.o: test_generator.c test_generator.h headers.h document.h \
+  robodoc.h globals.h util.h
+troff_generator.o: troff_generator.c troff_generator.h headers.h items.h \
+  robodoc.h util.h document.h generator.h file.h path.h links.h \
+  headertypes.h part.h
+util.o: util.c robodoc.h globals.h links.h headertypes.h headers.h \
+  document.h path.h util.h
+xmldocbook_generator.o: xmldocbook_generator.c xmldocbook_generator.h \
+  headers.h document.h robodoc.h globals.h util.h
diff --git a/Source/makefile.plain b/Source/makefile.plain
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e370fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.plain
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+# -*-makefile-*-
+# vi: ff=unix
+#
+#****h* ROBODoc/Makefile.plain
+# NAME
+#   Makefile.plain -- Plain makefile that does not need autoconf 
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   * make -f makefile.plain robodoc
+#   * make -f makefile.plain html
+#   * make -f makefile.plain count
+#   * make -f makefile.plain test
+#   * make -f makefile.plain clean
+#   * make -f makefile.plain xcompile
+#
+# PURPOSE
+#   The makefile GCC.
+#   You can use it if you are on a non Unix system or a system
+#   that does not support autoconfiguration.
+#
+#   The following targets are the most useful for the user:
+#   * robodoc -  makes the robodc executable.
+#   * example -  makes robodoc and shows you the autodocs
+#                generated from the ROBODoc source code
+#                using browser.
+#   * html    -  makes autodocs for robodoc in html format.
+#
+#   To build robodoc use:
+#   * make -f makefile.plain robodoc
+#
+#   Developers might try:
+#   * depend  - create dependencies
+#   * test    -
+#   * count   -
+#   * clean   -
+#
+# NOTES
+#   This documentation is not complete. It is just a test to see
+#   how to best use ROBODoc with makefiles.
+#
+#****
+#
+# $Id: makefile.plain,v 1.63 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $
+#
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# use gcc (generic)
+#--------------------------------------
+
+CC = gcc
+# CFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wshadow -Wbad-function-cast -Wconversion -Wredundant-decls 
+# -Wunreachable-code
+# TODO try to get this to compile with -Wconversion
+
+CFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wshadow -Wbad-function-cast -Wredundant-decls
+LIBS=
+
+#
+
+BROWSER=netscape
+ROBODOC=./robodoc
+ETAGS=/usr/bin/etags
+EGREP=/bin/egrep
+RM=/bin/rm
+MINGW_CC=/usr/bin/i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
+VERS=4.99.36
+RELEASE=1
+all: robodoc robohdrs
+
+#--------------------------------------
+# sources for the robodoc executable
+#--------------------------------------
+
+SOURCES = \
+          analyser.c \
+          ascii_generator.c \
+          directory.c \
+          generator.c \
+          document.c \
+          globals.c \
+          headers.c \
+          headertypes.c \
+          html_generator.c \
+          items.c \
+          links.c \
+          file.c \
+          latex_generator.c \
+          optioncheck.c \
+          part.c \
+          path.c \
+          roboconfig.c \
+          robodoc.c \
+          rtf_generator.c \
+          test_generator.c \
+          troff_generator.c \
+          util.c \
+          xmldocbook_generator.c
+
+HEADERS= \
+         analyser.h \
+         ascii_generator.h \
+         directory.h \
+         dirwalk.h \
+         document.h \
+         file.h \
+         generator.h \
+         globals.h \
+         headers.h \
+         headertypes.h \
+         html_generator.h \
+         items.h \
+         latex_generator.h \
+         links.h \
+         optioncheck.h \
+         part.h \
+         path.h \
+         roboconfig.h \
+         robodoc.h \
+         rtf_generator.h \
+         test_generator.h \
+         troff_generator.h \
+         unittest.h \
+         util.h \
+         xmldocbook_generator.h
+
+OBJECTS = $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+DEPENDS = $(OBJECTS:.o=.d)
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/robodoc
+# NAME
+#   robodoc --
+# NOTE
+#   This assumes that you version of make knows how to make an .o file
+#   out of an .c file.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+robodoc : $(OBJECTS) 
+	$(CC) $(OBJECTS) -o robodoc$(EXE) $(LIBS)
+
+#****
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/robohdrs
+# NAME
+#   robohdrs --
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+robohdrs : robodoc robohdrs.o headers.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) util.o globals.o robohdrs.o headers.o roboconfig.o headertypes.o -o robohdrs$(EXE)
+
+#****
+
+html : robodoc.html
+
+robodoc.html : robodoc
+	./robodoc --src ./ --doc robodoc --singledoc --html --sections --toc
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/example
+# NAME
+#   example -- create and show autodocs extracted from ROBODoc source.
+# FUNCTION
+#
+#****
+
+example : html 
+	$(BROWSER) robodoc.html
+
+#----------------------------
+# Development
+#----------------------------
+
+tags :
+	$(ETAGS) *.c *.h
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/count
+# NAME
+#   count -- count the number of lines of the ROBODoc source.
+#****
+
+count :
+	$(EGREP) -v -G "^ \*" *.c *.h | egrep -v -G "/\*"  | wc
+
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/test
+# NAME
+#   test -- run some tests
+# FUNCTION
+#   Runs robodoc on file with a number of different headers.
+# HISTORY
+#   2002-05-19/PetteriK: test cases in Test directory run with this rule
+#
+#****
+
+test : $(ROBODOC)
+	(cd Test; $(MAKE))
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/clean
+# NAME
+#   clean -- Clean up the mess we made.
+# FUNCTION
+#   Cleans up the mess we made.
+#*****
+
+clean :
+	$(RM) -f $(DOCS) $(XREF)
+	$(RM) -f robodoc robohdrs
+	$(RM) -f *~
+	$(RM) -f *.o *.tex *.toc *.dvi *.aux *.log *.ps *.exe
+	$(RM) -f robodoc.html
+	$(RM) -f testheaders.html
+	$(RM) -f stamp-h* makefile.in config.h
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/xcompiler-test
+# NAME
+#   xcompiler-test
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   make -f makefile.plain xcompiler-test
+# NOTE
+#   Used by do.sh.  
+# RESULT
+#   Exit status 0 if cross-compiler is found.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+xcompiler-test:
+	test -x $(MINGW_CC)
+	zip -h > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+#*****
+
+#****e* Makefile.plain/xcompile
+# NAME
+#   xcompile
+# SYNOPSIS
+#   make -f makefile.plain xcompile
+#   make -f makefile.plain MINGW_CC=/path/to/mingwcc xcompile
+# NOTE
+#   Cross-compile Wintel binary.
+#   Consider `apt-get install mingw32' before running this.
+# RESULT
+#   Excutable `robodoc.exe' is created.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+xcompile:
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.plain CC=$(MINGW_CC) EXE=.exe robodoc
+
+#***** end xcompile
+
+#------------------------------
+# Construction of the makefile
+#------------------------------
+
+-include $(DEPENDS)
+
+depend:
+	$(CC) -MMD -E $(SOURCES) > /dev/null
+
diff --git a/Source/makefile.win32 b/Source/makefile.win32
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d1efd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.win32
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+#****h* ROBODoc/Makefile.win32
+# FUNCTION
+#   A makefile for win32.
+#   Well it is not really a proper makefile since the dependencies are
+#   missing, but it will compile robodoc using VC++
+# USAGE
+#   nmake -f makefile.win32 
+#   nmake -f makefile.win32 clean
+# NOTES
+#   run  vcvars32.bat    (part of VC++)
+#   before using this file.
+#*****
+
+.SUFFIXES :
+.SUFFIXES : .obj .c
+.c.obj:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
+
+CC = cl
+
+#****v* Makefile.win32/CFLAGS
+# FUNCTION
+#   The flags feeded to the compiler to compile a .c file.
+#
+#   -I.   look for include files in the current directory
+#   -Zi   enable debugging information.
+#   -W3 turns on warnings,
+#   -D RB_MSVC  defines the symbol RB_MSVC which is needed
+#               to compile the OS dependend parts of robodoc.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+CFLAGS     = -c -I. -nologo -Zi -W3 -D RB_MSVC -D IGNORE_CASE_FILENAMES
+
+#******
+
+CLINK      = link
+CLINKFLAGS = /nologo /debug
+
+#****v* Makefile.win32/SOURCES
+# FUNCTION
+#   List of all the sources needed to compile ROBODoc.
+# SOURCE
+SOURCES=analyser.c generator.c items.c util.c folds.c headers.c \
+        headertypes.c links.c robodoc.c directory.c part.c file.c path.c \
+        html_generator.c latex_generator.c rtf_generator.c \
+        troff_generator.c sgmldocbook_generator.c ascii_generator.c \
+        globals.c document.c roboconfig.c xmldocbook_generator.c \
+        test_generator.c
+#*****
+
+OBJECTS=$(SOURCES:.c=.obj)
+
+
+#****e* Makefile.win32/robodoc.trg
+# FUNCTION
+#   Compile the robodoc executable. This makefile is
+#   missing a dependencies sections, so use this target
+#   only once.
+# SOURCE
+#
+robodoc.trg : $(OBJECTS)
+	$(CLINK) $(CLINKFLAGS) $(OBJECTS) /out:robodoc.exe
+#******
+
+#****v* Makefile.win32/clean
+# FUNCTION
+#   Delete all the files created in the build process.
+# SOURCE
+#
+clean:
+	del $(OBJECTS)
+	del robodoc.exe
+	del *.pdb *.ilk
+	del tags
+#*****
+
+
+frans: robodoc.trg
+	copy robodoc.exe c:\pws\bin
+
+LINTOPT = -ic:\pclint8\lnt -u std.lnt env-vc6.lnt -e715 +dRB_MSVC
+
+# LINTOPT = -ic:\pclint8\lnt -u std.lnt env-vc6.lnt -e715 -e613 -e550 -e740 -e732 -e713 -e737 -e818 -e830 -e641 +dRB_MSVC
+
+#****ie* Makefile.win32/lint
+# FUNCTION
+#   Runs lint on all the robodoc sources.
+# SOURCE
+#
+lint:
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) globals.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) latex_generator.c 
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) rtf_generator.c 
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) document.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) file.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) headers.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) directory.c 
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) headertypes.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) util.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) roboconfig.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) robodoc.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) generator.c
+	-c:\pclint8\lint-nt $(LINTOPT) html_generator.c
+#******
diff --git a/Source/makefile.wingcc b/Source/makefile.wingcc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a17945c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/makefile.wingcc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# Obsolete
diff --git a/Source/optioncheck.c b/Source/optioncheck.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6067211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/optioncheck.c
@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/* $Id: optioncheck.c,v 1.19 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $*/
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "optioncheck.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+
+char                short_use[] =
+    "Usage:\n"
+    "   robodoc --src  --doc  --multidoc   [type] [options]\n"
+    "   robodoc --src  --doc       --singledoc  [type] [options]\n"
+    "   robodoc --src       --doc       --singlefile [type] [options]\n"
+    "\n" "Use robodoc --help for more information\n";
+
+
+void Print_Short_Use(
+    void )
+{
+    fprintf( stdout, "%s\n", short_use );
+}
+
+/****t* UserInterface/Option_Test_Kind
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Enumeration for the kind of tests that are carried out on the 
+ *   options that the user specifies.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    TEST_INVALID = 0,
+    TEST_MUTUAL_EXCLUDE = 1,
+    TEST_SHOULD_EXISTS,         /* TODO Create this kind of test */
+    TEST_NO_EFFECT,             /* TODO Create this kind of test */
+    TEST_COUNT,                 /* TODO Create this kind of test */
+    TEST_SPELLING               /* TODO Create this kind of test */
+} Option_Test_Kind;
+
+/*****/
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    OPTION_FATAL = 1,
+    OPTION_WARNING
+} Option_Error_Severity;
+
+/****s* UserInterface/RB_Option_Name
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Element in a list of option names.
+ *   Used in a RB_Option_Test to specify to what
+ *   options a test applies.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Option_Name
+{
+    /* linked list administration */
+    struct RB_Option_Name *next;
+    /* name of the option */
+    char               *name;
+    /* use by the Count test */
+    int                 count;
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+/****s* UserInterface/RB_Option_Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A test specification for options. This
+ *   stores information about the kind of test and
+ *   the options it applies to, and the message that
+ *   is given to the user.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Option_Test
+{
+    /* tests are stored in a linked list */
+    struct RB_Option_Test *next;
+    /* the group of options the test applies to. */
+    struct RB_Option_Name *option_group;
+    /* the kind of test */
+    Option_Test_Kind    kind;
+    /* More information for the user */
+    char               *more_information;       /* TODO Fill and use */
+
+    Option_Error_Severity severity;
+};
+
+/******/
+
+/****v* UserInterface/ok_options
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   An list of all allowed command-line options.  If you add any
+ *   options add its name here too.  This list is used to verify
+ *   the options specified by the user.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static char        *ok_options[] = {
+    "--rc",
+    "--src",
+    "--doc",
+    "--html",
+    "--latex",
+    "--ascii",
+    "--rtf",
+    "--troff",
+    "--dbxml",
+    "--doctype_name",
+    "--doctype_location",
+    "--singledoc",
+    "--singlefile",
+    "--multidoc",
+    "--one_file_per_header",
+    "--first_section_level",
+    "--sections",
+    "--internal",
+    "--internalonly",
+    "--ignore_case_when_linking",
+    "--toc",
+    "--index",
+    "--nosource",
+    "--tabsize",
+    "--tell",
+    "--debug",
+    "--test",                   /* Special output mode for testing */
+    "--nodesc",
+    "--nopre",
+    "--nogeneratedwith",
+    "--no_subdirectories",
+    "--cmode",
+    "--charset",
+    "--ext",
+    "--help",
+    "--css",
+    "--version",
+    "-c",
+    "--lock",
+    "--nosort",
+    "--headless",
+    "--footless",
+    "--sectionnameonly",
+    "--compress",
+    "--mansection",
+    "--verbal",                 /*FS TODO */
+    "--ms_errors",              /* TODO is this documented?? */
+    "--documenttitle",
+    "--altlatex",
+    "--latexparts",
+    "--tabstops",
+    "--syntaxcolors",
+    "--syntaxcolors_enable",
+    "--dotname",
+    "--masterindex",
+    "--sourceindex",
+    "--header_breaks",
+    ( char * ) NULL
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****v* UserInterface/option_tests
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A linked lists of tests that check the options specified
+ *   by the user.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+static struct RB_Option_Test *option_tests = NULL;
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Add_Option_Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add a test to the linked list of options tests.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Add_Option_Test(
+    struct RB_Option_Test *option_test )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   option_test -- the test to be added.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    option_test->next = option_tests;
+    option_tests = option_test;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Add_Option_Name
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add the name of an option to the group of option names an option
+ *   test applies to.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Add_Option_Name(
+    struct RB_Option_Test *option_test,
+    char *name )
+/* 
+ * INPUTS
+ *   option_test -- the option test
+ *   name -- the name of the option
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Option_Name *new_option_name =
+        malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Option_Name ) );
+    new_option_name->name = RB_StrDup( name );
+    new_option_name->next = option_test->option_group;
+    new_option_name->count = 0;
+    option_test->option_group = new_option_name;
+}
+
+/****/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Create_New_Option_Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Allocate and initialize a new option test.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static struct RB_Option_Test *Create_New_Option_Test(
+    Option_Test_Kind kind,
+    Option_Error_Severity severity )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   kind -- the kind of test that has to be created.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Option_Test *new_option_test =
+        malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Option_Test ) );
+    new_option_test->next = NULL;
+    new_option_test->option_group = NULL;
+    new_option_test->kind = kind;
+    new_option_test->severity = severity;
+    return new_option_test;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Create_Test_Data
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a linked list of tests.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Create_Test_Data(
+    void )
+/*
+ * TODO
+ *   Generate this code automatically from a set
+ *   of high-level specifications.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Option_Test *cur_option_test = NULL;
+    int                 i;
+
+    cur_option_test =
+        Create_New_Option_Test( TEST_MUTUAL_EXCLUDE, OPTION_FATAL );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--singledoc" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--multidoc" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--singlefile" );
+    Add_Option_Test( cur_option_test );
+
+    cur_option_test =
+        Create_New_Option_Test( TEST_MUTUAL_EXCLUDE, OPTION_FATAL );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--html" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--rtf" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--ascii" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--dbxml" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--troff" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--latex" );
+    Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, "--test" );
+    Add_Option_Test( cur_option_test );
+
+    /* Order is important here */
+    cur_option_test = Create_New_Option_Test( TEST_COUNT, OPTION_FATAL );
+    for ( i = 0; ok_options[i]; i++ )
+    {
+        Add_Option_Name( cur_option_test, ok_options[i] );
+    }
+    Add_Option_Test( cur_option_test );
+
+}
+
+/******/
+
+static int Do_Count_Test(
+    struct RB_Option_Test *cur_option_test )
+{
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr = 0;
+    int                 result = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    struct RB_Option_Name *option_name;
+
+    assert( cur_option_test );
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        for ( option_name = cur_option_test->option_group;
+              option_name; option_name = option_name->next )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+                 ( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                   option_name->name ) == 0 )
+            {
+                ( option_name->count )++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    for ( option_name = cur_option_test->option_group;
+          option_name; option_name = option_name->next )
+    {
+        if ( option_name->count > 1 )
+        {
+            fprintf( stderr, "The option %s is used more than once.\n",
+                     option_name->name );
+            result = EXIT_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Do_Mutual_Exlcude_Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check all the options to see if combinations of options
+ *   are used that mutually exclude each other, such as
+ *   --singledoc and --multidoc.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Do_Mutual_Exlcude_Test(
+    struct RB_Option_Test *cur_option_test )
+ /*
+  * INPUTS
+  *   * cur_option_test -- the test to be carried out.
+  * SOURCE
+  */
+{
+    int                 n = 0;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr = 0;
+    int                 result = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+
+    assert( cur_option_test );
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        struct RB_Option_Name *option_name = cur_option_test->option_group;
+
+        for ( ; option_name; option_name = option_name->next )
+        {
+            if ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+                 ( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                   option_name->name ) == 0 )
+            {
+                ++n;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Only one of the options in the group may be used */
+    if ( n > 1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( stderr, "The options: " );
+        for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+              parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+        {
+            struct RB_Option_Name *option_name =
+                cur_option_test->option_group;
+            for ( ; option_name; option_name = option_name->next )
+            {
+                if ( RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+                     ( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                       option_name->name ) == 0 )
+                {
+
+                    fprintf( stderr, "%s ",
+                             configuration.options.names[parameter_nr] );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        fprintf( stderr, "cannot be used together.\n" );
+        result = EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Do_Option_Tests
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Run a series of tests on the options that the user
+ *   specified.  These tests are specified in 
+ *   option_tests.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Do_Option_Tests(
+    void )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   * EXIT_FAILURE -- one of the tests failed.
+ *   * EXIT_SUCCESS -- all test completed successfully
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Option_Test *cur_option_test = NULL;
+    int                 result = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    int                 final_result = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+
+    RB_Say( "Checking the option semantics.\n", SAY_INFO );
+    Create_Test_Data(  );
+    cur_option_test = option_tests;
+
+    assert( cur_option_test );
+
+    for ( ; cur_option_test; cur_option_test = cur_option_test->next )
+    {
+        switch ( cur_option_test->kind )
+        {
+        case TEST_MUTUAL_EXCLUDE:
+            RB_Say( "Checking for mutual excluding options.\n", SAY_INFO );
+            result = Do_Mutual_Exlcude_Test( cur_option_test );
+            break;
+        case TEST_COUNT:       /* TODO Create */
+            RB_Say( "Checking for duplicate options.\n", SAY_INFO );
+            result = Do_Count_Test( cur_option_test );
+            break;
+        case TEST_SHOULD_EXISTS:       /* TODO Create */
+        case TEST_NO_EFFECT:   /* TODO Create */
+        case TEST_SPELLING:    /* TODO Create */
+        default:
+            assert( 0 );
+        }
+        /* If one of the tests fails the final result is a fail. */
+        if ( result == EXIT_FAILURE )
+        {
+            final_result = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            if ( cur_option_test->severity == OPTION_FATAL )
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return final_result;
+}
+
+/****/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Check_Option_Spelling
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check for misspelled options specified by the user.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+int Check_Option_Spelling(
+    void )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   * EXIT_SUCCESS -- all options are correctly spelled.
+ *   * EXIT_FAILURE -- one of more options are misspelled.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char                ok;
+    char               *arg;
+    char              **opts;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr;
+
+    RB_Say( "Checking the option syntax.\n", SAY_INFO );
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        arg = configuration.options.names[parameter_nr];
+        if ( ( arg[0] == '-' ) && ( arg[1] == '-' ) )
+        {
+            /* this arg is an option */
+            ok = 0;
+            opts = ok_options;
+            while ( *opts )
+            {
+                if ( strcmp( arg, *opts ) == 0 )
+                {
+                    ok = 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+                opts++;
+            }
+            if ( !ok )
+            {
+                fprintf( stderr, "Invalid argument: %s\n", arg );
+                fprintf( stderr,
+                         "This might also be in your robodoc.rc file\n" );
+                return EXIT_FAILURE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+static int Check_Item_Names(
+    struct Parameters *arg_parameters,
+    char *block_name )
+{
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr_1;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr_2;
+    int                 name_is_ok = TRUE;
+
+    RB_Say( "Checking the item names for %s block.\n", SAY_INFO, block_name );
+    for ( parameter_nr_1 = 0;
+          parameter_nr_1 < arg_parameters->number; parameter_nr_1++ )
+    {
+        name_is_ok = FALSE;
+        for ( parameter_nr_2 = 0;
+              parameter_nr_2 < configuration.items.number; parameter_nr_2++ )
+        {
+            if ( strcmp( configuration.items.names[parameter_nr_2],
+                         arg_parameters->names[parameter_nr_1] ) == 0 )
+            {
+                name_is_ok = TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( !name_is_ok )
+        {
+            RB_Say( "!! block.\n", SAY_INFO );
+            fprintf( stderr, "Unknown item %s found in the\n",
+                     arg_parameters->names[parameter_nr_1] );
+            fprintf( stderr, "   %s block\nof your configuration file.\n",
+                     block_name );
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    RB_Say( "Is %d block.\n", SAY_INFO, name_is_ok );
+    return name_is_ok;
+}
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Check_Item_Options
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check the validity of the item options.  Users can specify their
+ *   own items, item order, and items that ar to be ignored.  This all
+ *   should be consistent.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int Check_Item_Options(
+    void )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   * EXIT_SUCCESS -- all options are correct.
+ *   * EXIT_FAILURE -- one of more options incorrect.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 item_OK = TRUE;
+    int                 result = TRUE;
+
+    RB_Say( "Checking the item names.\n", SAY_INFO );
+    result = item_OK
+        && Check_Item_Names( &( configuration.ignore_items ),
+                             "ignore items:" );
+    item_OK = item_OK && result;
+    result =
+        Check_Item_Names( &( configuration.source_items ), "source items:" );
+    item_OK = item_OK && result;
+    result =
+        Check_Item_Names( &( configuration.preformatted_items ),
+                          "preformatted items:" );
+    item_OK = item_OK && result;
+    result =
+        Check_Item_Names( &( configuration.format_items ), "format items:" );
+    item_OK = item_OK && result;
+    result = Check_Item_Names( &( configuration.item_order ), "item order:" );
+    item_OK = item_OK && result;
+    if ( item_OK )
+    {
+        return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Check_Options
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Check the validity of all the options in configuration.options[].
+ *   This runs a number of checks.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+int Check_Options(
+    void )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   * EXIT_SUCCESS -- all options are correct.
+ *   * EXIT_FAILURE -- one of more options incorrect.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 status;
+
+    RB_Say( "Checking the options.\n", SAY_INFO );
+    status = Check_Option_Spelling(  );
+    if ( status == EXIT_SUCCESS )
+    {
+        status = Do_Option_Tests(  );
+        if ( status == EXIT_SUCCESS )
+        {
+            status = Check_Item_Options(  );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Print_Short_Use(  );
+    }
+
+    /* TODO free option_tests */
+
+    return status;
+}
+
+/*****/
diff --git a/Source/optioncheck.h b/Source/optioncheck.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..286822c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/optioncheck.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_OPTION_CHECK_H
+#define ROBODOC_OPTION_CHECK_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+int                 Check_Options(
+    void );
+
+void Print_Short_Use( void );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_OPTION_CHECK_H */
diff --git a/Source/part.c b/Source/part.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ec4fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/part.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Part
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Structures and functions that deal with documentation parts.  A
+ *   part links a sourcefile to the documentation file and contains
+ *   all the headers found in a sourcefile.  Parts (in the form of
+ *   struct RB_Part) are stored in a RB_Document structure.
+ *****
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
+/****f* Part/RB_Get_RB_Part
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Create a new RB_Part and initialize it.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+struct RB_Part* RB_Get_RB_Part( void  )
+/*
+ * RESULT
+ *   A freshly allocated and initializedand RB_Part.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *part = NULL;
+    part = ( struct RB_Part * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Part ) );
+    if ( part )
+    {
+        part->next = NULL;
+        part->filename = NULL;
+        part->headers = NULL;
+        part->last_header = NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Out of memory! RB_Get_RB_Part()" );
+    }
+    return part;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* Part/RB_Free_RB_Part
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Free the memory used by an RB_Part.  Most of this is handled in
+ *   other functions.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void RB_Free_RB_Part( struct RB_Part *part )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o part  -- the part to be freed.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    /* part->filename  is freed by RB_Directory */
+    /* part->headers.  Headers are freed by the document */
+    free( part );
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+/****f* Part/RB_Open_Source
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Open the sourcefile of this part.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+FILE* RB_Open_Source( struct RB_Part *part )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o part -- the part for which the file is opened.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *sourcefilename = NULL;
+    FILE               *result;
+
+    assert( part );
+    assert( part->filename );
+    sourcefilename = Get_Fullname( part->filename );
+    result = fopen( sourcefilename, "r" );
+    if ( result ) 
+    {
+        /* OK */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "can't open %s!", sourcefilename );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+FILE* RB_Open_Documentation( struct RB_Part * part )
+{
+    char               *docfilename = NULL;
+    FILE               *result;
+
+    assert( part );
+    assert( part->filename );
+    docfilename = RB_Get_FullDocname( part->filename );
+    RB_Say( "Creating file %s\n", SAY_DEBUG, docfilename );
+    result = fopen( docfilename, "w" );
+    if ( result ) 
+    {
+        /* OK */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "can't open %s!", docfilename );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void
+RB_Part_Add_Source( struct RB_Part *part, struct RB_Filename *sourcefilename )
+{
+    /* One sourcefile per part. */
+    part->filename = sourcefilename;
+}
+
+struct RB_Filename *RB_Part_Get_Source( struct RB_Part *part )
+{
+    return part->filename;
+}
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+void
+RB_Part_Add_Header( struct RB_Part *part, struct RB_header *header )
+{
+    assert( header );
+    assert( header->module_name );
+    assert( header->function_name );
+
+    header->owner = part;
+    if ( part->last_header )
+    {
+        header->next = NULL;
+        part->last_header->next = header;
+        part->last_header = header;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        header->next = NULL;
+        part->headers = header;
+        part->last_header = header;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/Source/part.h b/Source/part.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f7b753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/part.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_PART_H
+#define ROBODOC_PART_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include 
+
+/****s* Part/RB_Part
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Part -- a part of the total documentation
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   RB_Parts are stored in RB_Document.  For each source file there
+ *   is an RB_Part. It points to the source file, the documentation
+ *   file, and contains all the headers that were found in the source
+ *   file.
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   o next                   -- pointer to the next part
+ *                             (to form a linked list).
+ *   o filename               -- Information over the path to the
+ *                             sourcefile and the correcsponding 
+ *                             documentation file.
+ *   o headers                -- All the headers that were
+ *                             found in the sourcefile.
+ *   o last_header            -- pointer to the last element in the
+ *                             list of headers.
+ *                             This is used to make it possible
+ *                             to add the the heades in the 
+ *                             same order as they were found in
+ *                             the source file.
+ *****
+ */
+
+struct RB_Part
+{
+    struct RB_Part     *next;
+    struct RB_Filename *filename;
+    struct RB_header   *headers;
+    struct RB_header   *last_header;
+};
+
+
+struct RB_Part     *RB_Get_RB_Part(
+    void );
+void                RB_Free_RB_Part(
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+FILE               *RB_Open_Documentation(
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+FILE               *RB_Open_Source(
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+
+void                RB_Part_Add_Header(
+    struct RB_Part *part,
+    struct RB_header *header );
+void                RB_Part_Add_Source(
+    struct RB_Part *part,
+    struct RB_Filename *sourcefilename );
+void                RB_Part_Add_Doc(
+    struct RB_Part *part,
+    struct RB_Filename *docfilename );
+void                RB_Part_Dump(
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+struct RB_Filename *RB_Part_Get_Source(
+    struct RB_Part *part );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_PART_H */
diff --git a/Source/path.c b/Source/path.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38e81d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/path.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "path.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+struct RB_Path     *
+RB_Get_RB_Path( char *arg_pathname )
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path;
+    int                 needs_slash = FALSE;
+
+    if ( strlen( arg_pathname ) == 0 )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Trying to use a path with as name \"\"\n" );
+        return 0;               /* Keep the compiler happy. */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Check if the path ends with a / if not we will need to add one. */
+        needs_slash = ( arg_pathname[strlen( arg_pathname ) - 1] != '/' );
+        rb_path = ( struct RB_Path * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Path ) );
+
+        if ( ! rb_path )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "RB_Get_RB_Path" );
+        }
+
+        /* 2 extra for the '/' and '\0'  */
+        rb_path->name =
+            ( char * ) calloc( strlen( arg_pathname ) + 2, sizeof( char ) );
+
+        if ( ! rb_path->name )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "RB_Get_RB_Path" );
+        }
+
+        *( rb_path->name ) = '\0';
+        rb_path->parent = NULL;
+        rb_path->next = NULL;
+        strcat( rb_path->name, arg_pathname );
+        if ( needs_slash )
+        {
+            strcat( rb_path->name, "/" );
+        }
+        rb_path->docname = NULL;
+    }
+    return rb_path;
+}
+
+/*x**f* ROBODoc/RB_Get_RB_Path2
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Get_RB_Path2 -- create a new RB_Path structure.
+ * FUNCTION
+ * NOTE
+ *   Has a wrong name...
+ *****
+ */
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+struct RB_Path     *
+RB_Get_RB_Path2( char *arg_current_path, char *arg_subdirectory )
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *rb_path;
+    rb_path = ( struct RB_Path * ) malloc( sizeof( struct RB_Path ) );
+    /* allocate memory for the path name,
+       it will consist of the current_pathname plus the
+       subdirectory plus a '\0' */
+    rb_path->name =
+        ( char * ) malloc( strlen( arg_current_path ) +
+                           strlen( arg_subdirectory ) + 2 );
+
+    if ( ! rb_path->name )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Out of memory! %s()\n", "RB_Get_RB_Path2" );
+    }
+
+    strcpy( rb_path->name, arg_current_path );
+    strcat( rb_path->name, arg_subdirectory );
+    if ( arg_subdirectory[strlen( arg_subdirectory ) - 1] != '/' )
+    {
+        strcat( rb_path->name, "/" );
+    }
+    rb_path->docname = NULL;
+    rb_path->parent = NULL;
+    rb_path->next = 0;
+    return rb_path;
+}
+
+/*x**f* ROBODoc/RB_Free_RB_Path
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Free_RB_Path -- free a RB_Path structure.
+ *****
+ * TODO Documentation
+ */
+
+void
+RB_Free_RB_Path( struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path )
+{
+    free( arg_rb_path->name );
+    if ( arg_rb_path->docname )
+    {
+        free( arg_rb_path->docname );
+    }
+    free( arg_rb_path );
+}
+
diff --git a/Source/path.h b/Source/path.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5eef87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/path.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_PATH_H
+#define ROBODOC_PATH_H
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****s* ROBODoc/RB_Path
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_Path -- Path to a file
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   * next  -- pointer to the next RB_Path structure.
+ *   * parent -- the parent path (one directory up).
+ *   * name  -- null terminated string with the name of the path.
+ *               (Path names can be relative)
+ *   * docname -- the corresponding docpath.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Path
+{
+    struct RB_Path     *next;
+    struct RB_Path     *parent;
+    char               *name;
+    char               *docname;
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+struct RB_Path     *RB_Get_RB_Path(
+    char *arg_pathname );
+struct RB_Path     *RB_Get_RB_Path2(
+    char *arg_current_path,
+    char *arg_subdirectory );
+void                RB_Free_RB_Path(
+    struct RB_Path *arg_rb_path );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_PATH_H */
diff --git a/Source/roboconfig.c b/Source/roboconfig.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8b8532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/roboconfig.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+// vi: spell ff=unix
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/Configuration
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Functions to access the ROBODoc configuration and configuration
+ *   file (robodoc.rc) or the file specified with the --rc option.
+ *
+ *   The robodoc.rc file consists of a number of blocks.  Each
+ *   block starts with a line of the form 
+ *
+ *     :
+ *
+ *   This is followed by a number of lines of data.  Each line starts
+ *   with at least one space followed by the actual data.
+ *
+ *   This module parses this data and stores it in the global
+ *   configuration.
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *   Is missing a lot of documentation.
+ *
+ *   You can not use RB_Say() in this module since the --tell flag
+ *   won't be parsed until after this module has finished.
+ *
+ ******
+ * $Id: roboconfig.c,v 1.55 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "headertypes.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "optioncheck.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
+/****v* Configuration/default_item_names
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Defines the names of items that ROBODoc recognized as
+ *   items by default if none are specified in the
+ *   robodoc.rc file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static char        *default_item_names[] = {
+    "SOURCE",                   /* source code inclusion */
+    "NAME",                     /* Item name + short description */
+    "COPYRIGHT",                /* who own the copyright : "(c) - by " */
+    "SYNOPSIS", "USAGE",        /* how to use it */
+    "FUNCTION", "DESCRIPTION", "PURPOSE",       /* what does it */
+    "AUTHOR",                   /* who wrote it */
+    "CREATION DATE",            /* when did the work start */
+    "MODIFICATION HISTORY", "HISTORY",  /* who done what changes when */
+    "INPUTS", "ARGUMENTS", "OPTIONS", "PARAMETERS", "SWITCHES", /* what can we feed into it */
+    "OUTPUT", "SIDE EFFECTS",   /* what output will be made */
+    "RESULT", "RETURN VALUE",   /* what do we get returned */
+    "EXAMPLE",                  /* a clear example of the items use */
+    "NOTES",                    /* any annotations */
+    "DIAGNOSTICS",              /* diagnostical output */
+    "WARNINGS", "ERRORS",       /* warning & error-messages */
+    "BUGS",                     /* known bugs */
+    "TODO", "IDEAS",            /* what to implement next & ideas */
+    "PORTABILITY",              /* where does it come from, where will it work */
+    "SEE ALSO",                 /* references */
+    "METHODS", "NEW METHODS",   /* oop methods */
+    "ATTRIBUTES", "NEW ATTRIBUTES",     /* oop attributes */
+    "TAGS",                     /* tagitem description */
+    "COMMANDS",                 /* command description */
+    "DERIVED FROM",             /* oop super class */
+    "DERIVED BY",               /* oop sub class */
+    "USES", "CHILDREN",         /* what modules are used by this one */
+    "USED BY", "PARENTS",       /* which modules do use this */
+    NULL,                       /* don't delete, so we can count how many there are... */
+};
+
+/***********/
+
+static char        *default_remark_begin_markers[] = {
+    "/*",
+    "(*",
+    "",
+    "*}",
+    NULL
+};
+
+/****v* Configuration/c_keywords
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   The default C keywords.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static char        *c_keywords[] = {
+
+    // ANSI C Keywords
+    "auto",
+    "break",
+    "case",
+    "char",
+    "const",
+    "continue",
+    "default",
+    "do",
+    "double",
+    "else",
+    "enum",
+    "extern",
+    "float",
+    "for",
+    "goto",
+    "if",
+    "int",
+    "long",
+    "register",
+    "return",
+    "short",
+    "signed",
+    "sizeof",
+    "static",
+    "struct",
+    "switch",
+    "typedef",
+    "union",
+    "unsigned",
+    "void",
+    "volatile",
+    "while",
+
+    // Some preprocessor directives
+    "#include",
+    "#define",
+    "#undef",
+    "#if",
+    "#else",
+    "#elif",
+    "#endif",
+    "#ifdef",
+    "#ifndef",
+    "#pragma",
+
+    NULL,                       /* don't delete, so we can count how many there are... */
+};
+
+// C comments
+#define C_LINE_COMMENT        "//"
+#define C_BLOCK_COMMENT_START "/*"
+#define C_BLOCK_COMMENT_END   "*/"
+
+/***********/
+
+
+// Default header separation character
+static char        *default_header_separate_chars[] = {
+    ",",
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+// Default header ignore character (to include remarks, version data, etc...)
+static char        *default_header_ignore_chars[] = {
+    "[",
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Maximum length of a line in the configuration file */
+#define BUFFER_LENGTH 2048
+
+
+/****v* Configuration/configuration
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This global stores all the configuration parameters specified on
+ *   the command line and in the robodoc.rc file.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Configuration configuration;
+
+/*****/
+
+
+static T_Block_Kind BlockKind(
+    char *line );
+static T_Line_Kind  ConfigLineKind(
+    char *line );
+static void         SecondScan(
+    FILE *f );
+static void         Alloc_Parameters(
+    struct Parameters *parameters,
+    unsigned int size );
+static void         AddParameter(
+    char *name,
+    struct Parameters *parameters );
+static void         GetParameters(
+    char *line,
+    struct Parameters *parameters );
+static void         Install_Custom_HeaderTypes(
+    void );
+static void         Complement_Remark_Markers(
+    void );
+static void         ComplementItemNames(
+    void );
+static void         ComplementHeaderMarkers(
+    void );
+static char        *Get_rc(
+    char *rcname );
+
+
+/****v* Configuration/keywords_hash_mask
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Mask for keyword hash function.
+ *   This mask reduces the hash value for the actual hash table size.
+ *   Also the size of the hash table can be derived from this mask:
+ *     hash table size = keywords_hash_mask + 1
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+static unsigned int keywords_hash_mask;
+
+/*****/
+
+/****v* Configuration/keywords_hash
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This is the hash table for the keywords.
+ *   See keywords_hash_s.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+static struct keywords_hash_s **keywords_hash;
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Configuration/allocate_keywords_hash_table
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Allocates space for the keyword hash table.
+ *
+ *   The size of the table depends on the number of keywords rounded up to the
+ *   next power of two.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void allocate_keywords_hash_table(
+    void )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // Calculate hash table size (powers of two)
+    for ( keywords_hash_mask = 2;
+          keywords_hash_mask < configuration.keywords.number;
+          keywords_hash_mask <<= 1 );
+    keywords_hash_mask -= 1;
+
+    // Allocate space for hash table
+    keywords_hash = RB_malloc( ( keywords_hash_mask + 1 ) *
+                               sizeof( struct keywords_hash_s * ) );
+
+    // Zero out all rows
+    for ( i = 0; i <= keywords_hash_mask; i++ )
+    {
+        keywords_hash[i] = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* Configuration/Hash_Keyword
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Calculate the hash value for a string
+ *
+ *   The hash value is based on the CRC32 hash function. It is then reduced by
+ *   an AND operation to the actual size of the hash table.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+unsigned long Hash_Keyword(
+    char *keyword,
+    unsigned int len )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   - keyword -- The keyword string
+ *   - len     -- The length of the keyword string
+ * RETURN VALUE
+ *   The hash value for the keyword.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    // Generate hash value
+    return RB_crc32( ( unsigned char * ) keyword, len,
+                     len ) & keywords_hash_mask;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/add_to_keywords_hash_table
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add a keyword to the hash table
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+void add_to_keywords_hash_table(
+    char *keyword )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   keyword -- The keyword string
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct keywords_hash_s *tmp, **curr;
+    unsigned long       hash;
+
+    // Allocate space for new entry in hash table
+    tmp = RB_malloc( sizeof( struct keywords_hash_s ) );
+    // and initialise it
+    tmp->keyword = keyword;
+    tmp->next = NULL;
+
+    // Calculate hash value
+    hash = Hash_Keyword( keyword, strlen( keyword ) );
+
+    // Seek to last element in hash table row
+    for ( curr = &( keywords_hash[hash] ); *curr;
+          curr = &( ( *curr )->next ) );
+
+    // Insert entry into hash table
+    *curr = tmp;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/Find_Keyword
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Find a keyword in the hash table
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *Find_Keyword(
+    char *keyword,
+    int len )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   - keyword -- The keyword string
+ *   - len     -- The length of the keyword string
+ * RETURN VALUE
+ *   - pointer to the found keyword string in hash table or
+ *   - NULL if the keyword is not found
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned long       hash;
+    struct keywords_hash_s *curr;
+
+    // Calculate hash value
+    hash = Hash_Keyword( keyword, len );
+
+    // Seek through hash table row
+    for ( curr = keywords_hash[hash]; curr; curr = curr->next )
+    {
+        // Check for keyword in row element
+        if ( !strncmp( keyword, curr->keyword, len ) )
+        {
+            // Found it!
+            return curr->keyword;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Keyword not found
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/add_keywords_to_hash_table
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Initalize hash table and add all keywords from configuration.keywords
+ *   to the hash table
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+void add_keywords_to_hash_table(
+    void )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // If nothing to add, exit
+    if ( !configuration.keywords.number )
+        return;
+
+    // Make some allocations
+    Make_crc32_table(  );
+    allocate_keywords_hash_table(  );
+
+    // Add keywords to hash table
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.keywords.number; i++ )
+    {
+        add_to_keywords_hash_table( configuration.keywords.names[i] );
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void AllocOptions(
+    unsigned int argc,
+    char **argv )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.options ), argc );
+    for ( i = 0; i < argc; ++i )
+    {
+        AddParameter( argv[i], &( configuration.options ) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+char               *Get_rc(
+    char *rcname )
+{
+    char               *s = NULL;
+    char               *s2 = NULL;
+    char               *path = NULL;
+
+    if ( Stat_Path( 'e', rcname ) && Stat_Path( 'f', rcname ) )
+    {
+        return RB_StrDup( rcname );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( strchr( rcname, ':' ) || strchr( rcname, '/' ) )
+        {
+            /* The rc names is a proper path, and not just a filename,
+             * we stop searching */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            s = getenv( "HOME" );
+            if ( !s )
+            {
+                if ( ( s = getenv( "HOMEDRIVE" ) )
+                     && ( s2 = getenv( "HOMEPATH" ) ) )
+                {
+                    /* HOMEDRIVE includes backslash */
+                    path =
+                        ( char * ) malloc( sizeof( char ) *
+                                           ( strlen( s ) + strlen( s2 ) + 1 +
+                                             1 + strlen( rcname ) ) );
+                    sprintf( path, "%s%s%c%s", s, s2, '\\', rcname );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    return NULL;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                path =
+                    ( char * ) malloc( sizeof( char ) *
+                                       ( strlen( s ) + 1 + 1 +
+                                         strlen( rcname ) ) );
+                sprintf( path, "%s%c%s", s, '/', rcname );
+            }
+
+            if ( path && Stat_Path( 'e', path ) && Stat_Path( 'f', path ) )
+            {
+                return path;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                char* sitespecific =
+#ifdef ROBO_PREFIX
+                ROBO_PREFIX
+                "/share/doc/robodoc/";
+#else
+                "/usr/local/robodoc/";
+#endif
+
+                if ( path )
+                {
+                    free( path );
+                }
+
+                path =
+                    ( char * ) malloc( sizeof( char ) *
+                                       ( strlen( sitespecific ) + 1 +
+                                         strlen( rcname ) ) );
+                sprintf( path, "%s%s", sitespecific, rcname );
+
+                /* default failed -- try site-specific config file */
+                if ( Stat_Path( 'e', path ) && Stat_Path( 'f', path ) )
+                {
+                    /* site-specific file can be stat'ed */
+                    return path;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    free( path );
+                    return NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/ReadConfiguration
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Read the robodoc configuration file, and create
+ *   a RB_Configuration structure.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+char               *ReadConfiguration(
+    unsigned int argc,
+    char **argv,
+    char *filename )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o argc -- the arg count as received by main()
+ *   o argv -- the arg valules as received by main()
+ *   o filename -- an optional filename.  If none is given,
+ *               "robodoc.rc" is used.
+ * RESULT
+ *   An initialized configuration (a global).
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    FILE               *f = NULL;
+    char               *path = NULL;
+
+    if ( filename )
+    {
+        path = Get_rc( filename );
+        if ( path )
+        {
+            f = fopen( path, "r" );
+        }
+        if ( !f )
+        {
+            /* It should open as the user claimed it exists somewhere */
+            RB_Panic( "Can't open %s\n", filename );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Try the default rc file */
+        path = Get_rc( "robodoc.rc" );
+        if ( path )
+        {
+            f = fopen( path, "r" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    AllocOptions( argc, argv );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.items ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.ignore_items ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.source_items ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.preformatted_items ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.format_items ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.item_order ), 10 );
+
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.custom_headertypes ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.ignore_files ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.accept_files ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.header_markers ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.remark_markers ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.end_markers ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.remark_end_markers ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.keywords ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.source_line_comments ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.header_ignore_chars ), 10 );
+    Alloc_Parameters( &( configuration.header_separate_chars ), 10 );
+
+    if ( f )
+    {
+        SecondScan( f );
+        fclose( f );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* No .rc file found.  That's OK */
+    }
+    ComplementItemNames(  );
+    ComplementHeaderMarkers(  );
+    Complement_Remark_Markers(  );
+    Install_Custom_HeaderTypes(  );
+
+    // Make keywords hash table (if necessarry)
+    add_keywords_to_hash_table(  );
+
+    assert( configuration.items.number );
+
+    return path;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void Complement_Remark_Markers(
+    void )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    if ( configuration.remark_begin_markers.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own remark_begin_markers */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; default_remark_begin_markers[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( default_remark_begin_markers[i],
+                          &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( configuration.remark_end_markers.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own remark_end_markers */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; default_remark_end_markers[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( default_remark_end_markers[i],
+                          &( configuration.remark_end_markers ) );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/Find_Parameter_Exact
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Checks for the existence of a given configuration parameter
+ *   (exact string match)
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+char               *Find_Parameter_Exact(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char *paramname )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // we are looking for an exact match
+    for ( i = 0; i < params->number; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( !strcmp( params->names[i], paramname ) )
+        {
+            // found it
+            return params->names[i];
+        }
+    }
+
+    // parameter not found
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* Configuration/Find_Parameter_Partial
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Checks for the existence of a given configuration parameter
+ *   (partial string match)
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+char               *Find_Parameter_Partial(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char *paramname )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // we are looking for a not exact match
+    for ( i = 0; i < params->number; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( !strncmp
+             ( params->names[i], paramname, strlen( params->names[i] ) ) )
+        {
+            // found it
+            return params->names[i];
+        }
+    }
+
+    // parameter not found
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/Find_Parameter_Char
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Checks for the existence of a given configuration parameter
+ *   (Character match)
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+char               *Find_Parameter_Char(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char param )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < params->number; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( params->names[i][0] == param )
+        {
+            // found it
+            return params->names[i];
+        }
+    }
+
+    // parameter not found
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/Install_C_Syntax
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Install default C keywords and comments
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+void Install_C_Syntax(
+    void )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    // Check if we can install our default C keywords
+    if ( !configuration.keywords.number )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; c_keywords[i]; i++ )
+        {
+            AddParameter( c_keywords[i], &( configuration.keywords ) );
+        }
+
+        // Make keywords hash table (if necessarry)
+        add_keywords_to_hash_table(  );
+    }
+
+    // Make sure that C line comment is present
+    if ( Find_Parameter_Exact
+         ( &( configuration.source_line_comments ), C_LINE_COMMENT ) == NULL )
+    {
+        AddParameter( C_LINE_COMMENT,
+                      &( configuration.source_line_comments ) );
+    }
+
+
+    // Make sure that C block comment start is present
+    if ( Find_Parameter_Exact
+         ( &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ),
+           C_BLOCK_COMMENT_START ) == NULL )
+    {
+        AddParameter( C_BLOCK_COMMENT_START,
+                      &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ) );
+    }
+
+    // Make sure that C block comment end is present
+    if ( Find_Parameter_Exact
+         ( &( configuration.remark_end_markers ),
+           C_BLOCK_COMMENT_END ) == NULL )
+    {
+        AddParameter( C_BLOCK_COMMENT_END,
+                      &( configuration.remark_end_markers ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void ComplementHeaderMarkers(
+    void )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+
+    if ( configuration.header_markers.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own header_markers */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; header_markers[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( header_markers[i],
+                          &( configuration.header_markers ) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( configuration.remark_markers.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own remark_markers */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; remark_markers[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( remark_markers[i],
+                          &( configuration.remark_markers ) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( configuration.end_markers.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own end_markers */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; end_markers[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( end_markers[i], &( configuration.end_markers ) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( configuration.header_separate_chars.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own header_separate_chars */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; default_header_separate_chars[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( default_header_separate_chars[i],
+                          &( configuration.header_separate_chars ) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( configuration.header_ignore_chars.number )
+    {
+        /* The user specified his own header_ignore_chars */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; default_header_ignore_chars[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( default_header_ignore_chars[i],
+                          &( configuration.header_ignore_chars ) );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/****if* Config/ConfigLineKind
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Deterimine the kind of line we a currently processing.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+static T_Line_Kind ConfigLineKind(
+    char *line )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   line -- the current line.
+ * RETURN
+ *   The kind of line.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    T_Line_Kind         kind = CFL_UNKNOWN;
+
+    if ( *line == '\0' )
+    {
+        kind = CFL_EMPTYLINE;
+    }
+    else if ( *line == '#' )
+    {
+        kind = CFL_REMARK;
+    }
+    else if ( utf8_isspace( *line ) )
+    {
+        char               *cur_char = line;
+
+        for ( ; *cur_char && utf8_isspace( *cur_char ); ++cur_char )
+        {
+            /* Empty */
+        }
+        if ( *cur_char == '\0' )
+        {
+            kind = CFL_EMPTYLINE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* There is atleast one non-space character */
+            kind = CFL_PARAMETER;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        kind = CFL_SECTION;
+    }
+    return kind;
+}
+
+/********/
+
+
+static T_Block_Kind BlockKind(
+    char *line )
+{
+    T_Block_Kind        section_kind = SK_UNKNOWN;
+
+    if ( strcmp( line, "items:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_ITEMS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "options:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_OPTIONS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "extensions:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        printf
+            ( "Warning:  the 'extensions:' block is obsolete, use 'ignore files:' instead\n" );
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "ignore items:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_IGNOREITEMS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "source items:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_SOURCE_ITEMS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "headertypes:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_HEADERTYPES;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "ignore files:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_IGNORE_FILES;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "accept files:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_ACCEPT_FILES;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "header markers:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_HEADER_MARKERS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "remark markers:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_REMARK_MARKERS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "end markers:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_END_MARKERS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "remark begin markers:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_REMARK_BEGIN_MARKERS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "remark end markers:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_REMARK_END_MARKERS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "keywords:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_KEYWORDS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "source line comments:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_SOURCE_LINE_COMMENTS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "header ignore characters:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_HEADER_IGNORE_CHARS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "header separate characters:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_HEADER_SEPARATE_CHARS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "preformatted items:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_PREFORMATTED_ITEMS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "format items:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_FORMAT_ITEMS;
+    }
+    else if ( strcmp( line, "item order:" ) == 0 )
+    {
+        section_kind = SK_ITEM_ORDER;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "unknown block kind \"%s\"\n", line );
+    }
+    return section_kind;
+}
+
+
+static void Install_Custom_HeaderTypes(
+    void )
+{
+    unsigned int        i;
+    struct Parameters   headertype;
+    unsigned int        priority = 0;
+
+    // Install custom header types
+    for ( i = 0; i < configuration.custom_headertypes.number; i++ )
+    {
+        // Allocate some default space for parameters
+        Alloc_Parameters( &headertype, 10 );
+        // Break current line into parameters
+        GetParameters( configuration.custom_headertypes.names[i],
+                       &headertype );
+
+        // Check how many parameters do we have
+        switch ( headertype.number )
+        {
+            // 3 parameters -> no priority specified, assign default
+        case 3:
+            priority = 0;
+            break;
+
+            // 4 parameters -> priority specified, convert it
+        case 4:
+            priority = atoi( headertype.names[3] );
+            break;
+
+            // Any more or less parameters are illegal
+        default:
+            RB_Panic( "Error near header type: '%s'\n"
+                      "You must have either 3 or 4 parameters there !\n",
+                      headertype.names[0] );
+        }
+
+        // Check if type character is legal
+        if ( strlen( headertype.names[0] ) > 1 )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Error near header type: '%s'\n"
+                      "Type character can only be one character long !\n",
+                      headertype.names[0] );
+        }
+
+        // Add custom header type
+        RB_AddHeaderType( headertype.names[0][0], headertype.names[1],
+                          headertype.names[2], priority );
+
+        // Free temporary space
+        free( headertype.names );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+static void Alloc_Parameters(
+    struct Parameters *parameters,
+    unsigned int size )
+{
+    parameters->size = size;
+    parameters->number = 0;
+    parameters->names = calloc( size, sizeof( char * ) );
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+static void AddParameter(
+    char *name,
+    struct Parameters *parameters )
+{
+    parameters->names[parameters->number] = RB_StrDup( name );
+    parameters->number++;
+    if ( parameters->number >= parameters->size )
+    {
+        parameters->size *= 2;
+        parameters->names =
+            realloc( parameters->names, parameters->size * sizeof( char * ) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/****f* Configuration/GetParameters
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Parse a line of text and store the individual words in 
+ *   a Parameters structure.  Words are seperated by spaces,
+ *   the exception are words surrounded by quotes. So:
+ *      aap noot mies "back to the future"
+ *   contains four words.
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o line -- the line of text.
+ *   o parameters  -- the set of parameters
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+static void GetParameters(
+    char *line,
+    struct Parameters *parameters )
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 n = strlen( line );
+
+    /* Remove any spaces at the end of the line */
+    for ( i = n - 1; i >= 0 && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); --i )
+    {
+        line[i] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    assert( i > 0 );            /* If i <= 0 then the line was empty
+                                   and that cannot be, because this 
+                                   is supposed to be a parameter */
+
+    /* Skip any white space at the begin of the line. */
+    n = strlen( line );
+    for ( i = 0; i < n && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); ++i )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    line += i;
+
+    n = strlen( line );
+    for ( i = 0; i < n; /* empty */  )
+    {
+        char               *name = line;
+
+        if ( line[i] == '"' )
+        {
+            /* It is quoted string, fetch everything until
+             * the next quote */
+            ++name;             /* skip the double quote */
+            for ( ++i; ( i < n ) && ( line[i] != '"' ); ++i )
+            {
+                /* empty */
+            }
+            if ( i == n )
+            {
+                RB_Panic( "Missing quote in your .rc file in line:\n  %s\n",
+                          line );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+                /* hacked because of error when compiling on Mac OS X */
+                assert( line[i] == 34 );
+#else
+                assert( line[i] == '"' );
+#endif
+                line[i] = '\0';
+                AddParameter( name, parameters );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* a single word, find the next space */
+            for ( ; ( i < n ) && !utf8_isspace( line[i] ); ++i )
+            {
+                /* empty */
+            }
+            if ( i < n )
+            {
+                line[i] = '\0';
+            }
+            AddParameter( name, parameters );
+        }
+        /* Is there anything left? */
+        if ( i < n )
+        {
+            /* skip any spaces until the next parameter */
+            ++i;                /* first skip the nul character */
+            line += i;
+            n = strlen( line );
+            for ( i = 0; ( i < n ) && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); ++i )
+            {
+                /* empty */
+            }
+            line += i;
+            n = strlen( line );
+            i = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+void GetParameter(
+    char *line,
+    struct Parameters *parameters )
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 n = strlen( line );
+
+    /* Remove any spaces at the end of the line */
+    for ( i = n - 1; i >= 0 && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); --i )
+    {
+        line[i] = '\0';
+    }
+    assert( i > 0 );            /* If i <= 0 then the line was empty
+                                   and that cannot be, because this 
+                                   is supposed to be a parameter */
+    /* Skip any white space at the begin of the line. */
+    n = strlen( line );
+    for ( i = 0; i < n && utf8_isspace( line[i] ); ++i )
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    line += i;
+
+    AddParameter( line, parameters );
+}
+
+
+
+
+void Free_Configuration(
+    void )
+{
+    /* TODO  Deallocate custom_headertypes */
+}
+
+
+
+
+static void ComplementItemNames(
+    void )
+{
+    if ( configuration.items.number )
+    {
+        char               *first_item = configuration.items.names[0];
+
+        /* The SOURCE item is always included, and should be the
+         * first one! */
+        configuration.items.names[0] = RB_StrDup( "SOURCE" );
+        AddParameter( first_item, &( configuration.items ) );
+        free( first_item );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* No item names were defined, so we use the default ones */
+        unsigned int        i = 0;
+
+        for ( ; default_item_names[i]; ++i )
+        {
+            AddParameter( default_item_names[i], &( configuration.items ) );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+
+static void SecondScan(
+    FILE *f )
+{
+    char               *myConfLine = NULL;
+    int                 readConfChars = 0;
+    T_Block_Kind        section_kind = SK_UNKNOWN;
+    T_Line_Kind         line_kind = CFL_UNKNOWN;
+
+    while ( !feof( f ) )
+    {
+        free( myConfLine );
+        readConfChars = 0;
+        myConfLine = RB_ReadWholeLine( f, line_buffer, &readConfChars );
+        RB_StripCR( myConfLine );
+        line_kind = ConfigLineKind( myConfLine );
+        switch ( line_kind )
+        {
+        case CFL_REMARK:
+        case CFL_EMPTYLINE:    /* fall through */
+            /* Do nothing */
+            break;
+        case CFL_SECTION:
+            section_kind = BlockKind( myConfLine );
+            break;
+        case CFL_PARAMETER:
+            {
+                switch ( section_kind )
+                {
+                case SK_ITEMS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine, &( configuration.items ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_OPTIONS:
+                    GetParameters( myConfLine, &( configuration.options ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_IGNOREITEMS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.ignore_items ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_SOURCE_ITEMS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.source_items ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_HEADERTYPES:
+                    // Store all complete lines, they will be broken down later
+                    // in Install_Custom_HeaderTypes()
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.custom_headertypes ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_IGNORE_FILES:
+                    GetParameters( myConfLine,
+                                   &( configuration.ignore_files ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_ACCEPT_FILES:
+                    GetParameters( myConfLine,
+                                   &( configuration.accept_files ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_HEADER_MARKERS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.header_markers ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_REMARK_MARKERS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.remark_markers ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_END_MARKERS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.end_markers ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_REMARK_END_MARKERS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.remark_end_markers ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_REMARK_BEGIN_MARKERS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.remark_begin_markers ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_KEYWORDS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine, &( configuration.keywords ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_SOURCE_LINE_COMMENTS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.source_line_comments ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_HEADER_IGNORE_CHARS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.header_ignore_chars ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_HEADER_SEPARATE_CHARS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.header_separate_chars ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_PREFORMATTED_ITEMS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.preformatted_items ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_FORMAT_ITEMS:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.format_items ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_ITEM_ORDER:
+                    GetParameter( myConfLine,
+                                  &( configuration.item_order ) );
+                    break;
+                case SK_UNKNOWN:
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    assert( 0 );
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case CFL_UNKNOWN:
+        default:
+            assert( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+    free( myConfLine );
+}
diff --git a/Source/roboconfig.h b/Source/roboconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d7183a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/roboconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_CONFIG_H
+#define ROBODOC_CONFIG_H
+// vi: spell ff=unix
+//
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    CFL_REMARK = 0,
+    CFL_PARAMETER,
+    CFL_SECTION,
+    CFL_EMPTYLINE,
+    CFL_UNKNOWN
+} T_Line_Kind;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SK_ITEMS = 0,
+    SK_IGNOREITEMS,
+    SK_OPTIONS,
+    SK_HEADERTYPES,
+    SK_IGNORE_FILES,
+    SK_ACCEPT_FILES,
+    SK_HEADER_MARKERS,
+    SK_REMARK_MARKERS,
+    SK_END_MARKERS,
+    SK_REMARK_BEGIN_MARKERS,
+    SK_REMARK_END_MARKERS,
+    SK_SOURCE_ITEMS,
+    SK_KEYWORDS,
+    SK_SOURCE_LINE_COMMENTS,
+    SK_HEADER_IGNORE_CHARS,
+    SK_HEADER_SEPARATE_CHARS,
+    SK_PREFORMATTED_ITEMS,
+    SK_FORMAT_ITEMS,
+    SK_ITEM_ORDER,
+    SK_UNKNOWN
+} T_Block_Kind;
+
+
+/****s* Configuration/keywords_hash_s
+ * FUNCTION
+ *    Structure for a keyword hash table row.
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *    o keyword -- pointer to the keyword
+ *    o next    -- pointer to next entry in the row
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+struct keywords_hash_s
+{
+    struct keywords_hash_s *next;
+    char               *keyword;
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****s* Configuration/Parameters
+ * FUNCTION
+ *    Structure to store all the paramters found in a block in the
+ *    robodoc configuation file.
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *    o number -- the number of parameters found.
+ *    o size   -- the maximum size of the names array.
+ *    o names  -- an array with the values of the parameters.
+ * NOTES
+ *    Find a better name for the attribute 'names'
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct Parameters
+{
+    unsigned int        number;
+    unsigned int        size;
+    char              **names;
+};
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****s* Configuration/RB_Configuration
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   All the data from the robodoc.rc file is stored in this
+ *   structure.
+ * ATTRIBUTES
+ *   o items                 -- an array with names that robodoc recognizes as
+ *                              items.  Alsways includes the name "SOURCE" as
+ *                              the first element.
+ *   o ignore_items          -- an array with the names of items that ROBODoc
+ *                              should ignore.
+ *   o source_items          -- an array with the names of items that work
+ *                              similar to the built-in SOURCE item.
+ *   o preformatted_items    -- item names that will be automatically
+ *                              preformatted
+ *   o format_items          -- item names that should be formatted by the
+ *                              browser
+ *   o item_order            -- an array with item names that
+ *                              indicates which items should be displayed first.
+ *   o options               -- Array with all options specified both on the
+ *                              commandline as well as in the robodoc.rc file.
+ *   o custom_headertypes    -- list with custom header types.
+ *   o ignore_files          -- list with wildcard expressions that specifies
+ *                              files and directories that robodoc should skip
+ *                              while scanning the source tree.
+ *   o header_markers        -- list with markers that mark the begin of a
+ *                              header.
+ *   o remark_markers        -- list with markers that mark a remark.
+ *   o end_markers           -- list with markers that markt the end of a
+ *                              header.
+ *   o remark_begin_markers  -- list of markers that mark the begin of
+ *                              a remark.  For instance (*
+ *   o remakr_end_markers    -- list of markers that mark the end of a
+ *                              remark.  For instance   *)
+ *   o keywords              -- source keywords to recognise (and colorise)
+ *   o source_line_comments  -- comment markers that span until the end of line
+ *   o header_ignore_chars   -- characters for beginning of header remarks
+ *   o header_separate_chars -- characters that separates header artifacts
+ *
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+struct RB_Configuration
+{
+    struct Parameters   items;
+    struct Parameters   ignore_items;
+    struct Parameters   source_items;
+    struct Parameters   preformatted_items;
+    struct Parameters   format_items;
+    struct Parameters   item_order;
+
+    struct Parameters   options;
+
+    struct Parameters   ignore_files;
+    struct Parameters   accept_files;
+
+    struct Parameters   custom_headertypes;
+    struct Parameters   header_markers;
+    struct Parameters   remark_markers;
+    struct Parameters   end_markers;
+    struct Parameters   remark_begin_markers;
+    struct Parameters   remark_end_markers;
+
+    struct Parameters   keywords;
+    struct Parameters   source_line_comments;
+    struct Parameters   header_ignore_chars;
+    struct Parameters   header_separate_chars;
+};
+
+/*******/
+
+char               *ReadConfiguration(
+    unsigned int argc,
+    char **argv,
+    char *filename );
+void                Free_Configuration(
+    void );
+void                Install_C_Syntax(
+    void );
+char               *Find_Keyword(
+    char *keyword,
+    int len );
+char               *Find_Parameter_Exact(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char *paramname );
+char               *Find_Parameter_Partial(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char *paramname );
+char               *Find_Parameter_Char(
+    struct Parameters *params,
+    char param );
+
+extern struct RB_Configuration configuration;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Source/robodoc.c b/Source/robodoc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cf5332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/robodoc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1473 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/****h* Docuwala/ROBODoc
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   ROBODoc is intended to be a replacement for the original AutoDocs
+ *   program.  ROBODoc will extract the comment headers from a source
+ *   file, and put them into a separate documentation file.
+ *   General Flow
+ *
+ *      Sourcecode  ---> [ROBODoc] ---> Document.
+ *
+ *   The whole ROBODoc process consists of three steps: scanning,
+ *   analysing, generating.
+ *
+ *   Scanning 
+ *
+ *   ROBODoc scans the source directory tree. This collects the names of
+ *   all the source files.
+ *
+ *   Analysing
+ *
+ *   ROBODOc analyses all the sourcefiles. This reads the content of all
+ *   source files and collects all the headers.
+ *
+ *   Generating
+ *
+ *   In this step the headers are written to one or more documentation files.
+ *   In addition 
+ *
+ *
+ *   The data collected during scanning and analysing is stored in a
+ *   number of structures.
+ *
+ *   RB_Directory, it stores the names of the sourcefiles and directories in
+ *   the source direcory tree.  File names are stored in a RB_Filename
+ *   structure, directory names in a RB_Path structure.  Each RB_Filename
+ *   contains a pointer (path) to a RB_Path structure that tells in which
+ *   directory a file is located.  Each RB_Path has a pointer (parent) to
+ *   another RB_Path structure that tells in which directory is a directory
+ *   located (of which directory it is a subdirectory).  The only exception
+ *   is the root directory.
+ *   
+ *   Besides the name of the sourcefile, the RB_Filename also stores the
+ *   name of the documentation file.
+ *   
+ *   For each sourcefile there is an RB_Part structure.  It contains a
+ *   pointer (filename) to the RB_Filename and a list (headers) of
+ *   RB_Header structure containing the headers found in the sourcefile.
+ *   
+ *   Every RB_Header structure contains a pointer (owner) to the RB_Part
+ *   structure to which it belongs.  Headers can form a hierarchy that is
+ *   used to create sections and subsections in the documentation.  To
+ *   store this hierarchy every RB_header structure contains a pointer
+ *   (parent) to its parent header.  For instance, given the following two
+ *   headers, SubModule is the parent of SubSubModule.
+ *     ****h* TopModule/SubModule
+ *     *
+ *     **** 
+ *   
+ *     ****h* SubModule/SubSubModule
+ *     *
+ *     **** 
+ *   
+ *   In the documentation this creates the sections
+ *      1.TopModule
+ *      1.1 SubModule
+ *      1.1.1 SubSubModule
+ *   
+ *   The RB_Directory and the linked list of RB_Part structures are
+ *   stored in a RB_Document structure.
+ *   
+ *   During the generation of the documentation ROBODoc tries to create
+ *   cross links between the mention of a header's name (an object) and the
+ *   documentation generated from that header (the documentation for the
+ *   object).
+ *   
+ *   To aid this proces there is an array of RB_link structures.  This
+ *   array is sorted for quick searching.  RB_link structures the name
+ *   of a header and the name of the label under which the documentation
+ *   can be found in the documentation file.
+ *
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   See AUTHORS in the archive.
+ * CREATION DATE
+ *   20-Dec-94  Jacco van Weert.
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   See ChangeLog in the archive. Latest version can be found on:
+ *   o http://www.xs4all.nl/~rfsber/Robo/
+ * BUGS
+ *   Other bugs? Catch them in a jar and send them to rfsber -(at)- xs4all.nl
+ *
+ ****
+ * $Id: robodoc.c,v 1.106 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "links.h"
+#include "part.h"
+#include "analyser.h"
+#include "generator.h"
+#include "document.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "roboconfig.h"
+#include "optioncheck.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+/* Functions local to this file. */
+
+T_RB_DocType        Find_DocType(
+    void );
+
+actions_t           Find_Actions(
+    void );
+
+long                Find_DebugMode(
+    void );
+
+int                 Find_Option(
+    char *option );
+
+static int          PathBegin_Check(
+    char *path );
+
+static void         Path_Check(
+    char *sourcepath,
+    char *docpath );
+
+char               *Find_Parameterized_Option(
+    char *actionname );
+
+char               *RB_Find_In_Argv_Parameterized_Option(
+    int argc,
+    char **argv,
+    char *optionname );
+
+static char        *General_Find_Parameterized_Option(
+    int n,
+    char **options,
+    char *optionname );
+
+static char        *Fix_Path(
+    char *path );
+
+static char        *Path_Convert_Win32_to_Unix(
+    char *path );
+
+static char        *Find_And_Fix_Path(
+    char *option_name );
+
+static void         RB_Summary(
+    struct RB_Document *document );
+
+static void         Find_Tabstops(
+    void );
+
+static void         Find_And_Install_Document_Name(
+    char *option,
+    unsigned char type );
+
+char                RB_VER[] =
+    "$VER: robodoc " VERSION " (" __DATE__
+    ") (c) by Maverick Software Development 1994-2006";
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/UserInterface
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This module contains functions to parse the
+ *   command line and inform the user about any errors.
+ *****
+ */
+
+
+/****v* UserInterface/use
+ * NAME
+ *   use -- usage string
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Inform the user how to use ROBODoc.
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Koessi
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+char                use[] =
+//           1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
+//  12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
+    "ROBODoc Version " VERSION "    autodocs formatter ($Revision: 1.106 $)\n"
+    "(c) 1994-2007 Frans Slothouber, Petteri Kettunen, \n"
+    "              Gergely Budai and Jacco van Weert\n"
+    "ROBODoc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.\n"
+    "This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n"
+    "under certain conditions; type `robodoc -c' for details.\n" "\n";
+char                use_usage[] =
+    "Usage:\n"
+    "   robodoc --src  --doc  --multidoc   [type] [options]\n"
+    "   robodoc --src  --doc       --singledoc  [type] [options]\n"
+    "   robodoc --src       --doc       --singlefile [type] [options]\n"
+    "\n"
+    "Type:\n" "   --html, --rtf, --latex, --ascii, --dbxml, --troff\n" "\n";
+char                use_options1[] =
+    "Options:\n"
+    "   --charset NAME   Add character encoding information (html only).\n"
+    "   --cmode          Use ANSI C grammar in source items (html only).\n"
+    "   --css            Specify the stylesheet to use.\n"
+    "   --ext EXTENSION  Set extension for generated files.\n"
+    "   --footless       Do not create the foot of a document.\n"
+    "   --headless       Do not create the head of a document.\n"
+    "   --index          Add an index.\n";
+char                use_options2[] =
+    "   --internal       Also include internal headers.\n"
+    "   --internalonly   Only include internal headers.\n"
+    "   --lock           Recognize only one header marker per file.\n"
+    "   --nodesc         Do not descent into subdirectories.\n"
+    "   --no_subdirectories\n"
+    "                    Do no create documentation subdirectories.\n"
+    "   --nopre          Do not use 
         
         in the HTML output.\n"
+    "   --nosort         Do not sort the headers.\n"
+    "   --nosource       Do not include SOURCE items.\n"
+    "   --nogeneratedwith\n"
+    "                    Do not add the 'generated by robodoc' message\n"
+    "                    at the top of each documentation file.\n"
+    "   --ignore_case_when_linking\n"
+    "                    Ignore the case of the symbols when trying\n"
+    "                    to create crosslinks.\n";
+char                use_options3[] =
+    "   --rc             Specify an alternate configuration file.\n"
+    "   --sections       Add sections and subsections.\n"
+    "   --first_section_level NUMBER\n"
+    "                    Start the first section not at 1 but at \n"
+    "                    level NUMBER.\n"
+    "   --tabsize NUMBER Set the tab size.\n"
+    "   --tabstops a,b,..,n\n"
+    "                    Set TAB stops \n"
+    "   --tell           ROBODoc will tell you what it is doing.\n"
+    "   --debug          same as --tell, but with lots more details.\n"
+    "   --toc            Add a table of contents.\n"
+    "   --version        Print version info and exit.\n"
+    "   --sectionnameonly\n"
+    "                    Generate section header with name only.\n"
+    "   --compress       Only supported by TROFF output format. Defines by which\n"
+    "                    program manpages will be compressed. Either bzip2 or gzip.\n"
+    "   --mansection     Manual section where pages will be inserted (default: 3).\n"
+    "   --documenttitle TITLE\n"
+    "                    Set the document title\n"
+    "   --altlatex       Alternate LaTeX file format (bigger / clearer than normal)\n"
+    "   --latexparts     Make the first module level as PART in LaTeX output\n"
+    "   --syntaxcolors   Turn on all syntax highlighting features in SOURCE items\n"
+    "                    (html only)\n"
+    "   --syntaxcolors_enable quotes,squotes,line_comments,block_comments,\n"
+    "                         keywords,non_alpha\n"
+    "                    Enable only specific syntax highlighting features in\n"
+    "                    SOURCE items (html only)\n"
+    "   --dotname NAME   Specify the name (and path / options) of DOT tool\n"
+    "   --masterindex title,filename\n"
+    "                    Specify the tile and filename for master index page\n"
+    "   --sourceindex title,filename\n"
+    "                    Specify the tile and filename for source files index page\n"
+    "   --one_file_per_header\n"
+    "                    Create a separate documentation file for each header\n"
+    "   --header_breaks NUMBER\n"
+    "                    Insert a linebreak after every NUMBER header names\n"
+    "                    (default value: 2, set to zero to disable)\n" "\n";
+char                use_authors[] =
+    "Authors/Contributors:\n"
+    "   Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen, Bernd Koesling,\n"
+    "   Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner, Sasha Vasko,\n"
+    "   Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, Gergely Budai.\n";
+/********/
+
+
+/****v* UserInterface/copying
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Information about the ROBODoc licence.
+ * AUTHOR
+ *   Frans
+ * HISTORY
+ *   2003-02-25/petterik: corrected link to GNU copyleft.
+ *******
+ */
+
+char                copying[] =
+    "\n"
+    " Distributed under the GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n"
+    "   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n"
+    " See the source archive for a copy of the complete licence\n"
+    " If you do not have it you can get it from URL\n"
+    " http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\n";
+
+
+static void dump_version(
+    void )
+{
+    printf( "%s\n", VERSION );
+    /* TODO create an option to show robodoc configuration,
+     * including compiler setting etc..
+     printf( "Configuration:\n" );
+     printf( "  locale: %s", setlocale( LC_ALL, "" ) );
+     */
+}
+
+/* TODO  This function is too long. */
+
+/****f* UserInterface/main
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Get and parse the arguments.  Analyse document and generate the
+ *   documentation. Everything starts from here.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int main(
+    int argc,
+    char **argv )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    struct RB_Document *document = NULL;
+    struct RB_Directory *srctree = NULL;
+    char               *optstr = NULL;
+    char               *used_rc_file = NULL;
+    long                debug = 0;
+
+/*
+   TODO, make setlocale work.
+    char * loc;
+
+    if ( (loc = getenv("LC_CTYPE") ) != NULL ) 
+    {
+        printf( ".... %s\n", loc );
+        setlocale( LC_ALL, loc);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+    }
+*/
+
+    whoami = argv[0];           /* global me,myself&i */
+
+    // Init Actions global
+    course_of_action = No_Actions(  );
+
+    /* Read the configuration file. This might contain
+       addition options. */
+    RB_SetCurrentFile( NULL );
+    used_rc_file = ReadConfiguration( argc, argv,
+                                      RB_Find_In_Argv_Parameterized_Option
+                                      ( argc, argv, "--rc" ) );
+
+    /* Force debug mode early if the user wants the debug mode */
+    debugmode = Find_DebugMode(  );
+    course_of_action.do_tell = TRUE;
+
+    if ( Check_Options(  ) == EXIT_FAILURE )
+    {
+
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    if ( Find_Option( "-c" ) )
+    {
+        printf( "%s", copying );
+        return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    if ( Find_Option( "--version" ) )
+    {
+        dump_version(  );
+        return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    if ( Find_Option( "--help" ) )
+    {
+        printf( "%s%s%s%s%s%s", use, use_usage, use_options1, use_options2,
+                use_options3, use_authors );
+        return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    output_mode = Find_DocType(  );     /* one of the globals that are still left */
+    if ( output_mode == UNKNOWN )
+    {
+        Print_Short_Use(  );
+        return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* First the basics. */
+    document = RB_Get_RB_Document(  );
+    document->doctype = output_mode;
+    document->actions = Find_Actions(  );
+    debug = document->debugmode = Find_DebugMode(  );
+    document->charset = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--charset" );
+    document->extension = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--ext" );
+    document->css = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--css" );
+    document->compress = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--compress" );
+    document->section = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--mansection" );
+    document_title = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--documenttitle" );
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--first_section_level" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        document->first_section_level = atoi( optstr );
+    }
+
+    course_of_action = document->actions;       /* a global */
+    debugmode = document->debugmode;    /* a global */
+
+    RB_Say( "Using %s for defaults\n", SAY_INFO, used_rc_file );
+    free( used_rc_file );       /* No longer necessary */
+    used_rc_file = NULL;
+
+    if ( document->css )
+    {
+        document->css = Path_Convert_Win32_to_Unix( document->css );
+    }
+
+    if ( ( document->actions.do_index ) && output_mode == TROFF )
+    {
+        RB_Warning( "Index generation not supported for TROFF format.\n" );
+        document->actions.do_index = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( Find_Parameterized_Option( "--doctype_name" ) &&
+         Find_Parameterized_Option( "--doctype_location" ) )
+    {
+        document->doctype_name =
+            Find_Parameterized_Option( "--doctype_name" );
+        document->doctype_location =
+            Find_Parameterized_Option( "--doctype_location" );
+    }
+
+    // Find tab sizes and tab stops
+    Find_Tabstops(  );
+
+    // Find master index file name
+    Find_And_Install_Document_Name( "--masterindex", HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE );
+
+    // Find source index file name
+    Find_And_Install_Document_Name( "--sourceindex", HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE );
+
+    // Find DOT tool name
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--dotname" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        dot_name = optstr;
+    }
+
+    // Find number of headers before linebreak
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--header_breaks" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        int                 breaks = atoi( optstr );
+
+        if ( breaks == 0 )
+        {
+            breaks = MAX_HEADER_BREAKS;
+        }
+        header_breaks = breaks;
+    }
+
+    // Get extension
+    if ( !document->extension )
+    {
+        document->extension = RB_Get_Default_Extension( document->doctype );
+    }
+
+
+    /* Test if there is a --src and --doc */
+    if ( !Find_Parameterized_Option( "--src" ) )
+    {
+        printf( "Error: you need to specify a source"
+                " file or directory with --src.\n" );
+        Print_Short_Use(  );
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if ( !Find_Parameterized_Option( "--doc" ) )
+    {
+        printf( "Error: you need to specify a documentation file"
+                " or directory with --doc.\n" );
+        Print_Short_Use(  );
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    /* What mode are we using? */
+    if ( Find_Option( "--multidoc" ) )
+    {
+        char               *srcrootname;        /* directory */
+        char               *docrootname;
+
+        srcrootname = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--src" );
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'e', srcrootname ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s does not exists\n", srcrootname );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'd', srcrootname ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s is not a directory\n", srcrootname );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        }
+        document->srcroot = RB_Get_RB_Path( srcrootname );
+
+        docrootname = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--doc" );
+        Path_Check( srcrootname, docrootname );
+
+        document->docroot = RB_Get_RB_Path( docrootname );
+
+        srctree = RB_Get_RB_Directory( srcrootname, docrootname );
+        document->srctree = srctree;
+
+        RB_Document_Create_Parts( document );
+        RB_Analyse_Document( document );
+        RB_Generate_Documentation( document );
+
+        RB_Free_RB_Path( document->srcroot );
+        document->srcroot = 0;
+        RB_Free_RB_Path( document->docroot );
+        document->docroot = 0;
+        RB_Free_RB_Directory( srctree );
+        document->srctree = 0;
+    }
+    else if ( output_mode == TROFF )
+    {
+        RB_Panic( "Only --multidoc is supported for TROFF output.\n" );
+    }
+    else if ( Find_Option( "--singledoc" ) )
+    {
+        char               *srcrootname;        /* directory */
+
+        srcrootname = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--src" );
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'e', srcrootname ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s does not exists\n", srcrootname );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'd', srcrootname ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s is not a directory\n", srcrootname );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        };
+        document->srcroot = RB_Get_RB_Path( srcrootname );
+
+        document->docroot = 0;
+        document->singledoc_name = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--doc" );
+
+        srctree = RB_Get_RB_Directory( srcrootname, NULL );
+        document->srctree = srctree;
+
+        RB_Document_Create_Parts( document );
+        RB_Analyse_Document( document );
+        RB_Generate_Documentation( document );
+
+        RB_Free_RB_Directory( srctree );
+    }
+    else if ( Find_Option( "--singlefile" ) )
+    {
+        char               *srcfile;    /* file */
+        char               *docfile;    /* file */
+
+        document->docroot = 0;
+        docfile = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--doc" );
+        document->singledoc_name = docfile;
+        srcfile = Find_And_Fix_Path( "--src" );
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'e', srcfile ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s does not exists\n", srcfile );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        };
+
+        if ( !Stat_Path( 'f', srcfile ) )
+        {
+            printf( "Error: %s is not a file\n", srcfile );
+            Print_Short_Use(  );
+            return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        };
+
+        document->srctree = RB_Get_RB_SingleFileDirectory( srcfile );
+        document->srcroot =
+            RB_Get_RB_Path( document->srctree->first_path->name );
+
+        RB_Document_Create_Parts( document );
+        RB_Analyse_Document( document );
+        RB_Generate_Documentation( document );
+
+        RB_Free_RB_Directory( document->srctree );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Print_Short_Use(  );
+        printf
+            ( "\n\nError: Use either --multidoc, --singledoc, or --singlefile\n" );
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    RB_Summary( document );
+    RB_Free_RB_Document( document );
+    Free_Configuration(  );
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+    /* Mac OS X specific: print memory leaks */
+    if ( debug & SAY_DEBUG )
+    {
+        char                cmd[32];
+
+        sprintf( cmd, "/usr/bin/leaks %d", getpid(  ) );
+        system( cmd );
+    }
+#endif /* __APPLE__ */
+
+    return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****if* UserInterface/Find_Tabstops
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This function looks for the tab stop configuration and fills out the
+ *   tab_stops table.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Find_Tabstops(
+    void )
+/*
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 tabsize = DEFAULT_TABSIZE;
+    char               *optstr, *str;
+
+    // Find tab sizes
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--tabsize" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        tabsize = atoi( optstr );
+    }
+
+    // Fill tabstop table with default values
+    for ( i = 0; i < MAX_TABS; i++ )
+    {
+        tab_stops[i] = tabsize * ( i + 1 );
+    }
+
+    // Find tab stops
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--tabstops" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        // Get TAB sizes and fill table
+        for ( str = strtok( optstr, TABSIZE_SEPARATOR ), i = 0;
+              str != NULL && i < MAX_TABS;
+              str = strtok( NULL, TABSIZE_SEPARATOR ), i++ )
+        {
+            tab_stops[i] = atoi( str ) - 1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****if* UserInterface/Find_And_Install_Document_Name
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Looks for specific option strings and installs special document titles
+ *   and filenames.
+ *
+ *   Should be used to overwrite the HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE or HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE
+ *   entries in the header_type_lookup_table.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static void Find_And_Install_Document_Name(
+    char *option,
+    unsigned char type )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o option -- the option string to look for
+ *   o type   -- the type entry in header_type_lookup_table to overwrite
+ *               (Should be either HT_MASTERINDEXTYPE or HT_SOURCEHEADERTYPE)
+ *
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *title = NULL, *filename = NULL, *optstr = NULL;
+
+    // First find the option
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( option );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+
+        // Break the option into substrings
+        title = strtok( optstr, "," );
+        filename = strtok( NULL, "," );
+
+        // If something missing
+        if ( title == NULL || filename == NULL )
+        {
+            RB_Panic( "Invalid %s option\n", option );
+        }
+
+        // Install document title and filename
+        RB_AddHeaderType( type, title, filename, 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Find_And_Fix_Path
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Searches through the options to find a path.
+ *   This path is converted to a propper path
+ *   if it contains errors such as the use of
+ *   '\' or when it does not start with ./ or a
+ *   drive name.
+ *   The option must exist.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Find_And_Fix_Path(
+    char *option_name )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o option_name -- the option name for the path
+ * RESULT
+ *   o path -- the path.
+ *
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *temp;
+    char               *temp2;
+
+    temp = Find_Parameterized_Option( option_name );
+    assert( temp );
+    temp = Path_Convert_Win32_to_Unix( temp );
+    temp2 = Fix_Path( temp );
+    free( temp );
+    return temp2;
+}
+
+/*******/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Path_Convert_Win32_to_Unix
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Although people are supposed to specify all paths
+ *   with a '/' as seperator, sometimes people on Win32
+ *   use '\', this causes problems later on in some
+ *   other function of robodoc that expect a '/'.
+ *   So to prevent this we replace all the '\' in a path
+ *   with '/'
+ *    
+ *   In addition people sometimes add a '/' at the
+ *   end of the path. We remove it.
+ *
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *Path_Convert_Win32_to_Unix(
+    char *path )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o path -- the path.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o path -- the converted path (in a newly allocated
+ *             block of memory).
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    size_t              i;
+
+    /* First make a copy */
+    path = RB_StrDup( path );
+    for ( i = 0; i < strlen( path ); ++i )
+    {
+        if ( path[i] == '\\' )
+        {
+            path[i] = '/';
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Remove trailing '/' if there is one. */
+    if ( path[strlen( path ) - 1] == '/' )
+    {
+        path[strlen( path ) - 1] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    return path;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Path_Check
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test the validity of the doc and source path. The doc path should
+ *   not be a sub directory of the source path otherwise the generated
+ *   documentation will be part of the generated documentation if
+ *   robodoc is run more than once.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+static void Path_Check(
+    char *sourcepath,
+    char *docpath )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o sourcepath -- the path to the source files.
+ *   o docpath    -- the path to the documentation files.
+ * OUTPUT
+ *   o error messages
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    if ( docpath )
+    {
+        int                 dl;
+        int                 sl;
+
+        dl = strlen( docpath );
+        sl = strlen( sourcepath );
+        if ( dl >= sl )
+        {
+            int                 i;
+            int                 equal = TRUE;
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i )
+            {
+                if ( docpath[i] != sourcepath[i] )
+                {
+                    equal = FALSE;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if ( equal && ( dl == sl ) )
+            {
+                RB_Panic
+                    ( "The source path and document path can not be equal\n" );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* OK  */
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/PathBegin_Check
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Checks the validity of a path.
+ *   A path should start with
+ *     ./
+ *   or
+ *     /
+ *   or
+ *     have a ':' some where
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static int PathBegin_Check(
+    char *path )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o path -- the path to be cheked.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o FALSE -- path is not OK.
+ *   o TRUE  -- path is OK.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 result = FALSE;
+    int                 l = strlen( path );
+
+    if ( l == 1 )
+    {
+        result = ( path[0] == '.' );
+    }
+    else if ( l >= 2 )
+    {
+        result = ( ( path[0] == '.' ) && ( path[1] == '/' ) ) ||
+            ( path[0] == '/' ) || ( strchr( path, ':' ) != NULL );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Empty */
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Find_Option
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Search configuration.options for a specific option.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+int Find_Option(
+    char *option )
+/* INPUTS
+ *   o option -- the option to be found.
+ * RESULT
+ *   o TRUE  -- option does exist
+ *   o FALSE -- option does not exist
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr;
+    int                 found = FALSE;
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp
+             ( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr], option ) )
+        {
+            found = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return found;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Fix_Path
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Add a "./" to a path if it does not start with a "./" or does not
+ *   contain a ":".  If the path was "." just add a "/".  Adding a
+ *   "./" simplifies the creating of relative links during the
+ *   generation process.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+
+static char        *Fix_Path(
+    char *path )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o path -- the path to be fixed.
+ * RESULT
+ *   A pointer to a newly allocated string containing the path.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    char               *result = 0;
+
+    if ( !PathBegin_Check( path ) )
+    {
+        char               *prefix = "./";
+
+        if ( strcmp( path, "." ) == 0 )
+        {
+            result = RB_StrDup( prefix );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            int                 l = strlen( path );
+
+            l += strlen( prefix ) + 1;
+            result = malloc( l );
+            assert( result );
+            result[0] = '\0';
+            strcat( result, prefix );
+            strcat( result, path );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        result = RB_StrDup( path );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/* TODO: FS Documentation */
+
+T_RB_DocType Find_DocType(
+    void )
+{
+    T_RB_DocType        doctype = UNKNOWN;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr;
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                               "--html" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = HTML;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--latex" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = LATEX;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--ascii" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = ASCII;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--rtf" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = RTF;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--test" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = TEST;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--troff" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = TROFF;
+            break;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--dbxml" ) )
+        {
+            doctype = XMLDOCBOOK;
+            break;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Ignore */
+        }
+    }
+    return doctype;
+}
+
+
+actions_t No_Actions(
+    void )
+{
+    actions_t           actions;
+    unsigned int        i;
+    unsigned char      *actptr;
+
+    for ( i = 0, actptr = ( unsigned char * ) &actions;
+          i < sizeof( actions ); i++, actptr++ )
+    {
+        *actptr = 0;
+    }
+
+    return actions;
+}
+
+/* TODO: FS Documentation */
+actions_t Find_Actions(
+    void )
+{
+    actions_t           actions;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr;
+    char               *optstr;
+
+    actions = No_Actions(  );
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                               "--singledoc" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_singledoc = TRUE;
+        }
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                               "--singlefile" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_singlefile = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--multidoc" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_multidoc = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--no_subdirectories" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_no_subdirectories = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--one_file_per_header" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_one_file_per_header = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--sections" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_sections = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--internal" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_include_internal = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--ignore_case_when_linking" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_ignore_case_when_linking = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--internalonly" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_internal_only = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--toc" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_toc = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--index" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_index = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--nosource" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_nosource = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--tell" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_tell = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--debug" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_tell = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--nodesc" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_nodesc = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--nogeneratedwith" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_nogenwith = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--cmode" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_quotes = TRUE;
+            actions.do_squotes = TRUE;
+            actions.do_line_comments = TRUE;
+            actions.do_block_comments = TRUE;
+            actions.do_keywords = TRUE;
+            actions.do_non_alpha = TRUE;
+
+            Install_C_Syntax(  );
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--lock" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_lockheader = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--footless" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_footless = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--verbal" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_verbal = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--ms_errors" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_ms_errors = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--headless" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_headless = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--nosort" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_nosort = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--nopre" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_nopre = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--sectionnameonly" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_sectionnameonly = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--altlatex" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_altlatex = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--latexparts" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_latexparts = TRUE;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--syntaxcolors" ) )
+        {
+            actions.do_quotes = TRUE;
+            actions.do_squotes = TRUE;
+            actions.do_line_comments = TRUE;
+            actions.do_block_comments = TRUE;
+            actions.do_keywords = TRUE;
+            actions.do_non_alpha = TRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Not an action */
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Find specific syntax colors enable options
+    optstr = Find_Parameterized_Option( "--syntaxcolors_enable" );
+    if ( optstr )
+    {
+        char               *str;
+
+        // Parse options
+        for ( str = strtok( optstr, "," ); str; str = strtok( NULL, "," ) )
+        {
+            if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "quotes" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_quotes = TRUE;
+            }
+            else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "squotes" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_squotes = TRUE;
+            }
+            else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "line_comments" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_line_comments = TRUE;
+            }
+            else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "block_comments" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_block_comments = TRUE;
+            }
+            else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "keywords" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_keywords = TRUE;
+            }
+            else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( str, "non_alpha" ) )
+            {
+                actions.do_non_alpha = TRUE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Bad option specified
+                RB_Panic( "Invalid --syntaxcolors_enable option: %s\n", str );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return actions;
+}
+
+/* TODO: FS Documentation */
+long Find_DebugMode(
+    void )
+{
+    long                modes = 0;
+    unsigned int        parameter_nr;
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0;
+          parameter_nr < configuration.options.number; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                               "--debug" ) )
+        {
+            modes |= SAY_INFO;
+            modes |= SAY_DEBUG;
+        }
+        else if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( configuration.options.names[parameter_nr],
+                                    "--tell" ) )
+        {
+            modes |= SAY_INFO;
+        }
+    }
+    return modes;
+}
+
+/****f* UserInterface/Find_Parameterized_Option
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Search for an option of the form
+ *     --a_option_name a_value
+ *   in configuration.options.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *Find_Parameterized_Option(
+    char *optionname )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   optionname -- the name of the option to search for.
+ * RESULT
+ *   NULL if the option is not found, a pointer to the value
+ *   otherwise.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Results in a Panic if the option is found but
+ *   no value is specified.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    return General_Find_Parameterized_Option( configuration.options.number,
+                                              &( configuration.options.
+                                                 names[0] ), optionname );
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/RB_Find_In_Argv_Parameterized_Option
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Search for an option of the form
+ *     --a_option_name a_value
+ *   in argv.   The function is used to look for the
+ *     --rc  
+ *   option that can be used to specify an 
+ *   alternate robodoc configuration file.
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+char               *RB_Find_In_Argv_Parameterized_Option(
+    int argc,
+    char **argv,
+    char *optionname )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   * argc -- the argument count as received by main().
+ *   * argv -- the array of argument values as received by main()
+ *   * optionname -- the name of the option to search for.
+ * RESULT
+ *   NULL if the option is not found, a pointer to the value
+ *   otherwise.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Results in a Panic if the option is found but
+ *   no value is specified.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    return General_Find_Parameterized_Option( argc, argv, optionname );
+}
+
+/*****/
+
+
+/****f* UserInterface/General_Find_Parameterized_Option
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Search for an option of the form
+ *     --a_option_name a_value
+ * SYNOPSIS
+ */
+static char        *General_Find_Parameterized_Option(
+    int n,
+    char **options,
+    char *optionname )
+/*
+ * INPUTS
+ *   o n -- the number of options in the options array.
+ *   o options -- the options array
+ *   o optionname -- the name of the option to search for.
+ * RESULT
+ *   NULL if the option is not found, a pointer to the value
+ *   otherwise.
+ * NOTES
+ *   Results in a Panic if the option is found but
+ *   no value is specified.
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+{
+    int                 parameter_nr;
+    char               *value = NULL;
+
+    for ( parameter_nr = 0; parameter_nr < n; parameter_nr++ )
+    {
+        if ( !RB_Str_Case_Cmp( options[parameter_nr], optionname ) )
+        {
+            if ( parameter_nr < n - 1 )
+            {
+                value = options[parameter_nr + 1];
+                if ( ( value[0] == '-' ) && ( value[1] == '-' ) )
+                {
+                    value = NULL;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* to few parameters. */
+            }
+            if ( !value )
+            {
+                RB_Panic( "you must be more specific"
+                          " with the %s option\n", optionname );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+/******/
+
+
+/* TODO Documentation */
+
+static void RB_Summary(
+    struct RB_Document *document )
+{
+    USE( document );
+#if 0
+    printf( "Ready\n" );
+    if ( document )
+    {
+        printf( "Found %d headers\n", document->no_headers );
+    }
+    if ( number_of_warnings )
+    {
+        printf( "Found %d warnings\n", number_of_warnings );
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/Source/robodoc.h b/Source/robodoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..086c904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/robodoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_ROBODOC_H
+#define ROBODOC_ROBODOC_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VERSION
+#define VERSION "4.99.36"
+#endif
+
+#define COMMENT_ROBODOC \
+    "Generated with ROBODoc Version " VERSION " (" __DATE__ ")\n"
+#define COMMENT_COPYRIGHT\
+    "ROBODoc (c) 1994-2007 by Frans Slothouber and many others.\n"
+
+// Semaphore bits for actions
+typedef struct actions_s
+{
+    // General options
+    int                 do_nosort:1;
+    int                 do_nodesc:1;
+    int                 do_toc:1;
+    int                 do_include_internal:1;
+    int                 do_internal_only:1;
+    int                 do_tell:1;
+    int                 do_index:1;
+    int                 do_nosource:1;
+    int                 do_robo_head:1;
+    int                 do_sections:1;
+    int                 do_lockheader:1;
+    int                 do_footless:1;
+    int                 do_headless:1;
+    int                 do_nopre:1;
+    int                 do_ignore_case_when_linking:1;
+    int                 do_nogenwith:1;
+    int                 do_sectionnameonly:1;
+    int                 do_verbal:1;
+    int                 do_ms_errors:1;
+
+    // Document modes
+    int                 do_singledoc:1;
+    int                 do_multidoc:1;
+    int                 do_singlefile:1;
+    int                 do_one_file_per_header:1;
+    int                 do_no_subdirectories:1;
+
+    // Latex options
+    int                 do_altlatex:1;
+    int                 do_latexparts:1;
+
+    // Syntax coloring
+    int                 do_quotes:1;
+    int                 do_squotes:1;
+    int                 do_line_comments:1;
+    int                 do_block_comments:1;
+    int                 do_keywords:1;
+    int                 do_non_alpha:1;
+
+} actions_t;
+
+/* RB_Say modes */
+#define SAY_DEBUG            (1<<0)
+#define SAY_INFO             (1<<1)
+
+
+/* Output Modes */
+
+/****t* Generator/T_RB_DocType
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Enumeration for the various output formats that are
+ *   supported by ROBODoc.
+ * NOTES
+ *   These should be prefixed with RB_ 
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    TEST = 1,                   /* Special output mode for testing */
+    ASCII,
+    HTML,
+    LATEX,
+    RTF,
+    TROFF,
+    XMLDOCBOOK,
+    /* SIZE_MODES, */
+    /* Reserved for Future Use */
+    /* ANSI, */
+    /* GNUINFO, */
+    /* XML, */
+    UNKNOWN
+} T_RB_DocType;
+
+/*****/
+
+
+#define USE( x ) ( x = x );
+
+/* Evil macros !! */
+#define skip_while(cond) { for (;*cur_char && (cond);cur_char++) ; }
+#define find_eol   { for (;*cur_char && *cur_char!='\n';cur_char++) ; }
+#define find_quote { for (;*cur_char && *cur_char!='\"';cur_char++) ; }
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE  1
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes */
+
+actions_t           No_Actions(
+    void );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_ROBODOC_H */
+
diff --git a/Source/robodoc_basic_style.css b/Source/robodoc_basic_style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55d8b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/robodoc_basic_style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/****h* ROBODoc/ROBODoc Cascading Style Sheet
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   This is the default cascading style sheet for documentation
+ *   generated with ROBODoc.
+ *   You can edit this file to your own liking and then use
+ *   it with the option
+ *      --css 
+ *
+ *   This style-sheet defines the following layout
+ *      +----------------------------------------+
+ *      |    logo                                |
+ *      +----------------------------------------+
+ *      |    extra                               |
+ *      +----------------------------------------+
+ *      |                              | navi-   |
+ *      |                              | gation  |
+ *      |      content                 |         |
+ *      |                              |         |
+ *      +----------------------------------------+
+ *      |    footer                              |
+ *      +----------------------------------------+
+ *
+ *   This style-sheet is based on a style-sheet that was automatically
+ *   generated with the Strange Banana stylesheet generator.
+ *   See http://www.strangebanana.com/generator.aspx
+ *
+ ******
+ * $Id: robodoc_basic_style.css,v 1.8 2007/05/10 14:20:58 thuffir Exp $
+ */
+
+body
+{
+    background-color:    rgb(255,255,255);
+    color:               rgb(98,84,55);
+    font-family:         Arial, serif;
+    border-color:        rgb(226,199,143);
+}
+
+pre
+{
+    font-family:      monospace;
+    margin:      15px;
+    padding:     5px;
+    white-space: pre;
+    color:       #000;
+}
+
+pre.source
+{
+    background-color: #ffe;
+    border: dashed #aa9 1px;
+}
+
+p
+{
+    margin:15px;
+}
+
+p.item_name 
+{
+    font-weight: bolder;
+    margin:5px;
+    font-size: 120%;
+}
+
+#content
+{
+    font-size:           100%;
+    color:               rgb(0,0,0);
+    background-color:    rgb(255,255,255);
+    border-left-width:   0px; 
+    border-right-width:  0px; 
+    border-top-width:    0px; 
+    border-bottom-width: 0px;
+    border-left-style:   none; 
+    border-right-style:  none; 
+    border-top-style:    none; 
+    border-bottom-style: none;
+    padding:             40px 31px 14px 17px;
+    border-color:        rgb(0,0,0);
+    text-align:          justify;
+}
+
+#navigation
+{
+    background-color: rgb(98,84,55);
+    color:            rgb(230,221,202);
+    font-family:      "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-style:       normal;
+    border-color:     rgb(0,0,0);
+}
+
+a.menuitem
+{
+    font-size: 120%;
+    background-color:    rgb(0,0,0);
+    color:               rgb(195,165,100);
+    font-variant:        normal;
+    text-transform:      none;
+    font-weight:         normal;
+    padding:             1px 8px 3px 1px;
+    margin-left:         5px; 
+    margin-right:        5px; 
+    margin-top:          5px; 
+    margin-bottom:       5px;
+    border-color:        rgb(159,126,57);
+    text-align:          right;
+}
+
+#logo, #logo a
+{
+    font-size: 130%;
+    background-color:   rgb(198,178,135);
+    color:              rgb(98,84,55);
+    font-family:        Georgia, serif;
+    font-style:         normal;
+    font-variant:       normal;
+    text-transform:     none;
+    font-weight:        bold;
+    padding:            20px 18px 20px 18px;
+    border-color:       rgb(255,255,255);
+    text-align:         right;
+}
+
+#extra, #extra a
+{
+    font-size: 128%;
+    background-color:    rgb(0,0,0);
+    color:               rgb(230,221,202);
+    font-style:          normal;
+    font-variant:        normal;
+    text-transform:      none;
+    font-weight:         normal;
+    border-left-width:   0px; 
+    border-right-width:  0px; 
+    border-top-width:    0px; 
+    border-bottom-width: 0px;
+    border-left-style:   none; 
+    border-right-style:  none; 
+    border-top-style:    none; 
+    border-bottom-style: none;
+    padding: 12px 12px 12px 12px;
+    border-color:        rgb(195,165,100);
+    text-align:          center;
+}
+
+#content a
+{
+    color:              rgb(159,126,57);
+    text-decoration:    none;
+}
+
+#content a:hover, #content a:active
+{
+    color:              rgb(255,255,255);
+    background-color:   rgb(159,126,57);
+}
+
+a.indexitem
+{
+    display: block;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6
+{
+    background-color: rgb(221,221,221);
+    font-family:      Arial, serif;
+    font-style:       normal;
+    font-variant:     normal;
+    text-transform:   none;
+    font-weight:      normal;
+}
+
+h1
+{
+    font-size: 151%;
+}
+
+h2
+{
+    font-size: 142%;
+}
+
+h3
+{
+    font-size: 133%;
+}
+
+h4
+{
+    font-size: 124%;
+}
+
+h5
+{
+    font-size: 115%;
+}
+
+h6
+{
+    font-size: 106%;
+}
+
+#navigation a
+{
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+.menuitem:hover
+{
+    background-color:   rgb(195,165,100);
+    color:              rgb(0,0,0);
+}
+
+#extra a
+{
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+#logo a
+{
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+#extra a:hover
+{
+}
+
+/* layout */
+#navigation
+{
+    width:       22%; 
+    position:    relative; 
+    top:         0; 
+    right:       0; 
+    float:       right; 
+    text-align:  center;
+    margin-left: 10px;
+}
+
+.menuitem       {width: auto;}
+#content        {width: auto;}
+.menuitem       {display: block;}
+
+
+div#footer
+{
+    background-color: rgb(198,178,135);
+    color:      rgb(98,84,55);
+    clear:      left;
+    width:      100%;
+    font-size:   71%;
+}
+
+div#footer a
+{
+    background-color: rgb(198,178,135);
+    color:            rgb(98,84,55);
+}
+
+div#footer p
+{
+    margin:0;
+    padding:5px 10px
+}
+
+span.keyword
+{
+    color: #00F;
+}
+
+span.comment
+{
+    color: #080;
+}
+
+span.quote
+{
+    color: #F00;
+}
+
+span.squote
+{
+    color: #F0F;
+}
+
+span.sign
+{
+    color: #008B8B;
+}
+
+
+@media print
+{
+    #navigation {display: none;}
+    #content    {padding: 0px;}
+    #content a  {text-decoration: underline;}
+}
diff --git a/Source/robohdrs.c b/Source/robohdrs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a69fbfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/robohdrs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+/* $Id: robohdrs.c,v 1.14 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $ */
+
+/****h* Docuwala/ROBOhdrs
+*  NAME
+*    robohdrs
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*    Standalone program to insert ROBODoc headers to source code files.
+*    This program processes one source file at the time. Existing 
+*    ROBODoc headers, if any, are not checked for. Beware since this 
+*    may result in double headers. Current working directory should 
+*    be the same as where the source file is located.
+*  USES
+*    Exuberant Ctags 5.3.1 or newer required
+*  USAGE
+*    robohdrs [options] 
+*  EXAMPLE
+*    robohdrs -p myproj test1.c
+*    robohdrs -s -p myproj -i "MODIFICATION HISTORY" -i IDEAS test2.c
+*
+*    Type `robohdrs -h' to see all command line options.
+*  TODO
+*    - garbage collection
+*    - support for other languages which ctags program supports
+*  SEE ALSO
+*    ROBODoc         https://sourceforge.net/projects/robodoc/
+*    Exuberant Ctags http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
+*  COPYRIGHT
+*    (c) 2003 Frans Slothouber and Petteri Kettunen
+*    Copying policy: GPL
+*  HISTORY
+*    2003-08-08/petterik: #define `d' header (bug rep. from Anand Dhanakshirur)
+*    2003-08-04/petterik: -t option (suggestion from Anand Dhanakshirur)
+*    2003-02-21/petterik: -l option, script option tested
+*******
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FORK
+
+int main( int argc, char** argv )
+{
+    printf( "Not supported on this platform\n" );
+    printf( "This program requires fork()\n" );
+    return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#else
+
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include "headers.h"
+
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/PROGNAME
+*  NAME
+*    PROGNAME
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+#define PROGNAME "robohdrs"
+/********** PROGNAME */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/PROGVERSION
+*  NAME
+*    PROGVERSION
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+#define PROGVERSION "0.01"
+/********** PROGVERSION */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/MAXLINE
+*  NAME
+*    MAXLINE
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+#define MAXLINE 10240
+/********** MAXLINE */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/MAXNAME
+*  NAME
+*    MAXNAME
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+#define MAXNAME 1024
+
+/********** MAXNAME */
+
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/ctagsBin
+*  NAME
+*    ctagsBin
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static char         ctagsBin[MAXNAME];
+
+/********** ctagsBin */
+
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/srcSta
+*  NAME
+*    srcSta
+*  SEE ALSO
+*    src_constants
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+
+static short        srcSta = SRC_C;
+static short        srcRem = SRC_R_C;
+static short        srcEnd = SRC_E_C;
+
+/********** srcSta */
+
+typedef struct _ctag_t
+{
+    void               *prev;
+    void               *next;
+    char                fname[MAXNAME];
+    char                name[MAXNAME];
+    char                decl[MAXLINE];
+    char                type[MAXNAME];
+    int                 linenum;
+}
+ctag_t;
+
+typedef struct _custhdr_t
+{
+    void               *next;
+    char                name[MAXNAME];
+}
+custhdr_t;
+
+typedef struct _ctags_t
+{
+    ctag_t             *ctag;
+    int                 cnt;
+}
+ctags_t;
+
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/myctags
+*  NAME
+*    myctags
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static ctags_t myctags;
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static ctags_t      myctags;
+
+/********** myctags */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/ctags
+*  NAME
+*    ctags
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static ctags_t *ctags;
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static ctags_t     *ctags;
+
+/********** ctags */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/custhdrs
+*  NAME
+*    custhdrs
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static custhdr_t *custhdrs = 0;
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static custhdr_t   *custhdrs = 0;
+
+/********** custhdrs */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/projName
+*  NAME
+*    projName
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static char projName[MAXNAME];
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static char         projName[MAXNAME];
+
+/********** projName */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/vcTag
+*  NAME
+*    vcTag
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*    Version control tag string. This is always specified by the user.
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static char vcTag[MAXNAME];
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static char         vcTag[MAXNAME];
+
+/********** projName */
+/****v* ROBOhdrs/incSrc
+*  NAME
+*    incSrc
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static char incSrc = 0;
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static char         incSrc = 0;
+
+/********** incSrc */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/usage
+*  NAME
+*    usage
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void usage(void)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+usage( void )
+{
+    printf( "%s version %s, robodoc header insertor\n", PROGNAME,
+            PROGVERSION );
+    printf( "(c) 2003 Frans Slothouber and Petteri Kettunen\n" );
+    printf( "%s comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.\n", PROGNAME );
+    printf
+        ( "This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" );
+    printf( "under the GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE terms and conditions.\n" );
+    printf( "usage: %s [options] \n", PROGNAME );
+    printf( "Options are as follows:\n" );
+    printf( "  -h   show this help text\n" );
+    printf
+        ( "  -i   specify header item (repeat to include multiple items)\n" );
+    printf( "  -l   specify source code language (default C/C++)\n" );
+    printf
+        ( "       Supported options are: fortran, fortran90, script, and tex.\n" );
+    printf( "  -p   specify project name\n" );
+    printf( "  -s   include SOURCE item\n" );
+    printf( "  -t   specify CVS/RCS tag to be inserted into a file\n" );
+    printf( "  -x   specify path to ctags binary\n" );
+    printf( "NOTE: requires Exuberant Ctags 5.3.1 (or newer)\n" );
+    printf( "EXAMPLES:\n" );
+    printf
+        ( "robohdrs -s -p myproj -i \"MODIFICATION HISTORY\" -i IDEAS test.c\n" );
+    printf
+        ( "robohdrs -s -p myproj -l script -t '%cHeader:%c' test.tcl\n", '$', '$' );
+    exit( 1 );
+}
+
+/********** usage */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/cmdLine
+*  NAME
+*    cmdLine
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void cmdLine(int argc, char **argv)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+cmdLine( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+    int                 ch;
+    custhdr_t          *c, *nc;
+
+    while ( ( ch = getopt( argc, argv, "i:l:p:st:x:" ) ) != -1 )
+        switch ( ch )
+        {
+
+        case 's':
+            /* include source item */
+            incSrc = 1;
+            break;
+
+        case 't':
+            /* specify version control tag */
+            strncpy( vcTag, optarg, MAXNAME );
+            break;
+
+        case 'p':
+            /* specify project name */
+            strncpy( projName, optarg, MAXNAME );
+            break;
+
+        case 'i':
+            if ( !custhdrs )
+            {
+                assert( ( custhdrs =
+                          ( custhdr_t * ) malloc( sizeof( custhdr_t ) ) ) );
+                custhdrs->next = 0;
+                c = custhdrs;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                c = custhdrs;
+                while ( c->next )
+                {
+                    c = c->next;
+                }
+                assert( ( nc =
+                          ( custhdr_t * ) malloc( sizeof( custhdr_t ) ) ) );
+                nc->next = 0;
+                c = c->next = nc;
+            }
+            strncpy( c->name, optarg, MAXNAME );
+            break;
+
+        case 'l':
+            if ( optarg[0] == 's' && strcmp( optarg, "script" ) == 0 )
+            {
+                srcSta = SRC_SCRIPT;
+                srcRem = SRC_R_SCRIPT;
+                srcEnd = SRC_E_SCRIPT;
+            }
+            else if ( optarg[0] == 'f' && strcmp( optarg, "fortran" ) == 0 )
+            {
+                srcSta = SRC_FORTRAN;
+                srcRem = SRC_R_FORTRAN;
+                srcEnd = SRC_E_FORTRAN;
+            }
+            else if ( optarg[0] == 'f' && strcmp( optarg, "fortran90" ) == 0 )
+            {
+                srcSta = SRC_F90;
+                srcRem = SRC_R_F90;
+                srcEnd = SRC_E_F90;
+            }
+            else if ( optarg[0] == 't' && strcmp( optarg, "tex" ) == 0 )
+            {
+                srcSta = SRC_TEX;
+                srcRem = SRC_R_TEX;
+                srcEnd = SRC_E_TEX;
+            }
+            else if ( optarg[0] == 'a' && strcmp( optarg, "acm" ) == 0 )
+            {
+                srcSta = SRC_ACM;
+                srcRem = SRC_R_ACM;
+                srcEnd = SRC_E_ACM;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                usage(  );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case 'x':
+            strncpy( ctagsBin, optarg, MAXNAME );
+            break;
+
+        case '?':
+        case 'h':
+        default:
+            usage(  );
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+/********** cmdLine */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/linenumCompare
+*  NAME
+*    linenumCompare
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static int linenumCompare(void const * a, void const * b)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static int
+linenumCompare( void const *a, void const *b )
+{
+    ctag_t             *ea = ( ctag_t * ) a, *eb = ( ctag_t * ) b;
+
+    return ( ea->linenum - eb->linenum );
+}
+
+/********** linenumCompare */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/arrangeCtags
+*  NAME
+*    arrangeCtags
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void arrangeCtags(ctags_t *e)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+arrangeCtags( ctags_t * e )
+{
+    ctag_t             *tmp, *ctag = e->ctag, *ep;
+
+    assert( e && e->cnt && e->ctag );
+    tmp = ( ctag_t * ) malloc( e->cnt * sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+    assert( tmp );
+
+    for ( ep = tmp;; )
+    {
+        memcpy( ep++, ctag, sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+        if ( ctag->next )
+        {
+            ctag = ctag->next;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    qsort( tmp, ( size_t ) ( e->cnt ), sizeof( ctag_t ), linenumCompare );
+    /* TODO: free ctag */
+    e->ctag = tmp;
+}
+
+/********** arrangeCtags */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/typeOk
+*  NAME
+*    typeOk
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static int typeOk(char *t)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static int
+typeOk( char *t )
+{
+    /* return 1 if supported type for headers */
+    if ( t[0] == 'f' && strncmp( t, "function", 8 ) == 0 )
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if ( t[0] == 'v' && strncmp( t, "variable", 8 ) == 0 )
+    {
+        return 1;               /* global variable */
+    }
+#if 0
+    else if ( t[0] == 's' && strncmp( t, "struct", 6 ) == 0 )
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( t[0] == 'm' && strncmp( t, "macro", 5 ) == 0 )
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/********** typeOk */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/initMe
+*  NAME
+*    initMe
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void initMe(void)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+initMe( void )
+{
+    ctags = &myctags;
+    memset( ctags, 0, sizeof( ctags_t ) );
+    projName[0] = '\0';
+    ctagsBin[0] = '\0';
+    vcTag[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+/********** initMe */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/parseCtagsXLine
+*  NAME
+*    parseCtagsXLine
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static int parseCtagsXLine(char *buf, char *fname, char *name, char *decl, char *type, int *linenum)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static int
+parseCtagsXLine( char *buf, char *fname, char *name, char *decl, char *type,
+                 int *linenum )
+{
+    char               *t, *s;
+
+    /* ctags -x output is: */
+    /* usage            function     56 test.c           void usage(void) */
+    sscanf( buf, "%s%s%d%s", name, type, linenum, fname );
+    s = strstr( buf, fname );
+    while ( *s++ != ' ' )
+    {
+    }
+    while ( *s == ' ' )
+    {
+        ++s;
+    }
+    t = decl;
+    while ( ( *t = *s++ ) != '\n' )
+    {
+        ++t;
+    }
+    *t = '\0';
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/********** parseCtagsXLine */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/addList
+*  NAME
+*    addList
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void addList(ctags_t *e, char *fname, char *name, char *decl, char *type, int linenum)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+addList( ctags_t * e, char *fname, char *name, char *decl, char *type,
+         int linenum )
+{
+    ctag_t             *newctag, *ctag = e->ctag;
+
+    if ( !ctag )
+    {
+        /* empty list */
+        ctag = ( ctag_t * ) malloc( sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+        assert( ctag );
+        memset( ctag, 0, sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+        e->ctag = ctag;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while ( ctag->next )
+        {
+            ctag = ctag->next;
+        }
+        newctag = ( ctag_t * ) malloc( sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+        assert( newctag );
+        memset( newctag, 0, sizeof( ctag_t ) );
+        ctag->next = newctag;
+        newctag->prev = ctag;
+        ctag = newctag;
+    }
+
+    e->cnt++;
+
+    strncpy( ctag->fname, fname, MAXNAME );
+    strncpy( ctag->name, name, MAXNAME );
+    strncpy( ctag->decl, decl, MAXLINE );
+    strncpy( ctag->type, type, MAXNAME );
+    ctag->linenum = linenum;
+}
+
+/********** addList */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/parseCtagsX
+*  NAME
+*    parseCtagsX
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static int parseCtagsX(FILE *fp)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static int
+parseCtagsX( FILE * fp )
+{
+    char                buf[MAXLINE + 1];
+    int                 lnum = 0, tagsParsed = 0;
+
+    while ( fgets( buf, MAXLINE, fp ) != NULL )
+    {
+        char                decl[MAXNAME + 1], name[MAXNAME + 1];
+        char                fname[MAXNAME + 1], type[MAXNAME + 1];
+        int                 linenum;
+
+        lnum++;
+        /* extract info from a line */
+        if ( parseCtagsXLine( buf, fname, name, decl, type, &linenum ) )
+        {
+            printf( "error parsing line (%d)", lnum );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            addList( ctags, fname, name, decl, type, linenum );
+            tagsParsed++;
+        }
+    }                           /* end while() */
+    fclose( fp );
+
+    return tagsParsed;
+}
+
+/********** parseCtagsX */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/roboFileHeader
+*  NAME
+*    roboFileHeader
+*  FUNCTION
+*    Insert source file header.
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void roboFileHeader(FILE *fp, char *proj, char *fname)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+roboFileHeader( FILE * fp, char *proj, char *fname )
+{
+    char               *s;
+
+    s = remark_markers[srcRem];
+    fprintf( fp, "%sh* %s/%s\n", header_markers[srcSta],
+             ( proj[0] ? proj : fname ), fname );
+    fprintf( fp, "%s  NAME\n", s );
+    fprintf( fp, "%s    %s\n", s, fname );
+    if ( *vcTag )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%s    %s\n", s, vcTag );
+    }
+    fprintf( fp, "%s  DESCRIPTION\n", s );
+    fprintf( fp, "%s*******%s\n", s,
+             ( end_remark_markers[srcEnd] ? end_remark_markers[srcEnd] :
+               "" ) );
+}
+
+/********** roboFileHeader */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/roboHeader
+*  NAME
+*    roboHeader
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void roboHeader(FILE *fp, char *fname, char *name, char *type, char *decl)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+roboHeader( FILE * fp, char *fname, char *name, char *type, char *decl )
+{
+    custhdr_t          *c;
+    char               *s;
+
+    s = remark_markers[srcRem];
+    if ( type[0] == 'v' )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%sv* %s/%s\n", header_markers[srcSta], fname, name );
+    }
+    else if ( type[0] == 'm' )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%sd* %s/%s\n", header_markers[srcSta], fname, name );
+    }
+#if 0
+    else if ( type[0] == 's' )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "/****s* %s/%s\n", fname, name );
+    }
+#endif
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%sf* %s/%s\n", header_markers[srcSta], fname, name );
+    }
+
+    fprintf( fp, "%s  NAME\n%s    %s\n", s, s, name );
+    if ( type[0] != 'm' )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%s  SYNOPSIS\n%s    %s\n", s, s, decl );
+    }
+    if ( custhdrs )
+    {
+        for ( c = custhdrs;; )
+        {
+            fprintf( fp, "%s  %s\n", s, c->name );
+            if ( c->next )
+            {
+                c = c->next;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( incSrc )
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%s  SOURCE\n%s\n", s,
+                 ( end_remark_markers[srcSta] ? end_remark_markers[srcSta] :
+                   s ) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( fp, "%s***%s\n", s,
+                 ( end_remark_markers[srcSta] ? end_remark_markers[srcSta] :
+                   "" ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/********** roboHeader */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/insertSrcEnd
+*  NAME
+*    insertSrcEnd
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void insertSrcEnd(FILE *fp, char *funcname)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+
+static void
+insertSrcEnd( FILE * fp, char *funcname )
+{
+    fprintf( fp, "%s********* %s %s\n", end_markers[srcEnd], funcname,
+             ( end_remark_markers[srcSta] ? end_remark_markers[srcSta] :
+               "" ) );
+}
+
+/********** insertSrcEnd */
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/insertHeaders
+*  NAME
+*    insertHeaders
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void insertHeaders(ctags_t *e, char *project, char *dstpath, char *srcpath)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+insertHeaders( ctags_t * e, char *project, char *dstpath, char *srcpath )
+{
+    FILE               *ifp, *ofp;
+    ctag_t             *ctag = e->ctag;
+    int                 lnum = 0, funcline = 0;
+    char                buf[MAXLINE], *funcname = 0;
+
+    if ( !ctag || !dstpath || !srcpath )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    assert( ofp = fopen( dstpath, "w" ) );
+    assert( ifp = fopen( srcpath, "r" ) );
+
+    /* include file header only if project name is defined */
+    if ( project )
+    {
+        roboFileHeader( ofp, project, dstpath );
+    }
+
+    while ( fgets( buf, MAXLINE, ifp ) != NULL )
+    {
+        lnum++;
+        while ( ctag->prev )
+        {
+            ctag = ctag->prev;
+        }
+        for ( ;; )
+        {
+            if ( incSrc && funcline && lnum >= funcline
+                 && ctag->linenum == lnum )
+            {
+                funcline = 0;
+                insertSrcEnd( ofp, funcname );
+            }
+            if ( ctag->linenum == lnum )
+            {
+                if ( typeOk( ctag->type ) )
+                {
+                    roboHeader( ofp, ctag->fname, ctag->name, ctag->type,
+                                ctag->decl );
+                    funcline = lnum;
+                    funcname = ctag->name;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+            else if ( ctag->next )
+            {
+                ctag = ctag->next;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }                       /* end ctag loop */
+        fprintf( ofp, "%s", buf );
+    }
+
+    if ( incSrc && funcline )
+    {
+        insertSrcEnd( ofp, funcname );
+    }
+
+    fclose( ifp );
+    fclose( ofp );
+}
+
+/********** insertHeaders */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/doCtagsExec
+*  NAME
+*    doCtagsExec
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static FILE * doCtagsExec(char *fname)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static FILE        *
+doCtagsExec( char *fname )
+{
+    int                 fd[2], pid;
+    FILE               *incoming;
+    char               *mybin, *bin = "ctags";
+
+    mybin = ( ctagsBin[0] ? ctagsBin : bin );
+
+    if ( pipe( fd ) == -1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( stderr, "pipe failed\n" );
+        exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( ( pid = fork(  ) ) == 0 )
+    {
+        close( 1 );
+        dup( fd[1] );
+        close( fd[0] );
+        if ( execlp( mybin, mybin, "-x", fname, NULL ) == -1 )
+        {
+            fprintf( stderr, "execlp failed\n" );
+            exit( 1 );
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( pid == -1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( stderr, "fork failed\n" );
+        exit( 1 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        close( 0 );
+        dup( fd[0] );
+        close( fd[1] );
+
+        if ( ( incoming = fdopen( 0, "r" ) ) == NULL )
+        {
+            fprintf( stderr, "fdopen failed\n" );
+            exit( 1 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return incoming;
+}
+
+/********** doCtagsExec */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/doFile
+*  NAME
+*    doFile
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void doFile(char *proj, char *fname)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+doFile( char *proj, char *fname )
+{
+    char                buf[MAXLINE];
+
+    /* backup */
+    sprintf( buf, "/bin/cp -p %s %s~", fname, fname );
+    system( buf );
+
+    if ( parseCtagsX( doCtagsExec( fname ) ) < 1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( stderr, "no tags\n" );
+        exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    arrangeCtags( ctags );
+    sprintf( buf, "%s~", fname );
+    insertHeaders( ctags, proj, fname, buf );
+}
+
+/********** doFile */
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/cleanUp
+*  NAME
+*    cleanUp
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    static void cleanUp(void)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+static void
+cleanUp( void )
+{
+
+}
+
+/********** cleanUp */
+
+
+/****f* ROBOhdrs/main
+*  NAME
+*    main
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*    int main(int argc, char **argv)
+*  SOURCE
+*/
+int
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+    initMe(  );
+    cmdLine( argc, argv );
+    argc -= optind;
+    argv += optind;
+    if ( argc == 1 )
+    {
+        doFile( projName, argv[0] );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        usage(  );
+    }
+    cleanUp(  );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/********** main */
+
+
+#endif /*  HAVE_FORK  */
+
diff --git a/Source/rtf_generator.c b/Source/rtf_generator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff4ef12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/rtf_generator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+// vi: spell ff=unix
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+/****h* ROBODoc/RTF_Generator
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   A collection of functions to generate output in RTF format.
+ *   Supports sections upto 7 levels deep.
+ * TODO
+ *   Documentation
+ * MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *   ????-??-??   Anthon Pang       V1.0
+ *   2003-02-03   Frans Slothouber  Refactoring
+ *   Anthon Pang
+ *****
+ * $Id: rtf_generator.c,v 1.27 2007/07/10 19:13:52 gumpu Exp $ 
+ */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "rtf_generator.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "robodoc.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "headers.h"
+#include "generator.h"
+
+#ifdef DMALLOC
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    /* Find out how to emphasize this in rtf */
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "%s", name );
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count )
+{
+    int                 i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+    {
+        struct RB_header   *cur_header = headers[i];
+
+        if ( cur_header->name && cur_header->function_name )
+        {
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "{" );
+            RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->name );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "}{\\v " );
+            RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->function_name );
+            fprintf( dest_doc, "}\\line\n" );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( name );
+    /* Empty */
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\par \\fs18 %s ", name );
+}
+
+char               *RB_RTF_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void )
+{
+    return ".rtf";
+}
+
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\par {\\s%d %s \\par} \\pard\\plain\n", depth, name );
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( dest_doc );
+    USE( depth );
+    USE( name );
+    /* empty */
+}
+
+/*x**f* RTF_Generator/RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char toc )
+{
+    USE( toc );
+
+    /* RTF header */
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "{\\rtf1\\ansi \\deff0"
+             "{\\fonttbl;"
+             "\\f0\\fswiss MS Sans Serif;"
+             "\\f1\\fmodern Courier New;"
+             "\\f2\\ftech Symbol;"
+             "}"
+             "{\\colortbl;"
+             "\\red255\\green255\\blue255;"
+             "\\red0\\green0\\blue0;" "\\red0\\green0\\blue255;" "}" );
+
+    /* RTF document info */
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "{\\info"
+             "{\\title %s}" "{\\comment\n" " Source: %s\n", name, src_name );
+    if ( course_of_action.do_nogenwith )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, " " "}" "}" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, " " COMMENT_ROBODOC " " "}" "}" );
+    }
+
+    /* RTF stylesheet */
+    fprintf( dest_doc,
+             "{\\stylesheet\n"
+             "{\\s1 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel0\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 1;}\n"
+             "{\\s2 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel1\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 2;}\n"
+             "{\\s3 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel2\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 3;}\n"
+             "{\\s4 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel3\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 4;}\n"
+             "{\\s5 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel4\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 5;}\n"
+             "{\\s6 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel5\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 6;}\n"
+             "{\\s7 \\fs20 \\keepn\\widctlpar\\jclisttab \\outlinelevel6\\adjustright \\cgrid \\sbasedon0 \\snext0 heading 7;}}\n" );
+    /* RTF document format */
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "{\\margl1440\\margr1440}\\fs18\n" );
+
+    /* RTF document section */
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\f0\\cb1\\cf3\\b1\\qc"
+             "{\\super #{\\footnote{\\super #}%s_TOC}}"
+             "{\\super ${\\footnote{\\super $}Contents}}"
+             "{TABLE OF CONTENTS}\\ql\\b0\\fs20\\cf2\\par\n", src_name );
+}
+
+/*x**f* RTF_Generator/RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_End --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name )
+{
+    USE( name );
+
+    fputc( '}', dest_doc );
+}
+
+/*x**f* RTF_Generator/RB_RTF_Generate_Header_Start
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_RTF_Generate_Header_Start --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    if ( cur_header->name && cur_header->function_name )
+    {
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->function_name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\page {\\super #{\\footnote{\\super #}" );
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->function_name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}}{\\super ${\\footnote{\\super $}" );
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}} " );
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, cur_header->name );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "\\line\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+/*x**f* RTF_Generator/RB_RTF_Generate_Header_End
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_RTF_Generate_Header_End --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header )
+{
+    USE( cur_header );
+
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\par\n" );
+}
+
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\\line {\\f1{} \\fs18" );
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fputc( '}', dest_doc );
+    fputc( '\n', dest_doc );
+}
+
+/*x**f* RTF_Generator/RB_RTF_Generate_Empty_Item
+ * NAME
+ *   RB_RTF_Generate_Empty_Item --
+ ******
+ */
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc )
+{
+    fprintf( dest_doc, "\n" );
+}
+
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname
+     )
+{
+    USE( dest_name );
+    USE( filename );
+
+    if ( strcmp( labelname, linkname ) )
+    {
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "{\\b " );
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, linkname );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}{\\v " );
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, labelname );
+        fprintf( dest_doc, "}" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RB_RTF_Generate_String( dest_doc, labelname );
+    }
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *a_string )
+{
+    int                 i;
+    int                 l = strlen( a_string );
+    unsigned char       c;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < l; ++i )
+    {
+        c = a_string[i];
+        RB_RTF_Generate_Char( dest_doc, c );
+    }
+}
+
+void RB_RTF_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c )
+{
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+    case '\n':
+        assert( 0 );
+        break;
+    case '\t':
+        assert( 0 );
+        break;
+    case '\\':
+    case '{':
+    case '}':
+        fputc( '\\', dest_doc );
+        fputc( c, dest_doc );
+        break;
+    default:
+        fputc( c, dest_doc );
+    }
+}
diff --git a/Source/rtf_generator.h b/Source/rtf_generator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0a1bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/rtf_generator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#ifndef ROBODOC_RTF_GENERATOR_H
+#define ROBODOC_RTF_GENERATOR_H
+
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1994-2007  Frans Slothouber, Jacco van Weert, Petteri Kettunen,
+Bernd Koesling, Thomas Aglassinger, Anthon Pang, Stefan Kost, David Druffner,
+Sasha Vasko, Kai Hofmann, Thierry Pierron, Friedrich Haase, and Gergely Budai.
+
+This file is part of ROBODoc
+
+ROBODoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see .
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "headers.h"
+
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_TOC_2(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header **headers,
+    int count );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *src_name,
+    char *name,
+    char toc );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Doc_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Header_Start(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Header_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    struct RB_header *cur_header );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Empty_Item(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *dest_name,
+    char *filename,
+    char *labelname,
+    char *linkname );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Char(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int c );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_EndSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_BeginSection(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    int depth,
+    char *name );
+
+/* size_t RB_RTF_Get_Len_Extension(); */
+/* void RB_RTF_Add_Extension(char* name); */
+char               *RB_RTF_Get_Default_Extension(
+    void );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Name(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Item_Begin(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Item_End(
+    FILE *dest_doc );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_Label(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_False_Link(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *name );
+void                RB_RTF_Generate_String(
+    FILE *dest_doc,
+    char *a_string );
+
+#endif /* ROBODOC_RTF_GENERATOR_H */
diff --git a/Source/t/ROBOTestFrame.pm b/Source/t/ROBOTestFrame.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b06f6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/ROBOTestFrame.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+# vi: ff=unix spell
+#****h* ROBODoc/ROBOTestFrame
+# FUNCTION
+#   A Perl module with a set of handy functions to create
+#   test scripts.
+#
+#   These function are:
+#   * runrobo
+#   * add_source
+#   * add_configuration
+#   * clean
+#   * mkdocdir
+#   * is_latex_balanced
+#   * read_hexdump
+#
+#*****
+
+package ROBOTestFrame;
+require Exporter;
+  @ISA    = qw(Exporter);
+  @EXPORT = qw(
+    runrobo
+    add_source
+    add_configuration
+    clean mkdocdir
+    is_latex_balanced
+    read_hexdump
+    );  # symbols to export on request
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+# TODO  Try to get this to work without IPC::Run
+use IPC::Run 'run';
+use File::Path;
+use File::Basename;
+use IO::File;
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/robo_win, robo_unix
+# FUNCTION
+#   Location of the ROBODoc executable.
+# SOURCE
+#
+my $robo_win = "../robodoc.exe";
+my $robo_unix = "../robodoc";
+#****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/source_directory
+# FUNCTION
+#   Name of the source directory used to test ROBODoc.
+# SOURCE
+#
+my $source_directory  = "Src";
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/documentation_directory
+# FUNCTION
+#   Name of the documentation directory used to test ROBODoc.
+# SOURCE
+my $documentation_directory  = "Doc";
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/configuration_directory
+# FUNCTION
+#   Name of the documentation directory used to test ROBODoc.
+# SOURCE
+my $configuration_directory = "Config";
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/runrobo
+# FUNCTION
+#   Run robodoc with the given set of
+#   arguments and capture all output to
+#   stdout en stderr.
+# INPUTS
+#   A list of options for robodoc.exr
+# RETURNS
+#   stdout and stderr.
+# SOURCE
+#
+sub runrobo
+{
+    my $robo = '';
+    if ( $^O eq 'linux' ) {
+	$robo = $robo_unix;
+    } else {
+	$robo = $robo_win;
+    }
+    run( [ $robo, @_ ], \my( $in, $out, $err ) );
+    return ($out, $err);
+}
+#*****
+
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/add_configuration
+# FUNCTION
+#   Add a configuration file somewhere in Config/
+# INPUTS
+#   - filepath -- path to a file.
+#   - configuration -- the content for this file
+#   - binary -- write the raw bytes.  [optional]
+# SOURCE
+#
+sub add_configuration
+{
+    my $filepath = shift;
+    my $configuration   = shift;
+    my $binary     = shift;
+    add_file( $configuration_directory, $filepath, $configuration, $binary )
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/add_source
+# FUNCTION
+#   Add a single source file somewhere in Src/
+# INPUTS
+#   - filepath -- path to a file.
+#   - source_code -- the source code to go into this file
+#   - binary -- write the raw bytes. [optional]
+# SOURCE
+#
+sub add_source
+{
+    my $filepath = shift;
+    my $source_code   = shift;
+    my $binary     = shift;
+
+    add_file( $source_directory, $filepath, $source_code, $binary )
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/add_file
+# FUNCTION
+#   Add a single file somewhere in base_path.
+# INPUTS
+#   - base_path -- base path
+#   - filepath -- relative path to a file.
+#   - content  -- the content to go into this file
+#   - binary -- write the raw bytes. [optional]
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+sub add_file
+{
+    my $base_path = shift;
+    my $filepath  = shift;
+    my $content   = shift;
+    my $binary    = shift;
+
+    my $path = $base_path . dirname( $filepath );
+
+    $path =~ s/\.$//;  # Fix for Perl 5.8.0 under Linux.
+
+    if ( ! -e "$path" ) {
+        mkpath $path or die "can't create $path";
+    }
+
+    my $full_filepath = "$base_path/$filepath";
+    my $file = IO::File->new(">$full_filepath") or 
+         die "Can't open $full_filepath";
+    if ( $binary and ( $binary eq 'binary' ) ) {
+        binmode( $file );
+    }
+    print $file $content;
+    $file->close();
+}
+#*****
+
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/clean
+# FUNCTION
+#    Clean source and documentation directories.
+# SOURCE
+#
+sub clean
+{
+    if ( -e $source_directory ) {
+        rmtree( $source_directory ) or die;
+    }
+    if ( -e $documentation_directory ) {
+        rmtree( $documentation_directory ) or die;
+    }
+    if ( -e $configuration_directory ) {
+        rmtree( $configuration_directory ) or die;
+    }
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/mkdocdir
+# FUNCTION
+#   Create a empty documentation directory.
+#   This is handy for tests that use --singledoc.
+# SOURCE
+sub mkdocdir
+{
+    if ( ! -e $documentation_directory ) {
+        mkpath( $documentation_directory );
+    }
+}
+
+#****
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/is_latex_balanced
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test the balance of a latex file.
+#   A latex file is balanced if every
+#     /begin{xxxx}
+#   is ended with a
+#     /end{xxx}
+# INPUTS
+#   * path - path to a latex file.
+# RETURNS
+#   * 0 -- file is not balanced
+#   * 1 -- file is balanced
+# SOURCE
+
+sub is_latex_balanced {
+    my $path = shift;
+    my @stack;
+    local( $/ ) ;
+    my $file = IO::File->new("<$path") or die "$path : $!";
+    my $string = <$file>;
+    $file->close();
+
+    while ( $string =~ m/(begin|end)\{([^}]+)\}/g ) {
+        my $b_e  = $1;  # begin or end
+        my $kind = $2;  # document, or equation, or ...
+        if ( $b_e eq "begin" ) {
+            push( @stack, $kind );
+        } else {
+            if ( pop( @stack ) eq $kind ) {
+                # OK.  begin and end matches.
+            } else {
+                # Not OK!  
+                #   begin{ something }
+                # followed by 
+                #   end{ something else }
+                return 0;  # Failure.
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+    if ( scalar( @stack ) ) {
+        # there are items left!
+        return 0; # Not OK.
+    }
+    return 1;  # OK!
+}
+#******
+
+
+#****f* ROBOTestFrame/read_hexdump
+# FUNCTION
+#   Reads a hexdump made with xxd (part of vim http://www.vim.org/) 
+#   This makes it possible to add files with all kinds of
+#   different formats and characters.
+#
+#   Storing it in hexdump format makes sure that these files are
+#   not changed when they are checked into cvs or unzipped.
+#
+#   This makes is possible to test cr/lf problems and internationalization
+#   issues.
+#
+# INPUTS
+#   * path - path to a hexdump file.
+# RETURNS
+#   The decoded content of the file as a single string.
+# SOURCE
+
+sub read_hexdump {
+    my $path = shift;
+    my $file = IO::File->new("<$path") or die "$path : $!";
+
+    my $string = '';
+    my @all_bytes = ();
+    while ( my $line = <$file> ) {
+        $line =~ s/^\S+:\s//; # remove address
+        $line =~ s/\s\s+.*$//; # remove ascii
+        $line =~ s/(\S\S)(\S\S)/$1 $2/g;
+        # Now only the words are left.
+        my @data = split( /\s/, $line );
+        my @bytes = map { chr hex } @data;
+        push( @all_bytes, @bytes );
+    }
+    # TODO try a join() here.
+    foreach my $c ( @all_bytes ) {
+        $string .= $c;
+    }
+
+    $file->close();
+    return $string;
+}
+
+#******
+
+1;
diff --git a/Source/t/Robodoc.pm b/Source/t/Robodoc.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..625027c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/Robodoc.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+0;
+# OBSOLETE
+#
diff --git a/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_header_c.xxd b/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_header_c.xxd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1030f9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_header_c.xxd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+0000000: 2a2a 2a2a 662a 2074 6573 742f 6973 6f38  ****f* test/iso8
+0000010: 3835 392d 310d 0a2a 2046 554e 4354 494f  859-1..* FUNCTIO
+0000020: 4e0d 0a2a 2054 6869 7320 6973 2061 2074  N..* This is a t
+0000030: 6573 7420 6f66 2049 534f 2d38 3835 392d  est of ISO-8859-
+0000040: 3120 696e 7075 743a 20e4 f6fc 20c4 d6dc  1 input: ... ...
+0000050: 20df 20b2 b9b3 0d0a 2a0d 0a2a 2041 c420   . .....*..* A. 
+0000060: 313a 2041 2072 6567 756c 6172 206c 696e  1: A regular lin
+0000070: 652c 206e 6f74 2061 2070 7265 666f 726d  e, not a preform
+0000080: 6174 7465 6420 6974 656d 2c20 636f 6e74  atted item, cont
+0000090: 6169 6e69 6e67 2061 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343  aining a non-ASC
+00000a0: 4949 2063 6861 720d 0a2a 0d0a 2a20 c441  II char..*..* .A
+00000b0: 2032 3a20 4120 7072 6566 6f72 6d61 7474   2: A preformatt
+00000c0: 6564 2069 7465 6d20 2862 7567 3f29 2c20  ed item (bug?), 
+00000d0: 7374 6172 7469 6e67 2077 6974 6820 6120  starting with a 
+00000e0: 6e6f 6e2d 4153 4349 4920 6368 6172 0d0a  non-ASCII char..
+00000f0: 2a0d 0a2a 20dc 5520 333a 2041 2072 6567  *..* .U 3: A reg
+0000100: 756c 6172 206c 696e 652c 2073 7461 7274  ular line, start
+0000110: 696e 6720 7769 7468 2061 2064 6966 6665  ing with a diffe
+0000120: 7265 6e74 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 2063  rent non-ASCII c
+0000130: 6861 720d 0a2a 0d0a 2a20 5472 616e 736c  har..*..* Transl
+0000140: 6174 6520 7769 7468 3a0d 0a2a 2072 6f62  ate with:..* rob
+0000150: 6f64 6f63 202d 2d73 7263 2069 736f 3838  odoc --src iso88
+0000160: 3539 2d31 2e74 7874 202d 2d64 6f63 2069  59-1.txt --doc i
+0000170: 736f 3838 3539 2d31 646f 6320 2d2d 7369  so8859-1doc --si
+0000180: 6e67 6c65 6669 6c65 202d 2d68 746d 6c20  nglefile --html 
+0000190: 2d2d 6e6f 7072 650d 0a2a 0d0a 2a20 c448  --nopre..*..* .H
+00001a0: 4e4c 4943 4845 204d 4f44 454c 4c45 0d0a  NLICHE MODELLE..
+00001b0: 2a20 4669 7273 7420 6368 6172 206f 6620  * First char of 
+00001c0: 7468 6973 2069 7465 6d20 6e61 6d65 2069  this item name i
+00001d0: 7320 6d69 7373 696e 670d 0a2a 0d0a 2a20  s missing..*..* 
+00001e0: dc42 4552 5452 4147 4241 524b 4549 540d  .BERTRAGBARKEIT.
+00001f0: 0a2a 2041 6e6f 7468 6572 2069 7465 6d20  .* Another item 
+0000200: 6e61 6d65 2073 7461 7274 696e 6720 7769  name starting wi
+0000210: 7468 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 0d0a 2a2a  th non-ASCII..**
+0000220: 2a2a 2a0d 0a0d 0a                        ***....
diff --git a/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_robodoc_rc.xxd b/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_robodoc_rc.xxd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f790322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/TestData/iso8859-1_german_robodoc_rc.xxd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+0000000: 6974 656d 733a 0d0a 2020 2020 4655 4e43  items:..    FUNC
+0000010: 5449 4f4e 0d0a 2020 2020 c448 4e4c 4943  TION..    .HNLIC
+0000020: 4845 204d 4f44 454c 4c45 0d0a 2020 2020  HE MODELLE..    
+0000030: dc42 4552 5452 4147 4241 524b 4549 540d  .BERTRAGBARKEIT.
+0000040: 0a0d 0a                                  ...
diff --git a/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_unix_rc.xxd b/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_unix_rc.xxd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8484991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_unix_rc.xxd
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+0000000: 6974 656d 733a 0a20 2020 2054 4553 540a  items:.    TEST.
+0000010: 2020 2020 464f 4f0a 2020 2020 4241 520a      FOO.    BAR.
+0000020: 6974 656d 206f 7264 6572 3a0a 2020 2020  item order:.    
+0000030: 4241 520a 2020 2020 464f 4f0a            BAR.    FOO.
diff --git a/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_windows_rc.xxd b/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_windows_rc.xxd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23a1246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/TestData/robodoc_windows_rc.xxd
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+0000000: 6974 656d 733a 0d0a 2020 2020 4241 520d  items:..    BAR.
+0000010: 0a20 2020 2046 4f4f 0d0a 2020 2020 534e  .    FOO..    SN
+0000020: 4146 550d 0a69 7465 6d20 6f72 6465 723a  AFU..item order:
+0000030: 0d0a 2020 2020 4241 520d 0a              ..    BAR..
diff --git a/Source/t/ascii.t b/Source/t/ascii.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2c74d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/ascii.t
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+use Test::File;
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/ASCII Generator
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test ROBODoc ASCII generator.
+#
+#****
+
+
+#****v* ASCII Generator/dummy_header_1
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+# SOURCE
+#
+    my $dummy_header_1 = <<'EOF';
+C     ****f* Lib/Func
+C     NAME
+C       Func -- useless
+C       Computes the value:
+C        |latex \begin{equation}
+C        |latex x = 0
+C        |latex \end{equation}
+C        app
+C
+C     SYNOPSIS
+C       Func = Func (n)
+C       Computes the value:
+C        |latex \begin{equation}
+C        |latex x = 0
+C        |latex \end{equation}
+C     BUGS
+C       Generates screwy TeX
+C     ***
+      real function Func(n)
+        Func = 0
+      end function Func
+
+EOF
+
+#****
+
+
+#****v* ASCII Generator/dummy_header_2
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+# SOURCE
+#
+    my $dummy_header_2 = <<'EOF';
+C     ****f* Lib/Func
+C     NAME
+C       Func -- useless
+C     SYNOPSIS
+C       Example:
+C         Foo foo foo
+C         foo
+C
+C       Test paragraph.
+C       Do da diddi do da dom dom.
+C
+C     BUGS
+C       A list test:
+C       * item 1
+C       * item 2
+C       * item 3
+C
+C     ***
+      real function Func(n)
+        Func = 0
+      end function Func
+
+EOF
+
+#****
+
+
+#****x* ASCII Generator/smoke test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Try different combination of options.
+#   This should not cause any asserts().
+#
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my @sources = ( \$dummy_header_1, \$dummy_header_2 );
+
+    foreach my $source_ref ( @sources ) {
+        foreach my $mode_1 qw( --sections --toc --index --nopre ) {
+            foreach my $mode_2 qw( --singledoc --multidoc ) {
+                mkdocdir();
+                add_source( "test.c", $$source_ref );
+                my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(
+                    qw(--src Src
+                    --doc Doc/test
+                    --ascii
+                    ), $mode_1, $mode_2 );
+                # expected results:
+                is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+                is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+                my $file_name;
+                # Docments names differ for the different
+                # modes.
+                if ( $mode_2 eq "--multidoc" ) {
+                    $file_name = "Doc/test/test_c.txt";
+                } else {
+                    $file_name = "Doc/test.txt";
+                }
+                file_exists_ok( $file_name, 
+                    'there should be documentation' );
+                clean();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/t/basics.t b/Source/t/basics.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..237cfe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/basics.t
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+#!perl
+# vi: spell ff=unix
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+use Test::File;
+use XML::Simple;
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/Basics
+# FUNCTION
+#   Tests basic ROBODoc funcionallity.  These are all
+#   'happy paths'.
+#
+#****
+
+#****v* Basics/Dummy Headers
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+# SOURCE
+#
+my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ ******
+ */
+EOF
+#*****
+
+#****x* Basics/Option version
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test robodoc --version, this should report the current version.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo('--version');
+    like( $out, qr/\d+\.\d+.\d+/, '--version should print version number' );
+    is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+}
+#****
+
+#****x* Basics/Option help
+# FUNCTION 
+#   Test the option --help.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo('--help');
+    like( $out, qr/ROBODoc Version/, '--help should print version number' );
+    is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+}
+#****
+
+
+#****x* Basics/Option multidoc
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test --multidoc for html output format.
+#   (Multidoc for other modes does not make much sense).
+#   We create one source file with a simple header and create multidoc
+# SOURCE
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --html));
+    # expected results:
+    is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+    is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+    file_exists_ok( "Doc/test_c.html", 'there should be documentation' );
+    file_exists_ok( "Doc/robodoc.css", 'and a stylesheet' );
+
+    clean();
+}
+#****
+
+
+# TODO FS
+# test --multidoc for --troff
+#
+
+# TODO FS
+# test --css
+#
+
+#****x* Basics/Singledoc Outputmode with Different Formats
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test singledoc mode  for all supported output formats 
+#   and see if it creates output in this format.
+#
+# SOURCE
+
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+
+    my %output_modes = (
+        '--html'  => 'html',
+        '--rtf'   => 'rtf',
+        '--test'  => 'xml', 
+        '--latex' => 'tex',
+        '--dbxml' => 'xml',
+    );
+
+    foreach my $mode ( keys %output_modes ) {
+        my $file_extension = $output_modes{$mode};
+
+        my @arguments = qw(--src Src --doc testdoc --singledoc);
+        push( @arguments, $mode );
+
+        my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(@arguments);
+        is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+        is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+        file_exists_ok( "testdoc.$file_extension",
+            'there should be documentation' );
+        if ( $mode eq "--html" ) {
+            file_exists_ok( "testdoc.css", 'and a stylesheet' );
+        }
+
+        unlink("testdoc.$file_extension") if -e "testdoc.$file_extension";
+        unlink('testdoc.css')             if -e 'testdoc.css';
+
+    }
+
+    clean();
+}
+
+#****
+
+#****v* Basics/test_source_2
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+#   This one has headers at several levels.
+# SOURCE
+#
+my $test_source_2 = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Level_1/Level_2
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ ******
+ */
+
+/****f* Level_2/_Level_3
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ ******
+ */
+
+/****f* Level_3/_Level_4
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ ******
+ */
+
+EOF
+#*****
+
+
+#****x* Basics/Option first section level
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test --first_section_level.
+#
+#   The level of the first section should be
+#   at level 3 instead of 1.
+#
+# SOURCE
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $test_source_2 );
+    mkdocdir();
+    my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(
+        qw(--src Src
+           --doc Doc/test
+           --singledoc
+           --sections
+           --test
+           --toc
+           --first_section_level 3));
+    # expected results:
+    is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+    is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+    file_exists_ok( "Doc/test.xml", 'there should be documentation' );
+
+    # Now test the level of the first header.
+    my $documentation = XMLin( 'Doc/test.xml' );
+    my $section = $documentation->{'section'};
+    is ( $section->[0]->{'depth'}, '3', 'First section is at level 3' );
+    my $subsection = $section->[0]->{'section'};
+    is ( $subsection->{'depth'}, '4', 'First subsection is at level 4' );
+    is ( $section->[1]->{'depth'}, '3', 'Second section is at level 3' );
+
+    clean();
+}
+#****
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Source/t/encoding.t b/Source/t/encoding.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d803e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/encoding.t
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# vi: ff=unix spell
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/Encoding
+# FUNCTION
+#    Test decoding en encoding of non 7bit ASCII characters.
+#*****
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+use Test::File;
+use XML::Simple;
+use Data::Dumper;
+
+#
+# This tests a header with item names that start with 
+# an letter with an umlaut.
+# ROBODoc currently has some problems with this.
+#
+
+{
+    my $source = read_hexdump( 'TestData/iso8859-1_german_header_c.xxd' );
+    my $config = read_hexdump( 'TestData/iso8859-1_german_robodoc_rc.xxd' );
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source, 'binary' );
+    add_configuration( "test.rc", $config, 'binary' );
+    mkdocdir();
+    my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(qw(
+        --src Src
+        --doc Doc/test
+        --rc Config/test.rc
+        --singledoc --test --nopre ));
+    # expected results:
+    is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+    is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+    file_exists_ok( "Doc/test.xml", 'there should be documentation' );
+
+    my $documentation = XMLin( 'Doc/test.xml' );
+    my $header = $documentation->{'header'};
+#    is ( $header->{'name'}, 'Test Foo Bar/Name With Spaces', 'Header name' );
+    my $items = $header->{'item'};
+    print Dumper( $items );
+    my $body = $items->{'FUNCTION'}->{'item_body'};
+
+    # TODO  currently a bug in robodoc.
+    is( $body->{'pre'}, undef, 'No preformatted stuff in the body' );
+    clean();
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Source/t/errors.t b/Source/t/errors.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80caf34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/errors.t
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+#!perl
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/Handling Errors
+# FUNCTION
+#    Test wether calling ROBODoc with wrong options or input leads
+#    to the correct error messages.
+#*****
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+
+# A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+#
+my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ ******
+ */
+EOF
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Error on Non-existing Option
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc should complain about non-existing options.
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( '--foobar' );
+    like($out, qr/Usage/, 'Unknown option should print usage' );
+    like($err, qr/Invalid/, 'and an error message'   );
+}
+#*****
+
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Error on Mutual Excluding Options
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc should complain about options that can not be used
+#   together.
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --singledoc --html) );
+    like($out, qr/Usage/, 'Mutual excluding options should print usage' );
+    print $err;
+    like($err, qr/together/, 'and an error message'   );
+    clean();
+}
+#*****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Error on Mutual Excluding Options II
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc should complain about options that can not be used
+#   together.
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test --dbxml --html) );
+    like($out, qr/Usage/, 'Mutual excluding options should print usage' );
+    print $err;
+    like($err, qr/together/, 'and an error message'   );
+    clean();
+}
+#*****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Error on Duplicate Options
+# FUNCTION
+#   ROBODoc should complain about options that are specifed more
+#   than once.
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw( --src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test --test --test) );
+    print $out;
+    like($out, qr/Usage/, 'Duplicate options should print usage' );
+    print $err;
+    like($err, qr/than\sonce/, 'and an error message'   );
+    clean();
+}
+#*****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Error on Non-existing rc file
+# FUNCTION
+#   When given a non-existing .rc file, ROBODc should
+#   at least report the name of the .rc file.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( '--rc foobar.rc' );
+    like($err, qr/foobar/, 'should give an error message about foorbar.rc' );
+}
+#*****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Impossible output file
+# FUNCTION
+#   When given a impossible output filename ROBODoc should
+#   at least report the filename.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Foo/Bar/document --singledoc --html) );
+    like($err, qr/document/, 'should give an error message about document' );
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Non-existing css file
+# FUNCTION
+#   When given  a impossible css filename ROBODoc should
+#   at least report the filename.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --html --css Foo/Bar/cascade.css) );
+    like($err, qr/cascade/, 'should give an error message about css file' );
+}
+
+#*****
+
+
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Header without end marker
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test ROBODoc's response on a header without an
+#   end marker. ROBODoc should detect this.
+# SOURCE
+#
+
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+some source
+
+and no end of the header  ....
+
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    like( $err, qr/end\smarker/, 'error about end marker' );
+    clean();
+}
+
+#****
+
+#****x* Handling Errors/Headers with duplicate names
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test ROBODoc's response to a file with two headers that
+#   have the same name. This should be reported as an error.
+# SOURCE
+
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ *****
+ */
+
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ *****
+ */
+
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    like( $err, qr/already\sexists/, 'error duplicate header' );
+    clean();
+}
+
+#*****
+
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * FOO
+ *   test
+ ******/
+EOF
+
+    my $rc_file = <<'EOF';
+items:
+    FOO
+    BAR
+    SNAFU
+item order:
+    FOO
+    BARRRRRR
+    SNAFU
+EOF
+
+    add_configuration( "robodoc.rc", $rc_file );
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    mkdocdir();
+
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(
+        --src Src 
+        --doc Doc 
+        --multidoc 
+        --rc Config/robodoc.rc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    like( $err, qr/item/, 'An unknown item is reported' );
+
+    clean();
+}
diff --git a/Source/t/headers.t b/Source/t/headers.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958877f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/headers.t
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+#!perl
+# vi: spell ff=unix
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+use XML::Simple;
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/Header Test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Tests the parsing of ROBODoc headers.
+#
+#*****
+
+#****x* Header Test/Happy Path
+# FUNCTION
+#   Happy Path Simple plain header. This definitely should work
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ ******
+ */
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err, '', 'and no error' );
+    clean();
+}
+#*******
+
+
+#****x* Header Test/Names with Spaces
+# FUNCTION
+#   Try a header name with spaces and some '*' at
+#   the end.  The '*' should be ignored.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test Foo Bar/Name With Spaces ****
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ ******
+ */
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err, '', 'and no error' );
+    my $documentation = XMLin( 'Doc/test_c.xml' );
+    my $header = $documentation->{'header'};
+    is ( $header->{'name'}, 'Test Foo Bar/Name With Spaces', 'Header name' );
+
+    clean();
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****x* Header Test/Multiple Names with Spaces
+# FUNCTION
+#   Try several header with names that contain spaces.
+#   These should be accepted.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test Foo Bar/Name With Spaces, And Anotherone,
+ *                   And One More, More
+ * NAME
+ *   Test
+ * FUNCTION
+ *   Test2
+ ******
+ */
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --multidoc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err, '', 'and no error' );
+    my $documentation = XMLin( 'Doc/test_c.xml' );
+    my $header = $documentation->{'header'};
+    is ( $header->{'name'}, 'Test Foo Bar/Name With Spaces', 'Header name' );
+
+    clean();
+}
+
+#*****
+
+#****x* Header Test/Broken header
+# FUNCTION
+#  Try several header with names that contain spaces.
+#  These should be accepted.
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+{****f* xxxxxx/x_xxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
+*
+*OMSCHRIJVING
+*xxxx xxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx
+xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
+*xxxxxxxxx x_xxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxx
+*
+*INVOER
+*xxxxxxx : xxx xxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxx xx xxx
+xx
+* xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx.
+*xxxxxxxxxxx : xxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxx xx xxxxx xxxxxx xx xxxxxxxxxx
+* xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xx
+*RETURNWAARDE
+*xxxx__xxxxxxx, x_xxx_xxxxxxxxx, xxxx__xxxxxxxx, x_xxx_xxxxxxxx,
+*x_xxx_xxxxxxxxx, x_xxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx x_xxxx_xxxxxx_xxx
+xxxxxx xxxxx.
+*
+*VOORBEELD
+*x_xxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxx := 5000,
+* xxxxxxxxxxx := xx_xxxxxxxxxxx);
+*DECLARATIE
+*}
+
+{*****}
+EOF
+
+
+    my $config = <<'EOF';
+items:
+    OMSCHRIJVING
+    WIJZIGINGSOVERZICHT
+    DECLARATIE
+    INVOER
+    UITVOER
+    IN-UITVOER
+    PARAMETERS
+    BOUNDARIES
+    RETURNWAARDE
+    ATTRIBUTEN
+    GEBRUIKTE GEGEVENS
+    VOORBEELD
+    ZIE VERDER
+    OPMERKINGEN
+    PRECONDITIE
+    POSTCONDITIE 
+
+item order:
+    OMSCHRIJVING
+    DECLARATIE
+
+source items:
+    DECLARATIE
+    SOURCE
+    
+preformatted items:
+    WIJZIGINGSOVERZICHT
+    INVOER
+    UITVOER   
+    IN-UITVOER
+    PARAMETERS
+    RETURNWAARDE
+    ATTRIBUTEN
+    VOORBEELD
+
+headertypes:
+    h   "Modules"        vptlib_modules
+    f   "Functies"       vptlib_functies
+    v   "Variabelen"     vptlib_variabelen
+    s   "Structuren"     vptlib_structuren
+    e   "Enumeraties"    vptlib_enumeraties
+    c   "Constanten"     vptlib_constanten
+    u   "Unittesten"     vptlib_unittesten
+    t   "Typedefinities" vptlib_typedefs
+    m   "Macros"         vptlib_macros
+    d   "Definities"     vptlib_definities
+
+options:
+    --documenttitle "Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
+    --tabsize 8
+    --index 
+    --sections
+    --sectionnameonly  
+    --nopre
+    --multidoc
+ 
+header markers:
+    /****
+    #****
+    !****
+    {****
+
+remark markers:
+    *
+    #
+    !
+    
+end markers:
+    ****
+    #****
+    !****
+    {****
+
+remark begin markers:
+    /*
+    {*
+
+remark end markers:
+    */
+    *}
+
+source line comments:
+    //
+    !
+    *
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    add_configuration( "test.rc", $config );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(--src Src --doc Doc --rc Config/test.rc --test) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err, '', 'and no error' );
+
+    clean();
+}
+
+#*****
+
+
+
+#****x* Header Test/Circular header
+# FUNCTION
+#   The 3rd header points to the first header, 
+#   completing a circle.  ROBODoc should complain
+#   about this.
+# 
+# SOURCE
+TODO: {
+    local $TODO = "checking circular headers is not implemented yet.";
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+
+/****f* Foo/Bar
+* NAME
+*   Bar
+****/
+
+/****f* Bar/Fii
+ * NAME
+ *   Foo
+ *****/
+
+/****f* Fii/Bar
+ * NAME
+ *   Foo
+ *****/
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(
+        --src Src
+        --doc Doc
+        --multidoc
+        --html
+        --toc
+        --sections
+        ) );
+    # ROBODoc should complain about circular 
+    # headers.
+    isnt( $err, '', 'there should be an error' );
+#    clean();
+}
+
+#*****
diff --git a/Source/t/items.t b/Source/t/items.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dd3e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/items.t
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+#!perl
+# vi: spell ff=unix
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/Item Test
+# FUNCTION
+#   Tests the parsing generation of ROBODoc items.
+#
+#*****
+
+#****x* Item Test/Sorting
+# FUNCTION
+#   Lets see if we can get items sorted according
+#   to the order specified in a robodoc.rc file.
+#
+# SOURCE
+#
+{
+    my $source = <<'EOF';
+/****f* Test/test
+ * FIRST
+ *   Test 1
+ * Second
+ *   Test 2
+ * THIRD
+ *   Test 3
+ * SOURCE
+ */
+
+  Test 4
+
+ /*******/
+EOF
+
+    my $config = <<'EOF';
+items:
+    FIRST
+    Second
+    THIRD
+    FOURTH
+item order:
+    SOURCE
+    THIRD
+EOF
+
+    my $config_no_sort = <<'EOF';
+items:
+    FIRST
+    Second
+    THIRD
+    FOURTH
+EOF
+
+    add_source( "test.c", $source );
+    add_configuration( "robodoc.rc", $config );
+    my ($out, $err) = runrobo( qw(
+        --src Src
+        --doc Doc --multidoc --ascii
+        --rc Config/robodoc.rc
+    ) );
+    is( $out, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err, '', 'and no error' );
+    my $documentation = IO::File->new( " ) {
+        if ( $line =~ m/(SOURCE|THIRD|Second|FIRST)/ ) {
+            push( @items, $1 );
+        }
+    }
+    is( $items[ 0 ], 'SOURCE', 'First item it the source item' );
+    is( $items[ 1 ], 'THIRD',  'Second item it the third item' );
+    is( $items[ 2 ], 'FIRST',  'Third item it the first item' );
+    $documentation->close();
+
+    # Now the same but without sorting
+    add_configuration( "robodoc.rc", $config_no_sort );
+    my ($out2, $err2) = runrobo( qw(
+        --src Src
+        --doc Doc --multidoc --ascii
+        --rc Config/robodoc.rc
+    ) );
+    is( $out2, '', 'no output' );
+    is( $err2, '', 'and no error' );
+
+    $documentation = IO::File->new( " ) {
+        if ( $line =~ m/(SOURCE|THIRD|Second|FIRST)/ ) {
+            push( @items, $1 );
+        }
+    }
+    is( $items[ 0 ], 'FIRST',  'First item it the first item' );
+    is( $items[ 1 ], 'Second', 'Second item it the second item' );
+    is( $items[ 2 ], 'THIRD',  'Third item it the third item' );
+    is( $items[ 3 ], 'SOURCE', 'Fourth item it the fourth' );
+    $documentation->close();
+
+    clean();
+}
+#*******
+
+
diff --git a/Source/t/latex.t b/Source/t/latex.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71c04c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/latex.t
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use ROBOTestFrame;
+use Test::More 'no_plan';
+use Test::File;
+
+#****h* ROBODoc System Tests/LaTeX Generator
+# FUNCTION
+#   Test ROBODoc LaTeX generator.
+#
+#****
+
+
+#****v* LaTeX Generator/dummy_header_1
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+# SOURCE
+#
+    my $dummy_header_1 = <<'EOF';
+C     ****f* Lib/Func
+C     NAME
+C       Func -- useless
+C       Computes the value:
+C        |latex \begin{equation}
+C        |latex x = 0
+C        |latex \end{equation}
+C        app
+C
+C     SYNOPSIS
+C       Func = Func (n)
+C       Computes the value:
+C        |latex \begin{equation}
+C        |latex x = 0
+C        |latex \end{equation}
+C     BUGS
+C       Generates screwy TeX
+C     ***
+      real function Func(n)
+        Func = 0
+      end function Func
+
+EOF
+
+#****
+
+
+#****v* LaTeX Generator/dummy_header_2
+# FUNCTION
+#   A dummy header to put into dummy source files.
+# SOURCE
+#
+    my $dummy_header_2 = <<'EOF';
+C     ****f* Lib/Func
+C     NAME
+C       Func -- useless
+C     SYNOPSIS
+C       Example:
+C         Foo foo foo
+C         foo
+C
+C       Test paragraph.
+C       Do da diddi do da dom dom.
+C
+C     BUGS
+C       A list test:
+C       * item 1
+C       * item 2
+C       * item 3
+C
+C     ***
+      real function Func(n)
+        Func = 0
+      end function Func
+
+EOF
+
+#****
+
+
+#****x* LaTeX Generator/latex is balanced
+# FUNCTION
+#   This function tests whether a generated latex file is balanced
+#   or not.  That is every 
+#     /begin{xxx} 
+#   should end with a 
+#     /end{xxx}
+#   at the same level.
+#
+#   This is tested with several headers and in different modes.
+#
+# SOURCE
+{
+    my @sources = ( \$dummy_header_1, \$dummy_header_2 );
+
+    foreach my $source_ref ( @sources ) {
+        foreach my $mode_1 qw( --sections --toc --index ) {
+            foreach my $mode_2 qw( --nopre --altlatex ) {
+                mkdocdir();
+                add_source( "test.c", $$source_ref );
+                my ( $out, $err ) = runrobo(
+                    qw(--src Src
+                    --doc Doc/test
+                    --singledoc
+                    --latex
+                    ), $mode_1, $mode_2 );
+                # expected results:
+                is( $out, '', 'No ouput' );
+                is( $err, '', '... and no error' );
+                file_exists_ok( "Doc/test.tex", 'there should be documentation' );
+                is( is_latex_balanced( "Doc/test.tex" ), 1, 'latex is balanced' );
+                clean();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+#****
+
diff --git a/Source/t/lib/IPC/Run.pm b/Source/t/lib/IPC/Run.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61ca9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Source/t/lib/IPC/Run.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,4476 @@
+package IPC::Run ;
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999 by Barrie Slaymaker, barries@slaysys.com
+#
+# You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
+# License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file.
+#
+
+$VERSION = "0.80";
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+IPC::Run - system() and background procs w/ piping, redirs, ptys (Unix, Win32)
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+   ## First,a command to run:
+      my @cat = qw( cat ) ;
+
+   ## Using run() instead of system():
+      use IPC::Run qw( run timeout ) ;
+
+      run \@cmd, \$in, \$out, \$err, timeout( 10 ) or die "cat: $?"
+
+      # Can do I/O to sub refs and filenames, too:
+      run \@cmd, '<', "in.txt", \&out, \&err or die "cat: $?"
+      run \@cat, '<', "in.txt", '>>', "out.txt", '2>>', "err.txt" ;
+
+
+      # Redirecting using psuedo-terminals instad of pipes.
+      run \@cat, 'pty>', \$out_and_err ;
+
+   ## Scripting subprocesses (like Expect):
+
+      use IPC::Run qw( start pump finish timeout ) ;
+
+      # Incrementally read from / write to scalars. 
+      # $in is drained as it is fed to cat's stdin,
+      # $out accumulates cat's stdout
+      # $err accumulates cat's stderr
+      # $h is for "harness".
+      my $h = start \@cat, \$in, \$out, \$err, timeout( 10 ) ;
+
+      $in .= "some input\n" ;
+      pump $h until $out =~ /input\n/g ;
+
+      $in .= "some more input\n" ;
+      pump $h until $out =~ /\G.*more input\n/ ;
+
+      $in .= "some final input\n" ;
+      finish $h or die "cat returned $?" ;
+
+      warn $err if $err ; 
+      print $out ;         ## All of cat's output
+
+   # Piping between children
+      run \@cat, '|', \@gzip ;
+
+   # Multiple children simultaneously (run() blocks until all
+   # children exit, use start() for background execution):
+      run \@foo1, '&', \@foo2 ;
+
+   # Calling \&set_up_child in the child before it executes the
+   # command (only works on systems with true fork() & exec())
+   # exceptions thrown in set_up_child() will be propagated back
+   # to the parent and thrown from run().
+      run \@cat, \$in, \$out,
+         init => \&set_up_child ;
+
+   # Read from / write to file handles you open and close
+      open IN,  'out.txt' or die $! ;
+      print OUT "preamble\n" ;
+      run \@cat, \*IN, \*OUT or die "cat returned $?" ;
+      print OUT "postamble\n" ;
+      close IN ;
+      close OUT ;
+
+   # Create pipes for you to read / write (like IPC::Open2 & 3).
+      $h = start
+         \@cat,
+            'pipe', \*OUT,
+            '2>pipe', \*ERR 
+         or die "cat returned $?" ;
+      print IN "some input\n" ;
+      close IN ;
+      print ,  ;
+      finish $h ;
+
+   # Mixing input and output modes
+      run \@cat, 'in.txt', \&catch_some_out, \*ERR_LOG ) ;
+
+   # Other redirection constructs
+      run \@cat, '>&', \$out_and_err ;
+      run \@cat, '2>&1' ;
+      run \@cat, '0<&3' ;
+      run \@cat, '<&-' ;
+      run \@cat, '3<', \$in3 ;
+      run \@cat, '4>', \$out4 ;
+      # etc.
+
+   # Passing options:
+      run \@cat, 'in.txt', debug => 1 ;
+
+   # Call this system's shell, returns TRUE on 0 exit code
+   # THIS IS THE OPPOSITE SENSE OF system()'s RETURN VALUE
+      run "cat a b c" or die "cat returned $?" ;
+
+   # Launch a sub process directly, no shell.  Can't do redirection
+   # with this form, it's here to behave like system() with an
+   # inverted result.
+      $r = run "cat a b c" ;
+
+   # Read from a file in to a scalar
+      run io( "filename", 'r', \$recv ) ;
+      run io( \*HANDLE,   'r', \$recv ) ;
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+IPC::Run allows you run and interact with child processes using files, pipes,
+and pseudo-ttys.  Both system()-style and scripted usages are supported and
+may be mixed.  Likewise, functional and OO API styles are both supported and
+may be mixed.
+
+Various redirection operators reminiscent of those seen on common Unix and DOS
+command lines are provided.
+
+Before digging in to the details a few LIMITATIONS are important enough
+to be mentioned right up front:
+
+=over
+
+=item Win32 Support
+
+Win32 support is working but B, but does pass all relevant tests
+on NT 4.0.  See L.
+
+=item pty Support
+
+If you need pty support, IPC::Run should work well enough most of the
+time, but IO::Pty is being improved, and IPC::Run will be improved to
+use IO::Pty's new features when it is release.
+
+The basic problem is that the pty needs to initialize itself before the
+parent writes to the master pty, or the data written gets lost.  So
+IPC::Run does a sleep(1) in the parent after forking to (hopefully) give
+the child a chance to run.  This is a kludge that works well on non
+heavily loaded systems :(.
+
+ptys are not supported yet under Win32, but will be emulated...
+
+=item Debugging Tip
+
+You may use the environment variable C to see what's going on
+under the hood:
+
+   $ IPCRUNDEBUG=basic   myscript     # prints minimal debugging
+   $ IPCRUNDEBUG=data    myscript     # prints all data reads/writes
+   $ IPCRUNDEBUG=details myscript     # prints lots of low-level details
+   $ IPCRUNDEBUG=gory    myscript     # (Win32 only) prints data moving through
+                                      # the helper processes.
+
+=back
+
+We now return you to your regularly scheduled documentation.
+
+=head2 Harnesses
+
+Child processes and I/O handles are gathered in to a harness, then
+started and run until the processing is finished or aborted.
+
+=head2 run() vs. start(); pump(); finish();
+
+There are two modes you can run harnesses in: run() functions as an
+enhanced system(), and start()/pump()/finish() allow for background
+processes and scripted interactions with them.
+
+When using run(), all data to be sent to the harness is set up in
+advance (though one can feed subprocesses input from subroutine refs to
+get around this limitation). The harness is run and all output is
+collected from it, then any child processes are waited for:
+
+   run \@cmd, \< and C<$err> in our examples.
+
+Regular expressions can be used to wait for appropriate output in
+several ways.  The C example in the previous section demonstrates
+how to pump() until some string appears in the output.  Here's an
+example that uses C to fetch files from a remote server:
+
+   $h = harness \@smbclient, \$in, \$out ;
+
+   $in = "cd /src\n" ;
+   $h->pump until $out =~ /^smb.*> \Z/m ;
+   die "error cding to /src:\n$out" if $out =~ "ERR" ;
+   $out = '' ;
+
+   $in = "mget *\n" ;
+   $h->pump until $out =~ /^smb.*> \Z/m ;
+   die "error retrieving files:\n$out" if $out =~ "ERR" ;
+
+   $in = "quit\n" ;
+   $h->finish ;
+
+Notice that we carefully clear $out after the first command/response
+cycle? That's because IPC::Run does not delete $out when we continue,
+and we don't want to trip over the old output in the second
+command/response cycle.
+
+Say you want to accumulate all the output in $out and analyze it
+afterwards.  Perl offers incremental regular expression matching using
+the C and pattern matching idiom and the C<\G> assertion.
+IPC::Run is careful not to disturb the current C value for
+scalars it appends data to, so we could modify the above so as not to
+destroy $out by adding a couple of C modifiers.  The C keeps us
+from tripping over the previous prompt and the C keeps us from
+resetting the prior match position if the expected prompt doesn't
+materialize immediately:
+
+   $h = harness \@smbclient, \$in, \$out ;
+
+   $in = "cd /src\n" ;
+   $h->pump until $out =~ /^smb.*> \Z/mgc ;
+   die "error cding to /src:\n$out" if $out =~ "ERR" ;
+
+   $in = "mget *\n" ;
+   $h->pump until $out =~ /^smb.*> \Z/mgc ;
+   die "error retrieving files:\n$out" if $out =~ "ERR" ;
+
+   $in = "quit\n" ;
+   $h->finish ;
+
+   analyze( $out ) ;
+
+When using this technique, you may want to preallocate $out to have
+plenty of memory or you may find that the act of growing $out each time
+new input arrives causes an C slowdown as $out grows.
+Say we expect no more than 10,000 characters of input at the most.  To
+preallocate memory to $out, do something like:
+
+   my $out = "x" x 10_000 ;
+   $out = "" ;
+
+C will allocate at least 10,000 characters' worth of space, then
+mark the $out as having 0 length without freeing all that yummy RAM.
+
+=head2 Timeouts and Timers
+
+More than likely, you don't want your subprocesses to run forever, and
+sometimes it's nice to know that they're going a little slowly.
+Timeouts throw exceptions after a some time has elapsed, timers merely
+cause pump() to return after some time has elapsed.  Neither is
+reset/restarted automatically.
+
+Timeout objects are created by calling timeout( $interval ) and passing
+the result to run(), start() or harness().  The timeout period starts
+ticking just after all the child processes have been fork()ed or
+spawn()ed, and are polled for expiration in run(), pump() and finish().
+If/when they expire, an exception is thrown.  This is typically useful
+to keep a subprocess from taking too long.
+
+If a timeout occurs in run(), all child processes will be terminated and
+all file/pipe/ptty descriptors opened by run() will be closed.  File
+descriptors opened by the parent process and passed in to run() are not
+closed in this event.
+
+If a timeout occurs in pump(), pump_nb(), or finish(), it's up to you to
+decide whether to kill_kill() all the children or to implement some more
+graceful fallback.  No I/O will be closed in pump(), pump_nb() or
+finish() by such an exception (though I/O is often closed down in those
+routines during the natural course of events).
+
+Often an exception is too harsh.  timer( $interval ) creates timer
+objects that merely prevent pump() from blocking forever.  This can be
+useful for detecting stalled I/O or printing a soothing message or "."
+to pacify an anxious user.
+
+Timeouts and timers can both be restarted at any time using the timer's
+start() method (this is not the start() that launches subprocesses).  To
+restart a timer, you need to keep a reference to the timer:
+
+   ## Start with a nice long timeout to let smbclient connect.  If
+   ## pump or finish take too long, an exception will be thrown.
+
+ my $h ;
+ eval {
+   $h = harness \@smbclient, \$in, \$out, \$err, ( my $t = timeout 30 ) ;
+   sleep 11 ;  # No effect: timer not running yet
+
+   start $h ;
+   $in = "cd /src\n" ;
+   pump $h until ! length $in ;
+
+   $in = "ls\n" ;
+   ## Now use a short timeout, since this should be faster
+   $t->start( 5 ) ;
+   pump $h until ! length $in ;
+
+   $t->start( 10 ) ;  ## Give smbclient a little while to shut down.
+   $h->finish ;
+ } ;
+ if ( $@ ) {
+   my $x = $@ ;    ## Preserve $@ in case another exception occurs
+   $h->kill_kill ; ## kill it gently, then brutally if need be, or just
+                   ## brutally on Win32.
+   die $x ;
+ }
+
+Timeouts and timers are I checked once the subprocesses are shut
+down; they will not expire in the interval between the last valid
+process and when IPC::Run scoops up the processes' result codes, for
+instance.
+
+=head2 Spawning synchronization, child exception propagation
+
+start() pauses the parent until the child executes the command or CODE
+reference and propagates any exceptions thrown (including exec()
+failure) back to the parent.  This has several pleasant effects: any
+exceptions thrown in the child, including exec() failure, come flying
+out of start() or run() as though they had ocurred in the parent.
+
+This includes exceptions your code thrown from init subs.  In this
+example:
+
+   eval {
+      run \@cmd, init => sub { die "blast it! foiled again!" } ;
+   } ;
+   print $@ ;
+
+the exception "blast it! foiled again" will be thrown from the child
+process (preventing the exec()) and printed by the parent.
+
+In situations like
+
+   run \@cmd1, "|", \@cmd2, "|", \@cmd3 ;
+
+@cmd1 will be initted and exec()ed before @cmd2, and @cmd2 before @cmd3.
+This can save time and prevent oddball errors emitted by later commands
+when earlier commands fail to execute.  Note that IPC::Run doesn't start
+any commands unless it can find the executables referenced by all
+commands.  These executables must pass both the C<-f> and C<-x> tests
+described in L.
+
+Another nice effect is that init() subs can take their time doing things
+and there will be no problems caused by a parent continuing to execute
+before a child's init() routine is complete.  Say the init() routine
+needs to open a socket or a temp file that the parent wants to connect
+to; without this synchronization, the parent will need to implement a
+retry loop to wait for the child to run, since often, the parent gets a
+lot of things done before the child's first timeslice is allocated.
+
+This is also quite necessary for pseudo-tty initialization, which needs
+to take place before the parent writes to the child via pty.  Writes
+that occur before the pty is set up can get lost.
+
+A final, minor, nicety is that debugging output from the child will be
+emitted before the parent continues on, making for much clearer debugging
+output in complex situations.
+
+The only drawback I can conceive of is that the parent can't continue to
+operate while the child is being initted.  If this ever becomes a
+problem in the field, we can implement an option to avoid this behavior,
+but I don't expect it to.
+
+B: executing CODE references isn't supported on Win32, see
+L for details.
+
+=head2 Syntax
+
+run(), start(), and harness() can all take a harness specification
+as input.  A harness specification is either a single string to be passed
+to the systems' shell:
+
+   run "echo 'hi there'" ;
+
+or a list of commands, io operations, and/or timers/timeouts to execute.
+Consecutive commands must be separated by a pipe operator '|' or an '&'.
+External commands are passed in as array references, and, on systems
+supporting fork(), Perl code may be passed in as subs:
+
+   run \@cmd ;
+   run \@cmd1, '|', \@cmd2 ;
+   run \@cmd1, '&', \@cmd2 ;
+   run \&sub1 ;
+   run \&sub1, '|', \&sub2 ;
+   run \&sub1, '&', \&sub2 ;
+
+'|' pipes the stdout of \@cmd1 the stdin of \@cmd2, just like a
+shell pipe.  '&' does not.  Child processes to the right of a '&'
+will have their stdin closed unless it's redirected-to.
+
+L objects may be passed in as well, whether or not
+child processes are also specified:
+
+   run io( "infile", ">", \$in ), io( "outfile", "<", \$in ) ;
+      
+as can L objects:
+
+   run \@cmd, io( "outfile", "<", \$in ), timeout( 10 ) ;
+
+Commands may be followed by scalar, sub, or i/o handle references for
+redirecting
+child process input & output:
+
+   run \@cmd,  \undef,            \$out ;
+   run \@cmd,  \$in,              \$out ;
+   run \@cmd1, \&in, '|', \@cmd2, \*OUT ;
+   run \@cmd1, \*IN, '|', \@cmd2, \&out ;
+
+This is known as succinct redirection syntax, since run(), start()
+and harness(), figure out which file descriptor to redirect and how.
+File descriptor 0 is presumed to be an input for
+the child process, all others are outputs.  The assumed file
+descriptor always starts at 0, unless the command is being piped to,
+in which case it starts at 1.
+
+To be explicit about your redirects, or if you need to do more complex
+things, there's also a redirection operator syntax:
+
+   run \@cmd, '<', \undef, '>',  \$out ;
+   run \@cmd, '<', \undef, '>&', \$out_and_err ;
+   run(
+      \@cmd1,
+         '<', \$in,
+      '|', \@cmd2,
+         \$out
+   ) ;
+
+Operator syntax is required if you need to do something other than simple
+redirection to/from scalars or subs, like duping or closing file descriptors
+or redirecting to/from a named file.  The operators are covered in detail
+below.
+
+After each \@cmd (or \&foo), parsing begins in succinct mode and toggles to
+operator syntax mode when an operator (ie plain scalar, not a ref) is seen.
+Once in
+operator syntax mode, parsing only reverts to succinct mode when a '|' or
+'&' is seen.
+
+In succinct mode, each parameter after the \@cmd specifies what to
+do with the next highest file descriptor. These File descriptor start
+with 0 (stdin) unless stdin is being piped to (C<'|', \@cmd>), in which
+case they start with 1 (stdout).  Currently, being on the left of
+a pipe (C<\@cmd, \$out, \$err, '|'>) does I cause stdout to be
+skipped, though this may change since it's not as DWIMerly as it
+could be.  Only stdin is assumed to be an
+input in succinct mode, all others are assumed to be outputs.
+
+If no piping or redirection is specified for a child, it will inherit
+the parent's open file handles as dictated by your system's
+close-on-exec behavior and the $^F flag, except that processes after a
+'&' will not inherit the parent's stdin. Also note that $^F does not
+affect file desciptors obtained via POSIX, since it only applies to
+full-fledged Perl file handles.  Such processes will have their stdin
+closed unless it has been redirected-to.
+
+If you want to close a child processes stdin, you may do any of:
+
+   run \@cmd, \undef ;
+   run \@cmd, \"" ;
+   run \@cmd, '<&-' ;
+   run \@cmd, '0<&-' ;
+
+Redirection is done by placing redirection specifications immediately 
+after a command or child subroutine:
+
+   run \@cmd1,      \$in, '|', \@cmd2,      \$out ;
+   run \@cmd1, '<', \$in, '|', \@cmd2, '>', \$out ;
+
+If you omit the redirection operators, descriptors are counted
+starting at 0.  Descriptor 0 is assumed to be input, all others
+are outputs.  A leading '|' consumes descriptor 0, so this
+works as expected.
+
+   run \@cmd1, \$in, '|', \@cmd2, \$out ;
+   
+The parameter following a redirection operator can be a scalar ref,
+a subroutine ref, a file name, an open filehandle, or a closed
+filehandle.
+
+If it's a scalar ref, the child reads input from or sends output to
+that variable:
+
+   $in = "Hello World.\n" ;
+   run \@cat, \$in, \$out ;
+   print $out ;
+
+Scalars used in incremental (start()/pump()/finish()) applications are treated
+as queues: input is removed from input scalers, resulting in them dwindling
+to '', and output is appended to output scalars.  This is not true of 
+harnesses run() in batch mode.
+
+It's usually wise to append new input to be sent to the child to the input
+queue, and you'll often want to zap output queues to '' before pumping.
+
+   $h = start \@cat, \$in ;
+   $in = "line 1\n" ;
+   pump $h ;
+   $in .= "line 2\n" ;
+   pump $h ;
+   $in .= "line 3\n" ;
+   finish $h ;
+
+The final call to finish() must be there: it allows the child process(es)
+to run to completion and waits for their exit values.
+
+=head1 OBSTINATE CHILDREN
+
+Interactive applications are usually optimized for human use.  This
+can help or hinder trying to interact with them through modules like
+IPC::Run.  Frequently, programs alter their behavior when they detect
+that stdin, stdout, or stderr are not connected to a tty, assuming that
+they are being run in batch mode.  Whether this helps or hurts depends
+on which optimizations change.  And there's often no way of telling
+what a program does in these areas other than trial and error and,
+occasionally, reading the source.  This includes different versions
+and implementations of the same program.
+
+All hope is not lost, however.  Most programs behave in reasonably
+tractable manners, once you figure out what it's trying to do.
+
+Here are some of the issues you might need to be aware of.
+
+=over
+
+=item *
+
+fflush()ing stdout and stderr
+
+This lets the user see stdout and stderr immediately.  Many programs
+undo this optimization if stdout is not a tty, making them harder to
+manage by things like IPC::Run.
+
+Many programs decline to fflush stdout or stderr if they do not
+detect a tty there.  Some ftp commands do this, for instance.
+
+If this happens to you, look for a way to force interactive behavior,
+like a command line switch or command.  If you can't, you will
+need to use a pseudo terminal ('pty>').
+
+=item *
+
+false prompts
+
+Interactive programs generally do not guarantee that output from user
+commands won't contain a prompt string.  For example, your shell prompt
+might be a '$', and a file named '$' might be the only file in a directory
+listing.
+
+This can make it hard to guarantee that your output parser won't be fooled
+into early termination of results.
+
+To help work around this, you can see if the program can alter it's 
+prompt, and use something you feel is never going to occur in actual
+practice.
+
+You should also look for your prompt to be the only thing on a line:
+
+   pump $h until $out =~ /^\s?\z/m ;
+
+(use C<(?!\n)\Z> in place of C<\z> on older perls).
+
+You can also take the approach that IPC::ChildSafe takes and emit a
+command with known output after each 'real' command you issue, then
+look for this known output.  See new_appender() and new_chunker() for
+filters that can help with this task.
+
+If it's not convenient or possibly to alter a prompt or use a known
+command/response pair, you might need to autodetect the prompt in case
+the local version of the child program is different then the one
+you tested with, or if the user has control over the look & feel of
+the prompt.
+
+=item *
+
+Refusing to accept input unless stdin is a tty.
+
+Some programs, for security reasons, will only accept certain types
+of input from a tty.  su, notable, will not prompt for a password unless
+it's connected to a tty.
+
+If this is your situation, use a pseudo terminal ('pty>').
+
+=item *
+
+Not prompting unless connected to a tty.
+
+Some programs don't prompt unless stdin or stdout is a tty.  See if you can
+turn prompting back on.  If not, see if you can come up with a command that
+you can issue after every real command and look for it's output, as
+IPC::ChildSafe does.   There are two filters included with IPC::Run that
+can help with doing this: appender and chunker (see new_appender() and
+new_chunker()).
+
+=item *
+
+Different output format when not connected to a tty.
+
+Some commands alter their formats to ease machine parsability when they
+aren't connected to a pipe.  This is actually good, but can be surprising.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 PSEUDO TERMINALS
+
+On systems providing pseudo terminals under /dev, IPC::Run can use IO::Pty
+(available on CPAN) to provide a terminal environment to subprocesses.
+This is necessary when the subprocess really wants to think it's connected
+to a real terminal.
+
+=head2 CAVEATS
+
+Psuedo-terminals are not pipes, though they are similar.  Here are some
+differences to watch out for.
+
+=over
+
+=item Echoing
+
+Sending to stdin will cause an echo on stdout, which occurs before each
+line is passed to the child program.  There is currently no way to
+disable this, although the child process can and should disable it for
+things like passwords.
+
+=item Shutdown
+
+IPC::Run cannot close a pty until all output has been collected.  This
+means that it is not possible to send an EOF to stdin by half-closing
+the pty, as we can when using a pipe to stdin.
+
+This means that you need to send the child process an exit command or
+signal, or run() / finish() will time out.  Be careful not to expect a
+prompt after sending the exit command.
+
+=item Command line editing
+
+Some subprocesses, notable shells that depend on the user's prompt
+settings, will reissue the prompt plus the command line input so far
+once for each character.
+
+=item '>pty>' means '&>pty>', not '1>pty>'
+
+The pseudo terminal redirects both stdout and stderr unless you specify
+a file descriptor.  If you want to grab stderr separately, do this:
+
+   start \@cmd, 'pty>', \$out, '2>', \$err ;
+
+=item stdin, stdout, and stderr not inherited
+
+Child processes harnessed to a pseudo terminal have their stdin, stdout,
+and stderr completely closed before any redirection operators take
+effect.  This casts of the bonds of the controlling terminal.  This is
+not done when using pipes.
+
+Right now, this affects all children in a harness that has a pty in use,
+even if that pty would not affect a particular child.  That's a bug and
+will be fixed.  Until it is, it's best not to mix-and-match children.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Redirection Operators
+
+   Operator       SHNP   Description
+   ========       ====   ===========
+   <, N<          SHN    Redirects input to a child's fd N (0 assumed)
+
+   >, N>          SHN    Redirects output from a child's fd N (1 assumed)
+   >>, N>>        SHN    Like '>', but appends to scalars or named files
+   >&, &>         SHN    Redirects stdout & stderr from a child process
+
+   pty, N>pty    S      Like '>', but uses a pseudo-tty instead of a pipe
+
+   N<&M                  Dups input fd N to input fd M
+   M>&N                  Dups output fd N to input fd M
+   N<&-                  Closes fd N
+
+   pipe, N>pipe     P   Pipe opens H for caller to read, write, close.
+                      
+'N' and 'M' are placeholders for integer file descriptor numbers.  The
+terms 'input' and 'output' are from the child process's perspective.
+
+The SHNP field indicates what parameters an operator can take:
+
+   S: \$scalar or \&function references.  Filters may be used with
+      these operators (and only these).
+   H: \*HANDLE or IO::Handle for caller to open, and close
+   N: "file name".
+   P: \*HANDLE opened by IPC::Run as the parent end of a pipe, but read
+      and written to and closed by the caller (like IPC::Open3).
+
+=over
+
+=item Redirecting input: [n]<, [n]
+below for more information.
+
+The : The handle returned is actually a socket handle, so you can
+use select() on it.
+
+=item Redirecting output: [n]>, [n]>>, [n]>&[m], [n]>pipe
+
+You can redirect any output the child emits
+to a scalar variable, subroutine, file handle, or file name.  You
+can have &run truncate or append to named files or scalars.  If
+you are redirecting stdin as well, or if the command is on the
+receiving end of a pipeline ('|'), you can omit the redirection
+operator:
+
+   @ls = ( 'ls' ) ;
+   run \@ls, \undef, \$out
+      or die "ls returned $?" ; 
+
+   run \@ls, \undef, \&out ;  ## Calls &out each time some output
+                              ## is received from the child's 
+                              ## when undef is returned.
+
+   run \@ls, \undef, '2>ls.err' ;
+   run \@ls, '2>', 'ls.err' ;
+
+The two parameter form guarantees that the filename
+will not be interpreted as a redirection operator:
+
+   run \@ls, '>', "&more" ;
+   run \@ls, '2>', ">foo\n" ;
+
+You can pass file handles you've opened for writing:
+
+   open( *OUT, ">out.txt" ) ;
+   open( *ERR, ">err.txt" ) ;
+   run \@cat, \*OUT, \*ERR ;
+
+Passing a scalar reference and a code reference requires a little
+more work, but allows you to capture all of the output in a scalar
+or each piece of output by a callback:
+
+These two do the same things:
+
+   run( [ 'ls' ], '2>', sub { $err_out .= $_[0] } ) ;
+
+does the same basic thing as:
+
+   run( [ 'ls' ], '2>', \$err_out ) ;
+
+The subroutine will be called each time some data is read from the child.
+
+The >pipe operator is different in concept than the other '>' operators,
+although it's syntax is similar:
+
+   $h = start \@cat, $in, '>pipe', \*OUT, '2>pipe', \*ERR ;
+   $in = "hello world\n" ;
+   finish $h ;
+   print  ;
+   print  ;
+   close OUT ;
+   close ERR ;
+
+causes two pipe to be created, with one end attached to cat's stdout
+and stderr, respectively, and the other left open on OUT and ERR, so
+that the script can manually
+read(), select(), etc. on them.  This is like
+the behavior of IPC::Open2 and IPC::Open3.
+
+B: The handle returned is actually a socket handle, so you can
+use select() on it.
+
+=item Duplicating output descriptors: >&m, n>&m
+
+This duplicates output descriptor number n (default is 1 if n is omitted)
+from descriptor number m.
+
+=item Duplicating input descriptors: <&m, n<&m
+
+This duplicates input descriptor number n (default is 0 if n is omitted)
+from descriptor number m
+
+=item Closing descriptors: <&-, 3<&-
+
+This closes descriptor number n (default is 0 if n is omitted).  The
+following commands are equivalent:
+
+   run \@cmd, \undef ;
+   run \@cmd, '<&-' ;
+   run \@cmd, ', >&, &>pipe, >pipe&
+
+The following pairs of commands are equivalent:
+
+   run \@cmd, '>&', \$out ;       run \@cmd, '>', \$out,     '2>&1' ;
+   run \@cmd, '>&', 'out.txt' ;   run \@cmd, '>', 'out.txt', '2>&1' ;
+
+etc.
+
+File descriptor numbers are not permitted to the left or the right of
+these operators, and the '&' may occur on either end of the operator.
+
+The '&>pipe' and '>pipe&' variants behave like the '>pipe' operator, except
+that both stdout and stderr write to the created pipe.
+
+=item Redirection Filters
+
+Both input redirections and output redirections that use scalars or
+subs as endpoints may have an arbitrary number of filter subs placed
+between them and the child process.  This is useful if you want to
+receive output in chunks, or if you want to massage each chunk of
+data sent to the child.  To use this feature, you must use operator
+syntax:
+
+   run(
+      \@cmd
+         '<', \&in_filter_2, \&in_filter_1, $in,
+         '>', \&out_filter_1, \&in_filter_2, $out,
+   ) ;
+
+This capability is not provided for IO handles or named files.
+
+Two filters are provided by IPC::Run: appender and chunker.  Because
+these may take an argument, you need to use the constructor functions
+new_appender() and new_chunker() rather than using \& syntax:
+
+   run(
+      \@cmd
+         '<', new_appender( "\n" ), $in,
+         '>', new_chunker, $out,
+   ) ;
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Just doing I/O
+
+If you just want to do I/O to a handle or file you open yourself, you
+may specify a filehandle or filename instead of a command in the harness
+specification:
+
+   run io( "filename", '>', \$recv ) ;
+
+   $h = start io( $io, '>', \$recv ) ;
+
+   $h = harness \@cmd, '&', io( "file", '<', \$send ) ;
+
+=head2 Options
+
+Options are passed in as name/value pairs:
+
+   run \@cat, \$in, debug => 1 ;
+
+If you pass the debug option, you may want to pass it in first, so you
+can see what parsing is going on:
+
+   run debug => 1, \@cat, \$in ;
+
+=over
+
+=item debug
+
+Enables debugging output in parent and child.  Debugging info is emitted
+to the STDERR that was present when IPC::Run was first Ced (it's
+Ced out of the way so that it can be redirected in children without
+having debugging output emitted on it).
+
+=back
+
+=head1 RETURN VALUES
+
+harness() and start() return a reference to an IPC::Run harness.  This is
+blessed in to the IPC::Run package, so you may make later calls to
+functions as members if you like:
+
+   $h = harness( ... ) ;
+   $h->start ;
+   $h->pump ;
+   $h->finish ;
+
+   $h = start( .... ) ;
+   $h->pump ;
+   ...
+
+Of course, using method call syntax lets you deal with any IPC::Run
+subclasses that might crop up, but don't hold your breath waiting for
+any.
+
+run() and finish() return TRUE when all subcommands exit with a 0 result
+code.  B.
+
+All routines raise exceptions (via die()) when error conditions are
+recognized.  A non-zero command result is not treated as an error
+condition, since some commands are tests whose results are reported 
+in their exit codes.
+
+=head1 ROUTINES
+
+=over
+
+=cut
+
+@ISA = qw( Exporter ) ;
+
+## We use @EXPORT for the end user's convenience: there's only one function
+## exported, it's homonymous with the module, it's an unusual name, and
+## it can be suppressed by "use IPC::Run () ;".
+
+my @FILTER_IMP = qw( input_avail get_more_input ) ;
+my @FILTERS    = qw(
+   new_appender
+   new_chunker
+   new_string_source
+   new_string_sink
+) ;
+my @API        = qw(
+   run
+   harness start pump pumpable finish
+   signal kill_kill reap_nb
+   io timer timeout
+   close_terminal
+   binary
+) ;
+
+@EXPORT_OK = ( @API, @FILTER_IMP, @FILTERS, qw( filter_tests Win32_MODE ) ) ;
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+   'filter_imp' => \@FILTER_IMP,
+   'all'        => \@EXPORT_OK,
+   'filters'    => \@FILTERS,
+   'api'        => \@API,
+) ;
+
+use strict ;
+
+use IPC::Run::Debug;
+use Exporter ;
+use Fcntl ;
+use POSIX () ;
+use Symbol ;
+use Carp ;
+use File::Spec ;
+use IO::Handle ;
+require IPC::Run::IO ;
+require IPC::Run::Timer ;
+use UNIVERSAL qw( isa ) ;
+
+use constant Win32_MODE => $^O =~ /os2|Win32/i ;
+
+BEGIN {
+   if ( Win32_MODE ) {
+      eval "use IPC::Run::Win32Helper; 1;"
+         or ( $@ && die ) or die "$!" ;
+   }
+   else {
+      eval "use File::Basename; 1;" or die $! ;
+   }
+}
+
+
+sub input_avail() ;
+sub get_more_input() ;
+
+###############################################################################
+
+##
+## State machine states, set in $self->{STATE}
+##
+## These must be in ascending order numerically
+##
+sub _newed()    {0}
+sub _harnessed(){1}
+sub _finished() {2}   ## _finished behave almost exactly like _harnessed
+sub _started()  {3}
+
+##
+## Which fds have been opened in the parent.  This may have extra fds, since
+## we aren't all that rigorous about closing these off, but that's ok.  This
+## is used on Unixish OSs to close all fds in the child that aren't needed
+## by that particular child.
+my %fds ;
+
+## There's a bit of hackery going on here.
+##
+## We want to have any code anywhere be able to emit
+## debugging statements without knowing what harness the code is
+## being called in/from, since we'd need to pass a harness around to
+## everything.
+##
+## Thus, $cur_self was born.
+
+use vars qw( $cur_self ) ;
+
+sub _debug_fd {
+   return fileno STDERR unless defined $cur_self ;
+
+   if ( _debugging && ! defined $cur_self->{DEBUG_FD} ) {
+      my $fd = select STDERR ; $| = 1 ; select $fd ;
+      $cur_self->{DEBUG_FD} = POSIX::dup fileno STDERR ;
+      _debug( "debugging fd is $cur_self->{DEBUG_FD}\n" )
+         if _debugging_details ;
+   }
+
+   return fileno STDERR unless defined $cur_self->{DEBUG_FD} ;
+
+   return $cur_self->{DEBUG_FD}
+}
+
+sub DESTROY {
+   ## We absolutely do not want to do anything else here.  We are likely
+   ## to be in a child process and we don't want to do things like kill_kill
+   ## ourself or cause other destruction.
+   my IPC::Run $self = shift ;
+   POSIX::close $self->{DEBUG_FD} if defined $self->{DEBUG_FD} ;
+   $self->{DEBUG_FD} = undef ;
+}
+
+##
+## Support routines (NOT METHODS)
+##
+my %cmd_cache ;
+
+sub _search_path {
+   my ( $cmd_name ) = @_ ;
+   if ( File::Spec->file_name_is_absolute( $cmd_name ) && -x $cmd_name) {
+      _debug "'", $cmd_name, "' is absolute"
+         if _debugging_details ;
+      return $cmd_name ;
+   }
+
+   my $dirsep =
+      ( Win32_MODE
+         ? '[/\\\\]'
+      : $^O =~ /MacOS/
+         ? ':'
+      : $^O =~ /VMS/
+         ? '[\[\]]'
+      : '/'
+      ) ;
+
+   if ( Win32_MODE
+      && ( $cmd_name =~ /$dirsep/ )
+      && ( $cmd_name !~ /\..+$/ )  ## Only run if cmd_name has no extension?
+    ) {
+      for ( split /;/, $ENV{PATHEXT} || ".COM;.BAT;.EXE" ) {
+         my $name = "$cmd_name$_";
+         $cmd_name = $name, last if -f $name && -x _;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if ( $cmd_name =~ /($dirsep)/ ) {
+      _debug "'$cmd_name' contains '$1'"  if _debugging;
+      croak "file not found: $cmd_name"    unless -e $cmd_name ;
+      croak "not a file: $cmd_name"        unless -f $cmd_name ;
+      croak "permission denied: $cmd_name" unless -x $cmd_name ;
+      return $cmd_name ;
+   }
+
+   if ( exists $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} ) {
+      _debug "'$cmd_name' found in cache: '$cmd_cache{$cmd_name}'"
+         if _debugging;
+      return $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} if -x $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} ;
+      _debug "'$cmd_cache{$cmd_name}' no longer executable, searching..."
+         if _debugging;
+      delete $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} ;
+   }
+
+   my @searched_in ;
+
+   ## This next bit is Unix/Win32 specific, unfortunately.
+   ## There's been some conversation about extending File::Spec to provide
+   ## a universal interface to PATH, but I haven't seen it yet.
+      my $re = Win32_MODE ? qr/;/ : qr/:/ ;
+
+LOOP:
+   for ( split( $re, $ENV{PATH}, -1 ) ) {
+      $_ = "." unless length $_ ;
+      push @searched_in, $_ ;
+
+      my $prospect = File::Spec->catfile( $_, $cmd_name ) ;
+      my @prospects ;
+
+      @prospects =
+         ( Win32_MODE && ! ( -f $prospect && -x _ ) )
+            ? map "$prospect$_", split /;/, $ENV{PATHEXT} || ".COM;.BAT;.EXE"
+            : ( $prospect ) ;
+
+      for my $found ( @prospects ) {
+         if ( -f $found && -x _ ) {
+            $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} = $found ;
+            last LOOP ;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   if ( exists $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} ) {
+      _debug "'", $cmd_name, "' added to cache: '", $cmd_cache{$cmd_name}, "'"
+         if _debugging_details ;
+      return $cmd_cache{$cmd_name} ;
+   }
+
+   croak "Command '$cmd_name' not found in " . join( ", ", @searched_in ) ;
+}
+
+
+sub _empty($) { ! ( defined $_[0] && length $_[0] ) }
+
+## 'safe' versions of otherwise fun things to do. See also IPC::Run::Win32Helper.
+sub _close {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] ;
+   no strict 'refs' ;
+   my $fd = $_[0] =~ /^\d+$/ ? $_[0] : fileno $_[0] ;
+   my $r = POSIX::close $fd ;
+   $r = $r ? '' : " ERROR $!" ;
+   delete $fds{$fd} ;
+   _debug "close( $fd ) = " . ( $r || 0 ) if _debugging_details ;
+}
+
+sub _dup {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] ;
+   my $r = POSIX::dup( $_[0] ) ;
+   croak "$!: dup( $_[0] )" unless defined $r ;
+   $r = 0 if $r eq '0 but true' ;
+   _debug "dup( $_[0] ) = $r" if _debugging_details ;
+   $fds{$r} = 1 ;
+   return $r ;
+}
+
+
+sub _dup2_rudely {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] && defined $_[1] ;
+   my $r = POSIX::dup2( $_[0], $_[1] ) ;
+   croak "$!: dup2( $_[0], $_[1] )" unless defined $r ;
+   $r = 0 if $r eq '0 but true' ;
+   _debug "dup2( $_[0], $_[1] ) = $r" if _debugging_details ;
+   $fds{$r} = 1 ;
+   return $r ;
+}
+
+sub _exec {
+   confess 'undef passed' if grep !defined, @_ ;
+#   exec @_ or croak "$!: exec( " . join( ', ', @_ ) . " )" ;
+   _debug 'exec()ing ', join " ", map "'$_'", @_ if _debugging_details ;
+
+#   {
+## Commented out since we don't call this on Win32.
+#      # This works around the bug where 5.6.1 complains
+#      # "Can't exec ...: No error" after an exec on NT, where
+#      # exec() is simulated and actually returns in Perl's C
+#      # code, though Perl's &exec does not...
+#      no warnings "exec" ;
+#
+#      # Just in case the no warnings workaround
+#      # stops beign a workaround, we don't want
+#      # old values of $! causing spurious strerr()
+#      # messages to appear in the "Can't exec" message
+#      undef $! ;
+      exec @_ ;
+#   }
+#   croak "$!: exec( " . join( ', ', map "'$_'", @_ ) . " )" ;
+    ## Fall through so $! can be reported to parent.
+}
+
+
+sub _sysopen {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] && defined $_[1] ;
+_debug sprintf( "O_RDONLY=0x%02x ", O_RDONLY ),
+sprintf( "O_WRONLY=0x%02x ", O_WRONLY ),
+sprintf( "O_RDWR=0x%02x ", O_RDWR ),
+sprintf( "O_TRUNC=0x%02x ", O_TRUNC),
+sprintf( "O_CREAT=0x%02x ", O_CREAT),
+sprintf( "O_APPEND=0x%02x ", O_APPEND),
+if _debugging_details ;
+   my $r = POSIX::open( $_[0], $_[1], 0644 ) ;
+   croak "$!: open( $_[0], ", sprintf( "0x%03x", $_[1] ), " )" unless defined $r ;
+   _debug "open( $_[0], ", sprintf( "0x%03x", $_[1] ), " ) = $r"
+      if _debugging_data ;
+   $fds{$r} = 1 ;
+   return $r ;
+}
+
+sub _pipe {
+   ## Normal, blocking write for pipes that we read and the child writes,
+   ## since most children expect writes to stdout to block rather than
+   ## do a partial write.
+   my ( $r, $w ) = POSIX::pipe ;
+   croak "$!: pipe()" unless defined $r ;
+   _debug "pipe() = ( $r, $w ) " if _debugging_details ;
+   $fds{$r} = $fds{$w} = 1 ;
+   return ( $r, $w ) ;
+}
+
+sub _pipe_nb {
+   ## For pipes that we write, unblock the write side, so we can fill a buffer
+   ## and continue to select().
+   ## Contributed by Borislav Deianov , with minor
+   ## bugfix on fcntl result by me.
+   local ( *R, *W ) ;
+   my $f = pipe( R, W ) ;
+   croak "$!: pipe()" unless defined $f ;
+   my ( $r, $w ) = ( fileno R, fileno W ) ;
+   _debug "pipe_nb pipe() = ( $r, $w )" if _debugging_details ;
+   unless ( Win32_MODE ) {
+      ## POSIX::fcntl doesn't take fd numbers, so gotta use Perl's and
+      ## then _dup the originals (which get closed on leaving this block)
+      my $fres = fcntl( W, &F_SETFL, O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK );
+      croak "$!: fcntl( $w, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK )" unless $fres ;
+      _debug "fcntl( $w, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK )" if _debugging_details ;
+   }
+   ( $r, $w ) = ( _dup( $r ), _dup( $w ) ) ;
+   _debug "pipe_nb() = ( $r, $w )" if _debugging_details ;
+   return ( $r, $w ) ;
+}
+
+sub _pty {
+   require IO::Pty ;
+   my $pty = IO::Pty->new() ;
+   croak "$!: pty ()" unless $pty ;
+   $pty->autoflush() ;
+   $pty->blocking( 0 ) or croak "$!: pty->blocking ( 0 )" ;
+   _debug "pty() = ( ", $pty->fileno, ", ", $pty->slave->fileno, " )"
+      if _debugging_details ;
+   $fds{$pty->fileno} = $fds{$pty->slave->fileno} = 1 ;
+   return $pty ;
+}
+
+
+sub _read {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] ;
+   my $s  = '' ;
+   my $r = POSIX::read( $_[0], $s, 10_000 ) ;
+   croak "$!: read( $_[0] )" if not($r) and $! != POSIX::EINTR;
+   $r ||= 0;
+   _debug "read( $_[0] ) = $r chars '$s'" if _debugging_data ;
+   return $s ;
+}
+
+
+## A METHOD, not a function.
+sub _spawn {
+   my IPC::Run $self = shift ;
+   my ( $kid ) = @_ ;
+
+   _debug "opening sync pipe ", $kid->{PID} if _debugging_details ;
+   my $sync_reader_fd ;
+   ( $sync_reader_fd, $self->{SYNC_WRITER_FD} ) = _pipe ;
+   $kid->{PID} = fork() ;
+   croak "$! during fork" unless defined $kid->{PID} ;
+
+   unless ( $kid->{PID} ) {
+      ## _do_kid_and_exit closes sync_reader_fd since it closes all unwanted and
+      ## unloved fds.
+      $self->_do_kid_and_exit( $kid ) ;
+   }
+   _debug "fork() = ", $kid->{PID} if _debugging_details ;
+
+   ## Wait for kid to get to it's exec() and see if it fails.
+   _close $self->{SYNC_WRITER_FD} ;
+   my $sync_pulse = _read $sync_reader_fd ;
+   _close $sync_reader_fd ;
+
+   if ( ! defined $sync_pulse || length $sync_pulse ) {
+      if ( waitpid( $kid->{PID}, 0 ) >= 0 ) {
+	 $kid->{RESULT} = $? ;
+      }
+      else {
+	 $kid->{RESULT} = -1 ;
+      }
+      $sync_pulse =
+         "error reading synchronization pipe for $kid->{NUM}, pid $kid->{PID}"
+	 unless length $sync_pulse ;
+      croak $sync_pulse ;
+   }
+   return $kid->{PID} ;
+
+## Wait for pty to get set up.  This is a hack until we get synchronous
+## selects.
+if ( keys %{$self->{PTYS}} && $IO::Pty::VERSION < 0.9 ) {
+_debug "sleeping to give pty a chance to init, will fix when newer IO::Pty arrives." ;
+sleep 1 ;
+}
+}
+
+
+sub _write {
+   confess 'undef' unless defined $_[0] && defined $_[1] ;
+   my $r = POSIX::write( $_[0], $_[1], length $_[1] ) ;
+   croak "$!: write( $_[0], '$_[1]' )" unless $r ;
+   _debug "write( $_[0], '$_[1]' ) = $r" if _debugging_data ;
+   return $r ;
+}
+
+
+=item run
+
+Run takes a harness or harness specification and runs it, pumping
+all input to the child(ren), closing the input pipes when no more
+input is available, collecting all output that arrives, until the
+pipes delivering output are closed, then waiting for the children to
+exit and reaping their result codes.
+
+You may think of C as being like 
+
+   start( ... )->finish() ;
+
+, though there is one subtle difference: run() does not
+set \$input_scalars to '' like finish() does.  If an exception is thrown
+from run(), all children will be killed off "gently", and then "annihilated"
+if they do not go gently (in to that dark night. sorry).
+
+If any exceptions are thrown, this does a L before propogating
+them.
+
+=cut
+
+use vars qw( $in_run );  ## No, not Enron ;)
+
+sub run {
+   local $in_run = 1;  ## Allow run()-only optimizations.
+   my IPC::Run $self = start( @_ );
+   my $r = eval {
+      $self->{clear_ins} = 0 ;
+      $self->finish ;
+   } ;
+   if ( $@ ) {
+      my $x = $@ ;
+      $self->kill_kill ;
+      die $x ;
+   }
+   return $r ;
+}
+
+
+=item signal
+
+   ## To send it a specific signal by name ("USR1"):
+   signal $h, "USR1" ;
+   $h->signal ( "USR1" ) ;
+
+If $signal is provided and defined, sends a signal to all child processes.  Try
+not to send numeric signals, use C<"KILL"> instead of C<9>, for instance.
+Numeric signals aren't portable.
+
+Throws an exception if $signal is undef.
+
+This will I clean up the harness, C it if you kill it.
+
+Normally TERM kills a process gracefully (this is what the command line utility
+C does by default), INT is sent by one of the keys C<^C>, C or
+CDelE>, and C is used to kill a process and make it coredump.
+
+The C signal is often used to get a process to "restart", rereading 
+config files, and C and C for really application-specific things.
+
+Often, running C (that's a lower case "L") on the command line will
+list the signals present on your operating system.
+
+B: The signal subsystem is not at all portable.  We *may* offer
+to simulate C and C on some operating systems, submit code
+to me if you want this.
+
+B: Up to and including perl v5.6.1, doing almost anything in a
+signal handler could be dangerous.  The most safe code avoids all
+mallocs and system calls, usually by preallocating a flag before
+entering the signal handler, altering the flag's value in the
+handler, and responding to the changed value in the main system:
+
+   my $got_usr1 = 0 ;
+   sub usr1_handler { ++$got_signal }
+
+   $SIG{USR1} = \&usr1_handler ;
+   while () { sleep 1 ; print "GOT IT" while $got_usr1-- ; }
+
+Even this approach is perilous if ++ and -- aren't atomic on your system
+(I've never heard of this on any modern CPU large enough to run perl).
+
+=cut
+
+sub signal {
+   my IPC::Run $self = shift ;
+
+   local $cur_self = $self ;
+
+   $self->_kill_kill_kill_pussycat_kill unless @_ ;
+
+   Carp::cluck "Ignoring extra parameters passed to kill()" if @_ > 1 ;
+
+   my ( $signal ) = @_ ;
+   croak "Undefined signal passed to signal" unless defined $signal ;
+   for ( grep $_->{PID} && ! defined $_->{RESULT}, @{$self->{KIDS}} ) {
+      _debug "sending $signal to $_->{PID}"
+         if _debugging;
+      kill $signal, $_->{PID}
+         or _debugging && _debug "$! sending $signal to $_->{PID}" ;
+   }
+   
+   return ;
+}
+
+
+=item kill_kill
+
+   ## To kill off a process:
+   $h->kill_kill ;
+   kill_kill $h ;
+
+   ## To specify the grace period other than 30 seconds:
+   kill_kill $h, grace => 5 ;
+
+   ## To send QUIT instead of KILL if a process refuses to die:
+   kill_kill $h, coup_d_grace => "QUIT" ;
+
+Sends a C, waits for all children to exit for up to 30 seconds, then
+sends a C to any that survived the C.
+
+Will wait for up to 30 more seconds for the OS to sucessfully C the
+processes.
+
+The 30 seconds may be overriden by setting the C option, this
+overrides both timers.
+
+The harness is then cleaned up.
+
+The doubled name indicates that this function may kill again and avoids
+colliding with the core Perl C function.
+
+Returns a 1 if the C was sufficient, or a 0 if C was 
+required.  Throws an exception if C did not permit the children
+to be reaped.
+
+B: The grace period is actually up to 1 second longer than that
+given.  This is because the granularity of C